JP2005224342A5 - - Google Patents

Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP2005224342A5
JP2005224342A5 JP2004034841A JP2004034841A JP2005224342A5 JP 2005224342 A5 JP2005224342 A5 JP 2005224342A5 JP 2004034841 A JP2004034841 A JP 2004034841A JP 2004034841 A JP2004034841 A JP 2004034841A JP 2005224342 A5 JP2005224342 A5 JP 2005224342A5
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
ball
game
game ball
symbol
launch
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
JP2004034841A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP4517663B2 (en
JP2005224342A (en
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed filed Critical
Priority to JP2004034841A priority Critical patent/JP4517663B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2004034841A external-priority patent/JP4517663B2/en
Publication of JP2005224342A publication Critical patent/JP2005224342A/en
Publication of JP2005224342A5 publication Critical patent/JP2005224342A5/ja
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP4517663B2 publication Critical patent/JP4517663B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Description

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸGame machine

ๆœฌ็™บๆ˜Žใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใซไปฃ่กจใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅผพ็ƒๅผใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซ้–ขใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The present invention relates to a ball-type game machine represented by a pachinko machine.

ไธ€่ˆฌใซใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใซไปฃ่กจใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅผพ็ƒๅผใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ๅคšๆ•ฐใฎ้‡˜ใ€้ขจ่ปŠใพใŸใฏๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃใชใฉใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆ‰“ใก่พผใพใ‚Œใ€ใใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ้‡˜็ญ‰ใฎ้šœๅฎณ็‰ฉใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ—ใคใค่‡ช้‡ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆตไธ‹ใ—ใ€ใใฎๆตไธ‹ไธญใซๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃใธๅ…ฅใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚„ใใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใฎใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐ็ญ‰ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆŒ™ๅ‹•ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ‰“ใก่พผใฟใฏใ€็ƒๅ—็šฟใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ๏ผ‘็ƒใšใคๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใธ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅพŒใ€็™บๅฐ„่ฃ…็ฝฎใซๆ‰“ๆ’ƒใ•ใ‚Œใฆ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆ‰“ใกๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Generally, in a ball-type game machine represented by a pachinko machine, a game ball is driven into a game area where a large number of nails, windmills or winning holes are arranged, and the game ball hits an obstacle such as a nail. A game is played in accordance with the behavior of the game ball, such as whether or not to enter a predetermined winning opening during the flow and the timing of winning the prize. The game balls are driven into the game area by the game balls stored in the ball tray being sent to a predetermined launch position one by one by the ball feed mechanism, and then hit by the launcher and launched from the launch position. Is called.

ๅˆใ€ใ“ใฎ็จฎใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฏใ€้€šๅธธ้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใซๅคšๆ•ฐไธฆในใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฏใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆœ‰ๅˆฉใซ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ‚’ๆŽขใ—ใคใค่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒๅคšใ„ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€็ƒๅ—็šฟใซใฏ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎๆ“ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้–‹้–‰ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ƒๆŠœใๅฃ๏ผˆ็ƒๅ—็šฟใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ‰ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’่กŒใ†้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ‚’ๅค‰ๆ›ดใ—ใŸใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใจใใซใ€็ƒๅ—็šฟๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŠœใๅ–ใ‚Šๅฏ่ƒฝใจใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚
็‰น้–‹ๅนณ๏ผ—โˆ’๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ˜ๅทๅ…ฌๅ ฑ
In addition, a large number of game machines of this type are usually arranged side by side in a game arcade, and a player often plays a plurality of game machines while searching for a more advantageous game machine. For this reason, the ball tray is provided with a ball outlet (ball tray outlet) that is opened and closed by the player's operation, so that when the game machine for playing a game is changed or when the game is finished, The game balls can be extracted.
JP 7-136318 A

ใ—ใ‹ใ—ใชใŒใ‚‰ใ€็ƒๅ—็šฟใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹ใซๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚„็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใธ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€็ƒๆŠœใๅฃใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ›ใฆใ‚‚ๆŠœใๅ–ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใšใซใใฎใพใพๆฎ‹ใฃใฆใ—ใพใ†ใจใ„ใ†ๅ•้กŒ็‚นใŒใ‚ใฃใŸใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฏใ€็ƒๆŠœใๅฃใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ›ใฆใ‹ใ‚‰็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใธ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒ็ญ‰ใ‚’ใ‚ใ–ใ‚ใ–้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๆ‰“ใก่พผใ‚“ใ ใ‚Šใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใซใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ™ใ‚‹ใชใฉใฎ้ขๅ€’ใชๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ใ—ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐใชใ‚‰ใชใ‹ใฃใŸใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซๆœ‰ๅ„Ÿใซใฆๅ€Ÿใ—ๅ‡บใ™ๆœ‰ไพก็‰ฉใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๅพŒใซ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ็ฐกๅ˜ใ‹ใค็ขบๅฎŸใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฟ”ๅดใ•ใ‚Œใชใ„ใจใ€ไธๆบ€ๆ„Ÿใ‚’ๆŠฑใ„ใŸใ‚Šไธๅนณใ‚’่จดใˆใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใจ้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใจใฎ้–“ใงๅ•้กŒใŒ็”Ÿใ˜ๅ…ผใญใชใ„ใ€‚ ย ย However, there is a problem that the game ball introduced into the ball feeding mechanism from the ball tray and the game ball sent to the launch position remain as they are without being extracted even when the ball outlet is opened. For this reason, the player has to perform troublesome operations such as driving the game ball sent to the launching position into the game area or making it a foul ball after opening the ball outlet. In addition, game balls are valuable resources that can be borrowed from players for a fee at the game hall. There may be a problem between the game and the playground.

ๆœฌ็™บๆ˜Žใฏใ€ไธŠ่ฟฐใ—ใŸๅ•้กŒ็‚นใ‚’่งฃๆฑบใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซใชใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹ใฎๅ†…้ƒจใ‚„็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆฎ‹ใ™ใ“ใจใชใ็ƒๆŠœใใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ‚’ๆไพ›ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็›ฎ็š„ใจใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of removing a ball without leaving a game ball in the ball feeding mechanism or in a launch position. Yes.

ใ“ใฎ็›ฎ็š„ใ‚’้”ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซ่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ฒฏ็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎๆ“ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ƒๆŠœใใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ƒๅ—้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใจใ€ใใฎ็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’๏ผ‘็ƒใšใคๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใธ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใ€ใใฎ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ใใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่‡ช้‡ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆตไธ‹ใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใ€ใใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใจใ‚’็น‹ใ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใจใ€ใใฎ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅˆ†ๅฒใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆๅดใซๅฐŽๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใจใ€ใใฎ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใจใฏๅˆฅใฎๅดใซๅˆ†ๅฒใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใจใ€ใใฎ่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎๆ“ไฝœใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใจๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใฎ้–“ใซๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚๏ผ‘ไปฅไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใชๆปž็•™้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๆปž็•™้ƒจๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใฆๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใจๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใ‚’้€ฃ้€šใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใ‚’้ฎๆ–ญใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅ‰่จ˜้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกๆœ€ใ‚‚ไธ‹ๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซๅฏพๅ‘ใ—ใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜ๆ“ไฝœๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœ‰็„กใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ใใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆคœๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœ‰็„กใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆๅ‰่จ˜้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆ้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใ‹ใ‚‰้žๅฎŸ่กŒใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใŸใ“ใจใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใซๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ๅ‰่จ˜ๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใช้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ•ฐๅˆ†ไปฅไธŠๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ใใฎ้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 stores a game ball and stores a ball receiving plate member that forms a ball receiving portion where a ball is removed by a player's operation, and the ball receiving plate member. A sending member that sends out each game ball to a predetermined launch position, a launching unit that launches the game ball sent by the delivery member, and a launching operation for launching the game ball by the launching unit are performed Operation means, a game area in which a game ball launched by driving the launching means flows down due to its own weight, a launch path connecting the game area and the launch position, and a branch from the launch path A game ball stored in a ball receiving portion of the ball receiving plate member and a foul ball passage for discharging a game ball that does not reach the game area as a foul ball among the game balls that are formed and fired by the launching means are sent out. Part A ball outlet that leads out to the side, a storage ball outlet that branches off to a side different from the ball outlet, and that discharges the game balls stored in the ball receiver of the ball tray member, and the storage outlet A closing member that opens and closes in response to a player's operation, a staying part forming member that forms a staying part in which at least one game ball can stay between the ball outlet and the delivery member, and the ball outlet A game ball located at the most downstream side among the game balls supported by the closure member, which is configured to block the passage of the game ball connecting the ball receiving portion of the ball tray member and the delivery member. A blocking member disposed opposite to the control unit, a firing operation detecting unit for detecting whether or not the firing operation is performed on the operation unit, and the blocking member corresponding to whether or not the firing operation is detected by the firing operation detecting unit. Blocking member driving means for driving the firing operation; When the detection means detects that the firing operation has been switched from being executed to being not executed, the delivery operation of the delivery member and the firing operation of the launching means are performed at least for the number of game balls that can stay in the stay portion. And non-input launching means for controlling the launch of the game ball, and jump amount adjusting means for adjusting the jump amount of the game ball so that the game ball launched by the control of the non-input launch means does not reach the game area And.

ใ“ใฎ่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ—ใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ“ไฝœๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ†ใจใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใธใจ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใใจใ€ใใฎๅพŒใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่‡ช้‡ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆตไธ‹ใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใก้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, when the game ball is thrown into the ball receiving member and then the operation means is subjected to a launch operation, the game ball is fired after being sent to the launch position by the delivery member. Fired by means. When the game ball launched by the launching means reaches the game area via the launch path, the game ball then flows down due to its own weight and the game is played. Of the game balls launched by the launching means, the game balls that do not reach the game area are discharged as foul balls through the foul ball passage.

้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใฏ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆคœๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœ‰็„กใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆ้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆ้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใŒ้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆ้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใจ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใ‚’้€ฃ้€šใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚’่จฑๅฎนใ—ใŸ้€šๅธธ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใ‚’้ฎๆ–ญใ—ใฆไธ€ๅฎšๆ•ฐใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใฟใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆๅดใฎๆปž็•™้ƒจใธๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ฎๆ–ญ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใŒใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใฏ้€šๅธธ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใฃใฆ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆๅดใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ้€ฃใชใฃใฆๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’้žๅฎŸ่กŒใซใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใจ้ฎๆ–ญ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใฃใฆๆปž็•™้ƒจใธไธ€ๅฎšๆ•ฐใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆปž็•™ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใŒ้ฎๆ–ญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Execution of the firing operation by the player is detected by the firing operation detecting means, and the blocking member is driven by the blocking member driving means in accordance with whether or not the firing operation is performed. By this blocking member driving means, a normal state in which the ball receiving portion of the ball tray member and the delivery member are communicated to permit the launching of the game ball and the path of the game ball are blocked, and only a certain number of game balls are exited from the ball. The shut-off state introduced into the staying portion on the delivery member side is formed corresponding to the player's launch operation. During the execution of the launch operation by the player, the game balls are brought into a normal state and game balls are continuously introduced to the delivery member side. On the other hand, when the player does not execute (stops) the launching operation, the game ball passage is blocked while a certain number of game balls stay in the staying portion.

็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใ‹ใ‚‰้žๅฎŸ่กŒใจใชใฃใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒ้žๅฎŸ่กŒใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใŸใ“ใจใŒๆคœๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ€้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใฏใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใช้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ•ฐๅˆ†ไปฅไธŠ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆ้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ฎๆ–ญ็Šถๆ…‹ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใจใใซๆปž็•™้ƒจๅ†…ใซๆปž็•™ใ—ใฆใ„ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆฎ‹ใ‚‰ใš็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใ‚Šใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€ใใฎๅพŒใซๆ“ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใชใใฆใ‚‚ๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ‚‰ใšใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใฃใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ‹ใ‚‰็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€ๅฟ…ใš็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ่พžใ‚ใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใฎใงใ€ใ“ใฎใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆๆปž็•™้ƒจๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ‹ใ‚‰็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซๆปž็•™้ƒจๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆฎ‹ใ•ใšใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When the firing operation is not executed from being executed, it is detected by the firing operation detecting means that the firing operation has been switched to non-execution, and the sending operation of the sending member and the firing of the launching means are controlled by the control of the non-input launching means. Action. Since the delivery operation and the firing operation are performed for at least a few minutes of the game balls that can stay in the stay portion, the game balls that have stayed in the stay portion when the shut-off state is formed by the shut-off member driving means are not It is fired all by the control of the input firing means. The game ball fired by the control of the non-input launching means is adjusted so as not to reach the game area by the jump amount adjusting means, becomes a foul ball, and is discharged through the foul ball path. For this reason, when the player stops the launch operation, the game balls introduced into the staying portion are not left and are discharged as foul balls without performing any subsequent operation. When the player stops the game and moves from the gaming machine, the firing operation is always stopped (quits), so at this timing, the sending operation of the sending member and the firing operation of the launching means are performed, By discharging the game ball, it can be returned to the player moving from the gaming machine without leaving the game ball in the staying portion.

ใพใŸใ€้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใฏใ€้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกๆœ€ใ‚‚ไธ‹ๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซๅฏพๅ‘ใ—ใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆๅดใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ฎๆ–ญ็Šถๆ…‹ใง้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆใŒๅ‹•ไฝœใ—ใฆ่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠๆตๅดใฎๅ…จใฆใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใŸๅพŒใซ็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๆŠœใๆ“ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ†ใจใ€็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใจๆปž็•™้ƒจๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใจใŒๅ…จใฆๆŠœใๅ–ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๅพŒใซใฏ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซๅ…จใฆใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฟ”ๅดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚
่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ’่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฏใ€่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏไธŠใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅ‰่จ˜ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใฎๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใฏๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใจใชใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใซๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚
่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ“่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฏใ€่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘ใพใŸใฏ๏ผ’ใซ่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้•ทใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใใฎ็›ดๅ‰ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใง่ก็ชใ—ใชใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚
่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ”่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฏใ€่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ“ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใซ่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ๅ‰่จ˜ๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ๆœ€ๅคงๆ•ฐใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคšใๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚
In addition, since the blocking member is disposed to face the game ball located on the most downstream side of the game balls supported by the closing member, the blocking member closes the passage of the game ball to the sending member side. When the closing member operates in the state and the storage ball discharge port is opened, all the game balls upstream from the blocking member are discharged from the storage ball discharge port. Therefore, if the ball removal operation of the ball receiving tray member is performed after stopping the launch operation, all the game balls in the ball receiving tray member and the game balls in the staying portion are extracted, and after the game, all game balls are returned to the player Is done.
The gaming machine according to claim 2 is the gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the jump amount adjusting means is configured such that the jump amount of the game ball is on the launch passage and exceeds a branch position with the foul ball passage. The firing force of the launching means is adjusted to a launch force that falls within a range that does not reach the game area.
The gaming machine according to claim 3 is the gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the non-input launching means is a time interval longer than a launch interval of game balls during execution of a launch operation by a player, and later. The fired game ball is caused to perform the firing operation of the launching means at a time interval that does not collide with the game ball fired immediately before in the launch path.
The gaming machine according to claim 4 is the gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the non-input emission means is at least more than a maximum number staying in the staying portion and the sending operation of the sending member and the The launching operation of the launching means is performed to control to launch the game ball.

่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆๆปž็•™้ƒจใซ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ่ชฟๆ•ดใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใ—ใฆใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใ‹ใ‚‰้žๅฎŸ่กŒใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใŸใ“ใจใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใ€ๅณใก้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใ€้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœ็„กใ—ใซใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๅœๆญขๅ‰ใซๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใฃใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅฟ…่ฆใจใ—ใชใ„ใง็ฐกๅ˜ใซๆปž็•™้ƒจๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใจใ„ใ†ๅŠนๆžœใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, the game ball sent to the staying part via the ball outlet is subjected to the sending operation of the sending member and the firing operation of the launching means under the control of the non-input launching means. When it is fired by the launching means, it is discharged as a foul ball via the foul ball passage by adjustment of the jump amount adjusting means. The non-input launching means is configured such that when the firing operation detecting means detects that the firing operation has been switched from being executed to not being executed, that is, when the player stops the firing operation, the sending operation of the sending member and the launching of the launching means are performed. Therefore, the game ball introduced into the staying part before the firing operation is stopped is discharged as a foul ball without the player's launch operation. Therefore, there is an effect that the game ball in the staying part can be easily returned to the player without requiring a firing operation.

ใพใŸใ€้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใฏใ€้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกๆœ€ใ‚‚ไธ‹ๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซๅฏพๅ‘ใ—ใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆๅดใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆใŒๅ‹•ไฝœใ—ใฆ่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠๆตๅดใฎๅ…จใฆใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใŸๅพŒใซ็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๆŠœใๆ“ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใจๆปž็•™้ƒจๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใจใ‚’ๅ…จใฆๆŠœใๅ–ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅฟ…่ฆใจใ—ใชใ„ใง็ฐกๅ˜ใซ้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใจ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใฎ้–“๏ผˆๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผ‰ใ‚„็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆฎ‹ใ™ใ“ใจใชใ็ƒๆŠœใใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใจใ„ใ†ๅŠนๆžœใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚
่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ’่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฎๅฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅŠนๆžœใซๅŠ ใˆใ€้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏไธŠใงใ‚ใฃใฆใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใฏๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใจใชใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใซ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใŒ่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏไธŠใซใ‚ใ–ใ‚ใ–ใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ƒจๆ็ญ‰ใฎ้šœๅฎณ็‰ฉใŒ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซๆฏ”ในใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซๅฟ…่ฆใชๆง‹ๆˆ้ƒจๅ“ใ‚’็ฐก็•ฅๅŒ–ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ไฝŽใ‚ณใ‚นใƒˆใง้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใซใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใจใ„ใ†ๅŠนๆžœใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚
่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ“่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘ใพใŸใฏ๏ผ’ใซ่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฎๅฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅŠนๆžœใซๅŠ ใˆใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้•ทใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใใฎ็›ดๅ‰ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใง่ก็ชใ—ใชใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆ้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใŒ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใงใฏใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใซๆฌกใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅŒๅฃซใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ„ใ†ๆง‹้€ ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ใ€้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใธ้ †ๆฌกๆตๅ…ฅใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใซใ€ๆฌกใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅŒๅฃซใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’ๆœช็„ถใซ้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใจใ„ใ†ๅŠนๆžœใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚
่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ”่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ“ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใซ่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฎๅฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅŠนๆžœใซๅŠ ใˆใ€้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ๆœ€ๅคงๆ•ฐใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคšใ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€่จญ่จˆไธŠใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚ๅคšใใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆปž็•™ใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ขบๅฎŸใซๆปž็•™้ƒจๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ…จใฆ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๆปž็•™้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹้ƒจๆ่‡ชไฝ“ใ‚„ใใฎ้…็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎ็ญ‰ใฎ็ฒพๅบฆใ‚’ไฝŽใๆŠ‘ใˆใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€ๅ‡บใซๅฝฑ้Ÿฟใ™ใ‚‹ๅฏธๆณ•็ฒพๅบฆใ‚„ๆๆ–™ใฎๅˆถ้™ใ‚’็ทฉๅ’Œใ—ใฆไฝŽใ‚ณใ‚นใƒˆใง้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ‚’่ฃฝ้€ ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใจใ„ใ†ๅŠนๆžœใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚
In addition, since the blocking member is disposed opposite to the game ball located on the most downstream side among the game balls supported by the closing member, the passage of the game ball to the sending member side is closed by the blocking member When the closing member operates to open the storage ball discharge port, all the game balls upstream from the blocking member are discharged from the storage ball discharge port. Therefore, the player can pull out all the game balls in the ball receiving tray member and the game balls in the staying portion by performing the ball pulling operation of the ball receiving tray member after stopping the launching operation. There is an effect that it is possible to easily remove the ball without leaving the game ball between the blocking member and the delivery member (the staying portion) or at the launch position without the need for a ball.
According to the gaming machine of the second aspect, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine of the first aspect, the jumping amount adjusting means causes the gaming area of the one that exceeds the branching position with the foul ball path on the launch path. The launching force of the launching means is adjusted to the launching force that is the amount of game balls that will not reach. For this reason, it is possible to simplify the components necessary to prevent the game ball from reaching the game area, as compared to a case where an obstacle such as a stopper member protrudes on the launch path. . Therefore, there is an effect that the game ball launched by the control of the non-input launching means can be returned to the player at a low cost as a foul ball.
According to the gaming machine of the third aspect, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine according to the first or second aspect, the time interval is longer than the game ball firing interval during the execution of the launching operation by the player, and then fired later. The non-input launching means causes the launching means to perform the firing operation at a time interval in which the played game ball does not collide with the game ball launched immediately before in the launch path. For this reason, at the launch interval during the launch operation, the next game ball is launched before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage, the game balls collide with each other, and the game ball remains in the launch passage. Even in a gaming machine, it is possible to sequentially flow gaming balls into the foul ball passage by controlling the non-input launching means. Therefore, before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage, it is possible to prevent the next game ball from being fired and the game balls colliding with each other and leaving the game ball in the launch passage. There is.
According to the gaming machine of the fourth aspect, in addition to the effect achieved by the gaming machine according to any one of the first to third aspects, the non-input launching means delivers at least the maximum number of delivery members that stay in the staying portion. Since the operation and the launching operation of the launching unit are performed, even if more game balls stay than in the design, all the game balls in the staying portion can be more reliably delivered. For this reason, it is possible to reduce the accuracy of the member itself that forms the staying portion and the arrangement position thereof, and to manufacture the gaming machine at low cost by relaxing the dimensional accuracy and material restrictions that affect the delivery of the game ball. There is an effect that can be.

ไปฅไธ‹ใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผˆไปฅไธ‹ใ€ๅ˜ใซใ€Œใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใ€ใจใ„ใ†๏ผ‰ใฎไธ€ๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใ‚’ใ€ๅ›ณ้ขใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆ่ฉณ็ดฐใซ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ใฏใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใฏๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใจไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใจใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ“ใฏใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ไพฟๅฎœไธŠใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ๅŠใณใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใ‚’็œ็•ฅใ—ใฆ็คบใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Hereinafter, an embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as a โ€œpachinko machineโ€) will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine 10 in which the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15 are opened. FIG. 3 is a front view of the game board 16 of the pachinko machine 10. Here, in FIG. 2, for convenience, the game board 16 and the glass unit 17 are omitted.

ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ๅŠใณๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€็•ฅ็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใซ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใŸๆœจๆž ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅค–ๆฎปใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใจใ€ใใฎๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใจ็•ฅๅŒไธ€ใฎๅค–ๅฝขๅฝข็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ€ใใฎไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใซ็•ฅๅ††ๅฝขใซ้–‹ๅฃใ—ใŸไธญๅคฎ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆๆˆๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใซ้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใ‚„็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ๅคšๆ•ฐใฎ้‡˜ใ‚„ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ”็ญ‰ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใŒ่ฃ้ขๅดใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธญๅคฎ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขใŒ่ฆ–่ชๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตไธ‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅผพ็ƒ้ŠๆŠ€ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 12 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame 20 (see FIG. 4A) combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and the outer frame 12 is substantially the same as the outer frame 12. And an inner frame 13 having the same outer shape. The inner frame 13 is obtained by attaching a passage forming member 36, a ball launching unit 90, and the like to an inner frame base 30 made of synthetic resin having a central window 30a opened in a substantially circular shape at the center thereof. A game board 16 having a large number of nails, winning holes 63, 64, and the like is attached to the inner frame 13 from the back side, and the front surface of the game board 16 is visible from the central window 30a of the inner frame 13. A game ball is played by the game ball flowing down the front surface of the game board 16.

ใพใŸใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ€ใใฎไธ€ๅด๏ผˆใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆๅด๏ผ‰ใฎไธŠไธ‹๏ผ’็ฎ‡ๆ‰€ใงๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซ่ปธๆ”ฏใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒๆญฃ้ขๆ‰‹ๅ‰ๅดใธ้–‹ๆ”พๅฏ่ƒฝใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅ‰้ขไธŠๅดใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใจใ€ใใฎไธ‹ๅดใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใจใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ๅŠใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฏๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขใ‚’้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, the inner frame 13 is pivotally supported by the outer frame 12 at two upper and lower portions on one side thereof (left side in front view in the pachinko machine 10), and the inner frame 13 is attached so as to be openable to the front front side. On the front side of the inner frame 13, there are provided a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower dish unit 15 that covers the lower side of the inner frame 13. The front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15 open and close the front surface of the inner frame 13. It is attached as possible.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฏใ€ๅˆๆˆๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใซ่ฃ…้ฃพ็”จใฎๆจน่„‚้ƒจๅ“ใ‚„้›ปๆฐ—้ƒจๅ“็ญ‰ใ‚’็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใใฎ็•ฅไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใซใฏใ€็•ฅๅ††ๅฝข็Šถใฎ้–‹ๅฃ๏ผˆ็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒ๏ผ‰ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏ๏ผ’ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขใŒใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใซ่ฆ–่ชๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The front frame 14 is a synthetic resin front frame base 200 assembled with decorative resin components, electrical components, and the like, and has a substantially circular opening (window portion 14c) at a substantially central portion thereof. ing. A glass unit 17 (see FIG. 13) having two sheet glasses 151 is disposed on the rear surface side of the front frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 16 is visible on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the sheet glass 151. It has become.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ฒฏ็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒๅ‰ๆ–นใธๅผตใ‚Šๅ‡บใ—ใฆไธŠ้ขใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸ็•ฅ็ฎฑ็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ่ณž็ƒใ‚„่ฒธๅ‡บ็ƒใชใฉใŒๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใฆไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅบ•้ขใŠใ‚ˆใณๅด้ขใซๅ›ฒใ‚ใ‚ŒใŸ้ƒจไฝใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅบ•้ขใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใŒไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹ๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅณๅดใซไธ‹้™ๅ‚พๆ–œใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใธใจๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the front frame 14, an upper plate 201 for storing game balls is formed in a substantially box shape projecting forward and opening the upper surface, and prize balls, rental balls, etc. are discharged to the upper plate 201. A game ball is stored in a portion surrounded by the bottom surface and the side surface. The bottom surface of the upper plate 201 is formed to be inclined downward to the right in the front view where the ball launch unit 90 for launching the game ball is located, and the game ball thrown into the upper plate 201 is guided to the ball launch unit 90. The

ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎไธ‹ๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€ใใฎไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ—ใใ‚Œใชใ‹ใฃใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ฒฏ็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒไธŠ้ขใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸ็•ฅ็ฎฑ็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅณๅดใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขใธๆ‰“ใก่พผใ‚€ใŸใ‚ใซ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆ“ไฝœใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ†…้ƒจใซใฏ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ้ง†ๅ‹•ใ‚’่จฑๅฏใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใจใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœ้‡ใ‚’้›ปๆฐ—ๆŠตๆŠ—ใฎๅค‰ๅŒ–ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๅฏๅค‰ๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ™จใจใŒๅ†…่”ตใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใŒ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅณๅ›žใ‚Šใซๅ›ž่ปขๆ“ไฝœใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซๅฏๅค‰ๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ™จใฎๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ€คใŒๆ“ไฝœ้‡ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆๅค‰ๅŒ–ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœ้‡ใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆๅค‰ๅŒ–ใ™ใ‚‹ๅฏๅค‰ๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ™จใฎๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ€คใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใŸๅผทใ•ใง้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎๆ“ไฝœใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใŸ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใง้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆ‰“ใก่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the lower tray unit 15 located on the lower side of the upper tray 201, a lower tray 301 for storing game balls that could not be stored in the upper tray 201 is formed in a substantially box shape having an open upper surface. ing. On the right side of the lower plate 301, an operation handle 310 that is operated by a player to drive a game ball into the front surface of the game board 16 is disposed. Inside the operation handle 310, a launch solenoid 92 of a ball launch unit 90 is provided. And a variable resistor that detects the amount of rotation of the operation handle 310 based on a change in electrical resistance. When the operation handle 310 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes corresponding to the operation amount. The launch solenoid 92 is for firing a game ball with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor that changes in accordance with the amount of rotation of the operation handle 310, and thereby the amount of flight corresponding to the player's operation. Then, a game ball is driven into the front of the game board 16.

้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–็•ฅๆญฃๆ–นๅฝข็Šถใซๅˆ‡ๅ‰ŠๅŠ ๅทฅใ—ใŸๆœจ่ฃฝใฎใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๆกˆๅ†…็”จใฎๅคšๆ•ฐใฎ้‡˜ใŠใ‚ˆใณใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ€ไธ€่ˆฌๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ“ใ€ไธฆใณใซใ€ๆถฒๆ™ถใƒ‡ใ‚ฃใ‚นใƒ—ใƒฌใ‚ค๏ผˆไปฅไธ‹ๅ˜ใซใ€Œ๏ผฌ๏ผฃ๏ผคใ€ใจ็•ฅใ™ใ€‚๏ผ‰ใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘็ญ‰ใ‚’็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขใซใฏใ€ๅธฏ็Šถใฎ้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟใ‚’็•ฅๅ††ๅผง็Šถใซๅฑˆๆ›ฒๅŠ ๅทฅใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ—ใŸๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใŒๆค็ซ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎๅ†…ๅดไฝ็ฝฎใซใฏๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจๅŒๆง˜ใซๅธฏ็Šถใฎ้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟใงๅฝขๆˆใ—ใŸๅ††ๅผง็Šถใฎๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใŒๆค็ซ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใจๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขๅค–ๅ‘จใŒๅ›ฒใพใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใจใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—๏ผˆๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ‰ๅพŒใŒๅ›ฒใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆŒ™ๅ‹•ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 3, the game board 16 includes a wooden base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails and rails 61 and 62 for guiding game balls, a general winning opening 63, and a liquid crystal display. The first symbol display device 81 and the like configured by a display (hereinafter simply referred to as โ€œLCDโ€) are assembled. An outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 16, and the strip-shaped metal plate is located at an inner position of the outer rail 62 in the same manner as the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed by the above is planted. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 surround the outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 16, and the game board 16 and the glass unit 17 (the plate glass 151) surround the front and rear. A game area where a game is played is formed according to the behavior.

้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ…ฅ่ณžใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š๏ผ•ๅ€‹ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ‘๏ผ•ๅ€‹ใฎ็ƒใŒ่ณž็ƒใจใ—ใฆๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎไธ€่ˆฌๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ“ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธญๅคฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใฎๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใŒๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅˆถๅพกใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€่ค‡ๆ•ฐ็จฎ้กžใฎ่ญ˜ๅˆฅๆƒ…ๅ ฑใจใ—ใฆใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒไบˆใ‚ๅฎšใ‚ใŸ้ †ๅบใซๅพ“ใฃใฆๅค‰ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขไธŠใซ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€๏ผฌ๏ผฃ๏ผคใซไปฃใˆใฆใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒซ็ญ‰ใ‚’็”จใ„ใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย The game area is provided with a plurality of general winning ports 63 through which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when a game ball wins. Further, a variable display device unit 80 having a first symbol display device 81 is disposed in the central portion of the game area, and the variable display device unit 80 is controlled by a display control device 505 described later, so that a plurality of types can be obtained. A variation display in which the symbols as the identification information vary according to a predetermined order is displayed on the display screen of the first symbol display device 81. Instead of the LCD, for example, the first symbol display device 81 may be configured using a reel or the like.

ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ…ฅ็ƒใ—ๅพ—ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ…ฅ็ƒใ™ใ‚‹ใจ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ’ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใŒใ‚ชใƒณใจใชใ‚Šใ€ไธŠ่ฟฐใ—ใŸ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใงๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใŒ้–‹ๅง‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ…ฅ็ƒใ™ใ‚‹ใจ๏ผ•ๅ€‹ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ณž็ƒใจใ—ใฆๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃใฎ๏ผ‘ใคใซใ‚‚ใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Below the variable display unit 80, a first entrance 64 into which a game ball can enter is disposed. When a game ball enters the first entrance 64, the first entrance switch 524 (see FIG. 22) provided on the back side of the game board 16 is turned on, and the symbol is displayed on the first symbol display device 81 described above. Fluctuation display starts. The first entrance 64 is also one of the entrances through which 5 game balls are paid out as prize balls when game balls enter.

็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใซใฏๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎ็•ฅไธญๅคฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซๆจช้•ท็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใฎ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผˆๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๅฃ๏ผ‰๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๅ…ฅ็ƒใ‚’ๅฅ‘ๆฉŸใจใ—ใŸๆŠฝ้ธใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๆŠฝ้ธใซๅฝ“้ธใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใจใชใฃใฆใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซใฏๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅพŒใซไบˆใ‚ๅฎšใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใฎ๏ผ‘ใคใŒ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใฎ็™บ็”ŸใŒ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๅพŒใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ๆ˜“ใ„็‰นๅˆฅ้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใŒ้ท็งปใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็‰นๅˆฅ้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใจใ—ใฆใ€้€šๅธธๆ™‚ใซใฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใŒใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€๏ผ“๏ผ็ง’็ตŒ้Žใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใ€ๆˆ–ใ„ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ๏ผ‘๏ผๅ€‹ๅ…ฅ่ณžใ™ใ‚‹ใพใง๏ผ‰้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A variable winning device 65 is disposed below the first ball opening 64, and a horizontally long rectangular specific winning opening (large opening) 65a is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed when a game ball enters the first entrance, and when the lottery is won, the lottery is won, and the first symbol display device 81 is pre- One of the determined symbol combinations is displayed to indicate to the player that the jackpot has been generated, and then the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state in which the game ball is easy to win. As this special gaming state, the special winning opening 65a that is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds elapses or 10 game balls are won).

ใ“ใฎ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝๅ†…ใซใฏใ€้€šๅธธ้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใ€็‰นๅฎš้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใ—ใฆใฎ๏ผถใ‚พใƒผใƒณใจใŒๅŒบๅˆ†ใ‘ใ—ใฆ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใฎ้–‹ๆ”พไธญใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ๏ผถใ‚พใƒผใƒณใ‚’้€š้Žใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€็ถ™็ถšๆจฉใŒๆˆ็ซ‹ใ—ใฆใ€็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๅพŒใ€ๅ†ๅบฆใ€ใใฎ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใฎ้–‹้–‰ๅ‹•ไฝœใฏใ€ๆœ€้ซ˜ใงไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผ‘๏ผ–ๅ›ž๏ผˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใƒฉใ‚ฆใƒณใƒ‰๏ผ‰็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ๅฏ่ƒฝใซใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้–‹้–‰ๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹็Šถๆ…‹ใŒใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใจใฃใฆๆœ‰ๅˆฉใช็‰นๅˆฅ้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใฎไธ€ๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€ไธŠใฎไพกๅ€ค๏ผˆ้ŠๆŠ€ไพกๅ€ค๏ผ‰ใฎไป˜ไธŽใจใ—ใฆ้€šๅธธๆ™‚ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคš้‡ใฎ่ณž็ƒใฎๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ—ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the specific winning opening 65a, a normal area and a V zone as the specific area are separately provided. If the game ball passes through the V zone while the specific winning opening 65a is opened, the continuation right is granted. After the establishment of the specific winning opening 65a, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening / closing operation of the specific winning opening 65a can be repeated up to 16 times (16 rounds), for example. The state in which this opening / closing operation is performed is one form of a special gaming state advantageous to the player, and the player is given out a larger amount of prize balls than usual to give gaming value (game value). Is done.

ใชใŠใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ใ—ใŸๅฝขๆ…‹ใซ็‰นๅˆฅ้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใฏ้™ๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใฏใชใ„ใ€‚็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใจใฏๅˆฅใซ้–‹้–‰ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๅฃใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซ่จญใ‘ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅพŒใฎ่กจ็คบ็ตๆžœใŒไบˆใ‚ๅฎšใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใฎ๏ผ‘ใคใจไธ€่‡ดใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใ€็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใฎ้–‹ๆ”พไธญใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝๅ†…ใธๅ…ฅ่ณžใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’ๅฅ‘ๆฉŸใจใ—ใฆ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใจใฏๅˆฅใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๅฃใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšๅ›žๆ•ฐ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็‰นๅˆฅ้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใจใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย Note that the special gaming state is not limited to the above-described form. When the game area is provided with a large opening that is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a, and the display result after the change of the first symbol display device 81 matches one of the predetermined symbol combinations, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, and when the specific winning opening 65a is opened, a large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a when the game ball wins into the specific winning opening 65a is predetermined for a predetermined time. A gaming state that is released a number of times may be formed as a special gaming state.

ๆฌกใซใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆง‹ๆˆใซใคใ„ใฆๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ€ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใซๅคงๅˆฅใ—ใฆ้ †ใซ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ—ใ€ใใฎๅพŒใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅดใฎๆง‹ๆˆใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใšใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๆง‹ๆˆใซใคใ„ใฆๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ›ณ๏ผ”ใ‚’ไธปใซๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“ๅ‘จ่พบใ‚’ๆ‹กๅคงใ—ใฆ็คบใ—ใŸๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be roughly divided into an outer frame 12, an inner frame 13, a game board 16, a front frame 14, a lower tray unit 15, and a glass unit 17, and then the configuration on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Will be described. First, the configuration of the outer frame 12 will be described with reference mainly to FIGS. Here, FIG. 4A is a perspective view of the outer frame 12, and FIG. 4B is an enlarged perspective view showing the periphery of the metal fitting 23 of the outer frame 12.

ๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅค–ๆฎปใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใฎๅค–ๆž ๏ผ’๏ผใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ’๏ผใฎๅค–ๅ‘จ้ขใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใฎๅณถใจๅ‘ผใฐใ‚Œใ‚‹่จญ็ฝฎ็ฎ‡ๆ‰€ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฏใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ‰้ขๅดใซ้–‹ๆ”พๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใ‹ใ‚‰ใฏ่งฆใ‚Œใ‚‰ใ‚Œใชใ„่ฃ้ขๅดใ‚„ๅ†…้ƒจใซๅฏพใ—ใฆใฎ็‚นๆคœใ‚„่ชฟๆ•ดใฏใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅ‰้ขๅดใซ้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใฆ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 2, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an outer frame 12 that forms an outer shell thereof, and an inner frame 13 is supported by the outer frame 20 so as to be opened and closed. In the game hall, the outer peripheral surface of the outer frame 20 is fixed to an installation location called an island of the game hall. Since the inner frame 13, the front frame 14, and the lower dish unit 15 are configured to be openable to the front side with respect to the outer frame 12, Inspection and adjustment are performed with the inner frame 13 and the like opened to the front side with respect to the outer frame 12.

ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๆœจ่ฃฝใฎๆฟๆใงไธŠไธ‹ๅทฆๅณใฎๅ››่พบใ‚’ๆง‹ๆˆใ—ใฆๅ…จไฝ“ใจใ—ใฆ็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใฎๆœจๆž ๏ผ’๏ผใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ—ใ€ใใฎๆœจๆž ๏ผ’๏ผใซใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใจๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ“ใจใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœจๆž ๏ผ’๏ผใฎๆŽฅๅˆ้ƒจใฏใ€ๅฐใƒใ‚ธ็ญ‰ใฎ้›ข่„ฑๅฏ่ƒฝใช็ท ็ตๅ…ทใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ€้‡˜ใ‚„ใƒชใƒ™ใƒƒใƒˆใ‚’ไฝฟใฃใฆๅ›บๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ๆง‹้€ ใจๆฏ”ในใฆใ€ๆœจๆž ๏ผ’๏ผใฎไธ€้ƒจใŒๅฎนๆ˜“ใซๅ†ๅˆฉ็”จใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใฎๅค–ๅฏธใฏ๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ผ™๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผˆๅ†…ๅฏธ็ด„๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๅทฆๅณๆ–นๅ‘ใฎๅค–ๅฏธใฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ˜๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผˆๅ†…ๅฏธ็ด„๏ผ”๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใ‚ขใƒซใƒŸใƒ‹ใ‚ฆใƒ ็ญ‰ใฎ่ปฝ้‡‘ๅฑžใ‚„ๆจน่„‚ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ„ใ€‚ ย ย The outer frame 12 is composed of a wooden plate material that forms four sides on the top, bottom, left, and right to form a rectangular wooden frame 20 as a whole, and hinges 21 and 22 and receiving brackets 23 and 23 are attached to the wooden frame 20. is there. The joint portion of the wooden frame 20 is fixed by a detachable fastener such as a small screw, and a part of the wooden frame 20 can be easily reused as compared with a structure that is fixed using a nail or a rivet. Yes. In the present embodiment, the outer dimension of the outer frame 12 is 809 mm (inner dimension of about 710 mm), and the outer dimension of the left and right direction is 518 mm (inner dimension of about 480 mm). The outer frame 12 may be made of a light metal such as aluminum or a resin.

ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’ๆ”ฏๆŒใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆๅดใฎไธŠไธ‹๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซ้‡‘ๅฑž่ฃฝใฎไธŠใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹ใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸๅดใ‚’้–‹้–‰ใฎ่ปธใจใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 4A, metal upper hinges 21 and lower hinges 22 are attached to the outer frame 12 at two upper and lower positions on the left side when viewed from the front to support the inner frame 13. The inner frame 13 is supported so as to be openable and closable by using the side on which the hinges 21 and 22 are provided as an opening / closing axis.

ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฏใ€ๆœจๆž ๏ผ’๏ผใฎๅ†…้ขใงใ‚ใฃใฆใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰้›ข้–“ใ—ใŸๅดใฎไธ€่พบใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ไธŠไธ‹๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซใƒใ‚ธใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่žบ็€ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„ๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฏใ€้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟใ‚’ๅฑˆๆ›ฒๅŠ ๅทฅใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅ†…้ขใซๅฏ†็€ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ–ไป˜้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ฝใจใ€ใใฎๅ–ไป˜้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ฝใ‹ใ‚‰ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅ†…้ขๅดใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆๅž‚็›ดใซ็ซ‹ใกไธŠใŒใ‚‹ไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใจใ€ใใฎไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏๅดใซใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆ–นๅ‘ๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฎๅทฆไธŠๅด๏ผ‰ใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ชๅ‡บ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ฝƒใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฎไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใซใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้‰คๅฝขใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจใŒๅผ•ใฃๆŽ›ใ‹ใ‚Šใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The metal fittings 23 of the outer frame 12 are screwed into the upper and lower two places on one side of the inner side of the wooden frame 20 and away from the hinges 21 and 22 with screws. Each of the metal fittings 23 is formed by bending a metal plate, and as shown in FIG. 4B, a mounting portion 23a that is in close contact with the inner surface of the outer frame 12, and the inner surface side of the outer frame 12 from the mounting portion 23a. An engaging portion 23b that rises vertically toward the end, and a protruding portion 23c that protrudes toward the closing direction side of the inner frame 13 (the upper left side in FIG. 4B) at the distal end side of the engaging portion 23b. And. The front end portion of the inner frame collar member 411 (see FIG. 23) formed so as to project from the inner frame 13 in a hook shape is caught on the engagement portion 23 b of the metal fitting 23, and the inner frame 13 is closed.

ๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฎ็ชๅ‡บ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ฝƒใฏใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใฆใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅ†…้ขๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฎๅทฆไธ‹ๅด๏ผ‰ใซๅ‘ใ‹ใฃใฆใ€ๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซ้‡ใชใ‚‹้•ทใ•ไปฅไธŠใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจใฏใ€็ชๅ‡บ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ฝƒใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ๅ†…้ขๅดใธใฎ็งปๅ‹•ใŒ่ฆๅˆถใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ๅ†…้ขๅดใธใฎๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฎ็ชๅ‡บ้‡ใ‚’ๅฐ‘ใชใใ—ใคใคใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎใŒใŸใคใใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒ่ชคใฃใฆๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅค–ใ‚Œใฆใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒไธ็”จๆ„ใซ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒ้˜ฒๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The protruding portion 23c of the metal fitting 23 has an inner frame flange toward the inner surface side (the lower left side in FIG. 4B) of the outer frame 12 in a state where the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 12. It is formed so as to protrude beyond the length that overlaps the tip portion protruding downward of the member 411. For this reason, the movement of the distal end portion of the inner frame collar member 411 toward the inner surface side of the outer frame 12 is restricted by the protruding portion 23c, and the protruding amount of the metal fitting 23 toward the inner surface side of the outer frame 12 is reduced. It is prevented that the inner frame collar member 411 is accidentally detached from the receiving metal fitting 23 due to the shakiness of 13 and the inner frame 13 is inadvertently opened.

ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹ๅดใซใฏใ€ๆจช้•ท็Ÿฉๅฝขใฎๅˆๆˆๆจน่„‚ใ€ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใฎๆฟใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใŒใ€ๆœจๆž ๏ผ’๏ผใ‚’่ฒซ้€šใ™ใ‚‹ใƒใ‚ธใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅดใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซ้œฒๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅคง้ƒจๅˆ†ใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใจๅŒๆง˜ใซๅˆๆˆๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใจใชใ‚Šใ€ๅ„้ƒจๆ้–“ใซไธ€ไฝ“ๆ„ŸใŒ็”Ÿใพใ‚Œใฆๅค–่ฆณๅ“่ณชใฎๅ‘ไธŠใŒๅ›ณใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏ็œ็•ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใŒใ€้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎๅ‰้ขใซไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅฝข็Šถใซๅ€ฃใฃใฆๆจกๆง˜ใ‚’ไป˜ใ™ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๆœจ่ฃฝ้ƒจๅˆ†ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ๆœจๆž ๏ผ’๏ผใ‚’ๅ…ฑ็”จใ—ใคใค็•ฐใชใ‚‹ๅค–่ฆณๅฝข็Šถใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ‚’่ฃฝ้€ ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ๆœจๆž ๏ผ’๏ผใ‚’ๆœ‰ๅŠน็š„ใซๅ†ๅˆฉ็”จใ—ใคใคใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅค–่ฆณๅ“่ณชใ‚’ๅ‘ไธŠใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the lower side of the outer frame 12, a decorative plate 24 formed of a horizontally long rectangular synthetic resin, specifically, an ABS resin plate, is fixed from the back side of the outer frame 12 by screws passing through the wooden frame 20. Yes. Due to the decorative plate 24, most of the outer frame 12 exposed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 is made of synthetic resin like the inner frame 13, the front frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15, and a sense of unity is provided between the members. Born to improve appearance quality. Although omitted in the present embodiment, different external shapes are shared while sharing the wooden frame 20 which is the wooden portion of the outer frame 12 by applying a pattern following the shape of the lower dish unit 15 on the front surface of the decorative plate 24. Can be manufactured, and the appearance quality of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved while effectively reusing the wooden frame 20.

้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎไธŠ้ขใซใฏใ€้‡‘ๅฑž่ฃฝใฎๆป‘ใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใŒใ€ใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰้›ข้–“ใ—ใŸๅดใฎ็ซฏ้ƒจใจไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใจใฎ๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹ๆ”พ็Šถๆ…‹ใฎๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒ่‡ช้‡ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆไธ‹ๅดใซ่ฝใก่พผใ‚“ใงใ‚‚ใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใใซใฏใ€ใใฎไธ‹้ขใŒๆป‘ใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใซๆ“ฆใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใคใคๆŒใกไธŠใ’ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏๅฎšไฝ็ฝฎใซๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ไฝœๆฅญ่€…ใŒใ‚ใ–ใ‚ใ–ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’ๆŒใกไธŠใ’ใชใŒใ‚‰้–‰้Ž–ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ†ๅฟ…่ฆใŒใชใใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้–‹้–‰ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅˆฉไพฟๆ€งใŒ้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆจน่„‚ใพใŸใฏๆœจ่ฃฝใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใงๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’ๅฎšไฝ็ฝฎใซๆกˆๅ†…ใ™ใ‚‹้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซๆฏ”ในใฆใ€้–‹้–‰ๆ“ไฝœใฎ็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๆ“ฆใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้ƒจๅ“ใŒๅ‰Šใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚Šใ€็ ดๆใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒ้˜ฒๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้•ทๆœŸใซใ‚ใŸใฃใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้–‹้–‰ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅฎนๆ˜“ใซ่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the upper surface of the decorative plate 24, metal sliding plates 25 and 26 are provided at two locations, that is, an end portion on the side away from the hinge 22 and a central portion. Even if the opened inner frame 13 falls downward with respect to the outer frame 12 due to its own weight, when the inner frame 13 is closed, its lower surface is lifted while being rubbed against the sliding plates 25 and 26, and the inner frame 13 Guided to a fixed position. For this reason, it is not necessary for the operator to perform the closing operation while lifting the inner frame 13, and the convenience of the opening / closing operation of the inner frame 13 is enhanced. In addition, compared to the case where a part that guides the inner frame 13 to a fixed position is formed by a resin or wooden part, parts are prevented from being scraped or damaged due to rubbing due to repeated opening and closing operations. The opening and closing operation of the inner frame 13 can be easily performed over a long period of time.

ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰๏ผ’ใคใฎๆป‘ใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฎใ†ใกไธ€ๆ–นใฎๆป‘ใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้–‹้–‰่ปธใจใชใ‚‹ใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰้›ข้–“ใ—ใŸๅดใฎ็ซฏ้ƒจใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้‡‘ๅฑž่ฃฝใฎไธ‹ใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใจๆป‘ใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ‹้ขไธก็ซฏๅดใŒๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฎ‰ๅฎšใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๅฎšไฝ็ฝฎใซๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใ‚‚ใ†๏ผ‘ใคใฎๆป‘ใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•ใฏใ€ใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใจๆป‘ใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใจใฎใปใผไธญ้–“ไฝ็ฝฎใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใจใ€็ซฏ้ƒจใซ่จญใ‘ใŸๆป‘ใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใจใฎๆ”ฏๆŒใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆœ€ใ‚‚่ฝใก่พผใฟๆ˜“ใ„้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€๏ผ’ใคใฎๆป‘ใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใ‚’้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎไธŠ้ขใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰้›ข้–“ใ—ใŸๅดใฎ็ซฏ้ƒจใจไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใจใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’ๅฎšไฝ็ฝฎใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ขบๅฎŸใซๆกˆๅ†…ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚„ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅคš้‡ใซๅ…ฅใ‚‹็ญ‰ใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซ่ฒ ่ทใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้‡ใฟใŒๅข—ๅคงใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใฎ้–‹้–‰ๆ“ไฝœใฏๅฎนๆ˜“ใซ่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย One of the two sliding plates 25, 26 is provided at an end portion on the side away from the hinges 21, 22 serving as the opening / closing shaft of the inner frame 13. For this reason, both lower end sides of the inner frame 13 are supported by the metal lower hinge 22 and the sliding plate 26, and the inner frame 13 is guided to a fixed position in a more stable state. Further, the other sliding plate 25 is provided at a substantially intermediate position between the hinge 22 and the sliding plate 26, and the most easily depressed portion is guided by the support of the hinge 22 and the sliding plate 26 provided at the end. It becomes. Thus, by providing the two sliding plates 25 and 26 at the end portion and the central portion on the upper surface of the decorative plate 24 on the side away from the hinge 22, the inner frame 13 can be reliably guided at a fixed position, Even if the weight applied to the inner frame 13 increases due to a large amount of game balls entering the upper plate 201 or the lower plate 301, the opening / closing operation of the inner frame can be easily performed.

้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎไธŠ้ขๅฅฅๅดใซใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰ๅพŒๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจใซ้‡ใชใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใพใงไธŠๆ–นใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ—ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ—ใฎไป˜ใ‘ๆ น้ƒจๅˆ†ใซใฏใ€้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎไธŠ้ขใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ่ƒŒ้ขๅดใซ็ชชใ‚“ใ ๆบ๏ผ’๏ผ—๏ฝใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ—ใฎไธŠ็ซฏ้ƒจใŒใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใซๅฏพใ—ใฆใฏใ€่–„ๆฟ็Šถใฎๅทฅๅ…ท็ญ‰ใ‚’้ƒจๆ้–“ใฎ้š™้–“ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅทฎใ—ๅ…ฅใ‚Œใฆ่กŒใ†ไธๆญฃ่กŒ็‚บใŒ้ ป็นใซๅ ฑๅ‘Šใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใŒใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ‹ๅดใ‹ใ‚‰ๅทฅๅ…ท็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅทฎใ—ๅ…ฅใ‚Œใ‚‹่กŒ็‚บใŒใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ—ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้˜ปๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ไธๆญฃ่กŒ็‚บใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจ้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใจใฎ้–“ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅทฎใ—ๅ…ฅใ‚ŒใŸๅทฅๅ…ทใฏใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ—ใฎไป˜ใ‘ๆ น้ƒจๅˆ†ใซ่จญใ‘ใŸๆบ๏ผ’๏ผ—๏ฝใซๅตŒใพใ‚Šๆ˜“ใใ€ไธๆญฃ่กŒ็‚บใ‚’ไธ€ๅฑคๅ›ฐ้›ฃใชใ‚‚ใฎใจใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the back side of the upper surface of the decorative plate 24, a rib 27 is provided so as to protrude upward to a position overlapping the lower end portion of the inner frame 13 along the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, a groove 27 a that is recessed toward the back side along the upper surface of the decorative plate 24 is formed at the base portion of the rib 27, and the upper end portion of the rib 27 is formed so as to protrude toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10. For pachinko machines, fraudulent acts that are performed by inserting a thin plate-like tool or the like through a gap between members are frequently reported. However, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, a tool from the lower side of the inner frame 13 is reported. Since the rib 27 prevents the action of inserting etc., fraudulent acts can be prevented. Further, the tool inserted from between the inner frame 13 and the decorative plate 24 is likely to be fitted into the groove 27a provided at the base portion of the rib 27, which makes it more difficult to cheat.

้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ไธŠ้ขใฎใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ—ใฎ้ซ˜ใ•ใฏใ€้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎไธŠ้ขใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๅŠๅพ„ใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไฝŽใ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆ™‚ใซ้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎไธŠ้ขใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒไน—ใฃใฆใ„ใฆใ‚‚ใ€ใใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจใจใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ—ใจใฎ้–“ใซๆŒŸใพใ‚ŒใŸๅพŒใซใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ—ใ‚’ไน—ใ‚Š่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ—ใ‚’่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธๆญฃ่กŒ็‚บใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ—ใคใคใ€ใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ—ใจๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจใฎ้–“ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆŒŸใฟ่พผใพใ‚Œใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—็›ดใ™ๆ‰‹้–“ใŒ็™บ็”Ÿใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚‚ใชใใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้–‹้–‰ๆ“ไฝœใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆฉไพฟๆ€งใ‚’้ซ˜ใ็ถญๆŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The height of the ribs 27 on the upper surface of the decorative plate 24 is set lower than the radius of the game ball with respect to the upper surface of the decorative plate 24. For this reason, even if a game ball is on the top surface of the decorative plate 24 when the inner frame 13 is closed, the game ball gets over the rib 27 after being sandwiched between the lower end portion of the inner frame 13 and the rib 27. Accordingly, the provision of the rib 27 prevents illegal actions, and the game ball is not sandwiched between the rib 27 and the inner frame 13 so that the trouble of reclosing the inner frame 13 does not occur. Convenience for the opening / closing operation can be kept high.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ›ณ๏ผ•ใ‚’ไธปใซๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎ๏ผถ๏ฝ‚โˆ’๏ผถ๏ฝ‚็ทšใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใงใฏใ€ไพฟๅฎœไธŠใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–้ขไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸๅ†…ใฎๆง‹ๆˆใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’็ฉบ็™ฝใง็คบใ—ใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใงใฏ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅ‘จ่พบใฎไธ€้ƒจใฎ้ƒจๅ“ใฎใฟใ‚’ๆจกๅผ็š„ใซ็คบใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the inner frame 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 2 and 5. 5A is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 with the front frame 14 and the lower plate set 15 removed, and FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vb-Vb in FIG. 5A. is there. Here, in FIG. 5A, for the sake of convenience, a part of the configuration in the game area on the surface of the game board 16 is shown as blank, and in FIG. Is shown.

ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ€็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใ‚’ไธปไฝ“ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใซใฏ็•ฅๅ††ๅฝข็Šถใฎไธญๅคฎ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ–ไป˜้ƒจใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใŒ็€่„ฑๅฏ่ƒฝใซ่ฃ…็€ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The inner frame 13 is mainly composed of an ABS resin-made inner frame base 30 formed in a rectangular shape, and a substantially circular central window 30 a is formed at the center of the inner frame base 30. An attachment portion for the game board 16 is provided on the back side of the inner frame base 30, and the game board 16 is detachably attached.

ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎไธŠใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹ใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ›žๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆ‰‰็Šถใฎ้ƒจๆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้–‹้–‰่ปธ็ทšใฏใ€ใƒ’ใƒณใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆๅดใซไธŠไธ‹ใซๅปถ่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใฎ้–‹้–‰่ปธ็ทšใ‚’่ปธๅฟƒใซใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏๅ‰ๆ–นๅดใซ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้–‹้–‰่ปธ็ทšใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅณๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใจใฏๅๅฏพๅด๏ผˆๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆๅด๏ผ‰ใซ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ้–‹ๆ”พใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้€šๅธธใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณใƒ›ใƒผใƒซใงใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฏไบ’ใ„ใซ้šฃๆŽฅใ—ใฆ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้–‹้–‰่ปธ็ทšใ‚’ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้–‹ๆ”พใจๅ…ฑใซ็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใŒ้šฃใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใ‚„ใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้–“ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ็ญ‰ใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ—ใฆ้–‹ๆ”พ้‡ใŒๅˆถ้™ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‹ใ‚‰ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The inner frame 13 is a door-like member that is rotatably supported with respect to the outer frame 12 by the upper hinge 21 and the lower hinge 22 of the outer frame 12 described above. The opening / closing axis of the inner frame 13 extends vertically on the left side of the front view of the pachinko machine 10 provided with the hinges 21, 22, and the inner frame 13 is opened forward with the opening / closing axis serving as an axis. The opening / closing axis of the inner frame 13 is set on the side (left side in front view) opposite to the operation handle 310 (see FIG. 1) provided on the right side in front view of the pachinko machine 10 so that the inner frame 13 can be opened more greatly. ing. Usually, in the pachinko hall, the pachinko machines 10 are arranged adjacent to each other. Therefore, when the opening / closing axis is provided on the operation handle 310 side, the operation handle 310 that moves along with the opening of the inner frame 13 moves to the adjacent pachinko machine 10 or the pachinko machine. This is because the amount of opening is limited by contacting a card unit or the like provided between the machines 10.

ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅค–ๅ‘จใซใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๅดใธ็ช่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅค–ๅ‘จๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ‚ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎๅค–ๅ‘จๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ‚ใฎๅ†…ๅดใซๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅ„ๅด้ขใฎๅค–ๅ‘จใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅค–ๅ‘จๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ‚ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ›ฒ็นžใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใพใŸใฏไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใจใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจใฎ้–“ใธ้‡้‡‘ใ‚„่–„ๆฟ็Šถใฎๅทฅๅ…ท็ญ‰ใ‚’ๆŒฟๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹่กŒ็‚บใŒๅ›ฐ้›ฃใจใชใ‚Šใ€ไธๆญฃ่กŒ็‚บใ‚’ๆŠ‘ๅˆถใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย An outer peripheral wall 30b is formed on the outer periphery of the inner frame 13 so as to project to the front side, and the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15 are disposed inside the outer peripheral wall 30b. That is, in a state where the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15 are attached to the inner frame 13, the outer periphery of each side surface of the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15 is surrounded by the outer peripheral wall 30 b of the inner frame 13. For this reason, it becomes difficult to insert a wire or a thin plate-like tool between the front frame 14 or the lower tray unit 15 and the inner frame 13, and it is possible to suppress fraud.

ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅทฆไธŠ้ƒจใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€้…็ทšๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝƒใŒๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใ‚’่ฒซ้€šใ—ใฆ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้…็ทšๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝƒใซใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้›ป้ฃพ็ญ‰ใซไฝฟ็”จใ™ใ‚‹้ƒจๅ“ใฎ้…็ทšใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๆŒฟ้€šใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้…็ทšๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝƒใฎ่ง’้ƒจใซใฏ๏ผฒใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€้…็ทšๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝƒๅ†…ใซ้…็ทšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ„ใ‚ณใƒผใƒ‰ใŒใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‹้–‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้…็ทšๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝƒใงๆ“ฆใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ‚‚ๆๅ‚ทใ—้›ฃใใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผˆใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ‰ใซใ‚‚ใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้…็ทšๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝƒใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆๅทฆไธŠ้ƒจ๏ผ‰ใซ้…็ทšๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใซ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใฆ้…็ทšใŒๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 2, a wiring port 30 c is provided through the inner frame base 30 in the upper left portion of the inner frame 13. In the wiring port 30 c, wiring of components used for electrical decoration or the like of the front frame 14 is inserted into the back side of the inner frame 13 and connected to the back side of the game board 16. Rs are formed at the corners of the wiring port 30c, and even if each cord wired in the wiring port 30c is rubbed by the wiring port 30c by opening and closing the front frame 14, it is difficult to be damaged. The game board 16 (base plate 60) is also provided with a wiring port 60a at a position (upper left) corresponding to the wiring port 30c of the inner frame 13, and the gaming board 16 is attached to the inner frame base 30. Wiring is possible.

ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้…็ทšๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝƒใฎๅณไธŠๅดใซใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซๅ††ๆŸฑ็Šถใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸๆŠผใ—ใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณๅž‹ใฎ้–‹้–‰ใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ“๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹้–‰ใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‹้–‰็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้–‰ใ˜ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ“๏ผ’ใŒๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๆŠผๅœงใ•ใ‚ŒใฆๆŠผใ—่พผใพใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚Šใ€้€†ใซใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฏ้žๆŠผๅœงใฎ็ชๅ‡บ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใฃใฆใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‹้–‰็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้–‹้–‰ใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผ่ฃ้ขๅดใฎๅค–้ƒจๅ‡บๅŠ›็”จใฎ็ซฏๅญใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎไธŠๅดใซไธ€่ˆฌใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ใ‚„ใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใซ่จญ็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ‚’ไธ€ๆ‹ฌ็ฎก็†ใ™ใ‚‹ๅณถ็ฎก็†่ฃ…็ฝฎ็ญ‰ใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ†ใกใ€้–‹ๆ”พ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใ ใ‘ใ€็‰นๅˆฅใซใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ใ‚’็‚น็ฏใ•ใ›ใŸใ‚Šใ€ๅณถ็ฎก็†่ฃ…็ฝฎใซไฟกๅทใ‚’้€ใฃใฆ็›ฃ่ฆ–ใ‚ซใƒกใƒฉใง้–‹ๆ”พไธญใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใ‚’ๆ‹กๅคงใ—ใฆ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใซ่กจ็คบใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ—ใฆใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎไธๆญฃ้–‹ๆ”พใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹้˜ฒ็Šฏๆ€งใŒ้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the upper right side of the wiring port 30 c of the inner frame 13, a push button type opening / closing switch 32 protruding in a columnar shape is provided on the front side of the pachinko machine 10. The open / close switch 32 is a switch for detecting the open / closed state of the front frame 14. When the front frame 14 is closed with respect to the inner frame 13, the open / close switch 32 is pressed against the back surface of the front frame 14, and conversely, the front frame 14 is opened with respect to the inner frame 13. If it is, the open / close switch 32 is in a non-pressing protruding state and detects the open / closed state of the front frame 14. This open / close switch 32 is an island management device that collectively manages a lamp generally provided on the upper side of the pachinko machine 10 and a plurality of gaming machines installed in the game hall via an external output terminal on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Connected to etc. As a result, among the plurality of pachinko machines 10, only the pachinko machine 10 in the open state is turned on specially, or a signal is sent to the island management device to enlarge the pachinko machine 10 being opened by the surveillance camera. Or the like on the display screen, the crime prevention property against unauthorized opening of the pachinko machine 10 is enhanced.

ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธญๅคฎ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅณไธ‹ๅดใซใฏใ€็•ฅๅ››่ง’ๅฝข็Šถใฎๅฐ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ„ใŒๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใ‚’่ฒซ้€šใ—ใฆ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใพใŸไธญๅคฎ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝใฎๅทฆไธ‹ๅดใซใ‚‚็•ฅๆญฃๆ–นๅฝขใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’้ขๅ–ใ‚Šใ—ใŸๅฝข็Šถใฎๅฐ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ…ใŒๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใ‚’่ฒซ้€šใ—ใฆ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎไธ‹ๅดใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๅทฆๅณใฎ้š…้ƒจใซใฏใ€่จผ็ด™ใ‚„่ญ˜ๅˆฅใƒฉใƒ™ใƒซ็ญ‰ใ‚’่ฒผ็€ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ่ฒผ็€ใ‚นใƒšใƒผใ‚น๏ผซ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผซ๏ผ’๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€่ฒผ็€ใ‚นใƒšใƒผใ‚น๏ผซ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผซ๏ผ’ใซ่ฒผใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ่จผ็ด™็ญ‰ใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅฐ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ„๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ…ใ‚’้€šใ˜ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซ้œฒๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆ่จผ็ด™็ญ‰ใ‚’่ฆ–่ชใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅˆใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใซ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸๅพŒใซใ‚‚ใ€ๅฐ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ„๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ…ใ‚’้€šใ˜ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฒผ็€ใ‚นใƒšใƒผใ‚น๏ผซ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผซ๏ผ’ใซ่จผ็ด™็ญ‰ใ‚’่ฒผ็€ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A substantially rectangular small window 30d is provided through the inner frame base 30 on the lower right side of the central window 30a of the inner frame 13, and a part of a substantially square is chamfered on the lower left side of the central window 30a. A small window 30 e having a shape is provided through the inner frame base 30. Adhesive spaces K1, K2 (see FIG. 3) for adhering certificate stamps, identification labels, etc. are provided at the left and right corners on the lower side of the game board 16, and are attached to the adhering spaces K1, K2. Since the certificate paper is exposed to the front side of the inner frame 13 through the small windows 30d and 30e of the inner frame 13, the certificate paper or the like can be visually recognized with the front frame 14 opened. In addition, even after the game board 16 is attached to the inner frame base 30, it is possible to stick a stamp or the like on the sticking spaces K 1 and K 2 of the game board 16 through the small windows 30 d and 30 e.

ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ‹ๅดใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๅดใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸๅ‡น็Šถใซ็ชชใ‚“ใงๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎๅฅฅๅดใซใฏใ€ๅนณ้ข็Šถใฎๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใ‚„ใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹้€š่ทฏใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–็ญ‰ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The lower side of the central window 30a of the inner frame base 30 is formed in a concave shape with the front side open, and a flat mounting surface 30f is formed on the back side. The mounting surface 30f is attached with a ball launching unit 90 for launching a game ball to the front surface of the game board 16, a passage forming member 36 that forms a passage for discharging the game ball to the upper plate 201 and the lower plate 301, and the like. .

ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚’ๆ”ฏๆŒใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๆฉŸๆง‹ใจใ—ใฆใ€็ธฆๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆฒฟใฃใŸ๏ผ“ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซ๏ผ“ใคใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ“ใ€œ๏ผ“๏ผ•ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธŠๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ“ใซใฏๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎ็ด™้ขๆ‰‹ๅ‰ๅดใซ๏ผตๅญ—็Šถใซ้–‹ๅฃใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใใฎๅ…ฅๅฃใŒๅฅฅๅดใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅน…็‹ญใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅˆ‡ๆฌ ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝใซๆฎตไป˜ใใฎๅ††ๆŸฑ็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ“ใŒๅตŒๅˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย At the left end of the inner frame 13, as shown in FIG. 5 (a), as a mechanism for supporting the front frame 14 and the lower dish unit 15, three support fittings 33 to 35 are provided at three locations along the vertical direction. Is attached. The upper support fitting 33 is provided with a support hole 33a having a notch formed in a U-shape on the front side of the sheet of FIG. 5A and having an inlet formed narrower than the back side. The support bracket 33 on the front frame 14 side formed in a stepped columnar shape is fitted.

ไธŠใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ’็•ช็›ฎใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ”ใซใฏใ€ไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ††ๆŸฑ็Šถใฎ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝ‚ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝ‚ใฎใ†ใกไธŠๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅทฆไธ‹้š…ใŒๅ›žๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไธ‹ๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝ‚ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅทฆไธŠ้š…ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ›žๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The second support bracket 34 from the top is provided with cylindrical projection shafts 34a and 34b that protrude in the vertical direction. The lower left corner of the front frame 14 is rotatably supported by a protrusion shaft 34a protruding upward from the two protrusion shafts 34a and 34b, and the upper left corner of the lower dish unit 15 is internally supported by the protrusion shaft 34b protruding downward. It is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the frame 13.

ไธ€็•ชไธ‹ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ•ใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸๆฐดๅนณใช้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟใซไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซ่ฒซ้€šใ™ใ‚‹ๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”ใ‚’่จญใ‘ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจไธ‹ๅดใซใฏใ€ใฐใญใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹ๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซไป˜ๅ‹ขๅŠ›ใŒไป˜ไธŽใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ”ฏๆŒ่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ™ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ—ใŒๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ•ใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”ใซ่ปธๆ”ฏใ•ใ‚Œใฆไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅทฆไธ‹้š…ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ›žๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The lowermost support fitting 35 is formed by providing a support hole penetrating in the vertical direction in a horizontal metal plate protruding toward the front side of the inner frame 13. A support shaft 308 (see FIG. 19) to which an urging force is applied so as to protrude downward by a spring is provided on the lower side of the left end portion of the lower dish unit 15, and the support shaft 307 is provided in the support hole of the support fitting 35. The lower left corner of the lower plate unit 15 is pivotally supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the inner frame 13.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“ใ‚’ไธปใซๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฏใ€ๅ››่ง’ๅฝข็Šถใฎๅˆๆฟใงๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผใซ้‡˜ใ‚„้ขจ่ปŠใ€ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ“็ญ‰ใ‚’็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๅ‘จ็ธ้ƒจใŒๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎ่ฃๅดใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขไธญๅคฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎ็ช“๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝใ‚’้€šใ˜ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซ้œฒๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใฎ้•ทใ•ใฏ็ด„๏ผ”๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ€ๅทฆๅณๆ–นๅ‘ใฎ้•ทใ•ใฏ็ด„๏ผ”๏ผ•๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใจๅŒ็ญ‰ใฎใ‚ตใ‚คใ‚บใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the configuration of the game board 16 will be described with reference mainly to FIG. The game board 16 is configured by assembling a base plate 60 formed of a quadrangular plywood with a nail, a windmill, a winning opening 63, and the like, and the inner frame 13 with its peripheral edge abutting against the back side of the inner frame base 30. It is attached to the back side. The front center portion of the game board 16 is exposed to the front side of the inner frame 13 through the central window 30 a of the inner frame base 30. The vertical length of the game board 16 is about 480 mm, and the length in the left-right direction is about 450 mm, which is the same size as the conventional one.

้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซใฏใ€ไธŠ่ฟฐใ—ใŸไธ€่ˆฌๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ“ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใ€ๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•ใ€ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผ็ญ‰ใŒใƒซใƒผใ‚ฟๅŠ ๅทฅใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ่ฒซ้€š็ฉดใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใ‹ใ‚‰ๆœจใƒใ‚ธ็ญ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ‰่จ˜ใ—ใŸๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃไปฅๅค–ใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซใฏใ€ใ‚ขใ‚ฆใƒˆๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ–ใจ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผˆใ‚นใƒซใƒผใ‚ฒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ‰๏ผ–๏ผ—ใจใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ„ใšใ‚Œใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ”๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใซใ‚‚ๅ…ฅ็ƒใ—ใชใ‹ใฃใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ‚ขใ‚ฆใƒˆๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ–ใ‚’้€šใฃใฆๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บ่ทฏใธใจๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ่ฝไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใ‚’้ฉๅฎœๅˆ†ๆ•ฃใ€่ชฟๆ•ด็ญ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซๅคšๆ•ฐใฎ้‡˜ใŒๆค่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใจใจใ‚‚ใซใ€้ขจ่ปŠ็ญ‰ใฎๅ„็จฎ้ƒจๆ๏ผˆๅฝน็‰ฉ๏ผ‰ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The game board 16 is provided with the above-described general winning opening 63, first winning opening 64, variable winning device 65, variable display device unit 80, etc. disposed in a through hole formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is fixed from the front side of the panel 16 with wood screws or the like. In addition to the above-described winning opening, the game board 16 is provided with an out opening 66 and a second entrance (through gate) 67. The game balls that have not entered any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a are guided through the out opening 66 to a ball discharge path (not shown). A number of nails are planted on the game board 16 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the game ball, and various members (instruments) such as a windmill are arranged.

ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใซใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ—ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š้Žใ‚’ใƒˆใƒชใ‚ฌใจใ—ใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆๆ™ฎ้€šๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅ…‰ใƒ€ใ‚คใ‚ชใƒผใƒ‰๏ผˆไปฅไธ‹ใ€ใ€Œ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใ€ใจ็•ฅใ™ใ€‚๏ผ‰ใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ’ใจใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใธใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใ‚’ใƒˆใƒชใ‚ฌใจใ—ใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆ็‰นๅˆฅๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใ™ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใจใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ’ใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ่กจ็คบ้ƒจ๏ผ˜๏ผ“ใจไฟ็•™ใƒฉใƒณใƒ—๏ผ˜๏ผ”ใจใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ—ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ—ใ‚’้€š้Žใ™ใ‚‹ๆฏŽใซใ€่กจ็คบ้ƒจ๏ผ˜๏ผ“ใซใŠใ„ใฆ่กจ็คบๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใจใ—ใฆใฎใ€Œโ—‹ใ€ใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจใ€Œร—ใ€ใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจใŒไบคไบ’ใซ็‚น็ฏใ—ใฆๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€Œโ—‹ใ€ใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใงๅœๆญขใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใ ใ‘ไฝœๅ‹•็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹๏ผˆ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใ‚ˆใ†ๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ—ใฎ้€š้Žๅ›žๆ•ฐใฏๆœ€ๅคง๏ผ”ๅ›žใพใงไฟ็•™ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎไฟ็•™ๅ›žๆ•ฐใŒไฟ็•™ใƒฉใƒณใƒ—๏ผ˜๏ผ”ใซ็‚น็ฏ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใฏใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€่กจ็คบ้ƒจ๏ผ˜๏ผ“ใซใŠใ„ใฆ่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ใฎ็‚น็ฏใจ้ž็‚น็ฏใ‚’ๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ใˆใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่กŒใ†ใ‚‚ใฎใฎไป–ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’ไฝฟ็”จใ—ใฆ่กŒใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ๅŒๆง˜ใซใ€ไฟ็•™ใƒฉใƒณใƒ—๏ผ˜๏ผ”ใฎ็‚น็ฏใซใคใ„ใฆใ‚‚ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎไธ€้ƒจใง่กŒใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย The variable display unit 80 includes a light emitting diode (hereinafter abbreviated as โ€œLEDโ€) that displays the second symbol (ordinary symbol) in a variable manner with the passage of the game ball at the second entrance 67 as a trigger. There are provided a two symbol display device 82 and a first symbol display device 81 for variably displaying the first symbol (special symbol) with a winning at the first entrance 64 as a trigger. The second symbol display device 82 includes a second symbol display unit 83 and a holding lamp 84, and each time a game ball passes through the second entrance 67, the display unit 83 displays a display symbol (second symbol). As the symbol โ€œโ—‹โ€ and โ€œร—โ€ symbol are alternately lit, the variable display is performed, and when the variable display stops at a predetermined symbol (in this embodiment, โ€œโ—‹โ€ symbol) The 1 entrance 64 is configured to be activated (opened) for a predetermined time. The number of times that the game ball passes through the second entrance 67 is held up to a maximum of 4 times, and the number of times the game ball is passed is displayed on the hold lamp 84. Note that the second symbol variation display is performed by switching on / off of a plurality of lamps in the display unit 83 as in the present embodiment, and a part of the first symbol display device 81 is used. May be performed. Similarly, the hold lamp 84 may be turned on by a part of the first symbol display device 81.

ใพใŸใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹้–“ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใธๅ…ฅ็ƒใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใ€ใใฎๅ…ฅ็ƒๅ›žๆ•ฐใฏๆœ€ๅคง๏ผ”ๅ›žใพใงไฟ็•™ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎไฟ็•™ๅ›žๆ•ฐใฏไฟ็•™ใƒฉใƒณใƒ—๏ผ˜๏ผ•ใฎ็‚น็ฏๅ€‹ๆ•ฐใซใฆ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฟ็•™ใƒฉใƒณใƒ—๏ผ˜๏ผ•ใฏใ€ๆœ€ๅคงไฟ็•™ๆ•ฐๅˆ†ใฎ๏ผ”ใค่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎไธŠๆ–นใซๅทฆๅณๅฏพ็งฐใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใธใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใŠใ‚ˆใณ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ—ใฎ้€š้Žใฏใ€ใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œๆœ€ๅคง๏ผ”ๅ›žใพใงไฟ็•™ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ—ใŸใŒใ€ๆœ€ๅคงไฟ็•™ๅ›žๆ•ฐใฏ๏ผ”ๅ›žใซ้™ๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใชใใ€๏ผ“ๅ›žไปฅไธ‹ใ€ๅˆใฏใ€๏ผ•ๅ›žไปฅไธŠใฎๅ›žๆ•ฐ๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€๏ผ˜ๅ›ž๏ผ‰ใซ่จญๅฎšใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ไฟ็•™ใƒฉใƒณใƒ—๏ผ˜๏ผ•ใ‚’ๅ‰Š้™คใ—ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใธใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใซๅŸบใฅใๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใฎไฟ็•™ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚’็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎไธ€้ƒจใซๆ•ฐๅญ—ใงใ€ๆˆ–ใ„ใฏใ€๏ผ”ใคใซๅŒบ็”ปใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’ไฟ็•™ๅ›žๆ•ฐๅˆ†ใ ใ‘็•ฐใชใ‚‹ๆ…‹ๆง˜๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€่‰ฒใ‚„็‚น็ฏใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณ๏ผ‰ใซใ—ใฆ่กจ็คบใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, when a game ball enters the first entrance 64 while the first symbol display device 81 is performing the variable display of the first symbol, the number of times that the ball has entered is suspended up to four times, The number of times of holding is indicated by the number of lighting of the holding lamp 85. Four hold lamps 85 are provided corresponding to the maximum number of holds, and are arranged symmetrically above the first symbol display device 81. In the present embodiment, the winning entry to the first entrance 64 and the passing through the second entrance 67 are configured to be held up to 4 times each, but the maximum holding number is limited to 4 times. Instead, it may be set to 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). In addition, the hold lamp 85 is deleted, and the number of times the variable display is held based on the winning at the first entrance 64 is numerically held in a part of the first symbol display device 81, or the area divided into four is held. You may make it display in a different aspect (for example, a color and a lighting pattern) by the frequency | count.

็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ่กจ็คบๅ†…ๅฎนใŒๅˆถๅพกใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐๅทฆใ€ไธญๅŠใณๅณใฎ๏ผ“ใคใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—ใŒ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—ใฏ่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—ๆฏŽใซ็ธฆใ‚นใ‚ฏใƒญใƒผใƒซใ—ใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขไธŠใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฏ๏ผ˜ใ‚คใƒณใƒใ‚ตใ‚คใ‚บใฎๅคงๅž‹ใฎๆถฒๆ™ถใƒ‡ใ‚ฃใ‚นใƒ—ใƒฌใ‚คใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใซใฏใ€ใ“ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎๅค–ๅ‘จใ‚’ๅ›ฒใ‚€ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ€ใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ฟใƒผใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ˜๏ผ–ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The display content of the first symbol display device 81 is controlled by a display control device 505 described later, and, for example, three symbol rows of left, middle, and right are displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols, and these symbols are vertically scrolled for each symbol row so that the first symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the first symbol display device 81. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display device 81 is constituted by a large liquid crystal display having an 8-inch size, and the variable display device unit 80 includes a center frame 86 so as to surround the outer periphery of the first symbol display device 81. Is arranged.

ๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•ใฏใ€ใใฎไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใซๆจช้•ท็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใ‚’้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ๆจช้•ท็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใฎ้–‹้–‰ๆฟใจใ€ใใฎ้–‹้–‰ๆฟใฎไธ‹่พบใ‚’่ปธใจใ—ใฆๅ‰ๆ–นๅดใซ้–‹้–‰้ง†ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใฏใ€้€šๅธธๆ™‚ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ…ฅ่ณžใงใใชใ„ใ‹ๅˆใฏๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—้›ฃใ„้–‰็Šถๆ…‹ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใฎ้š›ใซใฏใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰ๆฟใ‚’ๅ‰้ขไธ‹ๅดใซๅ‚พๅ€’ใ—ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใซๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใ‚„ใ™ใ„้–‹็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ไธ€ๆ™‚็š„ใซๅฝขๆˆใ—ใ€ใใฎ้–‹็Šถๆ…‹ใจ้€šๅธธๆ™‚ใฎ้–‰็Šถๆ…‹ใจใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ไบคไบ’ใซ็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซไฝœๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The variable winning device 65 opens and closes a specific winning port 65a formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape at the center thereof. Specifically, a horizontally long rectangular opening / closing plate that covers the specific winning opening 65a, and a solenoid for opening / closing driving the lower side of the opening / closing plate as an axis are provided. The special winning opening 65a is normally closed so that a game ball cannot win or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the solenoid is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate downward and the game ball temporarily forms an open state in which the game ball is likely to win the specific winning opening 65a. It operates so that these states are repeated alternately.

้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฏใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ไธŠ้ƒจใธๆกˆๅ†…ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใซไผดใ„็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใซๆŒŸใพใ‚ŒใŸ้€š่ทฏใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธกใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใ‚นใƒ†ใƒณใƒฌใ‚น่ฃฝใฎ้‡‘ๅฑžๅธฏใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏๅณไธŠๅดใฎๅŠๅ††ๅˆ†ใ‚’้™คใ„ใŸๅ††็’ฐ็Šถใซๆ›ฒใ’ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใใฎไธ€้ƒจ๏ผˆไธปใซๅทฆๅด้ƒจ๏ผ‰ใŒๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซๅ‘ใ‹ใ„ๅˆใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใจๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธปใจใ—ใฆ่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซใŒๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ๅ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใŒๆ‰€ๅฎš้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆไธฆ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹้ƒจๅˆ†๏ผˆๅ‘ใ‹ใฃใฆๅทฆๅดใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๆกˆๅ†…ใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๆกˆๅ†…้€š่ทฏใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The two rails 61 and 62 provided on the game board 16 are provided for guiding the game balls launched from the ball launch unit 90 to the upper part of the game board 16. A game ball launched in accordance with the turning operation of the operation handle 310 is guided to the game area via a path sandwiched between the two rails 61 and 62. Both rails 61 and 62 are made of a stainless steel metal band, and the inner rail 61 is fixed to the base plate 60 in a state of being bent into an annular shape excluding the upper right semicircle. The outer rail 62 is fixed to the base plate 60 such that a part (mainly the left side) faces the inner rail 61. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 mainly constitute a guide rail, and a ball that guides the game ball to the game area by a portion where the rails 61 and 62 are parallel to each other at a predetermined interval (a portion on the left side). A guide passage is formed.

ๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจๅˆ†๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“ใฎๅทฆไธŠ้ƒจ๏ผ‰ใซใฏๆˆปใ‚Š็ƒ้˜ฒๆญข้ƒจๆ๏ผ–๏ผ˜ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ไธ€ๆ—ฆใ€ๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅŠใณๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’้–“ใฎ็ƒๆกˆๅ†…้€š่ทฏใ‹ใ‚‰้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎไธŠ้ƒจใธๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ†ๅบฆ็ƒๆกˆๅ†…้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใซๆˆปใฃใฆใ—ใพใ†ใจใ„ใฃใŸไบ‹ๆ…‹ใŒ้˜ฒๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅณไธ‹ๅดใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจใจๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎๅณไธŠๅดใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจใจใฎ้–“ใซใฏใ€ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ้–“ใ‚’็น‹ใๅ††ๅผงใ‚’ๅ†…้ขๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎๅ††ๅผง้ƒจๆ๏ผ—๏ผใŒใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผใซๆ‰“ใก่พผใ‚“ใงๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“ใฎๅณไธŠ้ƒจ๏ผ‰ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆœ€ๅคง้ฃ›็ฟ”้ƒจๅˆ†ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซ่ฟ”ใ—ใ‚ดใƒ ๏ผ–๏ผ™ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰€ๅฎšไปฅไธŠใฎๅ‹ขใ„ใง็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€่ฟ”ใ—ใ‚ดใƒ ๏ผ–๏ผ™ใซๅฝ“ใŸใฃใฆใ€ๅ‹ขใ„ใŒๆธ›่กฐใ•ใ‚Œใคใคไธญๅคฎ้ƒจๅดใธ่ทณใญ่ฟ”ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A return ball preventing member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (upper left portion in FIG. 3). As a result, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the game ball once guided from the ball guide path between the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 to the upper portion of the game board 16 returns to the ball guide path again. A resin arc member 70 formed by providing an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface side between the lower right end of the inner rail 61 and the upper right end of the outer rail 62 is a base. The plate 60 is driven and fixed. A return rubber 69 is attached to the front end portion of the outer rail 62 (upper right portion in FIG. 3) at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the game ball. The game ball fired at a predetermined momentum or more hits the return rubber 69 and is bounced back toward the center while the momentum is attenuated.

้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅณไธ‹้š…้ƒจๅŠใณๅทฆไธ‹้š…้ƒจใซใฏใ€่จผ็ด™็ญ‰ใฎใ‚ทใƒผใƒซใ‚„ใƒ—ใƒฌใƒผใƒˆใ‚’่ฒผ็€ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ่ฒผ็€ใ‚นใƒšใƒผใ‚น๏ผซ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผซ๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–่‡ชไฝ“ใซ่จผ็ด™็ญ‰ใฎ่ฒผ็€ใ‚นใƒšใƒผใ‚น๏ผซ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผซ๏ผ’ใ‚’่จญใ‘ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€่จผ็ด™็ญ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’ไธ€็พฉ็š„ใซ็‰นๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ไธๆญฃใช้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใธใฎไบคๆ›ใ‚’ๅฎนๆ˜“ใซ็™บ่ฆ‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the lower right corner and the lower left corner of the game board 16, there are provided adhering spaces K1, K2 for adhering seals or plates such as stamps. Since the game board 16 itself has sticking spaces K1 and K2 such as stamps, it is possible to uniquely identify the game board 16 with the stamps and the like, and to easily find an exchange for an illegal game board 16. Can do.

ๆฌกใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‰้ขใงใ‚ใฃใฆ๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจๅ††ๅผง้ƒจๆ๏ผ—๏ผใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅŒบ็”ปใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็•ฅๅ††ๅฝข็Šถใฎ้ ˜ๅŸŸใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’ใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใฆใ€ๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ€ๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ๅŠใณๅ††ๅผง้ƒจๆ๏ผ—๏ผใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅ›ฒใพใ‚Œใ‚‹้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎใ†ใกใ€ๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅŠใณๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎไธฆ่กŒ้ƒจๅˆ†ใงใ‚ใ‚‹่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซใ‚’้™คใ„ใŸ้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใ„ใฃใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซ้ƒจๅˆ†ใฏๅซใพใšใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅ‘ใ‹ใฃใฆๅทฆๅด้™็•Œไฝ็ฝฎใฏๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใงใฏใชใๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็‰นๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅŒๆง˜ใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅ‘ใ‹ใฃใฆๅณๅด้™็•Œไฝ็ฝฎใฏๅ††ๅผง้ƒจๆ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็‰นๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธ‹ๅด้™็•Œไฝ็ฝฎใฏๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็‰นๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธŠๅด้™็•Œไฝ็ฝฎใฏๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็‰นๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the game area will be described. The game area is a substantially circular area that is formed in front of the game board 16 and defined by the two rails 61 and 62 and the arc member 70. In this embodiment, the game area is a guide rail that is a parallel part of the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 in the area surrounded by the inner rail 61, the outer rail 62, and the arc member 70 when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10. The area is excluded. Therefore, in the case of a game area, the guide rail portion is not included, and the left limit position toward the game area is specified by the inner rail 61 instead of the outer rail 62. Similarly, the right limit position toward the game area is specified by the arc member 62. Further, the lower limit position of the game area is specified by the inner rail 61. The upper limit position of the game area is specified by the outer rail 62.

ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธŠ็ซฏ๏ผˆๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎๆœ€ไธŠ้ƒจๅœฐ็‚น๏ผ‰ใ‹ใ‚‰้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธ‹็ซฏ๏ผˆๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๆœ€ไธ‹้ƒจๅœฐ็‚น๏ผ‰ใพใงใฎ่ท้›ขใฏ๏ผ”๏ผ”๏ผ•๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผˆๅพ“ๆฅๅ“ใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝ๏ฝ็จ‹ๅบฆ้•ทใ„๏ผ‰ใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ๏ผˆๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๆฅตๅทฆไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใ‹ใ‚‰้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅณ็ซฏ๏ผˆๅ††ๅผง้ƒจๆ๏ผ—๏ผๅ†…ๅด้ขใฎๆฅตๅณไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใพใงใฎ่ท้›ขใฏ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ˜๏ฝ๏ฝ๏ผˆๅพ“ๆฅๅ“ใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚๏ผ•๏ผ็จ‹ๅบฆ๏ฝ๏ฝ้•ทใ„๏ผ‰ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใคใพใ‚Šใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฏใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚ๅทฆๅณๆ–นๅ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆ‹กๅผตใ•ใ‚Œใฆใฏใ‚‹ใ‹ใซๅคงใใๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€้ขจ่ปŠใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ—ใ€่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎ้‡˜๏ผˆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไธญๅคฎใซ่ช˜ๅฐŽใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ่ช˜ๅฐŽ้‡˜็ญ‰๏ผ‰ใ€ไป–ใฎๅฝน็‰ฉใ‚’็จฎใ€…้…่จญใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆŒ™ๅ‹•ใ‚’ๅคšๆง˜ใซใ—ใฆๅผพ็ƒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’ไธ€ๅฑค้ข็™ฝใใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the pachinko machine 10, the distance from the upper end of the game area (the uppermost point of the outer rail 62) to the lower end of the game area (the lowermost point of the inner rail 61) is 445 mm (about 58 mm longer than the conventional product). The distance from the left end (the extreme left position of the inner rail 61) to the right end of the game area (the extreme right position on the inner surface of the arc member 70) is 418 mm (about 50 mm longer than the conventional product). That is, the game area of the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be much larger than that of the past by extending in the left-right direction and the up-down direction. Therefore, a windmill, the second entrance 67, a plurality of nails (such as a guide nail for guiding the game ball to the center), and other accessories can be arranged in various ways, and the behavior of the game ball can be varied. You can make the ball game more interesting.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅน…ใฏใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚๏ผ“๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๆœ›ใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฅฝใพใ—ใใฏ๏ผ“๏ผ™๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ”๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ•๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€ๆ›ดใซ๏ผ”๏ผ–๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๆœ›ใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ใ‚‚ใกใ‚ใ‚“ใ€๏ผ”๏ผ—๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ„ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅน…ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸๆ‹กๅคงใจใ„ใ†่ฆณ็‚นใ‹ใ‚‰ใฏๅคงใใ„็จ‹ๅฅฝใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎ้ซ˜ใ•ใฏใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๆœ›ใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฅฝใพใ—ใใฏ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ”๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ•๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€ๆ›ดใซใฏ๏ผ”๏ผ–๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆœ›ใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ใ‚‚ใกใ‚ใ‚“ใ€๏ผ”๏ผ—๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใ€๏ผ”๏ผ™๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธŠใจใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ„ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎ้ซ˜ใ•ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸๆ‹กๅคงใจใ„ใ†่ฆณ็‚นใ‹ใ‚‰ใฏๅคงใใ„็จ‹ๅฅฝใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๅน…ๅŠใณ้ซ˜ใ•ใฎ็ต„ๅˆใ›ใซใคใ„ใฆใฏใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๆ•ฐๅ€คใ‚’ไปปๆ„ใซ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใŸใ‚‚ใฎใจใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ„ใ€‚ ย ย Here, the width of the game area is desirably at least 380 mm. More preferably, it is 390 mm or more, 400 mm or more, 410 mm or more, 420 mm or more, 430 mm or more, 440 mm or more, 450 mm or more, and further 460 mm or more. Of course, it may be 470 mm or more. That is, the width of the game area is preferably as large as possible from the viewpoint of expanding the game area. The height of the game area is preferably at least 400 mm. More preferably, it is 410 mm or more, 420 mm or more, 430 mm or more, 440 mm or more, 450 mm or more, and more preferably 460 mm or more. Of course, it is good also as 470 mm or more, 480 mm or more, and 490 mm or more. That is, the height of the game area is preferably as large as possible from the viewpoint of expanding the game area. In addition, about the combination of the said width | variety and height, it is good also as what combined the said numerical value arbitrarily.

ใพใŸใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–้ขใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎ้ข็ฉใฎๆฏ”็Ž‡ใฏ็ด„๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ…ใจใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใซๆฏ”ในๆ ผๆฎตใซ้ข็ฉๆฏ”ใŒๅคงใใ„ใ‚‚ใฎใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–้ขใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎ้ข็ฉๆฏ”ใฏใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใงใฏ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ…็จ‹ๅบฆใซ้ŽใŽใชใ‹ใฃใŸใ“ใจใ‹ใ‚‰ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’ๅ…ฑ้€šใจใ—ใŸๅ‰ๆใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ‹ใชใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’ๆ‹กๅคงใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใจใ„ใˆใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅค–ๅฝขใฏ้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใธใฎ่จญ็ฝฎใฎ้ƒฝๅˆไธŠ่ฃฝ้€ ่€…้–“ใงใปใผ็ตฑไธ€ใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅคงใใ•ใ‚‚ๅŒๆง˜ใจใ›ใ–ใ‚‹ใ‚’ๅพ—ใชใ„็Šถๆณไธ‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ใฎใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–้ขใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎ้ข็ฉใฎๆฏ”็Ž‡ใ‚’็ด„๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ…ใ‚‚้ซ˜ใ‚ใŸใ“ใจใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸๆ‹กๅคงใฎ่ฆณ็‚นใง้žๅธธใซๆœ‰ๆ„็พฉใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅ‰่จ˜ๆฏ”็Ž‡ใฏใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ…ไปฅไธŠใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๆœ›ใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซๅฅฝใพใ—ใใฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ…ไปฅไธŠใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฅฝใพใ—ใใฏ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ…ไปฅไธŠใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎๅ ดๅˆใ‚’่ถŠใˆใฆ๏ผ—๏ผ•๏ผ…ไปฅไธŠใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐใ€ไธ€ๅฑคๆœ›ใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใฏใ€๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ผ…ไปฅไธŠใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ„ใ€‚ ย ย In the present embodiment, the ratio of the area of the game area to the surface of the game board 16 is about 70%, which is much larger than the conventional area ratio. Since the area ratio of the game area to the surface of the game board 16 has been only about 50% in the past, it can be said that the game area is considerably expanded on the premise that the game board 16 is shared. It should be noted that the external shape of the pachinko machine 10 is almost uniform among manufacturers for the convenience of installation in the game hall, and in the situation where the size of the game board 16 must be the same, the surface of the game board 16 as described above. Increasing the ratio of the area of the gaming area to about 20% is very significant from the viewpoint of expanding the gaming area. Here, the ratio is preferably at least 60% or more. More preferably, it is 65% or more, More preferably, it is 70% or more. Further, if it is 75% or more exceeding the case of this embodiment, it is more desirable. Further, it may be 80% or more.

ใพใŸใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๅ…จไฝ“ใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใฎ้ข็ฉใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎ้ข็ฉใฎๆฏ”็Ž‡ใฏ็ด„๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ…ใจใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใซๆฏ”ในๆ ผๆฎตใซ้ข็ฉๆฏ”ใŒๅคงใใ„ใ‚‚ใฎใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๅ…จไฝ“ใฎๆญฃ้ขๅดใฎ้ข็ฉใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎ้ข็ฉๆฏ”ใฏใ€๏ผ“๏ผ•ใƒ‘ใƒผใ‚ปใƒณใƒˆไปฅไธŠใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใฎใŒๆœ›ใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ใ‚‚ใกใ‚ใ‚“ใ€๏ผ”๏ผใƒ‘ใƒผใ‚ปใƒณใƒˆไปฅไธŠใจใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ„ใ—ใ€๏ผ”๏ผ•ใƒ‘ใƒผใ‚ปใƒณใƒˆไปฅไธŠใ€ๅˆใฏ๏ผ•๏ผใƒ‘ใƒผใ‚ปใƒณใƒˆไปฅไธŠใจใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ„ใ€‚ ย ย Moreover, the ratio of the area of the game area to the area of the front side of the entire pachinko machine 10 is about 40%, which is a much larger area ratio than before. The area ratio of the game area to the area on the front side of the entire pachinko machine 10 is desirably 35% or more. Of course, it may be 40% or more, 45% or more, or 50% or more.

ใชใŠใ€ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใฎไธกๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผˆใ‚นใƒซใƒผใ‚ฒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ‰ใฏใ€้€š้Žใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธญๅคฎใธๅฏ„ใ›ใ‚‹ๆกˆๅ†…ๆฉŸๆง‹ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๆกˆๅ†…ๆฉŸๆง‹ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธญๅคฎๅดใซๅ‘ใ‹ใฃใฆไธ‹้™ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‚พๆ–œ้ขใ‚’็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ—ใฎไธ‹ๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใซๅคงๅž‹ใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฃ๏ผคใ‚’ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‹็ญ‰ใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใŒๅทฆๅณๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆ‹กๅผตใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ‚‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸไธญๅคฎๅดใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใ‚„ๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•ใฎๆ–นใธใจๆกˆๅ†…ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ใฒใ„ใฆใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๆ‹กๅผตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—้›ฃใใชใฃใŸใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็ตŒ่ทฏใŒ็‹ญใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆŒ™ๅ‹•ใŒๅ˜่ชฟใจใชใฃใŸใ‚Šใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹่ˆˆ่ถฃใฎไฝŽไธ‹ใ‚’ๆŠ‘ๅˆถใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The second entrances 67 (through gates) located on both sides of the variable display device unit 80 have a guide mechanism for bringing the passed game ball to the center of the game area. This guide mechanism is configured by providing an inclined surface that descends toward the center of the game area below the second entrance 67. As a result, even if the game area is expanded in the left-right direction by providing a large LCD at the center of the game area in the variable display device unit 80, the game ball is moved to the first entrance 64 on the center side of the game area or variable. It is possible to guide to the winning device 65, and as a result, it is difficult to win a game ball due to the expansion of the game area, or the game ball's path is narrowed and the behavior of the game ball becomes monotonous. Can be suppressed.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผใ‚’ไธปใซๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๅดไธ‹้ƒจใซ่ฃ…็€ใ•ใ‚Œใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’ๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใ€้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใ€ไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ–ใฏ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ—ใฏใใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ˜ใฏใใฎๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅˆใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ™ใฏ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใ‚’ๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ™ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ่“‹้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ“ใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใฎๅ†…้ƒจๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the ball launch unit 90, the passage forming member 36, and the relay board 38 which are attached to the lower part on the front side of the inner frame base 30 and constitute a part of the inner frame 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. To do. 6 is a front view of the ball launching unit 90, FIG. 7 is a perspective view thereof, and FIG. 8 is an exploded perspective view thereof. 9 is a perspective view of the ball launching unit 90 in a state in which the opening / closing member 102 constituting the ball feeding mechanism 94 is opened, and FIG. 10 is a perspective view of the ball feeding mechanism with the lid member 103 removed from the state of FIG. FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a ball launch unit 90 showing the internal configuration of 94.

็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผไธ‹้ƒจใฎๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใซใƒใ‚ธใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใจใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใจใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎไธ€็ซฏๅดใซใŠใ„ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ้•ทๆ‰‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๅนณ่กŒใซๅปถใณใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใซๅ–ไป˜ๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ข็•ฅ๏ผญๅญ—็Šถใฎ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใจใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใฎๅŸบ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ๅดใฎ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ‰ใซ๏ผ‘็ƒใšใค้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ช˜ๅฐŽๆกˆๅ†…ใ™ใ‚‹็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใจใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใฎๅŸบ็ซฏ้ƒจไธŠใซ่ผ‰็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆ”ฏๆŒใ—ใฆไบˆใ‚ๅฎšใ‚ใŸ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ‚ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ‚้ƒจๆ๏ผ™๏ผ•๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ™ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The ball launch unit 90 includes a base plate 91 fixed to the attachment surface 30f below the inner frame base 30 with screws, a launch solenoid 92 attached to the base plate 91, and a longitudinal direction of the launch solenoid 92 on one end side of the launch solenoid 92. A launch rail 93 having a substantially M-shaped cross section that is attached and fixed to the base plate 91 so as to extend parallel to the base plate 91, and guides the game balls one by one to the base end portion (the end portion on the launch solenoid 92 side) of the launch rail 93 A ball feeding mechanism 94 for guiding, and a positioning member 95 (FIG. 9) arranged to support the game ball placed on the base end portion of the launch rail 93 and to position the game ball at a predetermined launch position. Reference).

ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ไบœ้‰›ๅˆ้‡‘ใชใฉใฎ้‡‘ๅฑž่ฃฝๅนณๆฟใ‚’ใƒ—ใƒฌใ‚นๅŠ ๅทฅใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใซๅฏ†็€ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ™๏ผ–ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ˜ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ™๏ผ–ใ‚’ๆŒฟ้€šใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็ท ็ตๅญ”ใŒ็ฉฟ่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใพใŸใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅ›บๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒœใ‚น๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ฝใŠใ‚ˆใณใƒœใƒซใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ฝ‚ใจใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใ‚’ๅ›บๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒœใ‚น๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ฝƒใจใŒๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The base plate 91 is formed by pressing a metal flat plate such as a zinc alloy, and is fixed by screws 96 while being in close contact with the mounting surface 30 f of the inner frame base 30. As shown in FIG. 8, the base plate 91 is provided with a fastening hole for inserting the screw 96, and the boss 91a and the bolt 91b for fixing the firing solenoid 92 and the firing rail 93 are secured. The boss 91c is fixed.

ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใฎๅ–ไป˜ไฝ็ฝฎใฏใ€ๅคšๆ•ฐใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใ‚’่ฃฝ้€ ใ—ใฆใ‚‚ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅฎ‰ๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้ซ˜็ฒพๅบฆใŒๆœ›ใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใจใฎ็›ธๅฏพไฝ็ฝฎใŒใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๆฏŽใซๅค‰ๅŒ–ใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€ใใ‚Œใซไผดใฃใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒ็•ฐใชใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใจใชใ‚Šใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๆฏŽใซไธๅฎ‰ๅฎšใจใชใ‚‹ใ‹ใ‚‰ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๅพ“ๆฅใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงๅž‹ใซใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใจใฎ็›ธๅฏพ็š„ใชๅ–ไป˜ไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’ๅฎ‰ๅฎšใ•ใ›ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใฎไธ‹็ซฏใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•่ปธๅฟƒ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎ๏ผก๏ผจใง็คบใ™ไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹ๅดใพใงๅปถใฐใ—ใ€ใใฎๅณ็ซฏใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅณ็ซฏใจ็•ฅๅŒไธ€ใจใชใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใ€ใใฎๅทฆ็ซฏใฏ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธญๅคฎใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ‚ขใ‚ฆใƒˆๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ–ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅทฆๅดใพใงๅปถใฐใ—ใ€ใใฎไธŠ็ซฏใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎไธ‹็ซฏใซ่ฟ‘ๆŽฅใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใพใงๅปถใฐใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๅ›บๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ™๏ผ–ใฎๆ•ฐใ‚’ๅพ“ๆฅใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคšใ๏ผˆ๏ผ–ใค๏ผ‰ใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€ๅ„ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ™๏ผ–ใฎ็ท ็ตไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๅพ“ๆฅใ‚ˆใ‚Š้›ข้–“ใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€ไธ‹ๅดใฎใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ™๏ผ–ใฎ็ท ็ตไฝ็ฝฎใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•่ปธๅฟƒ๏ผก๏ผจใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹ๅดใซใ—ใฆๅ–ไป˜ไฝ็ฝฎใฎๅฎ‰ๅฎšๅŒ–ใ‚’ๅ›ณใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The mounting position of the base plate 91 is desired to be highly accurate so as to be stable with respect to the inner frame base 30 even when many pachinko machines 10 are manufactured. When the relative position with respect to the game board 16 changes for each pachinko machine 10, the jump amount of the game ball fired by the launch solenoid 92 differs accordingly, and the jump amount of the game ball corresponding to the turning operation of the operation handle This is because each pachinko machine 10 becomes unstable. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the base plate 91 is made larger than the conventional one, and the relative mounting position with the inner frame base 30 is stabilized. Specifically, the lower end of the base plate 91 extends below the pivot axis of the operation handle 310 (the position indicated by AH in FIG. 5A), and the right end thereof is substantially the same as the right end of the game board 16. Thus, its left end extends to the left side from the out port 66 so as to cross the center of the game area, and its upper end extends to a position close to the lower end of the game board 16. Further, the number of screws 96 for fixing the base plate 91 is increased (six) from the conventional one. Further, the fastening positions of the screws 96 (see FIG. 5A) are separated from the conventional ones. For example, the fastening position of the lower screw 96 is set below the rotational axis AH of the operation handle 310. The position is stabilized.

็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็›ดๅพŒใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆกˆๅ†…ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ็™บๅฐ„่ง’ๅบฆ๏ผˆๆ‰“ใกๅ‡บใ—่ง’ๅบฆ๏ผ‰ใซใ—ใคใค็›ด็ทš็š„ใซๅปถใณใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใƒœใ‚น๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ฝƒใซใƒใ‚ธ๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰ใงๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใซไผดใ„็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€ใพใšใฏ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๆ–œใ‚ไธŠๆ–นใซๆ‰“ใกๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸ้€šใ‚Š๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎ้–“ใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซใ‚’้€šใ˜ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The firing rail 93 guides the game ball immediately after being fired by the firing solenoid 92, and extends to a boss 91c fixed to the base plate 91 so as to extend linearly while maintaining a predetermined launch angle (launch angle). It is fixed with screws (not shown). A game ball that is launched in accordance with the turning operation of the operation handle 310 is first launched obliquely upward along the launch rail 93, and then through the guide rail formed between the two rails 61 and 62 as described above. Guided to the game area.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๆœฌใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ ดๅˆใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใŒๅพ“ๆฅใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚ๅคงๅน…ใซๆ‹กๅผตใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใฏๆ—ขใซ่ฟฐในใŸใŒใ€ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใจ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใฎ่ท้›ขใŒ่ฟ‘ใฅใ„ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซใŒ็Ÿญใใชใ‚ŠใŒใกใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใŒ็Ÿญใ„ใจ็ƒ่ช˜ๅฐŽ่ท้›ขใŒๅฐ‘ใชใใชใฃใฆๆ‰“ๅ‡บ็ƒใฎใฐใ‚‰ใคใใŒๅคงใใใชใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๆ‰“ๅ‡บ็ƒใ‚’ๅฎ‰ๅฎšๅŒ–ใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅทฅๅคซใ‚’่ฆใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’ไฝŽใใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใฎๅ‚พๆ–œ่ง’ๅบฆ๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„่ง’ๅบฆ๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๆ—ขๅญ˜ใฎใ‚‚ใฎใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚ๅนพๅˆ†ๅคงใใใ—ใฆ๏ผˆๅณใก็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใ‚’็ซ‹ใกไธŠใ’ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใฎ้•ทใ•ใ‚’็ด„๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใซใ—ใฆๅๅˆ†ใช้•ทใ•ใฎ็ƒ่ช˜ๅฐŽ่ท้›ขใ‚’็ขบไฟใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€็™บๅฐ„่ฃ…็ฝฎใ‹ใ‚‰็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฎ‰ๅฎšใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซใซๆกˆๅ†…ใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใ€็‰นใซใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆ‰“ๆ’ƒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใ‹ใ‚‰้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธญๅคฎไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆใ‚ขใ‚ฆใƒˆๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใพใงๅปถใณใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ๅฝขๆˆใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Here, in the case of this pachinko machine 10, it has already been described that the game area is greatly expanded as compared with the conventional case, but in such a configuration, the distance between the launch position of the game ball and the game area becomes closer and the launch rail becomes shorter. It tends to be. If the launch rail 93 is short, the ball guiding distance is shortened and the variation of the launch ball is increased. Therefore, a device for stabilizing the launch ball is required. In this embodiment, the launch position of the game ball is lowered and the inclination angle (launch angle) of the launch rail 93 is somewhat larger than the existing one (that is, the launch rail 93 is raised). The length of the ball is about 240 mm to ensure a sufficiently long ball guiding distance. Thereby, the game ball launched from the launching device can be guided to the guide rail in a more stable state. In this case, in particular, the launch rail 93 is formed to extend from the launch position of the game ball hit by the launch solenoid 92 to a position beyond the center position (out port 66) of the game area.

ใพใŸใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„่ฃ…็ฝฎใจใ—ใฆใ€ๅพ“ๆฅไธ€่ˆฌ็š„ใซไฝฟ็”จใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟๅŠใณ็™บๅฐ„ๆงŒใฎ็ต„ๅˆใ›ใงใฏใชใใ€ใƒชใƒ‹ใ‚ขใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใ‚’ใ‚ฑใƒผใ‚น้ƒจๆใซๅŽๅฎนใ—ใŸ๏ผ‘ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’ๆŽก็”จใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใจ้•ทๆ‰‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใ‚’ๅนณ่กŒใซใ—ใฆ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้‡‘ๅฑž่ฃฝใฎใƒ—ใƒฉใƒณใ‚ธใƒฃ๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ฝใจใ€ใƒ—ใƒฉใƒณใ‚ธใƒฃ๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ฝใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใจใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใฎๆ่ณชใจใ—ใฆใฏๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใƒใƒชใ‚จใ‚นใƒ†ใƒซ็ณป็†ฑๅฏๅก‘ๆ€งใ‚จใƒฉใ‚นใƒˆใƒžใƒผใŒๆŽก็”จใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‚’ๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ไธญใซใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ–็ง’๏ผ‰ๆฏŽใซๅŠฑ็ฃใจ้žๅŠฑ็ฃใจใ‚’็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ใฆ่กŒใ„ใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆใƒ—ใƒฉใƒณใ‚ธใƒฃ๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ฝใฎๅ‡บๆฒกใŒ็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒ—ใƒฉใƒณใ‚ธใƒฃ๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ฝใŒ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸใจใใซใฏใ€ไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ‚้ƒจๆ๏ผ™๏ผ•ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ‚ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใฎๆŒ‡ๅ‘ใ™ใ‚‹ๆ–œใ‚ไธŠๆ–นใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ๅฏๅค‰ๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ™จใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซ็ต็ทšใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆ“ไฝœ้‡ใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆใƒ—ใƒฉใƒณใ‚ธใƒฃ๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ฝใฎ็ชๅ‡บ้€ŸๅบฆใŒ่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œ๏ผˆใ‚นใƒˆใƒญใƒผใ‚ฏ้‡ใฏใปใผไธ€ๅฎš๏ผ‰ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้€Ÿๅบฆใฒใ„ใฆใฏ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•้‡ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, in the pachinko machine 10, as a launching device for launching a game ball, a single unit solenoid (launching solenoid) in which a linear solenoid is housed in a case member, instead of a combination of a motor and a launching rod that are generally used conventionally. 92 is adopted. The firing solenoid 92 is provided with a metal plunger 92a disposed parallel to the firing rail 93 and a longitudinal direction, and a resin cap 92b covering the tip of the plunger 92a. As the material of the cap 92b, a polyester-based thermoplastic elastomer is employed in the present embodiment. While the player is turning the operation handle 310, the firing solenoid 92 repeats excitation and de-energization every predetermined time (in this embodiment, 0.6 seconds). The plunger 92a is repeatedly raised and lowered. When the plunger 92 a protrudes, the game ball positioned on the firing rail 93 by the positioning member 95 is launched toward an obliquely upward direction toward the firing rail 93. A variable resistor that is linked to the operation handle 310 is connected to the firing solenoid 92, and the protruding speed of the plunger 92a is adjusted based on the operation amount of the operation handle 310 (the stroke amount is substantially constant). The speed and thus the jump amount is adjusted by the rotation amount of the operation handle 310.

็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ˜ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใซ็ซ‹่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎใƒœใ‚น๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ฝใŠใ‚ˆใณใƒœใƒซใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ฝ‚ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆใ€ใƒœใƒซใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ—ใจใƒŠใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ˜ใจใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใฆๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€ใƒœใ‚น๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ฝใจใƒœใƒซใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ฝ‚ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซใ€ใƒœใƒซใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ฝ‚๏ผŒ๏ผ™๏ผ—ใŒๆŒฟ้€šใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ท ็ตๅญ”๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ฝƒใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎไธŠไธ‹ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒœใƒซใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ—ๅŠใณใƒŠใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ˜ใฎ็ท ใ‚ๅ…ทๅˆใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ้ซ˜ใ•ใ‚’็•ฐใชใ‚‰ใ›ใฆใƒ—ใƒฉใƒณใ‚ธใƒฃ๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ฝใจ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใจใฎ็›ธๅฏพ็š„ใชๅ–ไป˜ไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ—ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ‰“็‚นใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ฃฝ้€ ๆ™‚ใซใŠใ„ใฆๅ„้ƒจๅ“ใฎ่ฃฝ้€ ไธŠใ‚„็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ไธŠใฎใฐใ‚‰ใคใใŒใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใ‚’็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใŸๅพŒใซใƒœใƒซใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ—ใจใƒŠใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ˜ใจใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใ‚’ๅพฎ่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใใฎๅ…จไฝ“ใŒใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ฝŒใฎๅค–ๅ‘จ็ธใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ†…ๅดใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ๅดใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใซ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใ‚’็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‹้š›ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใŒไป–ใฎ้ƒจๅ“ใซๅผ•ใฃๆŽ›ใ‹ใฃใฆ็ ดๆใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒ้˜ฒๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 8, the firing solenoid 92 is fixed to a pair of bosses 91a and bolts 91b erected on the base plate 91 by attaching bolts 97 and nuts 98 thereto. The firing solenoid 92 is provided with a fastening hole 92c through which the bolts 91b and 97 are inserted at positions corresponding to the boss 91a and the bolt 91b. In the ball launching unit 90, the height of the firing solenoid 92 relative to the base plate 91 is made different by adjusting the tightening of the bolts 97 and nuts 98 provided above and below the firing solenoid 92, so that the plunger 92a and the firing rail 93 The relative mounting position can be adjusted, and the hitting point of the game ball can be adjusted. Even when there are variations in manufacturing and assembling of each part during the manufacture of the pachinko machine 10, the ball launch unit 90 is assembled to the pachinko machine 10 and then the bolts 97 and nuts 98 are adjusted to reduce the flying amount of the game ball. Can be adjusted. The firing solenoid 92 is entirely disposed inside the outer peripheral edge of the base plate 9l. When the ball firing unit 90 is assembled to the inner frame base 30 from the base plate 91 side, the firing solenoid 92 is another part. It is prevented from being caught and damaged.

ไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ‚้ƒจๆ๏ผ™๏ผ•ใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใฎๅณๅด็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผˆๅŸบ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ‰ไธŠใซ่ผ‰็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆ”ฏๆŒใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ‚ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ้ƒจๆใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ™ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ขๅดใซๅ††ๆŸฑ็Šถใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ‚้ƒจๆ๏ผ™๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€ใใฎ่ปธๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ่ฒซ้€šใ™ใ‚‹็ท ็ตๅญ”ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใฎ็ท ็ตๅญ”ใซใƒใ‚ธใ‚’่ฒซๆŒฟใ—ใฆไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ‚้ƒจๆ๏ผ™๏ผ•ใŒใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ‚้ƒจๆ๏ผ™๏ผ•ใฎ็ท ็ตๅญ”ใฏใ€ๅ††ๆŸฑๅฝข็Šถใฎไธญๅฟƒใงใฏใชใใ€ๅๅฟƒใ—ใŸไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ไฝ็ฝฎๆฑบใ‚้ƒจๆ๏ผ™๏ผ•ใ‚’้ฉๅฎœๅ›žๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ใƒใ‚ธใ‚’็ท ใ‚่พผใ‚€ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซ่ผ‰็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’ๅพฎๅฆ™ใซๅค‰ๆ›ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ฃฝ้€ ๆ™‚ใŠใ‚ˆใณ่ฃฝ้€ ๅพŒใซใŠใ„ใฆ็ฐกๅ˜ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The positioning member 95 is a member for supporting the game ball placed on the right end portion (base end portion) of the launch rail 93 and positioning the game ball at the launch position, as shown in FIG. The base plate 91 is attached to the base plate 91 so as to protrude in a columnar shape on the surface side where the firing rail 93 is provided. The positioning member 95 is provided with a fastening hole penetrating along the axial direction. The positioning member 95 is fixed to the base plate 91 by inserting a screw into the fastening hole. Here, the fastening hole of the positioning member 95 is formed not at the center of the columnar shape but at an eccentric position. Therefore, the launch position of the game ball placed on the launch rail 93 can be slightly changed by rotating the positioning member 95 as appropriate and then tightening the screw, so that the pachinko machine 10 is manufactured and manufactured. Later, it is possible to easily adjust the jump amount of the game ball.

็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใฏใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰้€ฃ็ถšใ—ใฆๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’๏ผ‘็ƒใšใคใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใฎๅŸบ็ซฏ้ƒจใซ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎไธŠ้ƒจใ‚’่ขซ่ฆ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจใ€ๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ็‰‡ๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ–ใฎๅณๅด๏ผ‰ใซ่ปธๆ”ฏใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎ้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใจใ€้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใซ่ขซๅŒ…ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅˆๆˆๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใจใ€้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹้‡‘ๅฑž็‰‡๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ–ใจใ€้‡‘ๅฑž็‰‡๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ–ใ‚’ๅธ็€ใ—ใฆ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใ‚’ๅ‹•ไฝœใ•ใ›ใ‚‹้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The ball feed mechanism 94 sends out the game balls continuously guided from the upper plate 201 to the base end portion of the launch rail 93 one by one. The ball feeding mechanism 94 is made of a resin base member 101 fixed to the base plate 91 so as to cover the upper part of the firing solenoid 92, and is pivotally supported on one side (right side in FIG. 6) of the base member 101 to open and close. A resin opening / closing member 102 configured to be capable of being formed, a synthetic resin delivery member 105 encapsulated in the opening / closing member 102, a metal piece 106 attached to the delivery member 105, and a delivery member by adsorbing the metal piece 106 And an electromagnet 104 for operating 105.

ๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ‰ๆ–นๅดใธๅ‘ใ‘ใฆไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆช๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใŒไธ€ไฝ“็š„ใซ็ชๅ‡บๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€ๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‰้ขใซ้‡ใชใ‚‹้–‰้Ž–็Šถๆ…‹ใซใฆไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆช๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใŒๅผ•ใฃๆŽ›ใ‹ใ‚‹ไฟ‚ๆญขๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฏใ€้€šๅธธๆ™‚ใซใฏใ€ไธ€ๆ–นๅดใŒๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ่ปธๆ”ฏใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซไป–ๆ–นๅดใŒไฟ‚ๆญขๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซไฟ‚ๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใฆๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‰้ขใซ้‡ใชใฃใฆๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้–‰้Ž–็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้–‰้Ž–็Šถๆ…‹ใฏใ€ๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆช๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚’้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎไฟ‚ๆญขๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝใ‹ใ‚‰ๅค–ใ™ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่งฃ้™คใ•ใ‚Œใ€้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฏๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ‰ๆ–นๅดใธ้–‹ๆ”พใ—ๅพ—ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๆœ€ๅคงใซ้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ไธŠๅดใธใ‚นใƒฉใ‚คใƒ‰ใ—ใฆๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—ๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The base member 101 is integrally formed with a locking claw 101a toward the front side where the opening / closing member 102 is provided. The opening / closing member 102 has a locking claw 101a in a closed state overlapping the front surface of the base member 101. A locking hole 102a is formed in which is caught. Normally, the opening / closing member 102 is in a closed state in which one side is pivotally supported by the pedestal member 101 and the other side is locked to the pedestal member 101 by a locking hole 102a and overlaps and is fixed to the front surface of the pedestal member 101. This closed state is released by removing the locking claw 101 a of the base member 101 from the locking hole 102 a of the opening and closing member 102, and the opening and closing member 102 can be opened forward with respect to the base member 101. Further, the opening / closing member 102 can be slid upward to be detached from the pedestal member 101 by opening to the maximum with respect to the pedestal member 101.

ๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎไธ‹้ƒจใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใจๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใจใฎไธŠ้ƒจ้š™้–“ใ‚’่ฆ†ใ„ใคใคไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆไธ‹้™ๅ‚พๆ–œใ—ใŸๅฝข็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใ“ใฎๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆๅดใซใฏใ€้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใŒๅฐๅบง้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅทฆๅดใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใจๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใจใฎไธŠ้ƒจ้š™้–“ใ‚’่ฆ†ใ„ใคใคไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆไธ‹้™ๅ‚พๆ–œใ—ใŸๅฝข็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใซ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎ้ƒจไฝใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฝไธ‹ใ—ใฆใ‚‚ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅดใซใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ…ฅใ‚Š่พผใพใšใซๅ‰้ขๅดใซๆตๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The lower part of the pedestal member 101 is formed in a shape inclined downward toward the front side of the lower dish unit 15 while covering the upper gap between the lower dish unit 15 and the mounting surface 30f of the inner frame base 30. Further, on the left side of the pedestal member 101 when viewed from the front, the passage forming member 36 covers the upper gap between the lower plate unit 15 and the mounting surface 30 f of the inner frame base 30 on the left side of the pedestal member 101, and the front surface of the lower plate unit 15. It is formed in a shape that is inclined downward toward the side. For this reason, when the front frame 14 is opened, even if the game ball falls on the part of the ball launching unit 90, the game ball does not enter the back side of the lower dish unit 15 and flows out to the front side. .

้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๅ‰้ขใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ–ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆๅด็ซฏ้ƒจใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใ‹ใ‚‰้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใธๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸ้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฏใ€๏ผ’ๅ€‹ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใธใฎ้€ๅ‡บใ‚’ๅพ…ๆฉŸใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎไธŠๆตๅดใซๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใชๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผดใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ€‚้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ™ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ่“‹้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ“ใŒ็€่„ฑๅฏ่ƒฝใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎ่“‹้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ“ใซ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใจ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใจใŒ่ฆ†ใ‚ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใจ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใจใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’๏ผ‘็ƒใšใค้€ใ‚Šๅ‡บใ™ใŸใ‚ใซๅ‹•ไฝœใ™ใ‚‹้ƒจๆใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใซๅ‡น่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅŽๅฎน็ฉบ้–“ใซ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใ‚’ไธŠๅดใซใ—ใฆไธŠไธ‹ใซไธฆใ‚“ใง้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 6, an introduction port 102b for introducing a game ball guided from the upper plate 201 is provided at the front end of the opening / closing member 102 as viewed from the front, and the game ball is introduced from the introduction port 102b. Is introduced to the back side of the opening / closing member 102. In addition, the opening / closing member 102 forms a staying portion T that can stay on the upstream side of the delivery member 105 in a state where two game balls wait for delivery onto the firing rail 93 (see FIG. 12B). As shown in FIG. 9, a lid member 103 is detachably attached to the back surface side of the opening / closing member 102, and the lid magnet 103 covers the electromagnet 104 and the delivery member 105. The electromagnet 104 and the delivery member 105 are members that operate to send out the game balls one by one. As shown in FIG. 10, the electromagnet 104 faces upward in the accommodation space recessed in the opening / closing member 102. They are arranged side by side.

้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใฏใ€ใƒ”ใƒณใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ๅดใฎไธ€่พบๅดใŒไธŠไธ‹ใซๆบๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซ่ปธๆ”ฏใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎ้ƒจๆใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ๅดใฎไธ€่พบใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ๏ผ‘ๅ€‹ใ ใ‘ๅŽๅฎนๅฏ่ƒฝใซ็ฉฟ่จญ๏ผˆๅ‡น่จญ๏ผ‰ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ฝใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใƒ”ใƒณใŒๆŒฟ้€šใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่ปธ้ƒจใจๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ฝใจใ‚’็ตใถไธŠ่พบ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซใฏใ€้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใซๅฏพๅ‘ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆ้‡‘ๅฑž็‰‡๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ–ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The delivery member 105 is a resin member that is pivotally supported by a pin so that one side of the inlet 102b side can swing up and down with respect to the opening / closing member 102. One game ball is provided on one side of the inlet 102b. The housing portion 105a is formed so as to be pierced (recessed). A metal piece 106 is attached to the upper side portion connecting the shaft portion through which the pin is inserted and the accommodating portion 105 a so as to face the electromagnet 104.

้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒใ‚ชใƒณ๏ผˆๅŠฑ็ฃ๏ผ‰ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€้‡‘ๅฑž็‰‡๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ–ใŒ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใซใใฃใคใใ‚ˆใ†ใซๅผ•ใฃๅผตใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใŒไธŠๆ–นใธๅ›žๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใ‹ใ‚‰้€ฃ็ถšใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใ€ๅ…ˆ้ ญใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ฝใซๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚ŒใฆไธŠไธ‹็งปๅ‹•ใŒ่ฆๅˆถใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅพŒ็ถšใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ฝใซๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซๆ”ฏใˆใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆๆตไธ‹ใŒ่ฆๅˆถใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When the electromagnet 104 is turned on (excited), the metal piece 106 is pulled so as to stick to the electromagnet 104, and the delivery member 105 rotates upward. When game balls are continuously introduced from the introduction port 102b, the top game ball is accommodated in the accommodating portion 105a and the vertical movement is restricted, and the subsequent game balls are supported by the game balls accommodated in the accommodating portion 105a. The flow is regulated.

้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ฝใซๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒใ‚ชใƒ•๏ผˆ้žๅŠฑ็ฃ๏ผ‰ใจใชใ‚‹ใจใ€้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใฏ่‡ช้‡ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹ๆ–นใธๅ›žๅ‹•ใ—ใ€ๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ฝใซๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏไธ‹ๅดใธๆตไธ‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใจใใ€ๅพŒ็ถšใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎไธŠ่พบใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ฝใธใฎ็งป่กŒใŒ่ฆๅˆถใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎไธŠไธ‹ๅ‹•ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ฝใซๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ๏ผ‘็ƒใ ใ‘ใŒไธ‹ๆ–นใธ้€ใ‚Šๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹ๆ–นใธ้€ใ‚Šๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใจ่“‹้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้€ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝƒ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ™ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใธใจๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎๅŠฑ็ฃใจ้žๅŠฑ็ฃใจใ‚’็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ™ใจใ€ใใฎ็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ใซๅŒๆœŸใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ๏ผ‘็ƒใšใค็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใธๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใ€้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎใ‚ชใƒณใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅŒๆœŸใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’๏ผ‘็ƒใšใค้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When the electromagnet 104 is turned off (de-energized) in a state where the game ball is accommodated in the accommodation portion 105a, the delivery member 105 rotates downward by its own weight, and the game ball accommodated in the accommodation portion 105a flows down. To do. At this time, since the transition of the subsequent game ball to the accommodation portion 105a is restricted by the upper side of the delivery member 105, only one ball accommodated in the accommodation portion 105a is sent downward by the vertical movement of the delivery member 105. The game ball sent out downward is guided onto the firing rail 93 via a delivery port 102c (see FIG. 9) formed by the opening / closing member 102 and the lid member 103. Therefore, when excitation and de-excitation of the electromagnet 104 are repeated, the game balls are guided one by one onto the launch rail 93 in synchronization with the repetition, and the launch solenoid 92 is excited in synchronization with the on / off of the electromagnet 104. Thus, the game balls on the launch rail 93 can be launched one by one toward the game area.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ‚’ไธปใซๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใฏใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใฎใจใใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎไธ‹็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏใจใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใ‚’ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ้ƒจๆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ™‚ใฎๆ‰“ใกๅ‡บใ—ๅŠ›๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›๏ผ‰ใŒๅผฑใใฆๆˆปใ‚Š็ƒ้˜ฒๆญข้ƒจๆ๏ผ–๏ผ˜ใŒไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅ…ฅๅฃใซๅˆฐ้”ใ›ใšใซ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ๅดใธๆˆปใฃใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆ„ๅ‘ณใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the passage forming member 36 provided on the front side of the inner frame 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. The passage forming member 36 forms a lower tray discharge passage for discharging the game balls to the lower plate 301 when the upper plate 201 is full, and a foul ball passage T2 for discharging the foul balls to the lower plate 301. It is a member for doing. Here, the foul ball means a game ball that returns to the launch rail 93 side without reaching the entrance of the game area where the return ball prevention member 68 is located because the launch force (launch force) at the time of launch is weak. Yes.

็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใจ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ๅ‰้ขใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผˆ่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ‰๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจใฎ้–“ใซใฏใ€็ด„๏ผ”๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใฎ้š™้–“ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใฎ้š™้–“ใฎไธ‹ๅดใซใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขใงใ‚ใฃใฆ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅทฆ้šฃใซใฏใ€้€ๆ˜Žๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎ้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใŒใƒใ‚ธใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใซใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ๅดใซๅ‘ใ„ใฆ้–‹ๅฃใ—ใŸๆบใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใฎๆบใจๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใฏใ€้€”ไธญใ‹ใ‚‰ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆบขใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๅฐŽใไธ‹็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏใซๅˆๆตใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎไธ‹็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏใฎๆœ€ไธ‹ๆต้ƒจใซใฏใ€ๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ‰ๆ–นๅดใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ็ญ’็Šถใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ไธ‹็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆไธ‹็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A gap of about 40 mm is formed between the launch rail 93 and the rails (guidance rails) 61 and 62 on the front surface of the game board 16, and a foul ball passage T2 is provided below the gap. A passage forming member 36 made of a transparent resin is fixed to the mounting surface 30f of the inner frame base 30 with a screw on the front surface of the inner frame 13 and on the left side of the ball launching unit 90. The passage forming member 36 is provided with a groove opened toward the attachment surface 30f side of the inner frame 13, and the foul ball passage T2 is formed by the groove and the attachment surface 30f of the inner frame base 30. The foul ball passage T2 joins the lower tray discharge passage that guides the game balls overflowing from the upper plate 201 to the lower tray 301 from the middle. A lower tray discharge port 36a that protrudes in a cylindrical shape from the mounting surface 30f toward the front side of the inner frame base 30 is provided at the most downstream portion of the lower tray discharge passage. Is discharged to the lower plate 301 from the lower plate discharge port 36a.

ๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏใฎ้€”ไธญใซใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใงๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ต๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰ใŒ้€š่ทฏๅบ•้ขใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ŸญๆœŸ้–“ใงๅคš้‡ใซๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒไธ€ๆฏใจใชใฃใŸๅพŒใซใฏไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆบœใพใ‚Šๅง‹ใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œ็ถšใ‘ใฆใ‚‚ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŠœใ‹ใชใ„ใจๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏใฎ้€”ไธญใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆบœใพใ‚Šๅง‹ใ‚ใ‚‹ใŒใ€ๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ็ฎ‡ๆ‰€ใพใง้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆบœใพใ‚‹ใจใใ‚Œไปฅ้™ใฎๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ—ใฏๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅœๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏใŒๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใซใชใฃใฆใ‚‚้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œ็ถšใ‘ใ‚‹ใจใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒๆบขใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ใฎ็ถš่กŒใŒๅ›ฐ้›ฃใจใชใฃใŸใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ™ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚ฎใƒคใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฉฐใพใฃใฆๆ•…้šœใฎๅŽŸๅ› ใจใชใ‚‹็ญ‰ใ€ๅ•้กŒใŒ่ตทใ“ใ‚Šใ‚„ใ™ใ„ใ‹ใ‚‰ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏใฎๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใŒๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆคœๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€Œ็ƒใ‚’ๆŠœใ„ใฆไธ‹ใ•ใ„ใ€ใฎใ‚จใƒฉใƒผใƒกใƒƒใ‚ปใƒผใ‚ธใŒใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซ๏ผณ๏ผฐ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ใฆๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆบœใพใฃใŸใ“ใจใ‚’็คบใ™ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šๅ‡บใ™ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ไฟƒใ™ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the middle of the discharge passage, a full tank sensor (not shown) for detecting that the lower tray 301 is full of game balls is provided so as to form a part of the bottom surface of the passage. When a large amount of game balls are paid out in a short period of time, game balls start to accumulate in the lower plate 301 after the upper plate 201 is full. After that, even if the game balls continue to be paid out, if the game balls in the lower plate 301 are not pulled out, the game balls will start to collect in the discharge passage. This is stopped by the control of the payout and emission control device 611 (see FIG. 23). If the game ball continues to be paid out even if the discharge passage is full, the lower plate 301 overflows and it becomes difficult to continue the game, or the game ball is clogged in the gear for paying out the game ball, causing the failure This is because problems are likely to occur. Further, when a full tank is detected in the discharge passage, an error message โ€œplease remove the ballโ€ is repeatedly output from the speaker SP (see FIG. 2) under the control of the payout launch control device 611. The player can be shown that the game balls have accumulated in the lower plate 301, and can be prompted to take out the game balls from the lower plate 301.

้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใฎๅทฆไธŠ้ƒจใซใฏใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎไธŠ็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝ‚ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใซใฏใ€ใใฎไธŠ็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝ‚ใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ™ใŸใ‚ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅฃใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅฃใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใจๅ‰้ขใจใ‚’็ตใถใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซ็น‹ใ’ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅฃใŠใ‚ˆใณไธŠ็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝ‚ใฏๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้€šใ˜ใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅฃใŠใ‚ˆใณไธŠ็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝ‚ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผˆๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใ€‚ไธŠ็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝ‚ใซใฏใ€้–‹้–‰ๅผใฎใ‚ทใƒฃใƒƒใ‚ฟ๏ผ“๏ผ—ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹๏ผ‰ใงใฏใƒใƒ็ญ‰ใฎไป˜ๅ‹ขๅŠ›ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚ทใƒฃใƒƒใ‚ฟ๏ผ“๏ผ—ใฏไธŠ็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝ‚ใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็ƒ้€š่ทฏๆจ‹๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚ทใƒฃใƒƒใ‚ฟ๏ผ“๏ผ—ใฏๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผๅดใธๅ‚พๅ€’ใ—ใฆๆŠผใ—้–‹ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€ๅ‰้ฃพใ‚Šๆž ใŒ็œ็•ฅใ•ใ‚Œๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒ็›ดๆŽฅ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใ—ใŸๆœฌใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‹ๆ”พใซ้š›ใ—ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’้€š้Žไธญใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขใซใ“ใผใ‚Œ่ฝใกใฆใ—ใพใ†ใจใ„ใฃใŸไธ้ƒฝๅˆใŒ้˜ฒๆญขใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย An upper tray discharge port 36b for discharging game balls to the upper plate 201 is provided at the upper left part of the passage forming member 36, and the inner frame base 30 is used for paying out game balls to the upper plate discharge port 36b. There is a payout exit. The payout outlet of the inner frame base 30 connects the back surface and the front surface of the inner frame base 30 and is connected to a payout device 658 (see FIG. 20) provided on the back surface side of the inner frame 13. The payout opening and the upper tray discharge port 36b communicate with the upper plate 201 in a state in which the front frame 14 is closed, and the game ball is discharged (paid out) to the upper plate 201 through the discharge port and the upper plate discharge port 36b. . An open / close shutter 37 is attached to the upper plate discharge port 36b. When the front frame 14 is opened (the state shown in FIG. 2), the shutter 37 closes the upper plate discharge port 36b by an urging force such as a spring. . When the front frame 14 is closed, the shutter 37 is tilted and pushed open toward the inner frame base 30 by a ball passage rod 241 (see FIG. 2) provided on the back surface of the front frame 14. Therefore, in this pachinko machine 10 in which the front decorative frame is omitted and the upper plate 201 is directly provided on the front frame 14, the game ball passing through the payout opening of the inner frame base 30 is opened when the front frame 14 is opened. Inconveniences such as spilling down on the front surface of 13 can be prevented.

้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ไธ‹็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝใฎไธ‹ๅดใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ‹้ขใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ™ใ‚‹้•ทใ•ใฎใƒชใƒ–๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝƒใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅนณๆฟ็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใŒ่ฃœๅผทใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใƒชใƒ–๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝƒใจๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใจใฎ้–“ใซใฏ้…็ทšใ‚’้€šใ™้š™้–“ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€้›ปๆฐ—้…็ทšใฎใƒ›ใƒซใƒ€ใจใ—ใฆใƒชใƒ–๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝƒใŒๆดป็”จใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the lower side of the lower plate discharge port 36a in the passage forming member 36, a rib 36c having a length contacting the lower surface of the inner frame 13 is provided, and the mounting surface 30f of the inner frame base 30 formed in a flat plate shape is reinforced. Has been. Further, a gap through which the wiring passes is provided between the rib 36c and the mounting surface 30f, and the rib 36c is used as a holder for electric wiring.

ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๅทฆไธ‹้š…ใซใฏใ€ไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใŒๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใซใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹้›ปๆฐ—้ƒจๅ“๏ผˆๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผๅ†…้ƒจใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตๅŠใณๅฏๅค‰ๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ™จใ€ไธฆใณใซใ€ใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซ๏ผณ๏ผฐ๏ผ‰ใฎ้…็ทšใจใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผˆๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณ้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใจใ‚’ๆŽฅ็ถšใ™ใ‚‹้ƒจไฝใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎ้…็ทšใ‚ณใƒผใƒ‰ๅ…ˆ็ซฏใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ณใƒใ‚ฏใ‚ฟใซ้€ฃ็ตใ™ใ‚‹ๅทฎ่พผๅฃ๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใจๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจใฎ้›ปๆฐ—็š„ใชๆŽฅ็ถšใŒไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใซใพใจใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎ็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ๅŠใณๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—ๆ™‚ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้…็ทšใฎๅ–ใ‚Šๅ›žใ—ไฝœๆฅญใŒ็ฐกๆ˜“ใซใชใ‚Šใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ็ต„ใฟ็ซ‹ใฆๅŠใณๅˆ†่งฃใŒๅฎนๆ˜“ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใซใฏใ€ใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎ้Ÿณ้‡ใ‚’ๅคงๅฐ๏ผ’ๆฎต้šŽใซ่ชฟ็ฏ€ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใชใใฆใ‚‚็ฐกๅ˜ใซ้Ÿณ้‡่ชฟ็ฏ€ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎใธใฎ้…็ทšใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใฎไธ‹็ซฏใซๆฒฟใฃใฆใ€ใพใŸ้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใฎใƒชใƒ–๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝƒใฎๅฅฅๅดใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๅณไธ‹้š…ใซ้–‹ๅฃๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้…็ทš็ฉด๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝˆใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅ–ใ‚Šๅ›žใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A relay board 38 is accommodated in the lower left corner of the front surface of the inner frame base 30. On the relay board 38, wiring of electrical components (touch sensor and variable resistor inside the operation handle 310 and the speaker SP) provided in the lower tray unit 15 and a control device (payout launch control) provided on the inner frame 13 side are provided. It is a part which connects the apparatus 611 and the audio | voice lamp control apparatus 562), and the insertion port (not shown) connected with the connector provided in the wiring cord front end by the side of the lower pan unit 13 is provided. Since the electrical connection between the lower tray unit 15 and the inner frame 13 is gathered on the relay board 38, the wiring work when assembling and removing the lower tray unit 15 is simplified, and the pachinko machine 10 is assembled and removed. Disassembly is easy. In addition, the relay board 38 is provided with a switch for adjusting the volume of the speaker SP in two levels, so that the volume can be easily adjusted without opening the inner frame 13. The wiring from the relay board 38 to the control device provided on the back side of the inner frame 13 is arranged along the lower end of the mounting surface 30f of the inner frame base 30 and on the inner side of the rib 36c of the passage forming member 36. The inner frame base 30 is routed around the back surface of the inner frame 13 through a wiring hole 30 h formed in the lower right corner of the front surface.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅ…ฅๅฃใจ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใจใ‚’็น‹ใ้€š่ทฏใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’้–“ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–็•ฅ็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใฎ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘ใจใ—ใฆ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ƒจๆใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ดใƒ ใ‚’ๅฐ„ๅ‡บๆˆๅฝขใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’้–“ใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ็งปๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Here, the two rails 61 and 62 provided in the game board 16 form a passage that connects the entrance of the game area and the ball launching unit 90, and the rails 61 and 62 are shown in FIG. As shown in a), a spherical stopper 261 having a substantially rectangular shape in front view is provided. The ball stopper 261 is a member provided as a stopper for discharging the game ball launched from the ball launching unit 90 as a foul ball. The ball stopper 261 is formed by injection molding rubber and protrudes between the two rails 61 and 62 It is provided so as to be movable.

็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณใ‚’ๅ†…่”ตใ™ใ‚‹ใƒชใƒ‹ใ‚ขใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผˆ้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใ€้€šๅธธๆ™‚ใซใฏ๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎ้–“ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅค–ใ‚Œใฆใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้–‹ๅฃๅ†…ใซๅŸ‹ๆฒกใ—ใŸไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆๅพŒ้€€ไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใŒๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏ๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’้–“ใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ‰้€ฒไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใซ๏ผ’็‚น้Ž–็ทšใง็คบใ™ไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใจใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใ‚’็น‹ใ้€š่ทฏ๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผ‰๏ผด๏ผ‘ใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใจ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ๅ‰้ขใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผˆ่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ‰๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจใฎ้–“ใซใฆ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ใฎ้€”ไธญใงไธ‹ๆ–นใซๅˆ†ๅฒใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซ่ฟ‘ใ„ๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎๅทฆไธŠๅด๏ผ‰ใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใŒๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใฆ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใŒๅ‰้€ฒไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒๅฐ‘ใชใใชใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€ๅณใกใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๅ‘ใ‹ใ†้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€ฒ่กŒใŒ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซ้˜ปๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ฒ่กŒใŒ้˜ปๆญขใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ๅ†…ใธๆตๅ…ฅใ—ใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 5B, the ball stopper 261 is connected to a linear solenoid (passage opening / closing solenoid) 262 containing an electromagnet, and is normally formed on the base plate 60 by being separated from between the two rails 61 and 62. It is arranged at a position (retracted position) buried in the opening. When the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is energized, the ball stopper 261 is disposed at the forward position protruding between the two rails 61 and 62 (the position indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 5B). The passage (launch passage) T1 connecting the launch position where the game ball is launched and the game area is closed. This ball stopper 261 is placed in the game area from a foul ball passage T2 formed by branching downward in the middle of the launch passage T1 between the launch rail 93 and the rails (guidance rails) 61 and 62 on the front surface of the game board 16. It is arranged on the near side (the upper left side in FIG. 5A). For this reason, when the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is excited and the ball stopper 261 is disposed at the forward position, the amount of game balls is adjusted so as to be reduced, that is, toward the game area via the launch passage T1. The progress of the game ball is blocked by the ball stopper 261. The game ball whose progress has been blocked by the ball stopper 261 flows into the foul ball passage T2 and is discharged to the lower plate 301.

ใชใŠใ€็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏใ€๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’้–“ใซใŠใ„ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใฆๆˆปใฃใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใ‚‹ๅŒบ้–“๏ผฌ๏ผ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใซ่จญใ‘ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใใ€ใพใŸใ€็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๅ‹•ไฝœใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ่ฃ…็ฝฎใฏใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟใชใฉๅˆฅใฎ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅŠ›ใ‚’ไป˜ไธŽใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๅฟ…ใšใ—ใ‚‚ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ๅฟ…่ฆใฏใชใใ€ๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‚„ๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’ๅˆ‡ใ‚ŠๆŠœใ„ใฆ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘ใจใ—ใ€้žๅŠฑ็ฃใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ—ใคใคใ€ๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใจใใซ๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’้–“ใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๅฎ‰ๅฎšใ—ใŸ่ทณใณใ‚’็ขบไฟใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆŽฅ่งฆใ™ใ‚‹ๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‚„ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๅฅฝใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ ย ย The ball stopper 261 may be provided in any of the sections L1 (see FIG. 5 (a)) that become a foul ball when the game ball collides and returns between the two rails 61 and 62. The device for operating the ball stopper 261 may be a device that applies another driving force such as a motor. The ball stopper 261 is not necessarily provided so as to protrude from the base plate 60. A part of the inner rail 61 or the outer rail 62 is cut out to form a ball stopper, and a part of the rail is formed in a non-excited state. However, it may project between the two rails 61 and 62 when excited. In this case, in order to ensure a stable jump of the game ball, it is preferable to provide it on the inner rail 61 or the base plate 60 side from the outer rail 62 with which the game ball launched toward the game area comes into contact.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๆง‹ๆˆใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎ๏ผฒโˆ’๏ผฒ็ทšใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝƒ๏ผ‰ใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผใ‚’ๆจกๅผ็š„ใซ็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡บๅฃ้ƒจใ‚’ๆ–ญ้ข่ฆ–ใ—ใฆ็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็คบใ—ใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏๅ‰้ขๆž ใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็คบใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the configuration of the front frame 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1, 2, 11, and 12. 11A is a rear view of the front frame 14, FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line RR in FIG. 11A, and FIG. 11C illustrates the second opening / closing unit 250. It is the figure shown typically. 12 is a cross-sectional view of the outlet of the upper plate 201 that sends out the game ball to the ball launching unit 90. FIG. 12 (a) shows the state in which the front frame 14 is opened. 12 (b) shows a state in which the front frame is closed.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฏใ€็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใ‚’ไธปไฝ“ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฎไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใซใฏ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎใปใจใ‚“ใฉใ‚’ๅค–้ƒจใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ–่ชใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†็•ฅๆฅ•ๅ††ๅฝข็Šถใซ้–‹ๅฃๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎไธ‹ๅดใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใจใ—ใฆใฎไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒไธ€ไฝ“็š„ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไธ€ๆ—ฆ่ฒฏ็•™ใ—ใ€ไธ€ๅˆ—ใซๆ•ดๅˆ—ใ•ใ›ใชใŒใ‚‰็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใธๅฐŽๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ๆฅใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใงใฏๅ‰้ขๆž ใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใซใŠใ„ใฆๅ†…ๆž ใซๅฏพใ—้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใชๅ‰้ฃพใ‚Šๆž ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€่ฉฒๅ‰้ฃพใ‚Šๆž ใซไธŠ็šฟใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใŸใŒใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏๅ‰้ฃพใ‚Šๆž ใŒ็œ็•ฅใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซ็›ดๆŽฅไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใฏใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฏใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใๅฝขๆˆใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’ๅค–้ƒจใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ–่ชใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ็•ฅๆฅ•ๅ††ๅฝข็Šถใซๅคงใใๆฌ ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅผทๅบฆใ‚’ๅฐ‘ใ—ใงใ‚‚ๅ‘ไธŠใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ในใใ€่ฉฒๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚’ไธ€ไฝ“ๅŒ–ใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฏไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจๅŒๆง˜ใซใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚่กจ้ขๅฑคใŒ้›ฃ็‡ƒๆ€งใฎ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใซใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The front frame 14 is mainly configured by a front frame base 200 made of ABS resin formed in a rectangular shape, and the front frame base 30 has a central portion so that most of the game area can be visually recognized from the outside. A window portion 14c having an elliptical opening is provided. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 1, the upper plate | board 201 as a ball | bowl tray member is integrally provided under the window part 14c. The upper plate 201 temporarily stores the game balls and guides them to the ball launch unit 90 while aligning them in a row. In the conventional pachinko machine, a front decorative frame that can be opened and closed with respect to the inner frame is provided below the front frame, and an upper plate is provided on the front decorative frame, but in this embodiment, the front decorative frame is omitted, An upper plate 201 is provided directly on the frame 14. This is because the front frame 14 of the present embodiment includes a window portion 14c that is largely oval so that a game area formed larger than a conventional pachinko machine can be visually recognized from the outside. The upper plate 201 is integrally formed with the front frame 14 in order to improve the strength of the plate as much as possible. Similar to the lower plate 301, the upper plate 201 has at least a surface layer formed of a flame-retardant ABS resin.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฏใ€ใใฎๅทฆๅณๅดใฎ็•ฅไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใŒใ€ไธŠไธ‹ๅดใซๆฏ”ในใฆๆฏ”่ผƒ็š„็ทฉใ‚„ใ‹ใซๆนพๆ›ฒใ—ใฆ็ธฆ้•ทใฎๆฅ•ๅ††ๅฝข็Šถใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใฏใ€ไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใฎๆ–นใŒๅทฆๅณๆ–นๅ‘ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้•ทใๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใ‚’ๅคงใใ้–‹ๅฃใ—ใคใคๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใฎไธŠไธ‹ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅทฆๅณใซใฆๅฃŠใ‚Œใ‚„ใ™ใ„็ดฐๅน…ใจใชใ‚‹้ƒจๅˆ†ใ‚’ๆฏ”่ผƒ็š„ๅบƒใ่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ๅผทๅบฆใ‚’็ขบไฟใ—ๆ˜“ใใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎๅทฆๅณๅดใฎ็•ฅไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใ‚’ๆนพๆ›ฒใ•ใ›ใชใ„ใง็›ด็ทš็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ„ใ€‚ ย ย The window portion 14c of the front frame 14 has a vertically elongated elliptical shape in which the substantially central portion on the left and right sides thereof is curved relatively gently as compared with the upper and lower sides. Since the front frame base 30 forming the window portion 14c is formed longer in the vertical direction than in the horizontal direction, the front frame base 30 has a narrow width that is easily broken at the top, bottom, left and right of the front frame base 200 while opening the window portion 14c. The part which becomes can be provided comparatively widely, and is making it easy to ensure intensity | strength. In addition, you may form in the linear form, without curving the substantially center part of the left-right side of the window part 14c.

ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎ้–‹ๅฃไธŠ็ซฏใฏใ€ๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎๆœ€ไธŠ้ƒจ๏ผˆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธŠ็ซฏ๏ผ‰ใซไธ€่‡ดใ—ใ€ใใฎ้–‹ๅฃไธŠ็ซฏใจๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎไธŠ็ซฏใจใฎ้–“ใฎๆœ€็Ÿญ่ท้›ข๏ผˆใ„ใ‚ใ‚†ใ‚‹ไธŠ้ƒจใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ้ƒจๅˆ†ใฎไธŠไธ‹ๅน…๏ผ‰ใฏ็ด„๏ผ•๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผ˜๏ผ•๏ฝ๏ฝใ€œ๏ผ™๏ผ•๏ฝ๏ฝ็จ‹ๅบฆไธŠ้ƒจใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๅน…ใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ๅพ“ๆฅๆŠ€่ก“ใซๆฏ”ในใฆ่‘—ใ—ใ็ŸญใใชใฃใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎไธŠ้ƒจ้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’็ขบไฟใ—ๆ˜“ใใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ๅคงๅž‹ใฎๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใ‚’ๆฏ”่ผƒ็š„ไธŠๆ–นใซ้…็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎไธŠ็ซฏใจใฎ้–“ใฎ่ท้›ขใฏ๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธ‹ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๆœ›ใพใ—ใใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆœ›ใพใ—ใใฏ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธ‹ใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๆ›ดใซๆœ›ใพใ—ใใฏ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธ‹ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚‚ใกใ‚ใ‚“ใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎๅผทๅบฆใŒ็ขบไฟใงใใ‚‹ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐใ€๏ผ•๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝไปฅไธ‹ใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ๅทฎใ—ๆ”ฏใˆใชใ„ใ€‚ ย ย In the present embodiment, the upper end of the opening of the window portion 14c coincides with the uppermost portion of the outer rail 62 (the upper end of the game area), and the shortest distance between the upper end of the opening and the upper end of the front frame 14 (the so-called upper frame portion). The vertical width is about 50 mm. Compared to the prior art having an upper frame width of about 85 mm to 95 mm, the upper frame width is remarkably shortened, so that it is easy to secure the upper area of the game area and the large variable display device unit 80 can be disposed relatively upward. The distance from the upper end of the front frame 14 is desirably 80 mm or less, more desirably 70 mm or less, and further desirably 60 mm or less. Of course, as long as a predetermined strength can be ensured, it may be 50 mm or less.

ใพใŸใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใฆ็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎๅทฆ็ซฏใจๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅทฆ็ซฏใจใฎ้–“ใฎๆœ€็Ÿญ่ท้›ข๏ผˆใ„ใ‚ใ‚†ใ‚‹ๅทฆๅด้ƒจใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ้ƒจๅˆ†ใฎๅทฆๅณๅน…๏ผšๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใงใฏๅณๅดใซ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใ€ๅณใก้–‹้–‰่ปธ็ทšๅดใฎใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๅน…ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”่‡ชไฝ“ใฎๅผทๅบฆๅŠใณๆ”ฏๆŒๅผทๅบฆใ‚’้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซๆฏ”่ผƒ็š„ๅคงใใ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒ้–‰ใ˜ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจใŒๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผๅทฆๅดใฎใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ่ฆ†ใ„้š ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€้–‹้–‰่ปธ็ทšๅดใฎใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๅน…ใŒๅบƒใ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰ใฟใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅทฆๅด้ƒจใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ้ƒจๅˆ†ใจ้‡่ค‡ใ—ใฆ่ฆ†ใ„้š ใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅ…ฅๅฃๆ‰‹ๅ‰ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฆ–่ชๅ›ฐ้›ฃใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸๅ†…ใซใŠใ„ใฆ็จฎใ€…ใฎๆŒ™ๅ‹•ใ‚’็คบใ™้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ฆ–่ชใ—ใฆๅผพ็ƒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’ๆฅฝใ—ใ‚€ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅ…ฅใ‚‹ๅ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฆ–่ชๅ›ฐ้›ฃใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ๅฎŸ้š›ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ใซไฝ•ใ‚‰ๆ”ฏ้šœใฏ็”Ÿใ˜ใชใ„ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€ใซๆ”ฏ้šœใ‚’ๆฅใ™ใ“ใจใชใใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅๅˆ†ใชๅผทๅบฆๅŠใณๆ”ฏๆŒๅผทๅบฆใ‚’็ขบไฟใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใกใชใฟใซใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใฆๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎๅทฆ็ซฏไฝ็ฝฎใจๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅทฆ็ซฏไฝ็ฝฎใจใฎๅทฆๅณๆ–นๅ‘ใฎ่ท้›ขใฏ็ด„๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ๏ฝใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅณ็ซฏไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆๅ††ๅผง้ƒจๆ๏ผ—๏ผใฎๅ†…้ขๅณ็ซฏไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใจๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅณ็ซฏไฝ็ฝฎใจใฎๅทฆๅณๆ–นๅ‘ใฎ่ท้›ขใฏ็ด„๏ผ”๏ผ•๏ฝ๏ฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, the shortest distance between the left end of the window portion 14c and the left end of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10 (the left-right width of the left side frame portion: shown on the right side in FIG. 11A), that is, The frame width on the opening / closing axis side is set to be relatively large in order to increase the strength and support strength of the front frame 14 itself. In the state where the front frame 14 is closed, the frame width on the opening / closing axis side is set wide so that the left end portion of the outer rail 62 is covered and hidden by the frame portion on the left side of the front frame base 200. For this reason, the outer rail 62 is overlapped with the left side frame portion of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10, and it becomes difficult to visually recognize the game ball in front of the entrance of the game area. Here, since the player visually recognizes the game balls exhibiting various behaviors in the game area and enjoys the ball game, even if it is difficult to visually recognize the game ball before entering the game area, there is nothing in the actual game. There will be no hindrance. Therefore, sufficient strength and support strength of the front frame 14 can be ensured without hindering the game. Incidentally, the distance in the left-right direction between the left end position of the outer rail 62 and the left end position of the outer frame 12 when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10 is about 30 mm, the right end position of the game area (the inner right end position of the arc member 70) and the outer frame. The distance in the left-right direction from the right end position of 12 is about 45 mm.

ๅŠ ใˆใฆใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅ‘จๅ›ฒ๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใ‚ณใƒผใƒŠใƒผ้ƒจๅˆ†๏ผ‰ใซๅ„็จฎใƒฉใƒณใƒ—็ญ‰ใฎ็™บๅ…‰ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰็™บๅ…‰ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๆ™‚ใ‚„ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎใƒชใƒผใƒๆ™‚็ญ‰ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใฎๅค‰ๅŒ–ใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆใ€็‚น็ฏๅˆใฏ็‚นๆป…ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅ…‰ๆ…‹ๆง˜ใŒๅค‰ๆ›ดๅˆถๅพกใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€ไธญใฎๆผ”ๅ‡บๅŠนๆžœใ‚’้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‹ๅฝนๅ‰ฒใ‚’ๆžœใŸใ™ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎไธŠๅดใŠใ‚ˆใณใใฎๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใซใฏใ€็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎๅ‘จ็ธใซๆฒฟใฃใฆใ€๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผค็ญ‰ใฎ็™บๅ…‰ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใ‚’ๅ†…่”ตใ—ใŸ้›ป้ฃพ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ’ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰้›ป้ฃพ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ’ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใƒฉใƒณใƒ—็ญ‰ใฎๆผ”ๅ‡บใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ใจใ—ใฆๆฉŸ่ƒฝใ—ใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๆ™‚ใ‚„ใƒชใƒผใƒๆผ”ๅ‡บๆ™‚็ญ‰ใซใฏๅ†…่”ตใ™ใ‚‹๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใฎ็‚น็ฏใ‚„็‚นๆป…ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅ„้›ป้ฃพ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ’ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒ็‚น็ฏใพใŸใฏ็‚นๆป…ใ—ใฆใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไธญใงใ‚ใ‚‹ๆ—จใ€ๆˆ–ใ„ใฏๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไธ€ๆญฉๆ‰‹ๅ‰ใฎใƒชใƒผใƒไธญใงใ‚ใ‚‹ๆ—จใŒๅ ฑ็Ÿฅใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, the front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the periphery (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means change the light emission mode by turning on or blinking according to the change of the game state at the time of big hit, predetermined reach or the like, and play a role of enhancing the effect effect during the game. As shown in FIG. 1, on the upper side of the window portion 14 c and on both the left and right sides thereof, electrical decoration portions 202 to 204 having built-in light emitting means such as LEDs are provided along the peripheral edge of the window portion 14 c. In the pachinko machine 10, these lighting parts 202 to 204 function as stage lamps such as jackpot lamps, and the lighting parts 202 to 204 are turned on by lighting or blinking of the built-in LEDs at the time of jackpot or reach stage. Alternatively, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is being hit or that the reach is one step before the jackpot.

ใพใŸใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅณไธŠ้ƒจใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€่ณž็ƒใฎๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ—ไธญใซ็‚น็ฏใ™ใ‚‹่ณž็ƒใƒฉใƒณใƒ—๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ•ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆไธŠ้ƒจใซใฏๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎใ‚จใƒฉใƒผๆ™‚ใซ็‚น็ฏใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚จใƒฉใƒผ่กจ็คบใƒฉใƒณใƒ—๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ–ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅณๅดใฎ้›ป้ฃพ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎไธ‹ๅดใซใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใ‚’่ฆ–่ชใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ๆ˜Žๆจน่„‚ใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใฆๅฐ็ช“๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ—ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ๅ‰้ขใฎ่ฒผ็€ใ‚นใƒšใƒผใ‚น๏ผซ๏ผ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซ่ฒผไป˜ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่จผ็ด™็ญ‰ใฏใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ–่ชๅฏ่ƒฝใจใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็…Œใณใ‚„ใ‹ใ•ใ‚’้†ธใ—ๅ‡บใ™ใŸใ‚ใซใ€้›ป้ฃพ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ’ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎๅ‘จใ‚Šใฎ้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใ‚ฏใƒญใƒ ใƒกใƒƒใ‚ญใ‚’ๆ–ฝใ—ใŸ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎใƒกใƒƒใ‚ญ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ˜ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใ‚ฏใƒญใƒ ใƒกใƒƒใ‚ญใซใฏใ€ๅพ“ๆฅๅคš็”จใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใŸ๏ผ–ไพกใ‚ฏใƒญใƒ ใงใฏใชใใ€็”Ÿ็”ฃ็’ฐๅขƒ้ข็ญ‰ใ‚’่€ƒๆ…ฎใ—ใฆ๏ผ“ไพกใ‚ฏใƒญใƒ ใŒไฝฟ็”จใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, as shown in FIG. 1, a prize ball lamp 205 that is turned on while awarding a prize ball is provided in the upper right part of the front frame 14 as viewed from the front. An error display lamp 206 that is turned on when an error occurs is provided. In addition, a small window 207 is formed on the lower side of the right illumination part 204 by attaching a transparent resin from the back side of the front frame base 200 so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be seen. A stamp or the like stuck on the sticking space K1 (see FIG. 3) is visible from the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a plated member 208 made of ABS resin that is chrome-plated is attached to an area around the electric decoration parts 202 to 204 in order to bring out more gorgeousness. For this chrome plating, trivalent chromium is used in consideration of the production environment and the like, instead of hexavalent chromium which has been widely used conventionally.

็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€่ฒธ็ƒๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚่ฒธ็ƒๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผใซใฏใ€ๅบฆๆ•ฐ่กจ็คบ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใจใ€็ƒ่ฒธใ—ใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใจใ€่ฟ”ๅดใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅดๆ–นใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผˆ็ƒ่ฒธใ—ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‰๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰ใซ็ด™ๅนฃใ‚„ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰็ญ‰ใ‚’ๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง่ฒธ็ƒๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผใŒๆ“ไฝœใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ใใฎๆ“ไฝœใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ่ฒธๅ‡บใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ๅบฆๆ•ฐ่กจ็คบ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰็ญ‰ใฎๆฎ‹้กๆƒ…ๅ ฑใŒ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ ˜ๅŸŸใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ†…่”ตใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใŒ็‚น็ฏใ—ใฆๆฎ‹้กๆƒ…ๅ ฑใจใ—ใฆๆฎ‹้กใŒๆ•ฐๅญ—ใง่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚็ƒ่ฒธใ—ใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰็ญ‰๏ผˆ่จ˜้Œฒๅช’ไฝ“๏ผ‰ใซ่จ˜้Œฒใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆƒ…ๅ ฑใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆ่ฒธๅ‡บ็ƒใ‚’ๅพ—ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซๆ“ไฝœใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰็ญ‰ใซๆฎ‹้กใŒๅญ˜ๅœจใ™ใ‚‹้™ใ‚ŠใซใŠใ„ใฆ่ฒธๅ‡บ็ƒใŒไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซไพ›็ตฆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚่ฟ”ๅดใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ€ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใซๆŒฟๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰็ญ‰ใฎ่ฟ”ๅดใ‚’ๆฑ‚ใ‚ใ‚‹้š›ใซๆ“ไฝœใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใ‚’ไป‹ใ•ใšใซ็ƒ่ฒธใ—่ฃ…็ฝฎ็ญ‰ใ‹ใ‚‰ไธŠ็šฟใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็›ดๆŽฅ่ฒธใ—ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใ€ใ„ใ‚ใ‚†ใ‚‹็พ้‡‘ๆฉŸใงใฏ่ฒธ็ƒๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผใŒไธ่ฆใจใชใ‚‹ใŒใ€ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€่ฒธ็ƒๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซ้ฃพใ‚Šใ‚ทใƒผใƒซ็ญ‰ใ‚’ไป˜ๅŠ ใ—ใฆ้ƒจๅ“ๆง‹ๆˆใฏๅ…ฑ้€šใฎใ‚‚ใฎใจใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใ‚’็”จใ„ใŸใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใจ็พ้‡‘ๆฉŸใจใฎๅ…ฑ้€šๅŒ–ใ‚’ๅ›ณใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 1, a lending operation unit 210 is disposed below the window 14c. The ball lending operation unit 210 is provided with a frequency display unit 211, a ball lending button 212, and a return button 213. When the lending operation unit 210 is operated in a state where a bill or a card is inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, a game ball according to the operation Is lent out. Specifically, the frequency display unit 211 is an area in which remaining amount information such as a card is displayed, and a built-in LED is lit to display the remaining amount as a remaining amount information. The ball lending button 212 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 201 as long as there is a remaining amount on the card or the like. Is done. The return button 213 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the card unit. A pachinko machine in which game balls are lent directly to the upper plate from a ball lending device or the like without using a card unit, that is, a so-called cash machine, does not require the ball lending operation unit 210. It is also possible to add a decorative seal or the like to the installation portion of the parts so that the component configuration is common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃๅดใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๅณไธŠ้š…ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€็™บๅ…‰ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ—ใฆใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผค็”จใฎ็™บๅ…‰ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขใซใƒใ‚ธใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃๅดใซใฏใ€็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใ‚’ๅ›ฒใ‚€ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆ้‡‘ๅฑž่ฃฝใฎๅ„็จฎ่ฃœๅผท้ƒจๆใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚่ฉณใ—ใใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃๅดใซใ‚ใฃใฆ็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎไธŠไธ‹ๅทฆๅณใฎๅค–ๅดใซใฏ้‡‘ๅฑž่ฃฝใฎ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใŒใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฏ็›ธไบ’ใซๆŽฅ่งฆใ—ใฆ้€ฃ็ตใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ€็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎๅฝขๆˆใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆไฝŽไธ‹ใ—ใŸๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅ‰›ๆ€งใŠใ‚ˆใณๅผทๅบฆใ‚’้ซ˜ใ‚ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅณๅดใฎ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๅ‰่จ˜ใ—ใŸ็™บๅ…‰ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ้‡ใชใฃใฆ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใŒใ€ไธก่€…ใฎ็›ดๆŽฅใฎๆŽฅ่งฆใ‚’้ฟใ‘ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๆˆ–ใ„ใฏใ€็™บๅ…‰ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใธใฎ้€š้›ปใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซใ€้€ๆ˜Žใชๅˆๆˆๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎใ‚ซใƒใƒผๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใจ็™บๅ…‰ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใจใฎ้–“ใซไป‹ๅœจใ—ใฆ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎๅธฏ้›ปใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆใใฎๅ‘จใ‚ŠใซใƒŽใ‚คใ‚บใ‚„็ฃ็•ŒใŒ็™บ็”Ÿใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ€ใ‚ซใƒใƒผๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎไป‹ๅœจใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็™บๅ…‰ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใธใฎๅฝฑ้ŸฟใŒไฝŽๆธ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ€่ชคไฝœๅ‹•ใ‚„ๆ•…้šœ็ญ‰ใฎๆŠ‘ๅˆถใŒๅ›ณใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎไธ€้ƒจใฏๆŽฅๅœฐใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Š๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰ใ€่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใŒๅธฏ้›ปใ—้›ฃใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the upper right corner on the back side of the front frame 14, as shown in FIG. 11A, an LED light emitting substrate 214 as a light emitting means is attached to the back surface of the front frame base 200 with screws. Further, various reinforcing members made of metal are provided on the back side of the front frame 14 so as to surround the window portion 14c. Specifically, metal reinforcing plates 221 to 224 are respectively attached to the back side of the front frame 14 and on the upper and lower, left and right outer sides of the window portion 14c. These reinforcing plates 221 to 224 are connected in contact with each other to increase the rigidity and strength of the front frame 14 which has been reduced by the formation of the window portion 14c. Further, the right reinforcing plate 221 is disposed so as to overlap the rear surface side of the light emitting substrate 214 described above, but in order to avoid direct contact between them or to prevent the light emitting substrate 214 from being energized. A transparent synthetic resin cover plate 215 is provided between the reinforcing plate 221 and the light emitting substrate 214. Even if noise or a magnetic field is generated around the reinforcing plates 221 to 224 due to the charging, the influence on the light emitting substrate 214 is reduced by the cover plate 215, and malfunctions and failures are suppressed. . Part of the reinforcing plates 221 to 224 is grounded (not shown) so that the reinforcing plates 221 to 224 are difficult to be charged.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅณๅดใฎ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ใใฎไธญ้–“ไฝ็ฝฎใซใฆใƒ•ใƒƒใ‚ฏ๏ผˆ้‰ค๏ผ‰็Šถใ‚’ใชใ™ไฟ‚ๅˆ็ˆช๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ฝ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฟ‚ๅˆ็ˆช๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ฝใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‰ใ˜ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผˆๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‰ใซ็ฉฟ่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆบ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝŠใซ้€ฒๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใใฎๆบ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝŠใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆ้‡‘ๅฑž่ฃฝใฎๆญขใ‚ๆฟ๏ผ“๏ผ™ใŒใƒใ‚ธๆญขใ‚ใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆไฟ‚ๅˆ็ˆช๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ฝใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจใŒๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ๆญขใ‚ๆฟ๏ผ“๏ผ™ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๅ…ฅใ‚Š่พผใ‚€ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆๅดใฎไธญ้–“ไฝ็ฝฎใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๆตฎใไธŠใŒใ‚Šใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒไธŠไธ‹ใซๅคงใใๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไธŠไธ‹ใฎๆ”ฏๆŒไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ”ใฎไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใŒๅคงใใ้›ข้–“ใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’ๆตฎใ‹ใ—ใฆใฎไธๆญฃ่กŒ็‚บใ‚’ๆŠ‘ๅˆถใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The reinforcing plate 221 on the right side of the rear surface of the front frame 14 is provided with an engaging claw 221a (see FIG. 2) having a hook shape at an intermediate position. The engaging claw 221a is configured to enter a groove 30j formed in the inner frame 13 (inner frame base 30) with the front frame 14 closed. As shown in FIG. 5A, a metal retaining plate 39 is screwed to the inner frame base 30 so as to cover a part of the groove 30j. 5 is closed, the tip of the engaging claw 221a enters the back side of the stop plate 39 shown in FIG. Thereby, the front frame 14 can be prevented from floating at an intermediate position on the left side when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10, the upper plate 201 is provided on the front frame 14, and the front frame 14 is configured to be large in the vertical direction. Even if the (positions of the support brackets 33 and 34) are largely separated from each other, it is possible to suppress an illegal act by floating the front frame 14.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅทฆๅดใฎ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใฆ้‰ค็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝใŒไธ€ไฝ“็š„ใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซไฟ‚ๅˆใ—ใฆใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฏๆ–ฝ้Œ ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ–ฝ้Œ ็Šถๆ…‹ใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฏใ€ใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅฐ‚็”จ้ตใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ่งฃ้Œ ๆ“ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่งฃ้Œ ใ•ใ‚Œใ€้–‹ๆ”พๅฏ่ƒฝใช็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the reinforcing plate 222 on the left side of the rear surface of the front frame 14, a pair of upper and lower front frame flange portions 14 a are formed integrally with the front frame 14. The front frame 14 is locked by engaging the front frame collar 14 a with the front frame collar 411 of the locking unit 410 provided on the back side of the inner frame 13. The front frame 14 in the locked state is unlocked by performing a predetermined unlocking operation with a dedicated key on the cylinder lock 420 and is in a state where it can be opened.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขไธŠๅดใฎ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฎๅทฆๅณๆ–นๅ‘ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ไธญๅคฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซใฏใ€ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ•ใ‚’ๆŒฟ้€šใ™ใ‚‹ใƒใ‚ธๅญ”ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ•ใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒกใƒƒใ‚ญ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ˜ใซ่žบ็€ใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใƒกใƒƒใ‚ญ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ˜ใฏใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ•ใจ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ“ใจใ‚’้€šใ˜ใฆๆŽฅๅœฐใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€่ฃ…้ฃพ็”จใฎใƒกใƒƒใ‚ญใ‚’ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซๆ–ฝใ—ใฆใ‚‚ๅธฏ้›ปใŠใ‚ˆใณใ“ใ‚Œใซ่ตทๅ› ใ™ใ‚‹ใƒŽใ‚คใ‚บ็ญ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ไธๅ…ทๅˆใ‚’ๆŠ‘ๅˆถใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A screw hole through which the screw 225 is inserted is provided in the central portion in the left-right direction of the reinforcing plate 223 on the upper back side of the front frame 14, and the tip of the screw 225 is, as shown in FIG. It is screwed to a plating member 208 provided on the front side of the front frame 14, and the plating member 208 is grounded through a screw 225 and a reinforcing plate 223. Therefore, even if the decorative plating is applied to the front side of the front frame 14, problems due to charging and noise caused by the charging can be suppressed.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขไธ‹ๅดใฎ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใซๅฏพๅ‘ใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซๅดๅฃ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซๅดๅฃ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‰ใ˜ใŸ้š›ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใฎๅดๅฃใจใชใฃใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใ‹ใ‚‰้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใ“ใผใ‚Œ่ฝใกใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆฉŸ่ƒฝใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใƒฌใƒผใƒซๅดๅฃ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฎๅณๅดใซใฏใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ็น‹ใŒใ‚‹็ฉดใซ้€ฃ็ถšใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็ƒ้€š่ทฏๆจ‹๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใŒๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใซใƒใ‚ธใงๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ƒ้€š่ทฏๆจ‹๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆ™‚ใซๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎใ‚ทใƒฃใƒƒใ‚ฟ๏ผ“๏ผ—๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๆŠผใ—้–‹ใ‘ใฆไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 2, a resin-made rail side wall member 226 is provided on the reinforcing plate 224 below the back surface of the front frame 14 at a position facing the firing rail 93. The rail side wall member 226 functions as a side wall of the launch rail 93 when the front frame 14 is closed so that the game ball does not spill from the launch rail 93. Further, on the right side of the rail side wall member 226, a ball passage rod 241 that protrudes from the back surface side of the front frame 14 so as to be continuous with the hole connected to the upper plate 201 is fixed to the front frame base 200 with a screw. The ball passage rod 241 forms a game ball passage to the upper plate 201 by pushing the shutter 37 (see FIG. 2) on the inner frame 13 side open when the front frame 14 is closed.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใŠใ„ใฆใƒฌใƒผใƒซๅดๅฃ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฎๅทฆ้šฃใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไธ‹ๅดใฎ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’ๆญฃๆ–นๅฝข็Šถใซ้–‹ๅฃใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใฎไธŠๅดใซใฏใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‹ๆ”พๆ™‚ใซ้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใฎๅณๅดใซใฏใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœไธญใซ้™ใฃใฆ้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใฏใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆœ€ไธ‹ๆต้ƒจใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅดใฎไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆ™‚ใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ—ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใจใ‚’้€ฃ้€šใ—ใฆไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผˆ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ๅดใซๅฐŽๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ่ผ‰็ฝฎใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใธๅฐŽใ‹ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the back side of the front frame 14, on the left side of the rail side wall member 226, as shown in FIG. Is provided. A first opening / closing unit 230 for closing the ball outlet 224a when the front frame 14 is opened is attached to the upper side of the ball outlet 224a. A second opening / closing unit 250 for opening the ball outlet 224a only during a game ball launching operation is attached to the right side of the ball outlet 224a. The ball outlet 224a is provided at the most downstream portion of the upper plate 201 to form the outlet of the upper plate 201 on the ball discharge unit 90 side, and the upper plate 201 and the ball discharge unit 90 are introduced when the front frame 14 is closed. The game ball stored in the upper plate 201 is communicated with the mouth 102b (see FIG. 7) and led out to the ball launching unit 90 (sending member 105) side. For this reason, the game ball placed on the upper plate 201 is guided to the ball launching unit 90 via the ball outlet 224a.

ใพใšใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผใฎๆง‹้€ ใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ‘้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผใฏใ€ไธ‹ๅดใฎ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใซใƒใ‚ธๆญขใ‚ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ฑใƒผใ‚น้ƒจๆใจใ—ใฆใฎใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใจใ€ไธŠ็ซฏใŒใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒไธ‹ๅดใฎ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใซๆฒฟใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซไธ‹ๆ–นใซๅปถใณใ‚‹่–„ๆฟ็Šถใฎ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใจใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธŠ็ซฏ้ƒจใŒๅทปๅ›žๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใฎๅ†…้ขใซใฆไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๅ›žๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซ่ปธๆ”ฏใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็กฌ่ณชๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผใฏใ€ใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใซใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใ€ๅŠใณใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใ‚’็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใฆไธ€ไฝ“ๅŒ–ใ—ใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ๅดใธใฎ็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ไฝœๆฅญใฎๅฎนๆ˜“ๅŒ–ใŠใ‚ˆใณ็ฐก็ด ๅŒ–ใŒๅ›ณใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย First, the structure of the first opening / closing unit 230 will be described with reference to FIG. The first opening / closing unit 230 includes a housing 231 as a case member screwed to the lower reinforcing plate 224 and an upper end accommodated in the housing 231, and other portions along the lower reinforcing plate 224. A thin plate-like shielding plate 232 that extends downward, and a hard resin-made turning lever 233 that is rotatably fixed on the inner surface of the housing 231 while the upper end portion of the shielding plate 232 is wound and fixed. It has. The first opening / closing unit 230 is integrated with the housing 231 by assembling the shielding plate 232 and the rotating lever 233, and the assembling work on the front frame 14 side is facilitated and simplified. Yes.

ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฏใ€ไธ‹ๅดใฎ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใจ็•ฅๅนณ่กŒใ‹ใค็•ฅๆฐดๅนณใซใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ๅ†…้ขใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ›žๅ‹•่ปธ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚’่ปธๅฟƒใจใ—ใฆใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใซๅ›žๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซ่ปธๆ”ฏใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•่ปธ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎๅทฆๅด๏ผ‰ใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆๅปถ่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆฟๆ”ฏๆŒ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝใจใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•่ปธ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹ๅดใซๅ‘ใ‹ใฃใฆๅปถ่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆ™‚ใซๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ€้ƒจใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ๅค–ใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๆŽฅ่งฆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใจใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใซใฏใ€ๅ–ไป˜้ข๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ†ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ‰้ขใซ็ชๅ‡บๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็ช่ตท๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ‹๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๆŽฅ่งฆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฏใ€็ช่ตท๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ‹ใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๆŽฅ่งฆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฏใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•่ปธ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ฝใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‹้–‰ๆ–นๅ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎๅทฆๅณๆ–นๅ‘๏ผ‰ใจใปใผ็›ด่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๅปถ่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆ™‚ใซๆŽฅ่งฆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๆŠผๅœงใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใซๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใŒๅ›žๅ‹•ใ—ๆ˜“ใใ€้•ทๆœŸใฎไฝฟ็”จใซใ‚ใŸใฃใฆใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’็ขบๅฎŸใชใ‚‚ใฎใจใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The rotation lever 233 is pivotally supported by the housing 231 about a rotation shaft 231a provided on the inner surface of the housing 231 substantially parallel and substantially horizontally to the lower reinforcing plate 224. The rotation lever 233 includes a plate support portion 233a extending from the rotation shaft 231a toward the reinforcing plate 224 (left side in FIG. 12A), and extending downward from the rotation shaft 231a. In addition, a contact portion 233b that protrudes out of the housing 231 is provided so as to abut a part of the inner frame 13 when the front frame 14 is closed. The inner frame base 30 is provided with a protrusion 30k (see FIG. 5A) that protrudes from the mounting surface 30f to the front surface, and the contact portion 233b is provided so as to contact the protrusion 30k. Since the contact portion 233b extends in a direction substantially perpendicular to the opening / closing direction of the front frame 14 (the left-right direction in FIG. 12A) with respect to the rotation shaft 231a, the contact portion is closed when the front frame 14 is closed. When the 233b is pressed by the inner frame 13, the rotation lever 233 is easy to rotate, and the operation over a long period of time is ensured.

้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅผพๆ€งใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹่–„ๆฟ็Šถใฎ้‡‘ๅฑž็‰‡๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€ใ‚นใƒ†ใƒณใƒฌใ‚น่–„ๆฟใชใฉ๏ผ‰ใงๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไธ€็ซฏใŒๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฎๆฟๆ”ฏๆŒ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝ๏ผˆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ๅดใฎ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ‰ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ไป–็ซฏใงใ‚ใ‚‹ไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใฏ่‡ช็”ฑ็ซฏใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅน…ๅบƒใๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎ้€”ไธญ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๅผพๆ€งๅค‰ๅฝขใ‚’ๅฎนๆ˜“ใซใ—ใฆๅ‹•ไฝœๆŠตๆŠ—ใ‚’ไฝŽใใ—ใคใคใ‚‚ใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’็ขบๅฎŸใซ่ฆ†ใฃใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆตๅ‡บใ‚’้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ขบๅฎŸใซ้˜ปๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใฎๅน…ใฏใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ดฐใใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใŒใ€ใปใผๅŒไธ€ไปฅไธŠใฎๅน…ใจใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ่ชคๆตๅ‡บใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ไธŠใงๅฅฝใพใ—ใใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใฎๅน…ใ‚’ๅบƒใใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๅฅฝ้ฉใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The shielding plate 232 is formed of an elastic thin plate-like metal piece (for example, a stainless steel thin plate), and one end is fixed to the plate support portion 233a (the end on the front frame 14 side) of the rotating lever 233, The lower end 232a which is the other end is a free end. The lower end 232a of the shielding plate 232 is formed wider than the ball outlet 224a as shown in FIG. Therefore, the ball outlet 224a is reliably covered by the lower end portion 232a of the shielding plate 232 so that the elastic deformation in the middle portion of the shielding plate 232 is facilitated and the operation resistance is lowered, and the outflow of the game ball from the ball outlet 224a is prevented. The shielding plate 232 can surely prevent it. Note that the width of the lower end 232a may be narrower than the ball outlet 224a. However, it is preferable that the lower end 232a has a width equal to or larger than the same in order to prevent an erroneous outflow of the game ball. It is preferable to widen the width of 232a.

ใพใŸใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Š็‹ญใ„ใจใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝๅ†…ใซ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใŒๅ…ฅใ‚Š่พผใ‚“ใง็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎๅค‰ๅฝขใ‚„็ ดๆใŒ็”Ÿใ˜ๆ˜“ใ„ใ€‚ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅบƒๅน…ใจใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝๅ†…ใซ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใŒๅ…ฅใ‚Š่พผใ‚€ใ“ใจใŒใชใใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใธใฎๅฝ“ๆŽฅใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎๅค‰ๅฝขใ‚„็ ดๆใŒ้˜ฒๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย If the lower end 232a of the shielding plate 232 is narrower than the ball outlet 224a, the shielding plate 232 enters the ball outlet 224a, the lower end of the shielding plate 232 collides with the game ball in the ball outlet 224a, and the shielding plate 232 is deformed. And damage is likely to occur. In the pachinko machine 10, since the lower end portion 232a of the shielding plate 232 is wider than the ball outlet 224a, the shielding plate 232 does not enter the ball outlet 224a, and the shielding plate 232 is brought into contact with the game ball. Deformation and breakage are prevented.

ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใฎไธ‹ๅดใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธ้€šใ˜ใ‚‹ๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใจใ€ใใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใจใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใŒใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎๅทฆๅด๏ผ‰ใธ็งปๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใฏ็•ฅๆฐดๅนณใซ้–‹ๅฃใ™ใ‚‹ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใฏ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใจใฏๅˆฅใฎๅด๏ผˆไธ‹ๅด๏ผ‰ใซๅˆ†ๅฒใ—ใฆ้–‹ๅฃๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใŒๅ‰้ขๅดใธ็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝๅดใซๅ„ชๅ…ˆใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตไธ‹ใ—ใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใŒๅพŒๆ–นใธ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚ŒใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹๏ผ‰ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใฎไธŠ้ขใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใธๆกˆๅ†…ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„ใƒชใƒณใ‚ฏๆฉŸๆง‹ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅณๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ƒๆŠœใใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซ้€ฃ็ตใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ƒๆŠœใใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’ๆŠผไธ‹ๆ“ไฝœใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใŒๅ‰้ขๅดใซ็งปๅ‹•ใ—ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็ƒๆŠœใใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธ้€šใ˜ใ‚‹ๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝๅดใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ„ชๅ…ˆใ—ใฆๆตไธ‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€ๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใซ้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใ‚’่จญใ‘ใŸใŒใ€ๅฟ…ใšใ—ใ‚‚้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใฏๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ๅฟ…่ฆใฏใชใใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธ้€šใ˜ใ‚‹ๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใธ้€šใ˜ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃๅดใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ„ชๅ…ˆใ—ใฆๆตไธ‹ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹้–‰้Ž–ๆฟใ‚’่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ็ƒๆŠœใใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใŒๆŠผไธ‹ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใซ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใƒชใƒณใ‚ฏๆฉŸๆง‹ใ‚’่จญใ‘ใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใใ€ๆˆ–ใ„ใฏใ€ๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใจ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใจใฎๅŒๆ–นใซ้–‰้Ž–ๆฟใ‚’่จญใ‘ใฆๅ„้–‰้Ž–ๆฟใŒ็ƒๆŠœใใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใŠใ‚ˆใณ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใŒ้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย On the lower side of the ball outlet 224a in the upper plate 201, as shown in FIG. 12 (a), a discharge port 201a leading to the lower plate 301 and a closing plate 234 for closing the discharge port 201a are provided. The plate 234 is movable to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 (left side in FIG. 12A). The ball outlet 224a opens substantially horizontally with respect to the upper plate 201, while the discharge outlet 201a is branched and formed on the side (lower side) different from the ball outlet 224a, and the closing plate 234 is on the front side. When moving to, the game ball flows down preferentially on the discharge port 201a side, and the game ball in the upper plate 201 is discharged to the lower plate 301. In the state where the closing plate 234 is disposed rearward and the discharge port 201a is closed (the state shown in FIG. 12B), the game ball is guided to the discharge port 201a by the upper surface of the closing plate 234. The closing plate 234 is connected to a ball removal button 216 (see FIG. 1) provided on the right side of the upper plate 201 via a link mechanism (not shown). By depressing the ball removal button 216, the closing plate 234 moves to the front side, and the game ball is removed. In the present embodiment, the game ball preferentially flows down from the ball outlet 224a to the outlet 201a leading to the lower plate 301. Therefore, the closing plate 234 is provided at the outlet 201a. There is no need to provide it on the outlet 201a side, and when a game ball flows preferentially on the ball outlet side leading to the ball launching unit 90 from the outlet opening leading to the lower plate 301, a closing plate for opening and closing the ball outlet is provided and the ball outlet is removed. A link mechanism may be provided to open and close the ball outlet so that the ball outlet is closed when the button 216 is pressed. Alternatively, a closing plate is provided at both the discharge port and the ball outlet to provide each closing plate. However, the discharge port and the ball outlet may be opened and closed in conjunction with the ball release button.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅน…็‹ญใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใจใ€ใใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝๅ†…ใซๅ…ฅใ‚Š่พผใ‚“ใง็ƒ่ฉฐใพใ‚ŠใŒ็”Ÿใ˜ใ†ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅน…ๅบƒใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจใฎ้€ฃ้€šใ‚’็ขบๅฎŸใซใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€็ƒ่ฉฐใพใ‚Šใฎ็™บ็”Ÿใ‚’ๆŠ‘ๅˆถใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Here, if the lower end 232a of the shielding plate 232 is narrower than the bulb outlet 224a than the bulb outlet 224a, the lower end 232a may enter the bulb outlet 224a and clog the bulb. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the lower end 232a of the shielding plate 232 is formed wider than the ball outlet 224a, so that the communication between the upper plate 201 and the lower plate 301 can be ensured, and the ball is jammed. Can be suppressed.

็ฌฌ๏ผ‘้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผใฎ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅนณ้ข็Šถใฎ่–„ๆฟใ‚’ไธ‹ๆ–นใซๅผพๆ€งๅค‰ๅฝขใ•ใ›ใฆๆ›ฒๆŠ˜ใ•ใ›ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใ—ใฆใ€่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใจๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฎๆฟๆ”ฏๆŒ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝใจใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅผพๆ€งๅŠ›ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ…ƒใฎๅนณใ‚‰ใช็Šถๆ…‹ใซๅพฉๅธฐใ—ใ‚ˆใ†ใจใ—ใฆ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใ‚’ๆŠผๅœงใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝ†ใฎ้–‹็Šถๆ…‹๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ใฃใฆใฏใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใซๆŠผๅœงใ•ใ‚ŒใคใคๅกžใŒใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆตๅ‡บใŒ้˜ปๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The shielding plate 232 of the first opening / closing unit 230 is supported by the reinforcing plate 224 and the plate support portion 233a of the rotating lever 233 in a state in which a flat thin plate is elastically deformed and bent downward. For this reason, the shielding plate 232 is in a state of pressing the reinforcing plate 224 in an attempt to return to the original flat state by the elastic force. When the front frame 14f is in the open state (the state shown in FIG. 12A), the ball outlet 224a is closed while being pressed by the shielding plate 232, and the game ball is prevented from flowing out.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝ†ใŒ้–‹็Šถๆ…‹ใซใชใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฎๆŽฅ่งฆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ๅ…ˆ็ซฏๅด๏ผˆไธ‹็ซฏๅด๏ผ‰ใŒๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎๅณๅด๏ผ‰ใซๅ‘ใ‹ใฃใฆ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฏใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใŒๅนณใ‚‰ใซๅพฉๅธฐใ—ใ‚ˆใ†ใจใ™ใ‚‹ๅผพๆ€งๅŠ›ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•่ปธ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚’ไธญๅฟƒใซใ—ใฆๆŽฅ่งฆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใŒๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๆ–นๅ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎๅทฆๅ›žใ‚Šๆ–นๅ‘๏ผ‰ใซไป˜ๅ‹ขใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใฎไธ€้ƒจ๏ผˆใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ—ใŸไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใซใฆ้™ๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When the front frame 14f is in the open state, as shown in FIG. 12A, the front end side (lower end side) of the contact portion 233b of the rotation lever 233 faces the back side of the front frame 14 (right side in FIG. 12A). Projecting. In this state, the rotation lever 233 is such that the contact portion 233b protrudes behind the front frame 14 around the rotation shaft 231a due to the elastic force of the shielding plate 232 returning to flat (FIG. 12 ( a) (counterclockwise direction), and stops at a position (first rotation position) in contact with a part of the housing 231 (stopper portion 231b).

ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใฎไธŠ้ƒจใ‚’ๅกžใไฝ็ฝฎใซใพใงๅž‚ไธ‹ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆตใ‚ŒใŒ่ฆๅˆถใ•ใ‚Œใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃๅดใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตๅ‡บใ—ใชใ„ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใฆใ‚‚้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆตๅ‡บใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the state in which the rotation lever 233 is disposed at the first rotation position, the shielding plate 232 is in a state of hanging down to a position where the lower end portion 232a closes the upper portion of the bulb outlet 224a. In this state, the flow of the game balls in the upper plate 201 is restricted by the shielding plate 232, and the game balls do not flow out from the ball outlet 224 a to the back side of the front frame 14. Therefore, even if the front frame 14 is opened while the game balls are stored in the upper plate 201, the game balls in the upper plate 201 can be prevented from flowing out by the shielding plate 232.

ใพใŸใ€ใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ€็ซฏ้ƒจใจไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใจใฎ้–“้ƒจๅˆ†ใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ—ใฆใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใ‚’่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆŠผๅœงใ™ใ‚‹ๆŠผๅœง้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ฝƒใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใŒใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅผทใ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ๅดใซๆŠผๅœงใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใชใ‚Šใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใซๅ‹ขใ„ใ‚ˆใ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅฐŽใ‹ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ŠไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅคš้‡ใซใ‚ใฃใฆ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใ‚ˆใ†ใจใ™ใ‚‹ๅŠ›ใŒๅคงใใใชใฃใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใ‚‚้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ขบๅฎŸใซๅ—ใ‘ๆญขใ‚ใฆใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆตๅ‡บ้˜ฒๆญขใ‚’็ขบๅฎŸใชใ‚‚ใฎใจใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, the housing 231 is provided with a pressing portion 231c that abuts against a portion between one end portion and the lower end portion 232a of the shielding plate 232 supported by the rotating lever 233 and presses the shielding plate 232 in the direction of the reinforcing plate 224. It has been. For this reason, the shielding plate 232 is more strongly pressed toward the reinforcing plate 224 side, so that the game balls are led to the ball outlet 224a vigorously or there are a lot of game balls in the upper plate 201 so that the shielding plate 232 is opened. Even when the force increases, the game ball is received more reliably, and the outflow of the game ball from the ball outlet 224a is surely prevented.

ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™็Šถๆ…‹ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฎๆŽฅ่งฆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ็ช่ตท๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ‹ใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ—ใคใคๆŠผๅœงใ•ใ‚Œใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ๅดใซๅ›žๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใซๅพ“ใฃใฆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ไฝ็ฝฎใ‚ˆใ‚Šใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซๅ…ฅใ‚Š่พผใ‚€ๆ–นๅ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฎๅณๅ›žใ‚Šๆ–นๅ‘๏ผ‰ใซๅ›žๅ‹•ใ—ใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒๅฎŒๅ…จใซ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผˆๅณใกใ€ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซๅ‰้ขๆž ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝใŒไฟ‚ๅˆใ™ใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใจใƒใ‚ฆใ‚ธใƒณใ‚ฐ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซๆœ€ๅคง้™ใซๆŠผใ—่พผใพใ‚ŒใŸไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใซใฆ้™ๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ใซไผดใฃใฆๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฎๆฟๆ”ฏๆŒ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝใฏ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‹ใ‚‰้›ข้–“ใ™ใ‚‹ๅด๏ผˆไธŠๅด๏ผ‰ใธ็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When the front frame 14 is closed from the state shown in FIG. 12A, the contact portion 233b of the rotating lever 233 is pressed while contacting the projection 30k of the inner frame 13, as shown in FIG. 12B. And turned to the front frame 14 side. Thereafter, as the front frame 14 is closed, the pivot lever 233 pivots in the direction entering the housing 231 from the first pivot position shown in FIG. 12A (clockwise direction in FIG. 12B). When the front frame 14 is completely closed (that is, the front frame collar portion 14a is engaged with the front frame collar member 412 of the locking unit 410), the position is pushed into the housing 231 to the maximum (second position). ). As the rotation lever 233 rotates, the plate support portion 233a of the rotation lever 233 moves to the side (upper side) away from the ball outlet 224a.

ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’่ฆ†ใฃใฆใ„ใŸ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใŒไธŠๆ˜‡ใ—ใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ้€š้Žๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใธๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ้ †ๆฌกๆตๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ฃœ็ตฆใ—็ถšใ‘ใ‚‹้™ใ‚Šใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็ถ™็ถšใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In a state where the rotation lever 233 is disposed at the second rotation position, the lower end portion 232a of the shielding plate 232 that covers the ball outlet 224a is raised, and the ball outlet 224a is opened so that a game ball can pass. Become. If there is a game ball in the upper plate 201, the game ball will sequentially flow out from the ball outlet 224a toward the introduction port 102b of the ball launch unit 90. Therefore, as long as game balls are continuously supplied to the upper plate 201, the game balls can be continuously fired toward the game area by the ball launch unit 90.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒ้–‰็Šถๆ…‹ใ‹ใ‚‰้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ผˆๆŽฅ่งฆ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ็ช่ตท๏ผ“๏ผ๏ฝ‹ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๆŠผๅœงใŒ่งฃ้™คใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎๅพฉๅ…ƒๅŠ›ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ไฝ็ฝฎใ‹ใ‚‰็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ไฝ็ฝฎใธใจๅค‰ไฝใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›žๅ‹•ใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฎๅค‰ไฝใซไผดใฃใฆ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใŒ่ฃœๅผทๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎๆฟ้ขไธŠใ‚’ๆ‘บๅ‹•ใ—ใคใคไธ‹้™ใ—ใ€้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ฝใซ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆตๅ‡บใŒ้˜ฒๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใคใพใ‚Šใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‹ๆ”พใจๅ…ฑใซ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใฎๅบ—ๅ“กใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใฆ็‚นๆคœ็ญ‰ใฎไฝœๆฅญใ‚’่กŒใ†ๅ ดๅˆใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆตๅ‡บใ‚’ๅฟƒ้…ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใชใ็ฐกๆ˜“ใซๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When the front frame 14 is released from the closed state, the rotation lever 233 (contact portion 233b) is released from the pressing by the projection 30k of the inner frame 13, and is restored from the second rotation position by the restoring force of the shielding plate 232. Displacement to the 1 rotational position. With the displacement of the turning lever 233, the shielding plate 232 slides down on the plate surface of the reinforcing plate 224, the ball outlet 224a is closed at the lower end 232a of the shielding plate 232, and the game ball from the ball outlet 224a Is prevented from flowing out. That is, since the ball outlet 224a is closed along with the opening of the front frame 14, the store clerk at the game hall is worried about the outflow of the game ball in the upper plate 201 when the front frame 14 is opened and the work such as inspection is performed. The front frame 14 can be easily opened without any problems.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผใฎๆง‹้€ ใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผใฏใ€ใƒฌใƒผใƒซๅดๅฃ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–ๅ†…ใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใจใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆไธŠไธ‹ใซๅ‹•ไฝœใ™ใ‚‹้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใƒฌใƒผใƒซๅดๅฃ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–ใซๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„ใƒใ‚ธใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใŒๅˆถๅพกใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the structure of the second opening / closing unit 250 will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 and 12. The second opening / closing unit 250 includes a ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 disposed in the rail side wall member 226 and an opening / closing lid 252 that moves up and down by the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251. The ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is fixed to the rail side wall member 226 with a screw (not shown), and the operation thereof is controlled by a payout and firing control device 611 described later.

้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฏใ€้‰คๅฝขใซๅฑˆๆ›ฒใ—ใŸๅฝข็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅˆๆˆๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎๆฟใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎ่ปธใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝƒ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไธ‹้™ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใ€ไธŠๆ˜‡ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝƒ๏ผ‰ใฎไบŒ็‚น้Ž–็ทš๏ผ‰ใซใŠใ„ใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒฌใƒผใƒซๅดๅฃ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–ใซใฏใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๅฏๅ‹•็ฏ„ๅ›ฒใ‚’ๅฎšใ‚ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎ่ปธ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅ„่ปธใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎไธŠๆ˜‡ไฝ็ฝฎใจไธ‹้™ไฝ็ฝฎใจใŒ่ฆๅˆถใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฏใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚’้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกๆœ€ใ‚‚ไธ‹ๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซๅฏพๅ‘ใ—ใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ๅดใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใŒๅ‹•ไฝœใ—ใฆไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠๆตๅดใฎๅ…จใฆใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The opening / closing lid 252 is made of a synthetic resin plate formed in a bent shape, and is fixed to the shaft of the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251. As shown in FIG. 11C, the tip of the opening / closing lid 252 closes the ball outlet 224a in the lowered state, and opens the ball outlet 224a in the raised state (two-dot chain line in FIG. 11C). . The rail side wall member 226 is provided with two shafts 226a formed to determine the movable range of the opening / closing lid 252. By abutting on each shaft, the ascending position and the descending position of the opening / closing lid 252 are provided. Be regulated. In addition, the opening / closing lid 252 is disposed to face the gaming ball located on the most downstream side among the gaming balls supported by the closing plate 234 that opens and closes the discharge port 201 a of the upper plate 201. For this reason, when the closing plate 234 is operated and the discharge port 201a of the upper plate 201 is opened in a state where the path of the game ball to the ball feeding mechanism 94 side is closed by the opening / closing lid 252, the upstream side from the opening / closing lid 252. Are all discharged from the outlet 201a.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŒๅทฆๅ›žใ‚Šใซๅ›žๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฏไธ‹้™ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒใƒฌใƒผใƒซๅดๅฃ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฎไธ‹ๅดใฎ่ปธ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ฝใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงไธ‹้™ใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ใŒ่ฆๅˆถใ•ใ‚Œใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใฆ้™ๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใฆใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŒๅณๅ›žใ‚Šใซๅ›žๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฏไธŠๆ˜‡ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒใƒฌใƒผใƒซๅดๅฃ้ƒจๆ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฎไธŠๅดใฎ่ปธ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ฝใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงไธŠๆ˜‡ใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ใŒ่ฆๅˆถใ•ใ‚Œใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎไธ‹็ซฏใฏ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ—ใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใฆ้™ๆญขใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹๏ผ‰ใ€‚ ย ย Here, the operation of the second opening / closing unit 250 will be described. When the ball exit opening / closing motor 251 is driven to rotate counterclockwise under the control of the dispensing and launch control device 611, the opening / closing lid 252 is lowered. When the opening / closing lid 252 is lowered until it comes into contact with the lower shaft 226a of the rail side wall member 226, the rotation of the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is restricted, and the opening / closing lid 252 is stationary with the ball outlet 224a closed. On the other hand, when the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is driven to rotate clockwise under the control of the dispensing discharge control device 611 in a state where the ball outlet 224a is closed by the opening / closing lid 252, the opening / closing lid 252 rises. When the opening / closing lid 252 is raised until it comes into contact with the upper shaft 226a of the rail side wall member 226, the rotation of the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is restricted, and the lower end of the opening / closing lid 252 is positioned above the ball outlet 224a. It stops in the state which open | released (state of FIG.12 (b)).

ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๅˆถๅพกๅ†…ๅฎนใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใซใคใ„ใฆใฏๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ใŒใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ€ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎใ‚ชใƒณใ‚ชใƒ•ใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‚’ๆกใฃใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’่กŒใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๆœŸ้–“ไธญใซใฏใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซๆ‰‹ใŒ่งฆใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ„ๆœŸ้–“ไธญใซใฏ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใธใฏๆตๅ…ฅใ—ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’่กŒใ†ใŸใ‚ใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ—ใŸๅพŒใ€ๅ…จใ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใชใ„ใงๅˆฅใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซ็งปๅ‹•ใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ€Ÿใ‚ŠใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใ€็ƒๆŠœใใฎใŸใ‚ใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๆจชใฎ็ƒๆŠœใใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’ๆŠผไธ‹ๆ“ไฝœใ—ใฆ้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใ‚’ๅ‹•ไฝœใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใจใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ๏ผ‘็ƒๆฎ‹ใ‚‰ใšไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๆตไธ‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใจใชใ‚‹ใพใงใ€ๅณใกใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‚’ๆกใ‚‹ใพใงใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅดใธๆตไธ‹ใ—ใชใ„ใ‹ใ‚‰ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ—ใชใ„ๅพ“ๆฅใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไธŠ็šฟใธๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ—ใŸๅพŒใซ็ƒๆŠœใใ‚’่กŒใ†ๅ ดๅˆใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅดใธๆตไธ‹ใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒ็ญ‰ใ‚’ใ‚ใ–ใ‚ใ–้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๆ‰“ใก่พผใ‚“ใ ใ‚Šใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใซใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ™ใ‚‹ใชใฉใฎ้ขๅ€’ใชๆ“ไฝœใŒๅฟ…่ฆใจใชใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๆ“ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅ€Ÿใ‚Šๅ…ฅใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็„ก้ง„ใซๆถˆ่ฒปใ—ใฆใ—ใพใฃใฆใ„ใŸใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซๅฏพใ—ใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใ‚’่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใฏใ€ๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใก้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธ็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็ฐกๅ˜ใ‹ใค็ขบๅฎŸใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€็„ก้ง„ใช้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆถˆ่ฒปใ‚’ๆŠ‘ใˆใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The payout launch control device 611 drives the ball exit opening / closing motor 251 so as to be interlocked with the launch operation by the player, specifically, on / off of the touch sensor of the operation handle 310, as will be described in detail later. The open / close lid 252 opens the ball outlet 224a while the player is holding the operation handle 310 to play a game, and the open / close lid 252 is open to the ball outlet 224a when the player is not touching the operation handle 310. Is closed so that the game ball does not flow into the introduction port 102b of the ball launching unit 90. For this reason, after a player puts a game ball into the upper plate 201 in order to play a game, the player moves to another pachinko machine 10 without playing any game, or stops the game and borrows it from the game hall To return the ball, if the closing plate 234 is operated by depressing the ball removal button 216 beside the upper plate 201 to remove the ball, the game ball thrown into the upper plate 201 flows down to the lower plate 301 without remaining one ball. To do. This is because the game ball does not flow down to the ball launching unit 90 until the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is turned on, that is, until the player holds the operation handle 310. In a conventional gaming machine that does not have an open / close lid 252, when removing a ball after throwing the game ball into the upper plate, the game ball or the like that has flowed down to the ball launching unit 90 side is bothered into the game area or made into a foul ball. It was necessary to perform a cumbersome operation such as playing, and the game balls borrowed by this operation were wasted. On the other hand, by providing an opening / closing lid 252 that opens and closes the ball outlet 224a in conjunction with the player's launch operation, the player can easily and easily release the game ball before being launched into the game area. It can be reliably returned, and wasteful consumption of game balls can be suppressed.

ใชใŠใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅฟ…ใšใ—ใ‚‚ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅŠ›ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้–‹้–‰ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๅฟ…่ฆใฏใชใ„ใ€‚ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใชใฉๅˆฅใฎ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅŠ›ใ‚’ไป˜ไธŽใ™ใ‚‹่ฃ…็ฝฎใง้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒๅ‹•ไฝœใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใจ้–‹้–‰่“‹ใจใ‚’ใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ็ญ‰ใง้€ฃ็ตใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆ“ไฝœใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย Note that the opening / closing lid 252 is not necessarily configured to perform an opening / closing operation by the driving force of the motor 251. The opening / closing lid 252 may be configured to operate by a device that applies another driving force such as a solenoid. The operation handle 310 and the opening / closing lid are connected by a cable or the like, and the opening / closing lid is interlocked with the operation of the operation handle 310. The ball outlet 224a may be opened and closed.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ€ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ๏ผณ๏ฝโˆ’๏ผณ๏ฝ็ทšใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ๏ผณ๏ฝ‚โˆ’๏ผณ๏ฝ‚็ทšใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ๏ผณ๏ฝƒโˆ’๏ผณ๏ฝƒ็ทšใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ็Ÿขๅฐ๏ผถๆ–นๅ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใŸใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ๆ‹กๅคงๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the glass unit 17 attached to the back surface of the front frame 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 13 is a front view of the glass unit 17. 14 is a cross-sectional view taken along line Sa-Sa in FIG. 13, FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view taken along line Sb-Sb in FIG. 13, and FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along line Sc-Sc in FIG. It is. FIG. 17 is a partially enlarged view of the glass unit 17 as viewed from the direction of the arrow V in FIG.

ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฏใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใฎใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใ‚’ๅ‰ๅพŒๅฏพใซใ—ใฆๅˆฅใ€…ใซๅ‰้ขๆž ใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใชใใ€ๅ…จไฝ“ใจใ—ใฆใฏไธธๅฝขใ‚’ใชใ™๏ผ’ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’ไธ€ไฝ“ๅŒ–๏ผˆใ‚ขใƒƒใ‚ปใƒณใƒ–ใƒชๅŒ–๏ผ‰ใ—ใŸไธŠใงๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใฎๅฝข็Šถใซใปใผๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆใ€็•ฅๅ††ๅฝขใงๅŒไธ€ๅฝข็Šถใ‚’ใชใ™ๅ‰ๅพŒไธ€ๅฏพใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใจใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‘จ็ธใ‚’ๅ›ฒใ‚€ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The glass unit 17 in the present embodiment is not formed by attaching rectangular plate glasses to the front frame separately in front and rear pairs as in the prior art, but as a whole, two plate glasses 151 having a round shape are integrated (assembled). And then attached to the front frame 14. The glass unit 17 substantially corresponds to the shape of the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14 and is provided so as to surround a pair of front and rear plate glasses 151 that are substantially circular and have the same shape, and the periphery of the plate glasses 151. The holding frame 153 is provided.

ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใฏใ€๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๆ–ญ้ข็•ฅใ€Œใฒใ€ๅญ—็Šถใซใฆๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎๅค–ๅฝขใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ็’ฐ็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใฎไธกๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎไธŠไธ‹ไธกๅด๏ผ‰ใซใฏใ€ไธ€ๅฏพใฎ้‰ค็Šถๆ–ญ้ขใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎไฟๆŒ้ƒจใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ„ๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅค–ๅ‘จใŒๅ›ฒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ไธ€้ขๅดใฎๅค–ๅ‘จ็ธใŒไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซๆŽฅ่งฆใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใจๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใจใฏๆŽฅ็€ๆใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใใ‚Œใžใ‚ŒๆŽฅ็€๏ผˆใƒ›ใƒƒใƒˆใƒกใƒซใƒˆๆŽฅ็€ๆ็ญ‰ใงๆŽฅ็€๏ผ‰ๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ€๏ผ’ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใใ‚Œใ‚‰ใฎ้–“ใซไป‹ๅœจใ™ใ‚‹ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆ‰€ๅฎš้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงไธ€ไฝ“ๅŒ–ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The holding frame 153 is made of ABS resin, and is formed in an annular shape along the outer shape of the plate glass 151 with a substantially โ€œhโ€ -shaped cross section as shown in FIG. For this reason, on both sides of the holding frame 153 (upper and lower sides in FIG. 14), a holding portion for the plate glass 151 formed in a pair of bowl-shaped cross sections is formed, and the outer periphery of each plate glass 151 is surrounded by the holding frame 153 The outer peripheral edge on the one surface side is disposed in contact with the holding frame 153. The holding frame 153 and the plate glass 151 are respectively bonded and fixed by an adhesive (bonded with a hot-melt adhesive or the like), and the two plate glasses 151 are integrated with a predetermined interval by a holding frame 153 interposed therebetween. It becomes.

ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไธ€ๆ–นๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅทฆไธ‹ๅด๏ผ‰ใซใŠใ„ใฆๅค–ๆ–นใซ่†จๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅฝข็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚‚ใ€ใใฎ่†จๅ‡บ้ƒจๅˆ†ใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซไธ€้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒ่†จๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅฝข็Šถใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ่†จๅ‡บ้ƒจๅˆ†ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–้ขใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๅค–ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจๅ†…ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซใฎไธ€้ƒจ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“ใฎๅทฆไธ‹ๅดใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†๏ผ‰ใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ใ‚ซใƒใƒผใจใชใ‚Šใ€่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ๅ‰้ขๅดใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆตๅ‡บใ‚’่ฆๅˆถใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 13, the holding frame 153 is formed in a shape that bulges outward on one side (lower left side in FIG. 13), and a part of the plate glass 151 also bulges so as to cover the bulged portion. The shape is out. This bulging portion serves as a cover that covers a part of the guide rail formed by the outer rail 62 and the inner rail 61 on the surface of the game board 16 (the lower left portion in FIG. 3), and the front surface of the game board 16 in the guide rail portion. The outflow of game balls to the side is regulated.

ใพใŸใ€ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใฏใ€ไธ€ๆ–นๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅทฆไธ‹ๅด๏ผ‰ใซใŠใ„ใฆๅค–ๆ–นใซ่†จๅ‡บใ—ใŸ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซใ€๏ผ’ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎ้–“ใฎ้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’ๅŒบ็”ปใ™ใ‚‹ๅŒบ็”ปๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅŒบ็”ปๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š๏ผ’ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎ้–“ใซๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ”ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ”ๅ†…ใซๆฐดๅˆ†ใฎ็ต้œฒใ‚„ๆ›‡ใ‚Šใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซๅธๆนฟใ‚’่กŒใ†ไนพ็‡ฅๅ…ท๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ•ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไนพ็‡ฅๅ…ท๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ•ใฏใ€๏ผ’็‰‡๏ผ‘็ต„ใฎใ‚ฑใƒผใ‚น้ƒจๆใ‚’ๅฏพๅ‘ใ•ใ›ใฆๅ†…้ƒจใซๅŽๅฎน็ฉบ้–“ใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ฑใƒผใ‚ทใƒณใ‚ฐใจใ€ใใฎใ‚ฑใƒผใ‚ทใƒณใ‚ฐๅ†…ใซๅคšๆ•ฐๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็ฒ’ไธŠใฎไนพ็‡ฅๅ‰คใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ฑใƒผใ‚ทใƒณใ‚ฐๅ†…ใฏ้š”ๅฃ๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎ้ƒจๅฑ‹ใซๅŒบ็”ปใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ„้ƒจๅฑ‹ๆฏŽใซไนพ็‡ฅๅ‰คใŒๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไนพ็‡ฅๅ‰คใจใ—ใฆใฏใ‚ผใ‚ชใƒฉใ‚คใƒ‰ใ‚„ใ‚ทใƒชใ‚ซใ‚ฒใƒซ็ญ‰ใŒๆŒ™ใ’ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใ‚ฑใƒผใ‚ทใƒณใ‚ฐใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅ†…ๅค–ใ‚’้€ฃ้€šใ™ใ‚‹ๅคšๆ•ฐใฎๅฐๅญ”ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€๏ผ’ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซใฆๅฏ†ๅฐใพใŸใฏใปใผๅฏ†ๅฐใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็ฉบ้–“ๅ†…ใฎ็ฉบๆฐ—ใŒๅŠน็Ž‡็š„ใซ้™คๆนฟใ•ใ‚Œใ€็ต้œฒ็ญ‰ใฎ็™บ็”ŸใŒ้˜ฒๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใฎๅŒบ็”ปๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝใŠใ‚ˆใณไนพ็‡ฅๅ…ท๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ•ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้–‹ๅฃใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚ๅค–ๅ‘จๅดใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ฃ…้ฃพใซไธ่ฆใชไนพ็‡ฅๅ…ท๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ•็ญ‰ใŒๅค–้ƒจใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ–่ชใ•ใ‚Œใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, the holding frame 153 is provided with a partition wall 153a that partitions an area between the two glass sheets 151 in a portion that bulges outward on one side (lower left side in FIG. 13). A storage portion 154 is formed between the two plate glasses 151 by the partition wall 153a, and a drying tool 155 that absorbs moisture is provided in the storage portion 154 in order to prevent moisture condensation and fogging. The drying tool 155 is composed of a casing that forms a housing space inside with a pair of two case members facing each other, and a desiccant on the grains housed in the casing. The casing is partitioned into a plurality of rooms by partition walls (not shown), and a desiccant is accommodated in each room. Examples of the desiccant include zeolite and silica gel. The casing is formed with a large number of small holes communicating with the inside and outside of the casing, and the air in the space sealed or almost sealed by the two glass sheets 151 is efficiently dehumidified to prevent the occurrence of condensation. It has become so. The partition wall 153a and the drying tool 155 of the holding frame 153 are disposed on the outer peripheral side of the opening formed by the window portion 14c of the front frame 14, and the drying tool 155 and the like unnecessary for decoration of the pachinko machine 10 are externally provided. Is not visible.

ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€๏ผ’ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใจไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ›ฒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ†…้ƒจ็ฉบ้–“ใจๅค–้ƒจใจใ‚’้€ฃ้€šใ™ใ‚‹้€ƒใŒใ—ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใŒ็ฉฟ่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้€ƒใŒใ—ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฏใ€ๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎๆŽฅ็€ๅ›บๅฎšใ‚’ๅฎนๆ˜“ใ‹ใค็ขบๅฎŸใชใ‚‚ใฎใจใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้€ƒใŒใ—ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฎๅ…ฅๅฃ้ƒจใซใฏใ€ๆŽฅ็€ๅ‰คใŒๆณจๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚Œใฆไนพ็‡ฅใ—ใ€็กฌๅŒ–ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้€ƒใŒใ—ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฎๅ†…้ขๅฝข็Šถใฏใ€ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใฎๅค–ๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ‹ๅด๏ผ‰ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ†…ๅดใธๆฌก็ฌฌใซๅ†…ๅพ„ใŒ็ธฎๅฐใ™ใ‚‹ใƒ†ใƒผใƒ‘็Šถ๏ผˆๅ††้Œๅฝข็Šถ๏ผ‰ใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅค–ๅดใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎๆŽฅ็€ๅ‰คใฎๆณจๅ…ฅๆ™‚ใซ้€ƒใŒใ—ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใŒๅฎŒๅ…จใซ้–‰ๅกžใ•ใ‚Œๆ˜“ใใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 15, the holding frame 153 is provided with an escape hole 153 b that communicates the internal space surrounded by the two plate glasses 151 and the holding frame 153 with the outside. This escape hole 153b is provided in order to make the bonding and fixing of the plate glass 151 easy and reliable. Adhesive is injected into the entrance of the escape hole 153b, dried and hardened. Further, the inner shape of the escape hole 153b is formed in a tapered shape (conical shape) in which the inner diameter gradually decreases from the outside (the lower side in FIG. 13) to the inside of the holding frame 153, and when the adhesive is injected from the outside. The escape hole 153b is easily closed completely.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎ็ต„ใฟ็ซ‹ใฆๅทฅ็จ‹ใซใคใ„ใฆใ€็‰นใซไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซ๏ผ’ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๆŽฅ็€ๅ›บๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹้ƒจๅˆ†ใ‚’ไธญๅฟƒใซ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผ‘ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’่ผ‰็ฝฎใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใ—ใ€ใใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใ‚’ๆŽฅ็€ๅ›บๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆฌกใ„ใงใ€ๅŽๅฎน้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ”ใซไนพ็‡ฅๅ…ท๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ•ใ‚’ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใ—ใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ใ€๏ผ’ๆžš็›ฎใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซๆŽฅ็€ๅ›บๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Here, the assembling process of the glass unit 17 will be described with a focus on the portion where the two glass plates 151 are bonded and fixed to the holding frame 153 in particular. One plate glass 151 is placed, and the holding frame 153 is bonded and fixed to the plate glass 151. Next, after the drying tool 155 is set in the housing portion 154, the second sheet glass 151 is bonded and fixed to the holding frame 153.

ใ“ใฎ๏ผ’ๆžš็›ฎใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๆŽฅ็€ใ‚’ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ขบๅฎŸใชใ‚‚ใฎใจใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซๅผทใ„ๅŠ›ใงๆŠผๅœงใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใชใ‚‹ใŒใ€ใ“ใฎๆŠผๅœงใซ้š›ใ—ใ€๏ผ’ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘้–“ใฎ็ฉบๆฐ—ใŒๅœง็ธฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใŠใใ‚ŒใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚‚ใ—็ฉบๆฐ—ใŒๅผทใๅœง็ธฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€็ฉบๆฐ—ใฎ่†จๅผตใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆŽฅ็€ๅพŒใซๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŒไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ‰ฅ้›ขใ—ใฆใ—ใพใ†ใ“ใจใŒๆ‡ธๅฟตใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็‚นใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€้€ƒใŒใ—ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎ้–“ใจๅค–้ƒจใจใฎ็ฉบๆฐ—ใฎๅ‡บๅ…ฅใ‚ŠใŒๅฏ่ƒฝใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€๏ผ’ๆžš็›ฎใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŒๆŽฅ็€ๅ›บๅฎšๆ™‚ใซๆŠผๅœงใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ‚‚็ฉบๆฐ—ใŒๅœง็ธฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใชใใ€็ฉบๆฐ—ใฎ่†จๅผตใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŒๅ‰ฅ้›ขใ—ใฆใ—ใพใ†ใจใ„ใฃใŸไบ‹ๆ…‹ใฏ่ตทใ“ใ‚‰ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The second sheet glass 151 is pressed with a strong force in order to make the bonding more reliable. However, the air between the two sheet glasses 151 may be compressed during the pressing. If the air is strongly compressed, there is a concern that the plate glass 151 may be peeled off from the holding frame 153 after bonding due to the expansion of the air. In this respect, in the present embodiment, air can enter and exit between the glass plates 151 and the outside through the escape holes 153b, so that the air is compressed even if the second glass plate 151 is pressed during adhesion fixing. In other words, the situation that the plate glass 151 is peeled off from the holding frame 153 due to the expansion of air does not occur.

๏ผ’ๆžšใฎๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซๆŽฅ็€ใ—ใŸๅพŒใซใฏใ€้€ƒใŒใ—ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใซๆŽฅ็€ๅ‰คใ‚’ๆณจๅ…ฅใ—ใ€ๆ™‚้–“ใ‚’ใŠใ„ใฆไนพ็‡ฅ็กฌๅŒ–ใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘้–“ใซใฏใ€ๅฏ†ๅฐใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็ฉบ้–“ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆนฟๆฐ—ใ‚„ๅŸƒ็ญ‰ใฎไพตๅ…ฅใ‚’่ฆๅˆถใ—ใ€ใพใŸไนพ็‡ฅๅ…ท๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ•ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๅธๆนฟๅŠนๆžœใ‚’้ซ˜ใ‚ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎ่ฆ–่ชๆ€งใ‚’่‰ฏ่ณชใชใ‚‚ใฎใจใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย After the two plate glasses 151 are bonded to the holding frame 153, an adhesive is injected into the escape hole 153b, and is dried and cured after a certain time. As a result, a sealed space is formed between the glass plates 151, and the intrusion of moisture, dust, etc. is restricted, and the hygroscopic effect by the drying tool 155 is enhanced to improve the visibility of the game area. it can.

ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅ‘จ็ธใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹่ค‡ๆ•ฐใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซใฆๅค–ๆ–นใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ–ไป˜้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝƒใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„ๅ–ไป˜้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝƒใฏใ€ๅŒไธ€ใฎๅฝข็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅ„ๅ–ไป˜้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝƒใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๆฟใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚น๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎ้ขๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๆŒฟ้€šๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝ„ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ–ไป˜้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝƒใฎไธ€ๆ–นใฎ้ข๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎไธŠๅดใฎ้ข๏ผ‰ใซใฏใ€ๆŒฟ้€šๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝ„ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซๅฐๅพ„ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹่–„่‚‰ใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใƒฏใƒƒใ‚ทใƒฃใจใ—ใฆใฎ้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใŒๅฐใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซๆŒฟ้€šๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝ„ใจ้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅฐๅพ„ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ฝใจใซๆŒฟ้€šใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ€ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใ‚’ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The holding frame 153 is provided with mounting portions 153c that protrude outward at a plurality of locations on the periphery thereof. Each attachment portion 153c is formed in the same shape, and each attachment portion 153c is provided with an insertion hole 153d along the surface direction of the plate glass 151, as shown in FIG. Further, a metal plate 161 as a thin washer having a small-diameter hole 161a at a position corresponding to the insertion hole 153d is held on one surface (the upper surface in FIG. 16) of the attachment portion 153c by a small screw 162. It is fixed to the frame 153. Further, an attachment screw 163 for attaching the glass unit 17 to the front frame 14 is provided so as to be inserted through the insertion hole 153 d and the small diameter hole 161 a of the metal plate 161.

ๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€่กจ้ขใŒๅนณๆป‘ใชๅ††็ญ’็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝใจใ€่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏๅดใซไธ€ไฝ“ๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้›„ใญใ˜้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใจใ€่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝใฎๅŸบ็ซฏๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝƒใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝใฏใ€้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅฐๅพ„ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฐๅพ„ใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝƒใฏๅคงใใๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้›„ใญใ˜้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฏใ€้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅฐๅพ„ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ฝใซๅฏพใ—ใฆใปใผๅŒไธ€ใฎๅค–ๅพ„ใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ€ๅฐๅพ„ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅค–ๅพ„ใฏๅคงใใ่ฐทใฎๅพ„ใŒๅฐใ•ใๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“ใฏใ€้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅฐๅพ„ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ฝใซ้›„ใญใ˜้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใ‚’ใญใ˜่พผใ‚“ใงๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ใปใผ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝใฎ้•ทใ•ๅˆ†๏ผˆใ‚นใƒˆใƒญใƒผใ‚ฏ้‡๏ผ‰ใ ใ‘็งปๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใช็Šถๆ…‹ใง้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—ไธ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 16, the mounting screw 163 includes a shaft portion 163a formed in a cylindrical shape with a smooth surface, a male screw portion 163b integrally formed on the distal end side of the shaft portion 163a, and a proximal end side of the shaft portion 163a. It is formed by the operation part 163c provided in this. The shaft portion 163a is formed to have a smaller diameter than the small diameter hole 161a of the metal plate 161, while the operation portion 163c is formed to be larger. The male screw portion 163b has substantially the same outer diameter as the small-diameter hole 161a of the metal plate 161, and has an outer diameter larger than that of the small-diameter hole 161a and a smaller valley diameter. For this reason, the mounting screw 163 can be mounted by screwing the male screw portion 163b into the small diameter hole 161a of the metal plate 161, and can be moved through the length of the shaft portion 163a (stroke amount) through the metal plate 161. Thus, the holding frame 153 cannot be removed.

ๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“ใฎๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝƒใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงๅพ„ใฎๅ††็ญ’็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใใฎๅค–ๅ‘จ้ขใŒ่ปธๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆฒฟใฃใŸ็ดฐใ‹ใ„ๆบ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝƒ๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚ฎใ‚ถใ‚ฎใ‚ถใซๅŠ ๅทฅใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝƒใฎ็ซฏ้ขไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใซใฏใ€ๅๅญ—็Šถใฎๆบ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝƒ๏ผ‘ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใƒ—ใƒฉใ‚นใƒ‰ใƒฉใ‚คใƒ็ญ‰ใฎๅทฅๅ…ทใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใŒๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝƒๅค–ๅ‘จ้ขใ‚’ๆŒ‡ๅ…ˆใงๆ‘˜ใ‚“ใงใ‚‚ใ€ๅๅญ—็Šถใฎๆบ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝƒ๏ผ‘ใซๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎๅทฅๅ…ทใ‚’ๅทฎใ—่พผใ‚“ใงใ‚‚ใ€ๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใŒๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎ็€่„ฑๆ“ไฝœใฏใ€ๅทฅๅ…ทใŒใชใใฆใ‚‚ๅฎŸ่กŒๅฏ่ƒฝใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅทฅๅ…ทใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ฐกๅ˜ใ‹ใค็ขบๅฎŸใซๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“ใฏใ€้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซใญใ˜่พผใพใ‚ŒใฆไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—ไธ่ƒฝใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใŸใŒใ€้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅฐๅพ„ๅญ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚’้›„ใญใ˜้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฎๅค–ๅพ„ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใใ—ใฆๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“ใŒๅฎนๆ˜“ใซๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—ๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ผˆๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝƒ๏ผ‰ใจ้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจใฎ้–“ใซใฏใ€ใ‚นใƒ—ใƒชใƒณใ‚ฐใƒฏใƒƒใ‚ทใƒฃ็ญ‰ใฎ็ทฉใฟๆญขใ‚็”จใฎๅบง้‡‘ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ฝƒใฎๅค–ๅพ„ๅฝข็Šถใฏใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ใ—ใŸๅฝข็Šถใซ้™ๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใšๆ‰‹ใงๅ›žๅ‹•ใ—ๆ˜“ใ„ๅฝข็Šถใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€่ปธใฎไธกๅดใซๆฟ็Šถใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹้ƒจไฝใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ„ใ‚ใ‚†ใ‚‹่ถใƒใ‚ธใฎใ‚ˆใ†ใซๅฝขๆˆใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 17, the operation portion 163c of the mounting screw 163 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a diameter larger than that of the shaft portion 163a, and its outer peripheral surface is processed to be jagged by a fine groove 163c2 along the axial direction. In addition, a cross-shaped groove 163c1 is provided at the center of the end surface of the operation portion 163c, and the mounting screw 163 can be rotated by a tool such as a Phillips screwdriver. For this reason, even if the outer peripheral surface of the operation part 163c is pinched with a fingertip, even if a predetermined tool is inserted into the cross-shaped groove 163c1, the attaching screw 163 can be rotated. Therefore, the attachment / detachment operation of the glass unit 17 can be performed without a tool, and can be performed more easily and reliably when there is a tool. The mounting screw 163 is configured to be screwed into the metal plate 161 so that it cannot be removed from the holding frame 153. However, the mounting screw 163 has a small-diameter hole 161a of the metal plate 161 larger than the outer diameter of the male screw portion 163b. May be easily removable. Further, a locking washer such as a spring washer may be provided between the mounting screw 163 (operation unit 163c) and the metal plate 162. Further, the outer diameter shape of the operation portion 163c is not limited to the above-described shape, and may be formed so as to be easily rotated by hand, for example, a so-called thumb screw having portions protruding in a plate shape on both sides of the shaft. good.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃๅดใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ–ไป˜้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝƒใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹่ค‡ๆ•ฐใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซ้›Œใญใ˜ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ่ขซๅ–ไป˜ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ—ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ่ขซๅ–ไป˜ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ—ใฏใ€ใƒœใ‚น๏ผˆๅ††็ญ’๏ผ‰็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซๅ†…้ขใซๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“ใ‚’ใญใ˜่พผใฟๅฏ่ƒฝใช้›Œใญใ˜ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้‡‘ๅฑž่ฃฝใฎ้ƒจๆใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใฎๆ‰€ๅฎšไฝ็ฝฎใซใƒใ‚ธใพใŸใฏๅœงๅ…ฅใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„่ขซๅ–ไป˜ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ—ใซๅ–ไป˜้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ฝƒใŒใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œๅ–ไป˜ใƒใ‚ธ๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ“ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฏๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅ–ไป˜ๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the back side of the front frame 14, as shown in FIG. 11A, there are provided attachments 227 in which female screws are formed at a plurality of locations corresponding to the attachment portions 153 c provided on the glass unit 17. The fixture 227 is a metal member that is formed in a boss (cylindrical) shape and has an internal thread on which an attachment screw 163 can be screwed, and is screwed or press-fitted into a predetermined position of the front frame base 200. Each is fixed. The glass unit 17 is attached and fixed to the back surface of the front frame 14 by fixing the attachment portions 153 c to the attachments 227 by the attachment screws 163.

ใพใŸใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃๅดใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใฎๅค–ๅ‘จๅฝข็Šถใฎไธ€้ƒจใซๆฒฟใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹๏ผ“ใคใฎใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝƒใŒๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใซไธ€ไฝ“ๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹ๅดใฎใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝ‚๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝƒใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใฎ็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎไธ‹ๅด๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซใŠใ„ใฆไธŠๅดใฎใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใฆ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎๅ–ไป˜ๆ™‚ใซใฏใใฎไธ‹ๅดใ‚’ๆ”ฏๆŒใ—ใฆๅ–ไป˜ใ‚’่ฃœๅŠฉใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ไธŠๅดใฎใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹ๅดใฎไธ€ๆ–นใฎใƒชใƒ–๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ฝƒใซใฏใ€ๅ„ใƒชใƒ–ใฎ็ชๅ‡บๆ–นๅ‘ๅดใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจใซใŠใ„ใฆ็ช“้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝƒใฎไธญๅฟƒๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ไฟ‚ๆญข็ช่ตทใŒไธ€ไฝ“ๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎๅ–ไป˜ใซ้š›ใ—ใฆใฏใ€ใใฎไฟ‚ๆญข็ช่ตทใŒไฟๆŒใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใฎๅค–ๅ‘จ็ธใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ‡น้ƒจใซๅตŒใ‚Š่พผใ‚“ใงใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใ‚’ไปฎๆญขใ‚ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, on the back side of the front frame 14, as shown in FIG. 2, three ribs 200 a to 200 c that protrude to the back side along a part of the outer peripheral shape of the holding frame 153 are integrally formed with the front frame base 200. Has been. The lower ribs 200b and 200c are provided so as to protrude larger than the upper rib 200a at the two lower portions of the window portion 14c of the front frame base 200. When the glass unit 17 is attached, the lower ribs 200b and 200c are attached to support the lower side. To assist. The upper rib 200a and the lower rib 200c are integrally formed with a locking projection that protrudes toward the center of the window portion 14c at the leading end of each rib in the protruding direction. At the time of attachment, the glass projection 17 can be temporarily fixed by fitting the engaging projection into a recess provided on the outer peripheral edge of the holding frame 153.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซๆˆปใฃใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๆง‹ๆˆใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅณๅด็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผˆใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ‰ใซใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๆฉŸๆง‹ใจใ—ใฆใ€ไธŠไธ‹๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ˜๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ™ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ˜๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ™ใ‚’็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฏ้–‹ๆ”พๅฏ่ƒฝใซ่ฃ…็€ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, returning to FIG. 11A, the configuration of the front frame 14 will be described. Support metal fittings 228 and 229 are attached to two upper and lower portions as a support mechanism of the inner frame 13 on the right side end portion of the rear surface of the front frame 14 (left end portion in front view of the pachinko machine 10). By assembling the support brackets 228 and 229 on the front frame 14 side to the support brackets 33 and 34 on the inner frame 13 side (see FIG. 5A), the front frame 14 is attached to the inner frame 13 so as to be openable. .

ใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ฉณใ—ใ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎไธŠๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฏใ€็•ฅๆฃ’็Šถใ‚’ใชใ—ใ€ใใฎไธŠ้ƒจใฎๅพ„ใŒไธ‹้ƒจใฎๅพ„ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคชใ„ๆฎตไป˜ใใฎๅ††ๆŸฑ็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎไธŠๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸใ‚ˆใ†ใซๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซ้–‹ๅฃใ—ใŸๅˆ‡ๆฌ ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝใฎๅˆ‡ๆฌ ใฎๅน…ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ไธŠๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ไธŠ้ƒจใฎๅพ„ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็‹ญใใ€ไธ‹้ƒจใฎๅพ„ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅบƒใใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ไธŠๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฎไธ‹้ƒจ๏ผˆๅฐๅพ„ใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝๅ†…ใซๅตŒใ‚ใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ใ€ๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใ‚’ไธ‹ๆ–นใซใ‚นใƒฉใ‚คใƒ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€ๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฎๅคงๅพ„ใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝๅ†…ใซๅตŒใฃใฆๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใŒๅค–ใ‚Œใชใใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย More specifically, the support bracket 228 on the upper side of the front frame 14 has a substantially rod shape, and is formed in a stepped columnar shape whose upper diameter is thicker than the lower diameter. The support bracket 33 on the upper side of the inner frame 13 is provided with a support hole 33a having a notch opened on the front side of the inner frame 13 as described above. 14 is narrower than the upper diameter of the upper support fitting 228 and wider than the lower diameter. Therefore, when the lower portion (small diameter portion) of the upper support fitting 228 is fitted into the support hole 33a and then the support fitting 228 is slid downward, the large diameter portion of the support fitting 228 is fitted into the support hole 33a. The support fitting 228 cannot be removed from the support hole 33a.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎไธ‹ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ™ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใƒใ‚ธใงๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใ‹ใ‚‰ไธ‹็ซฏ้ขใซใ‚ใŸใฃใฆๆŠ˜ใ‚Šๆ›ฒใ’ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ™ใซใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ขใซไธŠๆ–นใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ้–‹ๅฃใ—ใŸๆ”ฏๆŒ็ฉด๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ™๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ็ฉด๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ™๏ฝใซใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ”ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝใŒๅตŒใ‚Š่พผใฟใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ›žๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The lower support bracket 229 on the lower side of the front frame 14 is fixed to the back side of the front frame 14 with screws, and is formed by bending from the back side to the lower end surface. The support fitting 229 is provided with a support hole 229a that opens upward at the lower end surface of the front frame 14, and the support hole 229a has a protruding shaft formed by the support fitting 34 on the inner frame 13 side. The front frame 14 is rotatably supported with respect to the inner frame 13.

ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใธใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ…็€ๆ‰‹้ †ใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€ใพใšใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ไธŠๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฎไธ‹้ƒจ๏ผˆๅฐๅพ„ใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†๏ผ‰ใ‚’ใ€ๅˆ‡ๆฌ ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝใซๆŒฟๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ไธ‹ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ็ฉด๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ™๏ฝใ‚’ใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ไธ‹ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ”ใฎ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝใซไฝ็ฝฎใ•ใ›ใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’ไธ‹ๆ–นใซใ‚นใƒฉใ‚คใƒ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ไธŠๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฏๅคงๅพ„ใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ฝๅ†…ใซๅตŒใฃใฆๅค–ใ‚Œใชใใชใ‚Šใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ไธ‹ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ™ใ‚‚็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝใซๅ›žๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ่ฃ…็€ใŒๅฎŒไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As a procedure for mounting the front frame 14 to the inner frame 13, first, the lower portion (small diameter portion) of the support fitting 228 on the upper side of the front frame 14 is inserted into the support hole 33a through the notch. Next, the front frame 14 is slid downward after the support hole 229a on the lower side of the front frame 14 is positioned on the protruding shaft 34a of the support fitting 34 on the lower side of the inner frame 13. The support metal 228 on the upper side of the front frame 14 has a large-diameter portion fitted into the support hole 33a so that it cannot be removed. Installation is complete.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ˜ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ™ใ‚’ไธปใซๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ˜ใฏไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ™ใฏใใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฏใ€ๆจช้•ท็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎไธ‹็šฟใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผใซใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚„ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the lower plate unit 15 will be described with reference mainly to FIGS. 18 and 19. 18 is a front view of the lower plate unit 15, and FIG. 19 is a rear view thereof. The lower plate unit 15 is obtained by attaching a lower plate 301, an operation handle 310, and the like to an ABS resin lower plate base 300 formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape.

ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ˜ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใปใผไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใซ็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใจใ—ใฆใฎไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎไธ‹็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚’้€šใ˜ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซ่ฒฏ็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผใจใฏๅˆฅ้ƒจๅ“ใงๅฝขๆˆใ—ใŸ้›ฃ็‡ƒๆ€งใฎ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใ‚’่กจ้ขใซ่ฒผใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎใ™ในใฆใ‚’้›ฃ็‡ƒๆ€งใฎ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใงๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใฏๅฟ…่ฆใงใชใ„ใŒใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ้ข้ƒจๅˆ†ใ€ๅณใกไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ้ขๅฑคใจไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅฅฅๆ–นใฎๅ‰้ขใƒ‘ใƒใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’ใจใ‚’๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใงๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๅฅฝใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€็ซใฎใคใ„ใŸ็…™่‰ใŒๆ”พ็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅฑ้™บใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ใใฎ่กจ้ข้ƒจๅˆ†ใ‚’้›ฃ็‡ƒๆ€งใฎ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใงๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆๅ‚ทใ‚„็ซ็ฝใฎ็™บ็”Ÿใ‚’ๆŠ‘ๆญขใงใใ‚‹ใ‹ใ‚‰ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰้ขใƒ‘ใƒใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€ใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎ้Ÿณใ‚’ๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅคšๆ•ฐใฎใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ“ใŒ็ฉฟ่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏใ€ใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซๅญ”๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ“ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใŒใƒใ‚ธใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 18, the lower plate unit 15 is provided with a lower plate 301 as a ball receiving plate member at a substantially central portion, and passes through the discharge port 301a from the lower plate discharge port 36a (see FIG. 2) on the inner frame 13 side. The discharged game balls are configured to be stored in the lower plate 301. The lower plate 301 is formed by sticking a flame retardant ABS resin formed as a separate component to the lower plate base 300 to the surface. Although it is not necessary to form all of the lower plate 301 with flame-retardant ABS resin, at least the surface portion of the lower plate 301, that is, the surface layer of the lower plate 301 and the front panel 302 at the back of the lower plate 301 are made of ABS resin. It is preferable to form. Since there is a danger that the lit cigarette is left in the lower plate 301, damage to the pachinko machine 10 and the occurrence of fire can be suppressed by forming at least the surface portion thereof with flame-retardant ABS resin. It is. The front panel 302 is provided with a number of speaker holes 303 for outputting sound from the speaker SP, and the speaker SP is screwed at a position corresponding to the speaker hole 303 on the back side of the lower plate unit 15. It is fixed by.

ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆญฃ้ขไธ‹ๆ–น้ƒจใซใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไธ‹ๆ–นใธๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹้š›ใซๆ“ไฝœใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็ƒๆŠœใใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ƒๆŠœใใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ”ใฏใ€ๅธธๆ™‚ใ€ๅณๆ–นๅ‘ใซไป˜ๅ‹ขใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎไป˜ๅ‹ขใซๆŠ—ใ—ใฆๅทฆๆ–นๅ‘ใธใ‚นใƒฉใ‚คใƒ‰ใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅบ•้ขใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅบ•้ขๅฃใŒ้–‹ๅฃใ—ใฆใ€ใใฎๅบ•้ขๅฃใ‹ใ‚‰้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่‡ช็„ถ่ฝไธ‹ใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹็ƒๆŠœใใƒฌใƒใƒผ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎๆ“ไฝœใฏใ€้€šๅธธใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใซไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ—ใ‘ๅ–ใ‚‹็ฎฑ๏ผˆไธ€่ˆฌใซใ€Œใƒ‰ใƒซ็ฎฑใ€ใจ็งฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใ‚’็ฝฎใ„ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the lower part of the front of the lower plate 301, a ball removal lever 304 is provided for operating when the game balls stored in the lower plate 301 are discharged downward. The ball pulling lever 304 is always urged to the right, and by sliding it to the left against the urging, the bottom opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower plate 301 is opened. A game ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball pulling lever 304 is usually performed in a state where a box (generally referred to as โ€œdollar boxโ€) for receiving the game balls discharged from the lower plate 301 is placed below the lower plate 301.

ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅณๆ–นใซใฏใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅทฆๆ–นใซใฏ็ฐ็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ฐ็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•ใฏไธ‹็šฟใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผใซๅ›ž่ปขๅฏ่ƒฝใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ่ปธใจๅ…ฑใซๆ‰‹ๅ‰ๆ–นๅ‘ๅŠใณๅฅฅๆ–นๅ‘ใธๅ›žๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏใ€ใใฎ่ฃ้ขๅ…จไฝ“ใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้‡‘ๅฑž่ฃฝใฎๆฟ้‡‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•่‡ชไฝ“ใฎๅ‰›ๆ€งใŠใ‚ˆใณๅผทๅบฆใŒ้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As described above, the operation handle 310 is disposed on the right side of the lower plate 301, and the ashtray 305 is attached on the left side of the lower plate 301. The ashtray 305 can be rotated in the front and back directions together with a shaft rotatably attached to the lower tray base 300. A metal sheet metal 306 is provided on the back surface side of the lower plate unit 15 so as to cover the entire back surface, and the rigidity and strength of the lower plate unit 15 itself are increased.

ใ“ใฎไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใจๅŒๆง˜ใซใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆๅดใ‚’้–‹้–‰่ปธ็ทšใจใ—ใฆๅ‰ๆ–นๅดใซ้–‹ๆ”พๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€ใใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆไธŠๅดใซๆ”ฏๆŒ็ฉด๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ—ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ใใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆไธ‹ๅดใซๆ”ฏๆŒ่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ็ฉด๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ—ใŠใ‚ˆใณๆ”ฏๆŒ่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ•๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใซ่ฃ…็€ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The lower pan unit 15 is attached to the inner frame 13 so that it can be opened and closed. Like the inner frame 13 and the front frame 14, the lower pan unit 15 can be opened to the front side with the left side when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10 as the opening / closing axis. Yes. The lower dish unit 15 is provided with a support hole 307 on the upper left side of the front view and a support shaft 308 on the lower left side of the front view. When the support hole 307 and the support shaft 308 of the lower plate unit 15 are assembled to the support brackets 34 and 35 on the inner frame 13 side (see FIG. 5A), the lower plate unit 15 opens and closes with respect to the inner frame 13. Installed as possible.

ๆ”ฏๆŒ็ฉด๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ—ใŠใ‚ˆใณๆ”ฏๆŒ่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜ใซใคใ„ใฆใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ฉณใ—ใ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€ๆ”ฏๆŒ็ฉด๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ—ใฏใ€ๆฟ้‡‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–ใฎไธŠ็ซฏ้ƒจใ‚’ๆŠ˜ใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ใŸ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซ็ฉฟ่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅญ”ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ”ใซใŠใ„ใฆไธ‹ๆ–นใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝ‚ใ‚’ๆŒฟ้€šๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ”ฏๆŒ่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ—ใฏใ€ไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๅ‡บๆฒกๅฏ่ƒฝใช็•ฅ้€†๏ผฌๅญ—็Šถใ‚’ใชใ™็ช่ตทใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆฟ้‡‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–ใซ่ฆ†ใ‚ใ‚ŒใŸใฐใญ๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅธธใซใฏไธ‹ๆ–นใธ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซ็ถญๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The support hole 307 and the support shaft 308 will be described in more detail. The support hole 307 is configured by a hole drilled in a portion where the upper end portion of the sheet metal 306 is folded, and protrudes downward in the support bracket 34 on the inner frame 13 side. The protruding shaft 34b can be inserted. The support shaft 307 is configured by a substantially inverted L-shaped protrusion that can be projected and retracted in the vertical direction, and is always maintained in a state of protruding downward by a spring (not shown) covered by the sheet metal 306.

ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎ่ฃ…็€ๆ‰‹้ †ใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€ใพใšใ€ๆ”ฏๆŒ็ฉด๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ—ใซๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎ็ช่ตท่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ”๏ฝ‚ใ‚’ๅทฎใ—่พผใ‚“ใงไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎไธŠๅดใ‚’ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๆ”ฏๆŒ่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜ใ‚’ใฐใญใฎไป˜ๅ‹ขๅŠ›ใซๆŠ—ใ—ใฆๆฒกๅ…ฅ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใ—ใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ”ฏๆŒ่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜ใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏใจๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ไธ‹ๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ“๏ผ•ใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”ใจใฎไฝ็ฝฎใ‚ใ‚ใ›ใ‚’ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ”ฏๆŒ่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜ใจๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”ใจใฎไฝ็ฝฎใŒใ‚ใ†ใจใ€ใฐใญใฎไป˜ๅ‹ขๅŠ›ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆ”ฏๆŒ่ปธ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜ใŒๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”ๅ†…ใซๅตŒใ‚Š่พผใฟใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎ่ฃ…็€ใŒๅฎŒไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As a mounting procedure of the lower plate unit 15, first, the protruding shaft 34 b on the inner frame 13 side is inserted into the support hole 307 to fix the upper side of the lower plate unit 15 to the inner frame 13. Thereafter, the support shaft 308 is brought into an immersive state against the biasing force of the spring, and then the tip of the support shaft 308 is aligned with the support hole of the support fitting 35 provided on the lower side of the inner frame 13. When the positions of the support shaft 308 and the support hole match, the support shaft 308 is fitted into the support hole by the biasing force of the spring, and the mounting of the lower dish unit 15 is completed.

ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๆฟ้‡‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–ใซใฏใ€ใใฎ่ฃ้ขๅทฆๅดใซ็•ฅ็Ÿฉๅฝข็ŠถใงไธŠไธ‹๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซไธฆใ‚“ใงๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸไธ‹็šฟไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎไธ‹็šฟไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใฎไธ‹็šฟ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซไฟ‚ๅˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฏๆ–ฝ้Œ ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ–ฝ้Œ ็Šถๆ…‹ใฎไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฏใ€ใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅฐ‚็”จ้ตใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ่งฃ้Œ ๆ“ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่งฃ้Œ ใ•ใ‚Œใ€้–‹ๆ”พๅฏ่ƒฝใช็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The sheet metal 306 of the lower dish unit 15 is formed with a lower dish engaging portion 15a formed in a substantially rectangular shape and arranged in two upper and lower portions on the left side of the back surface. The lower plate unit 15 is locked by engaging the lower plate engaging portion 15 a with the lower plate hook member 413 of the locking unit 410 provided on the back side of the inner frame 13. The lower plate unit 15 in the locked state is unlocked by performing a predetermined unlocking operation with the dedicated key on the cylinder lock 420 and is in a state where it can be opened.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใฏใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใซใฏๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ€้ƒจใจใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆๅ‰ๆ–นๅดใธใฏ้–‹ๆ”พใ—ๅพ—ใšใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจใพใงใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใŸใ€‚ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซ่ฆ†ใ‚ใ‚ŒใŸๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใจใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใจใŒไธŠไธ‹ใซไธฆในใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใŒใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎใฟใŒๅ‰ๆ–นใธ้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใชใ„ๅ ดๅˆใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจไฝ็ฝฎใซ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎ้…็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎใŒๅˆถ้™ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎไธŠๅดใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’ๅคงใใใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒ้›ฃใ—ใ‹ใฃใŸใ€‚ ย ย Here, the lower plate 301 and the operation handle 310 of the pachinko machine 10 in which the lower plate unit 15 is disposed are conventionally formed as a part of the inner frame 13 and cannot be opened to the front side. 14 up to the lower end of the upper plate 201 formed by the cover 14 is configured to cover the front side of the inner frame 13. On the front side of the inner frame 13 covered with the front frame 14, a game board 16 that forms a game area and a ball launch unit 90 that launches a game ball toward the game area are arranged side by side, When only the front frame 14 is opened forward, and the lower plate 301 and the operation handle 310 are not opened, the arrangement position of the ball launch unit 90 is limited to the lower end portion of the upper plate 201, and the game is formed on the upper side. It was difficult to enlarge the area.

ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ไปฅๅค–ใซไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้–‹ๆ”พๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใ‚’ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚„ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ้‡ใชใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆๅพ“ๆฅใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹ๅดใซ้…็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ใใฎๅˆ†ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’ไธŠไธ‹ใซๅคงใใๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒ้–‹ๆ”พๅฏ่ƒฝใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹่ฃ้ขๅดใซๅŠ ใˆใฆใ€ใใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใจๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใจใฎๅ„้ขใซๅ„็จฎ้ƒจๅ“ใ‚„้…็ทšใ‚’ๅŽๅฎนใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€้ƒจๅ“ใ‚„้…็ทšใฎ่จญ่จˆ่‡ช็”ฑๅบฆใŒ้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚„ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซๅฏพใ—ใฆไฝœๆฅญใ‚’่กŒใ†ๅ ดๅˆใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจใ‚’็น‹ใ้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใฎ็ƒ่ฉฐใพใ‚Šใ‚’่งฃๆถˆใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใ‚„ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅฅฅๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ—ใฆๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใ‚’็ขบ่ชใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆ็ญ‰ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ„ไฝœๆฅญใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒๆบใ‚Œๅ‹•ใใŸใ‚ใซไฝœๆฅญใŒใ—้›ฃใ„ใŒใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ่กŒใ†ไฝœๆฅญใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง่กŒใˆใ‚‹ใฎใง็ฐกๆ˜“ใชใ‚‚ใฎใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, since the lower plate unit 15 is configured to be openable to the inner frame 13 in addition to the front frame 14, the ball launch unit 90 is placed on the back side of the lower plate 301 and the operation handle 310. It can be arranged on the lower side so as to overlap, and the game area of the game board 16 can be made larger in the vertical direction accordingly. Moreover, since the lower plate unit 15 can be opened, in addition to the back surface side at the lower end portion of the inner frame 13, various types are provided on each surface of the lower surface portion of the lower plate unit 15 and the front surface side of the inner frame 13 at the lower end portion. Components and wiring can be accommodated, and the degree of freedom in designing the components and wiring is increased. Further, when working on the lower side of the lower plate 301 or the operation handle 310, for example, when removing the ball clogging in the passage connecting the upper plate 201 and the lower plate 301, or on the back side of the lower plate 301 In the case of checking a full tank sensor for detecting a full tank state, the lower tray unit 15 is opened, and the inner frame 13 is fixed to the outer frame 12 so that each of the inner frames 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 13. Work can be done. When the inner frame 13 is opened, it is difficult to work because the inner frame 13 swings with respect to the outer frame 12, but the work performed on the inner frame 13 by opening the lower tray unit 15 is fixed to the inner frame 13. Since it can be performed in the state where it was done, it becomes a simple thing.

ใพใŸใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ€ๅŠใณใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฏใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นใจใชใ‚‹ๅ„้ƒจๆ๏ผˆๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผŒๅ‰้ขๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ผŒไธ‹็šฟใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ‰ใซไป–ใฎ้ƒจๆใ‚’็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏๅ„ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผใฏใ€ใ™ในใฆๅˆๆˆๆจน่„‚ใ€ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ๅ„ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผใ‚’ๅˆๆˆๆจน่„‚ใงๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้‡‘ๅฑžใงใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น้ƒจๆใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ค‡้›‘ใชๅฝข็Šถใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๅ‰้ขใซๆ–‡ๅญ—ใ‚„ๆจกๆง˜็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ—ใฆ่ฃ…้ฃพๆ€งใ‚’้ซ˜ใ‚ใคใคใ€ใใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏ็›ธๆ‰‹้ƒจๅ“ใฎๅ–ไป˜้ƒจ็ญ‰ใ‚’ไธ€ไฝ“็š„ใซๅฝขๆˆใ—ใฆ็”Ÿ็”ฃใ‚ณใ‚นใƒˆใฎๆŠ‘ๅˆถใ‚’ๅ›ณใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใฏใ€ไธ€่ˆฌใซๅฎ‰ไพกใงใ€ไธ”ใคใ€ใƒกใƒƒใ‚ญ็ญ‰ใฎใฎใ‚ŠใŒ่‰ฏใ่ฃ…้ฃพๆ€งใซๅ„ชใ‚Œใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€ไฝŽใ‚ณใ‚นใƒˆใง่กจ้ขๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๆ–ฝใ—ใŸ่ฃ…้ฃพใ‚’ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขใซๅฝขๆˆใ—ๆ˜“ใ„ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใฏใ€่€่กๆ’ƒๆ€งใŒๅคงใใ„ใจใ„ใ†ๅˆฉ็‚นใ‚‚ใ‚ใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ่ปขๅ€’ใ—ใฆใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๅ‰้ขใซ่ก็ชใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€ใฎ็ตๆžœใซไธๆบ€ใ‚’ๆŠฑใ„ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๅ‰้ขใ‚’ๆฎดๆ‰“ใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ€ๆจน่„‚ใŒ็ ดๆใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ€ชๆˆ‘ใ—ใฆใ—ใพใ†ใ“ใจใŒๅฐ‘ใชใ„ใฎใงใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผใฎๆๆ–™ใจใ—ใฆ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใฏๅฅฝ้ฉใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, the inner frame 13, the front frame 14, and the lower plate unit 15 are formed by assembling other members to the respective members (the inner frame base 30, the front frame base 200, and the lower plate base 300) serving as a base. In this embodiment, the base members 30, 200, 300 are all made of synthetic resin, specifically ABS resin. By forming each of these base members 30, 200, and 300 with a synthetic resin, it is possible to cope with a more complicated shape by forming the base member with metal, and decorations are formed by forming characters, patterns, etc. on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. While improving the performance, an attachment part or the like of the mating part is integrally formed on the back surface side to reduce the production cost. In addition, since ABS resin is generally inexpensive and has good adhesion such as plating and excellent decorativeness, it is easy to form a decoration subjected to surface treatment at a low cost on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, ABS resin has the advantage of high impact resistance, and a player falls and collides with the front surface of the pachinko machine 10, or a player who is dissatisfied with the game results strikes the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. Even so, the ABS resin is suitable as a material for the base members 30, 200, and 300 because the player is less likely to be damaged and the player is injured.

ใพใŸใ€ๅ„ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผใจๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใจใฏใ€ๅ…จใฆๅŒไธ€ๆๆ–™ใงใ‚ใ‚‹๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผใŠใ‚ˆใณ้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚๏ผ’้ƒจๆใ‚’ๅŒไธ€่‰ฒใงๅฝขๆˆใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใ€็ตŒๅนดๅŠฃๅŒ–ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่‰ฒใ‚ใ›ใ‚„ๅค‰่‰ฒใฎ็จ‹ๅบฆใฏๅŒ็ญ‰ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€้•ทๆœŸใซใ‚ใŸใฃใฆ่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎ้ƒจๆใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๅ‰้ขใฎ่‰ฒๅบฆใฎๅทฎใ‚’ๅฐ‘ใชใใ—ใฆ่‰ฏ่ณชใช่ฆ‹ๆ „ใˆใ‚’็ถญๆŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚็‰นใซๅ„ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผใจๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้ฃพใ‚Šๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใจใ‚’ใ€ๅŒไธ€ๆๆ–™ใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ€ใƒกใƒผใ‚ซใƒผใŠใ‚ˆใณๆๆ–™ใ‚ฐใƒฌใƒผใƒ‰ใพใงๅŒไธ€ใฎใ‚‚ใฎใจใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใ€่‰ฏ่ณชใช่ฆ‹ๆ „ใˆใ‚’็ถญๆŒใ™ใ‚‹ไธŠใงๅฅฝใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ ย ย The base members 30, 200, 300 and the decorative plate 24 of the outer frame 13 are all made of the same material ABS resin. For this reason, when at least two members of the base members 30, 200, 300 and the decorative plate 24 are formed in the same color, the degree of fading or discoloration is equivalent due to deterioration over time. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the difference in chromaticity of the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 composed of a plurality of members over a long period of time and maintain a good quality appearance. In particular, it is preferable that the base members 30, 200, 300 and the decorative plate 24 of the outer frame 13 are made of the same material up to the manufacturer and material grade in order to maintain a good quality appearance.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ•ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅดใฎๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผ่ƒŒ้ขใฎๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใจ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’ๆจกๅผ็š„ใซ็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็คบใ™่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฏๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’ๅพŒๆ–นใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ฆ‹ใŸๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’ๅพŒๆ–นใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ฆ‹ใŸๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ•ใฏใ€ๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ•ใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the configuration of the back side of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 20 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 21 is a diagram schematically showing the configuration of the control board unit and the back pack unit on the back of the pachinko machine 10. 22 is a rear view showing a state in which the game board 16 is assembled to the inner frame 13, FIG. 23 is a perspective view of the inner frame 13 viewed from the rear, and FIG. 24 is a perspective view of the game board 16 viewed from the rear. FIG. FIG. 25 is a perspective view of the support fitting 535.

ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅดใซใฏใ€ๅ„็จฎๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใŒไธŠไธ‹ๅทฆๅณใซไธฆในใฆใ€ใพใŸใ€ๅ‰ๅพŒใซ้‡ใญใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๆ›ดใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไพ›็ตฆใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒไพ›็ตฆ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผˆๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‰ใ‚„ๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎไฟ่ญทใ‚ซใƒใƒผ็ญ‰ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ๅ„็จฎๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใ‚’๏ผ’ใคใฎๅ–ไป˜ๅฐใซๅˆ†ใ‘ใฆๆญ่ผ‰ใ—ใฆ๏ผ’ใคใฎๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใ‚’ๆง‹ๆˆใ—ใ€ใใ‚Œใ‚‰ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใŒๅ€‹ๅˆฅใซๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅˆใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซ่ฃ…็€ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใ€ไธปๅŸบๆฟใจ้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใจใ‚’ไธ€ๆ–นใฎๅ–ไป˜ๅฐใซๆญ่ผ‰ใ—ใฆใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆๅŒ–ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟๅŠใณ้›ปๆบๅŸบๆฟใ‚’ไป–ๆ–นใฎๅ–ไป˜ๅฐใซๆญ่ผ‰ใ—ใฆใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆๅŒ–ใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใฏไพฟๅฎœไธŠใ€ๅ‰่€…ใฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใ‚’ใ€Œ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ€ใจ็งฐใ—ใ€ๅพŒ่€…ใฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใ‚’ใ€Œ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใ€ใจ็งฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ไฟ่ญทใ‚ซใƒใƒผ้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ’ใ‚‚๏ผ‘ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใจใ—ใฆไธ€ไฝ“ๅŒ–ใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใ“ใงใฏใใฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใ‚’ใ€Œ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใ€ใจ็งฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใชๆง‹ๆˆใซใคใ„ใฆใฏๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the back side of the pachinko machine 10, various control boards are arranged side by side in the vertical and horizontal directions, and are stacked one after the other. Further, a game ball supply device (payout unit) for supplying game balls or resin A protective cover is attached. In the present embodiment, various control boards are separately mounted on two mounting bases to form two control board units, and these control board units are individually mounted on the inner frame 13 or the back surface of the game board 16. In this case, the main board and the sound lamp control board are mounted on one mounting base to form a unit, and the dispensing control board and the power supply board are mounted on the other mounting base to form a unit. Here, for convenience, the former unit is referred to as a โ€œfirst control board unit 501โ€, and the latter unit is referred to as a โ€œsecond control board unit 502โ€. Further, the back pack 651 and the dispensing unit 652 forming the protective cover part are also integrated as one unit, and this unit is referred to as a โ€œback pack unit 503โ€ here. The detailed configuration of each unit 501 to 503 will be described later.

็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ๅŠใณ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฏใ€ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆๅ˜ไฝใงไฝ•ใ‚‰ๅทฅๅ…ท็ญ‰ใ‚’็”จใ„ใšใซ็€่„ฑใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๆ›ดใซใ“ใ‚ŒใซๅŠ ใˆใ€ไธ€้ƒจใซๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจใ‚’่จญใ‘ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅˆใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰ใงใใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใฏใ€ๅ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใ‚„ใใฎไป–ๆง‹ๆˆใŒๅ‰ๅพŒใซ้‡ใญใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ‚‚ใ€้š ใ‚ŒใŸๆง‹ๆˆ็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅฎนๆ˜“ใซ็ขบ่ชใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’ๅฏ่ƒฝใจใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅทฅๅคซใงใ‚‚ใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The first control board unit 501, the second control board unit 502, and the back pack unit 503 are configured to be detachable without using any tools or the like in units of units. It is configured to be openable and closable with respect to the inner frame 13 or the back surface of the game board 16. This is also a device for making it possible to easily check a hidden configuration or the like even if the units 501 to 503 and other configurations are arranged one behind the other.

ๅ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไธŠไธ‹ใซไธฆใ‚“ใง้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฏใ€็•ฅ๏ผฌๅญ—็Šถใ‚’ใชใ—ใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใปใผไธญๅคฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใซใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใŒ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎไธŠ้ƒจใซไธ€้ƒจ้‡ใชใ‚‹้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใŒ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 21, the units 501 to 503 are arranged side by side and attached. The first control board unit 501 is substantially L-shaped, and is arranged at the approximate center of the pachinko machine 10, and the second control board unit 502 is arranged below the first control board unit 501. Further, the back pack unit 503 is disposed in a region partially overlapping the upper portion of the first control board unit 501.

็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใฆๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจใซๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ‘ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ‘ใฎ่ปธ็ทš๏ผกใ‚’ไธญๅฟƒใซๅฝ“่ฉฒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅณ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผˆๅณใกๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ‘ใฎๅๅฏพๅดใ€ๆ›ดใซ่จ€ใˆใฐ้–‹ๆ”พ็ซฏๅด๏ผ‰ใซใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ็ญ‰ใ‚ˆใ‚Šใชใ‚‹็ท ็ต้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซไธŠ็ซฏ้ƒจใซไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆช้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ“ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ‘ใ€็ท ็ต้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ’ๅŠใณไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆช้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ“ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆœฌไฝ“๏ผˆ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ข๏ผ‰ใซๅ›บๅฎšไฟๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The first control board unit 501 is provided with a support shaft part M1 at the left end portion when viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10, and the first control board unit 501 can be opened and closed around the axis A of the support shaft part M1. It has become. Further, the first control board unit 501 is provided with a fastening portion M2 made of a ny latch or the like at the right end portion thereof (that is, the opposite end side of the support shaft portion M1, more specifically, the open end side), and a locking claw portion at the upper end portion. M3 is provided, and the first control board unit 501 is fixed and held on the main body of the pachinko machine 10 (the back surface of the game board 16) by the support shaft part M1, the fastening part M2, and the locking claw part M3.

็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใฆๅณ็ซฏ้ƒจใซๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ”ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ”ใฎ่ปธ็ทš๏ผขใ‚’ไธญๅฟƒใซๅฝ“่ฉฒ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใŒ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผˆๅณใกๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ”ใฎๅๅฏพๅดใ€ๆ›ดใซ่จ€ใˆใฐ้–‹ๆ”พ็ซฏๅด๏ผ‰ใซใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ็ญ‰ใ‚ˆใ‚Šใชใ‚‹็ท ็ต้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ•ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณ็ท ็ต้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ•ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใŒใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆœฌไฝ“๏ผˆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ข๏ผ‰ใซๅ›บๅฎšไฟๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The second control board unit 502 is provided with a support shaft part M4 at the right end when viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10, and the second control board unit 502 can be opened and closed around the axis B of the support shaft part M4. It has become. Further, the second control board unit 502 is provided with a fastening portion M5 made of a ny latch or the like at the left end portion thereof (that is, the opposite side of the support shaft portion M4, more specifically, the open end side), and this support shaft portion M4. The second control board unit 502 is fixed and held on the main body of the pachinko machine 10 (the back surface of the inner frame 13) by the fastening portion M5.

่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใฆๅณ็ซฏ้ƒจใซๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ–ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ–ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹่ปธ็ทš๏ผฃใ‚’ไธญๅฟƒใซๅฝ“่ฉฒ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใŒ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผˆๅณใกๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ–ใฎๅๅฏพๅดใ€ๆ›ดใซ่จ€ใˆใฐ้–‹ๆ”พ็ซฏๅด๏ผ‰ใซใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ็ญ‰ใ‚ˆใ‚Šใชใ‚‹็ท ็ต้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ—ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซไธŠ็ซฏ้ƒจๅŠใณไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจใซใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œๅ›žๅ‹•ๅผใฎไฟ‚ๆญข้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ˜๏ผŒ๏ผญ๏ผ™ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ–ใ€็ท ็ต้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ—ๅŠใณไฟ‚ๆญข้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ˜๏ผŒ๏ผญ๏ผ™ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใŒใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆœฌไฝ“๏ผˆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ข๏ผ‰ใซๅ›บๅฎšไฟๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The back pack unit 503 is provided with a support shaft portion M6 at the right end when viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10, and the back pack unit 503 can be opened and closed around an axis C by the support shaft portion M6. Further, the back pack unit 503 is provided with a fastening portion M7 made of a ny latch or the like at the left end portion thereof (that is, on the opposite side of the support shaft portion M6, more specifically, at the open end side), and rotates at the upper end portion and the lower end portion, respectively. Locking parts M8 and M9 are provided, and the back pack unit 503 is fixed to the main body of the pachinko machine 10 (the back surface of the inner frame 13) by the support shaft part M6, the fastening part M7 and the locking parts M8 and M9. Retained.

ๅ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅฑ•้–‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใฏๅŒไธ€ใงใชใใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใฆๅทฆ้–‹ใใซใชใ‚‹ใฎใซๅฏพใ—ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ๅŠใณ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฏใ€ๅŒๅณ้–‹ใใซใชใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The development directions of the units 501 to 503 are not the same, and the first control board unit 501 is left-opened when viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10, whereas the second control board unit 502 and the back pack unit 503 are It is configured to open on the right.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ•ใ‚’็”จใ„ใฆใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅŠใณ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผใซๅ›ฒใพใ‚ŒใŸๅ››่ง’ๆž ็Šถใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ้ ˜ๅŸŸใซ่จญ็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ๏ผ“ใคใฎไฟ‚ๆญขๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใจใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ็•ฅไธญๅคฎไธ‹้ƒจใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎไฟ‚ๆญขๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใจใฎ่จˆ๏ผ”ใคใฎไฟ‚ๆญขๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ่„ฑ่ฝใ—ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฟ‚ๆญขๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏๆ‰‹ๅ‹•ใงๅ›žๅ‹•ใงใใ€ๅ›บๅฎšไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆใƒญใƒƒใ‚ฏไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใจๅ›บๅฎš่งฃ้™คไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆใ‚ขใƒณใƒญใƒƒใ‚ฏไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผ‰ใจใ‚’ๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใˆๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใฏใ€ไฟ‚ๆญขๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใŒใƒญใƒƒใ‚ฏไฝ็ฝฎใซใ‚ใ‚‹็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็คบใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅทฆๅณ๏ผ“ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใฎไฟ‚ๆญขๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€้‡‘ๅฑž็‰‡ใ‚’ๆŠ˜ใ‚Šๆ›ฒใ’ๅฝขๆˆใ—ใŸ๏ผฌๅž‹ใฎ้‡‘ๅ…ทใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’ๅ›บๅฎšใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใฏๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅค–ๆ–นใธๅผตใ‚Šๅ‡บใ•ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎไธ‹้ƒจ๏ผ‘ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใฎไฟ‚ๆญขๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎ๏ผฉๅž‹ใฎ็•™ใ‚ๅ…ทใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Here, the back side structure of the inner frame 13 and the game board 16 will be described with reference to FIGS. As shown in FIG. 22, the game board 16 is installed in a square frame-shaped installation area surrounded by the inner frame base 30, and includes three locking fixtures 511 provided on the left and right sides of the inner frame 13, It is fixed so as not to drop off by a total of four locking fixtures 511 and 512 with a resin-made locking fixture 512 provided substantially at the lower center of the frame 13. The locking fixtures 511 and 512 can be manually rotated, and can be switched between a fixed position (lock position) and a fixed release position (unlock position). FIG. 22 shows a state where the locking fixtures 511 and 512 are in the locked position. The locking fixtures 511 at the three left and right sides of the game board 16 are configured by L-shaped metal fittings formed by bending metal pieces, and are configured so as not to protrude outward from the inner frame 13 in a state where the game board 16 is fixed. ing. The locking fixture 512 at one lower portion of the game board 16 is formed of a resin I-type fastener.

้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขไธญๅคฎใซใฏใ€ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใŒ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใซใฏใ€ใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ฟใƒผใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ˜๏ผ–๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ‚’่ƒŒๅพŒใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ†ใ†ๆจน่„‚่ฃฝ๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณ่ฃฝ๏ผ‰ใฎใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ใ‚ซใƒใƒผ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒๅพŒๆ–นใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใฆ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ใ‚ซใƒใƒผ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅพŒ็ซฏใซใ€ๆถฒๆ™ถ่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใŸใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใจ่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใจใŒๅ‰ๅพŒใซ้‡ใญใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง็€่„ฑๅฏ่ƒฝใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ใ‚ซใƒใƒผ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅ†…ใซใฏใ€ใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ฟใƒผใƒ•ใƒฌใƒผใƒ ๏ผ˜๏ผ–ใซๅ†…่”ตใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผค็ญ‰ใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใชใฉใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A variable display device unit 80 is disposed in the center of the back surface of the game board 16. The variable display device unit 80 is provided with a frame cover 513 made of resin (for example, made of ABS) that covers the center frame 86 (see FIG. 3) from behind, and is provided at the rear end of the frame cover 513. The first symbol display device 81 as a liquid crystal display device and the display control device 505 are detachably attached in a state where they are overlapped in the front-rear direction. In the frame cover 513, an LED control board for driving LEDs and the like built in the center frame 86 are disposed.

ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซใฏใ€ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šๅ›ฒใ‚€ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆ่ฃๆž ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ่ฃๆž ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซๅผตใ‚Šไป˜ใใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹่–„ๅž‹ใฎๆจน่„‚ๆˆๅž‹ๅ“๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณ่ฃฝ๏ผ‰ใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ€ๅ„็จฎๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃใซๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ›žๅŽใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅ›žๅŽๆฉŸๆง‹ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚่ฉณใ—ใใฏใ€่ฃๆž ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใซใฏใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸไธ€่ˆฌๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ“ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใ€ๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใธใฎๅ…ฅ่ณž็ƒใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–่ฃ้ขๅดใซๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใ€ไธ”ใคไธ‹ๆตๅดใง๏ผ‘ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซ้›†ๅˆใ™ใ‚‹ๅ›žๅŽ้€š่ทฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใซใฏใ€ๆจน่„‚่ฃฝ๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใƒใƒชใ‚ซใƒผใƒœใƒใƒผใƒˆๆจน่„‚่ฃฝ๏ผ‰ใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ็›ค๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€่ฉฒๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ็›ค๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใซใฏใ€ๆŽ’ๅ‡บ็ƒใ‚’ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅค–้ƒจใธๆกˆๅ†…ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ˜ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใซไปฎๆƒณ็ทšใงไพ‹็คบใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไธ€่ˆฌๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ“็ญ‰ใซๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‚‚่ฃๆž ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅ›žๅŽ้€š่ทฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆ้›†ๅˆใ—ใ€ๆ›ดใซๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ็›ค๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ˜ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๅค–้ƒจใซๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ใ‚ขใ‚ฆใƒˆๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ‚‚ๅŒๆง˜ใซๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ˜ใซ้€šใ˜ใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ไฝ•ใ‚Œใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃใซใ‚‚ๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใชใ‹ใฃใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚‚ๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ˜ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅค–้ƒจใซๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A back frame set 515 is attached to the back surface of the game board 16 so as to surround the variable display device unit 80. The back frame set 515 is a thin resin-molded product (for example, made of ABS) provided so as to stick to the back surface of the game board 16, and a game ball collecting mechanism for collecting game balls won in various winning openings. Is formed. Specifically, below the back frame set 515, the above-described general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, and the discharge opening for discharging the winning balls to the variable winning device 65 (see FIG. 3) to the back side of the game board 16 are provided. And a collection passage 516 that gathers at one location on the downstream side is formed. A discharge passage board 517 made of resin (for example, made of polycarbonate resin) is attached below the game board 16, and the discharge passage board 517 is used to guide the discharge ball to the outside of the pachinko machine 10. A discharge passage 518 is formed. Accordingly, as exemplified by the phantom line in FIG. 22, all the game balls won in the general winning opening 63 and the like gather through the collection passage 516 of the back frame set 515, and further, the discharge passage 518 of the discharge passage board 517 is formed. Through the pachinko machine 10. In addition, the out port 66 (see FIG. 3) similarly leads to the discharge passage 518, and the game balls that have not won any winning opening are discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 through the discharge passage 518.

ไธŠ่จ˜ๆง‹ๆˆใงใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ขใ‚’ๅขƒ็•Œใซใ—ใฆใ€ไธŠๆ–นใซ่ฃๆž ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผˆๅ›žๅŽ้€š่ทฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใŒใ€ไธ‹ๆ–นใซๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ็›ค๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ—๏ผˆๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ็›ค๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ‰ๅพŒๆ–นๅ‘ใซ้‡่ค‡๏ผˆใ‚ชใƒผใƒใƒผใƒฉใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ‰ใ›ใšใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ™้š›ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ็›ค๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—ใฎๅฆจใ’ใซใชใ‚‹ใจใ„ใฃใŸไธ้ƒฝๅˆใŒ็”Ÿใ˜ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚‚ใชใ„ใ€‚ ย ย In the above configuration, with the lower end surface of the game board 16 as a boundary, a back frame set 515 (collection passage 516) is provided on the upper side, and a discharge passage board 517 (discharge passage 518) is provided on the lower side. The game board 16 is provided without overlapping (overlapping) in the front-rear direction. Therefore, when the game board 16 is removed from the inner frame 13, there is no inconvenience that the discharge passage board 517 prevents the game board 16 from being removed.

ใชใŠใ€ๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ็›ค๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๅ‰้ขใฎไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎไธๅบฆ่ฃๅด่พบใ‚Šใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ่‡ณใ‚‹็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’ใฎไธŠ็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้‡้‡‘็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅทฎใ—่พผใฟใ€ๆ›ดใซใใฎ้‡้‡‘็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ็›ค๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใจใฎ้š™้–“ใ‚’้€šใ˜ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸๅดใซไพตๅ…ฅใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใจใ„ใฃใŸไธๆญฃ่กŒ็‚บใŒ่€ƒใˆใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ“ใงๆœฌใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ็›ค๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใซใฏใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎไธๅบฆ่ฃๅด่พบใ‚Šใซใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซใปใผไธ€ไฝ“็š„ใซ้‡ใชใ‚Šๅˆใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰ๆ–นใซๅปถใณใ‚‹ใƒ—ใƒฌใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ™ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ็›ค๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใจใฎ้š™้–“ใ‹ใ‚‰้‡้‡‘็ญ‰ใ‚’ไพตๅ…ฅใ•ใ›ใ‚ˆใ†ใจใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใใ‚ŒใŒใƒ—ใƒฌใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ™ใซใฆ้˜ปๅฎณใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใพใง้‡้‡‘็ญ‰ใ‚’ไพตๅ…ฅใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒ้žๅธธใซๅ›ฐ้›ฃใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎ็ตๆžœใ€้‡้‡‘็ญ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผˆๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๅฃ๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๅผทๅˆถ็š„ใซ้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹็ญ‰ใฎไธๆญฃ่กŒ็‚บใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Since the discharge passage board 517 is provided just behind the upper plate 201 on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10, a wire or the like is inserted from the ball discharge port (the upper plate discharge port 36b in FIG. 2) leading to the upper plate 201. Furthermore, an illegal act of causing the wire or the like to enter the game area side through a gap between the inner frame 13 and the discharge passage board 517 can be considered. Therefore, the discharge passage board 517 of the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a plate 519 extending in front of the pachinko machine 10 so as to almost integrally overlap the inner frame 13 around the back side of the upper plate 201. Therefore, even if a wire or the like tries to enter from the gap between the inner frame 13 and the discharge passage board 517, the wire or the like is obstructed by the plate 519, and it is very difficult to make the wire or the like enter the game area. As a result, it is possible to prevent an illegal act such as forcibly opening the variable winning device 65 (large opening) with a wire or the like.

ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซใฏใ€ๅ„็จฎๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃใชใฉใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๅ…ฅ็ƒ๏ผˆ้€š้Ž๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžๆ„Ÿ็ŸฅๆฉŸๆง‹ใชใฉใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–่กจๅดใฎไธ€่ˆฌๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ“ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซใฏๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€็‰นๅฎš้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ’ใจใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ“ใจใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็‰นๅฎš้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Š็Šถๆ…‹ใงๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•ใซๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็‰นๅฎš้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผˆๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Š็Šถๆ…‹็ถ™็ถšใ‚’ๅˆคๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผ‰ใซๅ…ฅใฃใŸใ“ใจใ‚’ๅˆคๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฏๅ…ฅ่ณž็ƒใ‚’ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ”ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ—ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ•ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, on the back surface of the game board 16, a winning detection mechanism for detecting the entrance (passing) of game balls to various winning openings and the like are provided. Specifically, a prize opening switch 521 is provided at a position corresponding to the general prize opening 63 on the front side of the game board 16, and a specific area switch 522 and a count switch 523 are provided in the variable prize winning device 65. The specific area switch 522 is a switch for determining that a game ball won in the variable winning device 65 in the big hit state has entered a specific area (an area for determining whether to continue the big hit state), and the count switch 523 It is a switch that counts. A first entrance switch 524 is provided at a position corresponding to the first entrance 64 and a second entrance switch 525 is provided at a position corresponding to the second entrance 67.

ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ‘ๅŠใณ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ•ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„้›ปๆฐ—้…็ทš๏ผˆใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซใ‚ณใƒใ‚ฏใ‚ฟใ‚’ๅซใ‚€๏ผ‰ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆ็›ค้ขไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ–ใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ•ใ‚‰ใซใ“ใฎ็›ค้ขไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ–ใŒๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ไธปๅŸบๆฟ๏ผˆไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใซ้›ปๆฐ—้…็ทšใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็‰นๅฎš้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ’ๅŠใณใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฏ้›ปๆฐ—้…็ทšใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๅฃไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ—ใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ•ใ‚‰ใซใ“ใฎๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๅฃไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ—ใŒ้›ปๆฐ—้…็ทšใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆไธปๅŸบๆฟใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซๅฏพใ—ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฏไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟใ‚’ไป‹ใ•ใšใซ็›ดๆŽฅไธปๅŸบๆฟใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The prize opening switch 521 and the second ball opening switch 525 are connected to the board relay board 526 via electric wiring (including a cable connector) (not shown), and the board relay board 526 is a main board (main control device) to be described later. 561) via electrical wiring. Further, the specific area switch 522 and the count switch 523 are connected to the large opening relay board 527 through electric wiring, and the large opening relay board 527 is connected to the main board through electric wiring. On the other hand, the first entrance switch 524 is directly connected to the main board without going through the relay board.

ใใฎไป–ๅ›ณ็คบใฏ็œ็•ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใŒใ€ๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผˆๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๅฃ๏ผ‰๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๅฃใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใจใ€ๅ…ฅ่ณž็ƒใ‚’็‰นๅฎš้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฐŽใใŸใ‚ใฎๅ…ฅ่ณž็ƒๆŒฏๅˆ†ๆฟใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใซใฏใ€้›ปๅ‹•ๅฝน็‰ฉใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ›ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„่ฃ…็ฝฎใจใ—ใฆใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’ๆŽก็”จใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€็™บๅฐ„่ฃ…็ฝฎใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰้ขๅดใซใพใจใ‚ใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใฎใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟๅŠใณ็™บๅฐ„ๆงŒใฎ็ต„ๅˆใ›ใซๆฏ”ในใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏ็™บๅฐ„่ฃ…็ฝฎใŒ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใšใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“่ฃ้ขใฎใ‚นใƒšใƒผใ‚นใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟ็ญ‰ใฎไป–้ƒจๅ“ใฎใ‚นใƒšใƒผใ‚นใจใ—ใฆๆœ‰ๅŠนใซๆดป็”จใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Although not shown in the drawings, the variable winning device 65 includes a large opening solenoid for opening the specific winning opening (large opening) 65a and a winning ball sorting plate solenoid for guiding the winning ball to a specific area. The first entrance 64 is provided with a first entrance solenoid for opening the electric accessory. Moreover, in this embodiment, since the solenoid 92 is employ | adopted as a launching device which launches a game ball, the launching device is collectively arranged on the front side of the inner frame 13. For this reason, compared with the conventional combination of a motor and a launcher, a launching device is not arranged on the back side of the inner frame 13, and the space on the back side of the inner frame 13 is effectively used as a space for other parts such as a control board. Can do.

ไธŠ่จ˜ๅ…ฅ่ณžๆ„Ÿ็ŸฅๆฉŸๆง‹ใซใฆๅ„ใ€…ๆคœๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆคœๅ‡บ็ตๆžœใฏใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ไธปๅŸบๆฟใซๅ–ใ‚Š่พผใพใ‚Œใ€่ฉฒไธปๅŸบๆฟใ‚ˆใ‚Šใใฎ้ƒฝๅบฆใฎๅ…ฅ่ณž็Šถๆณใซๅฟœใ˜ใŸๆ‰•ๅ‡บๆŒ‡ไปค๏ผˆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅ€‹ๆ•ฐ๏ผ‰ใŒๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใซ้€ไฟกใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€่ฉฒๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใฎๅ‡บๅŠ›ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ•ฐใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บใŒๅฎŸๆ–ฝใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใ€ๅ„็จฎๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃใซๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ…ฅ่ณž็ƒๅ‡ฆ็†่ฃ…็ฝฎใซไธ€ๆ—ฆ้›†ใ‚ใ€ใใฎๅ…ฅ่ณž็ƒๅ‡ฆ็†่ฃ…็ฝฎใงๅ…ฅ่ณž็ƒใฎๅญ˜ๅœจใ‚’๏ผ‘ใคใšใค้ †็•ชใซ็ขบ่ชใ—ใŸไธŠใงๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚’่กŒใ†ๅพ“ๆฅๆ–นๅผ๏ผˆใ„ใ‚ใ‚†ใ‚‹่จผๆ‹ ็ƒๆ–นๅผ๏ผ‰ใจใฏ็•ฐใชใ‚Šใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใงใฏใ€ๅ„็จฎๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃๆฏŽใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใ‚’้›ปๆฐ—็š„ใซๆ„Ÿ็Ÿฅใ—ใฆๆ‰•ๅ‡บใŒ็›ดใกใซ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผˆๅณใกใ€ๆœฌใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใงใฏๅ…ฅ่ณž็ƒๅ‡ฆ็†่ฃ…็ฝฎใ‚’ๅปƒๆญขใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆ•…ใซใ€ๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ™้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅคš้‡ใซใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ใ€ใใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚’ใ„ใกๆ—ฉใๅฎŸๆ–ฝใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The detection results detected by the winning detection mechanism are taken into the main board, which will be described later, and a payout command (the number of game balls to be paid out) corresponding to the winning situation is sent from the main board to the payout control board. The Then, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out by the output of the payout control board. In such a case, a conventional method (so-called evidence ball method) in which game balls won at various winning openings are once collected in a winning ball processing device, and the winning ball processing device confirms the presence of the winning balls one by one and then pays out one by one. Unlike the above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment electrically senses the winning of a game ball for each winning opening and immediately pays out (that is, the pachinko machine 10 abolishes the winning ball processing device). doing). Therefore, even if there are a lot of game balls to be paid out, the payout can be carried out quickly.

้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซใƒใ‚ธใงๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ่ฃๆž ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅ–ไป˜ๆฉŸๆง‹ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ใ“ใฎๅ–ไป˜ๆฉŸๆง‹ใจใ—ใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅทฆไธ‹้š…้ƒจใซใฏไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๅปถใณใ‚‹ๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใŒใƒใ‚ธใงๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใซใฏๅŒไธ€่ปธ็ทšไธŠใซไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ฝใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎไป–ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅณไธ‹้ƒจใซใฏไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ”๏ผˆใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒๅญ”๏ผ‰๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ’ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ€ๅŒๅทฆไธŠ้ƒจใซใฏไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆช็‰‡๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ“ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย An attachment mechanism for attaching the first control board unit 501 is provided in the back frame set 515 fixed to the back surface of the game board 16 with screws. Specifically, as the attachment mechanism, a support fitting 531 extending in the vertical direction is attached to the lower left corner of the back surface of the game board 16 with a screw, and the support fitting 531 has a pair of upper and lower support holes 531a on the same axis. Is formed. In addition, a pair of upper and lower fastening holes (ny latch holes) 532 are provided in the lower right portion of the back of the game board 16 (see FIG. 22), and a locking claw piece 533 is provided in the upper left portion.

ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขใซใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใ‚„่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅ–ไป˜ๆฉŸๆง‹ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅณ็ซฏ้ƒจใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ•ใซ็คบใ™้•ทๅฐบ็Šถใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ•ใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย An attachment mechanism for attaching the second control board unit 502 and the back pack unit 503 is provided on the back surface of the inner frame 13. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 22, a long support metal fitting 535 shown in FIG. 25 is attached to the rear right end portion of the inner frame 13.

ๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ•ใฏใ€้•ทๅฐบๆฟ็Šถใฎ้‡‘ๅ…ทๆœฌไฝ“๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ–ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ—ใ€ใใฎ้‡‘ๅ…ทๆœฌไฝ“๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ–ใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ตท็ซ‹ใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ€ไธ‹ๆ–น๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’็”จใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ—ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ไธŠๆ–น๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“็”จใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ‚Œใ‚‰ๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ—๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใซใฏใใ‚Œใžใ‚ŒๅŒ่ปธใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎไป–ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’็”จใฎๅ–ไป˜ๆฉŸๆง‹ใจใ—ใฆใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚ไธ‹ๆ–นๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจใซไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ”๏ผˆใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒๅญ”๏ผ‰๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ™ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“็”จใฎๅ–ไป˜ๆฉŸๆง‹ใจใ—ใฆใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ่จญ็ฝฎ้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจใซไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ”๏ผˆใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒๅญ”๏ผ‰๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’็”จใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ทใจ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“็”จใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ทใจใ‚’ๅ„ใ€…ๅ€‹ๅˆฅใฎ้ƒจๆใง่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚‚ๅฏ่ƒฝใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“็”จใฎๅ–ไป˜ๆฉŸๆง‹ใจใ—ใฆๅ›žๅ‹•ๅผใฎ๏ผ“ใคใฎๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ“ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใ‚Œใ‚‰ๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ“ใจ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใจใฎ้–“ใซ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฏๆŒŸใฟ่พผใ‚“ใงๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The support metal fitting 535 has a long plate-like metal fitting body 536, and support holes 537 for the second control board unit 502 are formed at two lower positions so as to stand up from the metal fitting body 536, and Support hole portions 538 for the back pack unit 503 are formed at two upper positions. Coaxial support holes are formed in the support hole portions 537 and 538, respectively. In addition, as an attachment mechanism for the second control board unit 502, as shown in FIG. 22, the inner frame 13 has a pair of upper and lower tightening holes (nai latch holes) 539 at the left end below the game board 16 installation area. Is provided. In addition, as an attachment mechanism for the back pack unit 503, the inner frame 13 is provided with a pair of upper and lower fastening holes (ny latch holes) 540 at the left end portion of the game board 16 installation area. It is also possible to provide the support bracket for the second control board unit 502 and the support bracket for the back pack unit 503 by separate members. Further, as a mounting mechanism for the back pack unit 503, three rotary fixing tools 541 to 543 are provided on the inner frame 13, and the back pack unit 503 is provided between the fixing tools 541 to 543 and the game board 16. Is sandwiched and supported.

ใใฎไป–ใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅดใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅณไธ‹้ƒจใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ“ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ’ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅˆใฏๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ˜ใฎไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‹ใซๆŒฏใ‚Šๅˆ†ใ‘ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅˆ†้…้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ•ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅˆ†้…้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€๏ผ“ใคใฎ้–‹ๅฃ้ƒจใŒๅทฆๅณใซไธฆใ‚“ใง่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๅทฆๅดใฎ้–‹ๅฃ้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ•๏ฝใฏไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้€šใ˜ใ€ไธญๅคฎใฎ้–‹ๅฃ้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ•๏ฝ‚ใฏไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้€šใ˜ใ€ๅณๅดใฎ้–‹ๅฃ้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ•๏ฝƒใฏๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ˜ใซ้€šใ˜ใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, in the lower right portion of the game board 16 on the back side of the inner frame 13, as shown in FIG. A game ball distribution unit 545 is provided for distributing the game balls. The game ball distribution unit 545 is provided with three openings side by side, the left opening 545a communicates with the upper plate 201, the central opening 545b communicates with the lower plate 301, and the right opening 545c includes It is configured to communicate with the discharge passage 518.

ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจใซใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ้‡ใชใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซ็ฉฟๅญ”ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅคšๆ•ฐใฎใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ–ใŒๅ†…ๆž ใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผใฎไธ€้ƒจใจใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎ้Ÿณๅฃฐๅ‡บๅŠ›ๆ™‚ใซๆŒฏๅ‹•ๆฟ๏ผˆใ‚ณใƒผใƒณ๏ผ‰ใŒๆŒฏๅ‹•ใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ–ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅดใธๆŒฏๅ‹•ใŒ้€ƒใŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใจใฎ้–“ใงๅ…ฑ้ณด้ŸณใŒ็”Ÿใ˜ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๆŠ‘ๅˆถใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ–ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้–‹ๅฃใฎ้ข็ฉใฏใ€ใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซ้‡ใชใ‚‹้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎๆŒฏๅ‹•ๆฟใฎ้ข็ฉใจๅŒไธ€ไปฅไธŠใจใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๅ…ฑ้ณด้Ÿณใ‚’ๆŠ‘ๅˆถใ™ใ‚‹ไธŠใงๅฅฝใพใ—ใใ€ๅ…ฑ้ณด้Ÿณใ‚’ๆŠ‘ๅˆถใ—ใคใคๅ‰›ๆ€งๅผทๅบฆใ‚’้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ–ใฎ้–‹ๅฃ้ข็ฉใจใ‚นใƒ”ใƒผใ‚ซ๏ผณ๏ผฐใฎๆŒฏๅ‹•ๆฟใฎ้ข็ฉใจใ‚’ๅŒไธ€ๅˆใฏใปใผๅŒไธ€ใจใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๅฅฝ้ฉใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย At the lower end of the inner frame 13, a large number of speaker holes 546 are formed as a part of the inner frame base 300, which are perforated at positions overlapping the back side of the speaker SP attached to the lower dish unit 15. Even if the diaphragm (cone) vibrates during the sound output of the speaker SP, the vibration is released to the back side of the pachinko machine 10 through the speaker hole 546, so that a resonance sound is generated between the inner frame 13 and the lower dish unit 15. Is suppressed. It is preferable that the area of the opening formed by the speaker hole 546 be equal to or larger than the area of the diaphragm of the speaker SP in the area overlapping the back surface side of the speaker SP in order to suppress the resonance sound. However, in order to increase the rigidity and strength, it is preferable that the opening area of the speaker hole 546 and the area of the diaphragm of the speaker SP be the same or substantially the same.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ™ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ—ใฏๅŒใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฏๅŒใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ™ใฏๅŒใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚’่ฃ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใŸๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the first control board unit 501 will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 is a front view of the first control board unit 501, FIG. 27 is a perspective view of the unit 501, FIG. 28 is an exploded perspective view of the unit 501, and FIG. 29 is a view of the unit 501 from the back side. FIG.

็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฏ็•ฅ๏ผฌๅญ—็Šถใ‚’ใชใ™ๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ—ใ€ใ“ใฎๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใจ้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจใŒๆญ่ผ‰ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€ใฎไธปใŸใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’ๅธใ‚‹๏ผ‘ใƒใƒƒใƒ—ใƒžใ‚คใ‚ณใƒณใจใ—ใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ™ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ„็จฎๆฉŸๅ™จใจใฎ้€ฃ็ตกใ‚’ใจใ‚‹ใƒใƒผใƒˆใ€ๅ„็จฎๆŠฝ้ธใฎ้š›ใซ็”จใ„ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ไนฑๆ•ฐ็™บ็”Ÿๅ™จใ€ๆ™‚้–“่จˆๆ•ฐใ‚„ๅŒๆœŸใ‚’ๅ›ณใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใชใฉใซไฝฟ็”จใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ฏใƒญใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒ‘ใƒซใ‚น็™บ็”Ÿๅ›ž่ทฏ็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅซใ‚€ไธปๅŸบๆฟใ‚’ๅ…ทๅ‚™ใ—ใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎไธปๅŸบๆฟใŒ้€ๆ˜Žๆจน่„‚ๆๆ–™็ญ‰ใ‚ˆใ‚Šใชใ‚‹ๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ผˆ่ขซๅŒ…ๆ‰‹ๆฎต๏ผ‰ใซๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚Œใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ“ใฏใ€็•ฅ็›ดๆ–นไฝ“ๅฝข็Šถใฎใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นใจ่ฉฒใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นใฎ้–‹ๅฃ้ƒจใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใ‚ซใƒใƒผใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นใจใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใ‚ซใƒใƒผใจใฏๅฐๅฐใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ”๏ผˆๅฐๅฐๆ‰‹ๆฎต๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้–‹ๅฐไธ่ƒฝใซ้€ฃ็ตใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ“ใŒๅฐๅฐใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The first control board unit 501 has a mounting base 551 having a substantially L shape, and the main control device 561 and the sound lamp control device 562 are mounted on the mounting base 551. Here, the main control device 561 is an MPU 701 (see FIG. 39) as a one-chip microcomputer for controlling the main game, a port for communicating with various devices, a random number generator used for various lotteries, a time count, It has a main board including a clock pulse generation circuit used for synchronization, etc., and this main board is housed in a board box 563 (encapsulating means) made of a transparent resin material or the like. . The substrate box 563 includes a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected by a sealing unit 564 (sealing means) so that they cannot be opened, and the substrate box 563 is thereby sealed.

ๅฐๅฐใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ”ใฏใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นใจใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใ‚ซใƒใƒผใจใ‚’้–‹ๅฐไธ่ƒฝใซ้€ฃ็ตใ™ใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐไปปๆ„ใฎๆง‹ๆˆใŒ้ฉ็”จใงใใ‚‹ใŒใ€ใ“ใ“ใงใฏๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ—็ญ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€๏ผ•ใคใฎๅฐๅฐ้ƒจๆใŒ้€ฃ็ตใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๅฐๅฐ้ƒจๆใฎ้•ทๅญ”ใซไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆชใ‚’ๆŒฟๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นใจใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใ‚ซใƒใƒผใจใŒ้–‹ๅฐไธ่ƒฝใซ้€ฃ็ตใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅฐๅฐใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ”ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๅฐๅฐๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏใ€ใใฎๅฐๅฐๅพŒใฎไธๆญฃใช้–‹ๅฐใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ—ใ€ใพใŸไธ‡ไธ€ไธๆญฃ้–‹ๅฐใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆใ‚‚ใใฎใ‚ˆใ†ใชไบ‹ๆ…‹ใ‚’ๆ—ฉๆœŸใซไธ”ใคๅฎนๆ˜“ใซ็™บ่ฆ‹ๅฏ่ƒฝใจใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ€ไธ€ๆ—ฆ้–‹ๅฐใ—ใŸๅพŒใงใ‚‚ๅ†ๅบฆ้–‹ๅฐใƒปๅฐๅฐๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจ่‡ชไฝ“ใฏๅฏ่ƒฝใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ๅฐๅฐใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ”ใ‚’ๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹๏ผ•ใคใฎๅฐๅฐ้ƒจๆใฎใ†ใกใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ไธ€ใคใฎๅฐๅฐ้ƒจๆใฎ้•ทๅญ”ใซไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆชใ‚’ๆŒฟๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฐๅฐๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€ๅŽๅฎนใ—ใŸไธปๅŸบๆฟใฎไธๅ…ทๅˆใชใฉใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ“ใ‚’้–‹ๅฐใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€ไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆชใŒๆŒฟๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅฐๅฐ้ƒจๆใจไป–ใฎๅฐๅฐ้ƒจๆใจใฎ้€ฃ็ตใ‚’ๅˆ‡ๆ–ญใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ†ๅบฆๅฐๅฐๅ‡ฆ็†ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใฏไป–ใฎๅฐๅฐ้ƒจๆใฎ้•ทๅญ”ใซไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆชใ‚’ๆŒฟๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ“ใฎ้–‹ๅฐใ‚’่กŒใฃใŸๆ—จใฎๅฑฅๆญดใ‚’ๅฝ“่ฉฒๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ“ใซๆฎ‹ใ—ใฆใŠใ‘ใฐใ€ๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ“ใ‚’่ฆ‹ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงไธๆญฃใช้–‹ๅฐใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚ŒใŸๆ—จใŒๅฎนๆ˜“ใซ็™บ่ฆ‹ใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As long as the sealing unit 564 is configured to connect the box base and the box cover so that they cannot be unsealed, any configuration can be applied. Here, as shown in FIG. 27 and the like, five sealing members are connected. The box base and the box cover are connected so that they cannot be opened by inserting a locking claw into the long hole of the sealing member. Sealing processing by the sealing unit 564 prevents unauthorized opening after the sealing, and makes it possible to detect such a situation early and easily even if unauthorized opening is performed. It is possible to perform the opening / sealing process again even after the operation. That is, the sealing process is performed by inserting the locking claw into the long hole of at least one sealing member among the five sealing members constituting the sealing unit 564. When the substrate box 563 is opened due to a failure of the accommodated main substrate, the connection between the sealing member into which the locking claw is inserted and the other sealing member is cut. Thereafter, when the sealing process is performed again, the locking claws are inserted into the long holes of the other sealing members. If the history of opening the substrate box 563 is left in the substrate box 563, it can be easily found that the unauthorized opening has been performed by looking at the substrate box 563.

ใพใŸใ€้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฏใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅˆใฏ่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎๆŒ‡็คบใซๅพ“ใ„้Ÿณๅฃฐใ‚„ใƒฉใƒณใƒ—่กจ็คบใฎๅˆถๅพกใ‚’ๅธใ‚‹๏ผ‘ใƒใƒƒใƒ—ใƒžใ‚คใ‚ณใƒณใจใ—ใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใ‚„ใ€ๅ„็จฎใƒใƒผใƒˆ็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅซใ‚€้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใ‚’ๅ…ทๅ‚™ใ—ใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎ้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใŒ้€ๆ˜Žๆจน่„‚ๆๆ–™็ญ‰ใ‚ˆใ‚Šใชใ‚‹ๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ•ใซๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚Œใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ไธŠใซใฏ้›ปๆบไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ–ใŒๆญ่ผ‰ใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹้›ปๆบๅŸบๆฟใ‚ˆใ‚Šไพ›็ตฆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้›ปๆบใŒใ“ใฎ้›ปๆบไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ–ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆ่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ๅŠใณ้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ใซๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The audio lamp control device 562 includes an audio lamp control board including an MPU as a one-chip microcomputer for controlling audio and lamp display according to an instruction from the main control device 561 or the display control device 505, various ports, and the like. The sound lamp control board is housed in a board box 565 made of a transparent resin material or the like. A power relay board 566 is mounted on the sound lamp controller 562, and power supplied from a power board described later is output to the display controller 505 and the sound lamp controller 562 via the power relay board 566. .

ๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๆœ‰่‰ฒ๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐ็ท‘ใ€้’็ญ‰๏ผ‰ใฎๆจน่„‚ๆๆ–™๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใƒใƒชใ‚ซใƒผใƒœใƒใƒผใƒˆๆจน่„‚่ฃฝ๏ผ‰ใซใฆๆˆๅฝขใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎ่กจ้ขใซๅนณๅฆ็Šถใ‚’ใชใ™๏ผ’ใคใฎๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ“ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ“ใฏใ€็›ดไบคใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‘ใใซๅปถใณใ€ๅ‰ๅพŒๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆฎตๅทฎใ‚’ใ‚‚ใฃใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฝ†ใ—ใ€ๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฏ็„ก่‰ฒ้€ๆ˜ŽๅˆใฏๅŠ้€ๆ˜Žใฎๆจน่„‚ๆˆๅž‹ๅ“ใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย The mounting base 551 is formed of a colored (for example, green, blue, etc.) resin material (for example, made of polycarbonate resin), and has two substrate mounting surfaces 552 and 553 that are flat on the surface. These substrate mounting surfaces 552 and 553 extend in a direction orthogonal to each other, and are formed with a step in the front-rear direction. However, the mounting base 551 may be a colorless transparent or translucent resin molded product.

ไธ€ๆ–นใฎๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ’ไธŠใซใฏใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใŒๆจช้•ทใฎๅ‘ใใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ไป–ๆ–นใฎๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ“ไธŠใซใฏใ€้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผˆ้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ‰ใŒ็ธฆ้•ทใฎๅ‘ใใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚็‰นใซใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ข่ฆ–ๆ‰‹ๅ‰ๅดใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฏใใฎๅฅฅๅดใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใ€ๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ“ใŒๅ‰ๅพŒๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆฎตๅทฎใ‚’ใ‚‚ใฃใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅŠใณ้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ‚’ๆญ่ผ‰ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆๅ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฏใใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’ๅ‰ๅพŒใซ้‡ใญใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใคใพใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ—็ญ‰ใซใ‚‚่ฆ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏใใฎไธ€้ƒจ๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฎๅทฆๅด๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ“็จ‹ๅบฆ๏ผ‰ใŒๆตฎใ„ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ•…ใซใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซ้‡ใชใ‚‹้ ˜ๅŸŸใพใง้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ‚’ๆ‹กๅผตใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใ‚Šใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใฎๅคงๅž‹ๅŒ–ใซใ‚‚่‰ฏๅฅฝใซๅฏพๅ‡ฆใงใใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ๅ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎใ‚’ๅŠน็Ž‡่‰ฏใ่จญ็ฝฎใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซ่ฃ…็€ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๅพŒๆ–นใซใ‚นใƒšใƒผใ‚นใŒ็ขบไฟใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•ใ‚„ใใฎ้›ปๆฐ—้…็ทš็ญ‰ใŒ็„ก็†ใชใ่จญ็ฝฎใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On one board mounting surface 552, the main control device 561 is arranged in a landscape orientation, and on the other board mounting surface 553, an audio lamp control device 562 (audio lamp control board) is oriented in a portrait orientation. Be placed. In particular, the main control device 561 is disposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 when viewed from the rear, and the sound lamp control device 562 is disposed on the back side thereof. In this case, since the substrate mounting surfaces 552 and 553 are formed with steps in the front-rear direction, the control devices 561 and 562 are mounted in a state where the main controller 561 and the sound lamp controller 562 are mounted on the substrate mounting surfaces 552 and 553. Are arranged with a part of them stacked one after the other. That is, as can be seen in FIG. 27 and the like, the main controller 561 is arranged in a state where a part thereof (in the present embodiment, about 1/3 on the left side of FIG. 26) is floated. Therefore, the sound lamp control device 562 can be expanded to an area overlapping with the main control device 561, it is possible to cope with an increase in the size of the control board, and each control device can be installed efficiently. Further, when the first control board unit 501 is mounted on the game board 16, a space is secured behind the board mounting surface 552 so that the variable winning device 65 and its electric wiring can be installed without difficulty.

ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ˜ๅŠใณๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ™ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไธปๅŸบๆฟ็”จใฎๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€ๅทฆๅณ๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซๆจช้•ทๅฝข็Šถใฎ่ฒซ้€šๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ”ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ใใฎ่ฃ้ขใฎๅทฆๅณ๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซๅ›žๅ‹•ๅผใฎๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ—ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ’ใซๆญ่ผ‰ใ™ใ‚‹้š›ใซใฏใ€ๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎ่ฒซ้€šๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ”ใซๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ—ใŒ้€šใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ—ใŒๅ›žๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใฆไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใŒใƒญใƒƒใ‚ฏใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€ไธŠ่ฟฐใฎ้€šใ‚Šไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏใใฎไธ€้ƒจใŒๆตฎใ„ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎ่„ฑ่ฝ็ญ‰ใฎไธ้ƒฝๅˆใ‚’ๅ›ž้ฟใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผˆๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ—ใ‚’ใƒญใƒƒใ‚ฏ่งฃ้™คใ—ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐใ€ๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—ใงใใชใ„ใŸใ‚ใ€ๅŸบๆฟๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—็ญ‰ใฎไธๆญฃ่กŒ็‚บใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๆŠ‘ๆญขๅŠนๆžœใŒๆœŸๅพ…ใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the board mounting surface 552 for the main board has horizontally elongated through holes 554 at two places on the left and right. Correspondingly, the substrate box 563 of the main control device 561 is provided with rotational fixing tools 567 at two positions on the left and right sides of the back surface thereof. When the main controller 561 is mounted on the board mounting surface 552, the fixing tool 567 is passed through the through hole 554 of the board mounting surface 552, and the fixing tool 567 is rotated in this state to lock the main control apparatus 561. The Therefore, even if the main controller 561 is arranged in a state where it floats as described above, inconveniences such as dropping off of the main controller 561 can be avoided. In addition, since the main controller 561 cannot be removed unless the fixture 567 is unlocked from the back side of the first control board unit 501 (board mounting surface 552), it is expected to have a deterrent effect against illegal acts such as board removal. it can.

ๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ—็ญ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅทฆ็ซฏ้ขใซไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ–ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ–ใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ”ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ๅณ็ซฏ้ƒจใซ็ท ็ตๅ…ทใจใ—ใฆไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ—ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซไธŠ็ซฏ้ƒจใซๆจช้•ทใฎ้–‹ๅฃ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ˜ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ—ใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ๅดใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ’ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซๅตŒใ‚่พผใ‚€ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ไธŠ็ซฏ้ƒจใฎ้–‹ๅฃ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ˜ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ๅดใฎไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆช็‰‡๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ”ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ‚’ไฟ‚ๆญขใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ‘ๅŠใณๆ”ฏ่ปธ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ–ใŒๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ‘ใซใ€่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ’ๅŠใณใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ—ใŒ็ท ็ต้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ’ใซใ€ไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆช็‰‡๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ“ๅŠใณ้–‹ๅฃ๏ผ•๏ผ•๏ผ˜ใŒไฟ‚ๆญข็ˆช้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ“ใซใ€ใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œ็›ธๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 27 and the like, the mounting base 551 is provided with a pair of upper and lower support shafts 556 on the left end surface, and these support shafts 556 are attached to the support bracket 531 on the game board 16 side (see FIG. 24). Thus, the first control board unit 501 is supported to be openable and closable with respect to the game board 16. In addition, the mounting base 551 is provided with a pair of upper and lower nai latches 557 as fasteners at the right end portion and a horizontally long opening 558 at the upper end portion, and the tie latch 557 is connected to a to-be-fastened hole 532 (see FIG. 22) and the locking claw piece 533 (see FIG. 24) on the game board 16 side is locked in the opening 558 on the upper end portion, whereby the first control board unit 501 is fixed to the game board 16. . The support fitting 531 and the support shaft 556 correspond to the support shaft portion M1 in FIG. 21, the fastened hole 532 and the ny latch 557 correspond to the fastening portion M2, and the locking claw piece 533 and the opening 558 correspond to the locking claw portion M3, respectively. To do.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใฏๅŒใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฏๅŒใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the second control board unit 502 will be described with reference to FIGS. 30 to 32. 30 is a front view of the second control board unit 502, FIG. 31 is a perspective view of the unit 502, and FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective view of the unit 502.

็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใฏๆจช้•ทๅฝข็Šถใ‚’ใชใ™ๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ—ใ€ใ“ใฎๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ€้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ๅŠใณใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆๆŽฅ็ถšๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒๆญ่ผ‰ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ๅŠใณ้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏๅ‘จ็Ÿฅใฎ้€šใ‚Šๅˆถๅพกใฎไธญๆžขใ‚’ใชใ™๏ผ‘ใƒใƒƒใƒ—ใƒžใ‚คใ‚ณใƒณใจใ—ใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใ€ๅ„็จฎใƒใƒผใƒˆ็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅซใ‚€ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใ‚’ๅ…ทๅ‚™ใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟ๏ผˆๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€่ณžๅ“็ƒใ‚„่ฒธๅ‡บ็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅˆถๅพกใจใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆ“ไฝœใซๅพ“ใฃใŸ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใŠใ‚ˆใณ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใฎๅˆถๅพกใจใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ‚’ๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟ๏ผˆ้›ปๆบๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ‰ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ๅ„็จฎๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ็ญ‰ใง่ฆใ™ใ‚‹ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ้›ปๆบ้›ปๅœงใŒ็”Ÿๆˆใ•ใ‚Œๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The second control board unit 502 has a horizontally long mounting base 601, and a payout / discharge control device 611, a power supply device 612 and a card unit connection board 613 are mounted on the mounting base 601. As is well known, the payout / release control device 611 and the power supply device 612 include a control board including an MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that forms the center of control, various ports, and the like. With a control board (payout launch control board) constituting the payout launch control device 611, the payout control of prize balls and rental balls and the ball launch unit 90 (launch solenoid 92 and electromagnet 104 according to the operation of the operation handle 310 by the player). ) Is performed. In a control board (power supply board) constituting the power supply device 612, a predetermined power supply voltage required by various control devices or the like is generated and output.

ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆๆŽฅ็ถšๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๅ‰้ขใฎ่ฒธ็ƒๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผๅŠใณๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใซ้›ปๆฐ—็š„ใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็ƒ่ฒธใ—ๆ“ไฝœใฎๆŒ‡ไปคใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Š่พผใ‚“ใงใใ‚Œใ‚’ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใ‚’ไป‹ใ•ใšใซ็ƒ่ฒธใ—่ฃ…็ฝฎ็ญ‰ใ‹ใ‚‰ไธŠ็šฟใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็›ดๆŽฅ่ฒธใ—ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็พ้‡‘ๆฉŸใงใฏใ€ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆๆŽฅ็ถšๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏไธ่ฆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The card unit connection board 613 is electrically connected to the ball lending operation unit 210 on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 and a card unit (not shown). The card unit connection board 613 takes in a ball lending operation command by the player and outputs it to the payout and launch control device 611. Is. Note that the card unit connection board 613 is unnecessary in a cash machine in which game balls are lent directly from the ball lending device or the like to the upper plate without using the card unit.

ไธŠ่จ˜ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ€้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ๅŠใณใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆๆŽฅ็ถšๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ€้€ๆ˜Žๆจน่„‚ๆๆ–™็ญ‰ใ‚ˆใ‚Šใชใ‚‹ๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ€œ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใซใใ‚Œใžใ‚ŒๅŽๅฎนใ•ใ‚Œใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็‰นใซใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใงใฏใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใจๅŒๆง˜ใ€ๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผˆ่ขซๅŒ…ๆ‰‹ๆฎต๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใƒ™ใƒผใ‚นใจใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚นใ‚ซใƒใƒผใจใŒๅฐๅฐใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ™๏ผˆๅฐๅฐๆ‰‹ๆฎต๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้–‹ๅฐไธ่ƒฝใซ้€ฃ็ตใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒๅฐๅฐใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The payout / discharge control device 611, the power supply device 612, and the card unit connection substrate 613 are configured to be accommodated in substrate boxes 615 to 617 made of a transparent resin material, respectively. In particular, in the dispensing discharge control device 611, similarly to the main control device 561 described above, the box base and the box cover that constitute the substrate box 615 (encapsulating means) are connected by the sealing unit 619 (sealing means) so as not to be opened, As a result, the substrate box 615 is sealed.

ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅณ็ซฏ้ƒจใซใฏ็Šถๆ…‹ๅพฉๅธฐใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝ้ƒจใฎ็ƒ่ฉฐใพใ‚Š็ญ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚จใƒฉใƒผใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆ™‚ใซใŠใ„ใฆ็Šถๆ…‹ๅพฉๅธฐใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใŒๆŠผไธ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใŒๆญฃ้€†ๅ›ž่ปขใ•ใ‚Œใ€็ƒ่ฉฐใพใ‚Šใฎ่งฃๆถˆ๏ผˆๆญฃๅธธ็Šถๆ…‹ใธใฎๅพฉๅธฐ๏ผ‰ใŒๅ›ณใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจใซใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ๅฏๅค‰ๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ™จใฎๆ“ไฝœใคใพใฟ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎๆ“ไฝœ่ปธ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅณๅ›žใ‚Šใซๅ›ž่ปขใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใจ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้›ปๆต๏ผˆๅˆใฏ้›ปๅœง๏ผ‰ใŒๅคšใใชใฃใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใŒ้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๆ“ไฝœ่ปธ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅทฆๅ›žใ‚Šใซๅ›ž่ปขใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใจ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎๅŠฑ็ฃ้›ปๆต๏ผˆๅˆใฏ้›ปๅœง๏ผ‰ใŒไฝŽไธ‹ใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใ‚‚ไฝŽไธ‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A state return switch 621 is provided at the right end portion of the payout launch control device 611. For example, when the state return switch 621 is pressed when a payout error occurs, such as a ball jam in the payout motor 658a, the payout motor 658a is rotated forward and reverse to eliminate the ball jam (return to the normal state). It is like that. An operation knob 622 of a variable resistor that adjusts the firing force of the firing solenoid 92 is provided at the left end of the payout firing control device 611. When the operation shaft 622 is rotated clockwise, the firing solenoid 92 is excited. When the operating shaft 622 is rotated counterclockwise, the exciting current (or voltage) of the firing solenoid 92 is lowered and the firing force is also lowered.

้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฏใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ๆฉŸ่ƒฝใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ—ใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ไธ‡ไธ€ๅœ้›ปใŒ็™บ็”Ÿใ—ใŸ้š›ใงใ‚‚ๅœ้›ปๆ™‚ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ไฟๆŒใ—ใ€ๅœ้›ปใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎๅพฉๅธฐ๏ผˆๅพฉ้›ป๏ผ‰ใฎ้š›ใซใฏๅœ้›ปๆ™‚ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซๅพฉๅธฐใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€้€šๅธธๆ‰‹้ †ใง๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใƒ›ใƒผใƒซใฎๅ–ถๆฅญ็ต‚ไบ†ๆ™‚ใซ๏ผ‰้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใ™ใ‚‹ใจ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๅ‰ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใŒ่จ˜ๆ†ถไฟๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅๆ™‚ใซๅˆๆœŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซๆˆปใ—ใŸใ„ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใ‚’ๆŠผใ—ใชใŒใ‚‰้›ปๆบใ‚’ๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The power supply device 612 is provided with a RAM erase switch 623. This pachinko machine 10 has a backup function, so that even if a power failure occurs, it maintains the state at the time of a power failure, and can be restored to the state at the time of a power failure when returning from a power failure (power recovery) It has become. Therefore, if the power is turned off in the normal procedure (for example, when the hall is closed), the state before the power is turned off is stored. If you want to return to the initial state when the power is turned on, turn on the power while pressing the RAM erase switch 623. To do.

ๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฏไพ‹ใˆใฐ็„ก่‰ฒ้€ๆ˜Žใชๆจน่„‚ๆˆๅž‹ๅ“ใ‚ˆใ‚Šใชใ‚Šใ€ใใฎ่กจ้ขใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใซๅนณๅฆ็Šถใ‚’ใชใ™ๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ“ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅทฆๅดใฎๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใŒๆญ่ผ‰ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅณๅดใฎๅŸบๆฟๆญ่ผ‰้ข๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ“ใซใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆๆŽฅ็ถšๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒๆญ่ผ‰ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€‚ใใฎไธ€้ƒจใ‚’้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅŸบๆฟใƒœใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚น๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ–ไธŠใซ้‡ใญใฆๆญ่ผ‰ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The mounting base 601 is made of, for example, a colorless and transparent resin molded product, and flat board mounting surfaces 602 and 603 are provided on both the left and right sides of the surface. A power supply device 612 is mounted on the left substrate mounting surface 602, and a card unit connection substrate 613 is mounted on the right substrate mounting surface 603. The payout launch control device 611. A part thereof is mounted on the substrate box 616 of the power supply device 612 in an overlapping manner.

ๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใใฎๅณ็ซฏ้ƒจใซไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ•ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ•ใ‚’ใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ˜๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซไธŠๆ–นใ‹ใ‚‰ๆŒฟ้€šใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ–ไป˜ๅฐ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจใซ็ท ็ตๅ…ทใจใ—ใฆไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ–ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ–ใ‚’ใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ™๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซใฏใ‚่พผใ‚€ใ“ใจใงใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซ้–‹้–‰ไธ่ƒฝใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ—ๅŠใณๆ”ฏ่ปธ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ•ใŒๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ”ใซใ€่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ™ๅŠใณใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ–ใŒ็ท ็ต้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ•ใซใ€ใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œ็›ธๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As shown in FIG. 30, the mounting base 601 is provided with a pair of upper and lower support shafts 605 at the right end thereof. By inserting from above, the second control board unit 502 is supported to be openable and closable with respect to the inner frame 13. In addition, the mounting base 601 is provided with a pair of upper and lower nai latches 606 as fasteners at the left end portion. The control board unit 502 is fixed to the inner frame 13 so that it cannot be opened and closed. The support hole portion 537 and the support shaft 605 correspond to the support shaft portion M4 in FIG. 21, and the fastened hole 539 and the ny latch 606 correspond to the fastening portion M5, respectively.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ“ๅŠใณๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ”ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ“ใฏใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใŸ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใ‚’็คบใ—ใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ”ใฏใใฎๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใ‚’็คบใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฏใ€ๆจน่„‚ๆˆๅฝขใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใจ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ’ใจใ‚’ไธ€ไฝ“ๅŒ–ใ—ใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the configuration of the back pack unit 503 will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG. 33 shows the back pack unit 503 viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 34 shows an exploded perspective view thereof. The back pack unit 503 is formed by integrating a resin-formed back pack 651 and a game ball payout unit 652.

่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฏไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผก๏ผข๏ผณๆจน่„‚ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ€ไฝ“ๆˆๅž‹ใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€็•ฅๅนณๅฆ็Šถใฎใƒ™ใƒผใ‚น้ƒจ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ“ใจใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผๅพŒๆ–นใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ๆจช้•ทใฎ็•ฅ็›ดๆ–นไฝ“ๅฝข็Šถใ‚’ใชใ™ไฟ่ญทใ‚ซใƒใƒผ้ƒจ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ”ใจใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฟ่ญทใ‚ซใƒใƒผ้ƒจ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ”ใฏๅทฆๅณๅด้ขๅŠใณไธŠ้ขใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œไธ”ใคไธ‹้ขใฎใฟใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅฝข็Šถใ‚’ใชใ—ใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ๅฏๅค‰่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ˜๏ผใ‚’ๅ›ฒใ‚€ใฎใซๅๅˆ†ใชๅคงใใ•ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆไฝ†ใ—ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใฎ้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ‚‚ๅˆใ‚ใ›ใฆๅ›ฒใ‚€ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใ€‚ไฟ่ญทใ‚ซใƒใƒผ้ƒจ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ”ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขใซใฏๅคšๆ•ฐใฎ้€šๆฐ—็ฉด๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้€šๆฐ—็ฉด๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ฝใฏๅ„ใ€…ใŒ้•ท็ดฐใๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€้€šๆฐ—็ฉด๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ฝใฎ็ซฏใŒๆฏ”่ผƒ็š„่ฟ‘ใ„ไฝ็ฝฎใง้šฃใ‚Šๅˆใ†ใ‚ˆใ†่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€้šฃใ‚Šๅˆใ†้€šๆฐ—็ฉด๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ฝ้–“ใซใ‚ใ‚‹ๆจน่„‚้ƒจๅˆ†ใ‚’ๅˆ‡ๆ–ญใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขใ‚’ๅฎนๆ˜“ใซ้–‹ๅฃใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้€šๆฐ—็ฉด๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ฝ้–“ใฎๆจน่„‚้ƒจๅˆ†ใ‚’ๅˆ‡ๆ–ญใ—ใฆใใฎๅ†…้ƒจใฎ่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•็ญ‰ใ‚’้œฒๅ‡บใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎๆคœๅฎš็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅฎนๆ˜“ใซๅฎŸๆ–ฝใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The back pack 651 is integrally formed of, for example, ABS resin, and includes a substantially flat base portion 653 and a protective cover portion 654 that protrudes rearward from the pachinko machine 10 and has a horizontally long substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The protective cover portion 654 has a shape in which the left and right side surfaces and the upper surface are closed and only the lower surface is opened, and has a size sufficient to surround at least the variable display device unit 80 (however, in the present embodiment, the above-mentioned audio The lamp control device 562 is also enclosed. A large number of ventilation holes 654 a are provided on the back surface of the protective cover portion 654. Each of the vent holes 654a is formed to be thin and provided so that the ends of the vent holes 654a are adjacent to each other at a relatively close position. Therefore, the back surface of the back pack 651 can be easily opened by cutting the resin portion between the adjacent vent holes 654a. For this reason, predetermined | prescribed test | inspection etc. can be easily implemented by cut | disconnecting the resin part between the vent holes 654a and exposing the display control apparatus 505 grade | etc., Inside.

่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ไฟ่ญทใ‚ซใƒใƒผ้ƒจ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ”ใ‚’่ฟ‚ๅ›žใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒใƒใ‚ธใงๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฏใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎๆœ€ไธŠ้ƒจใซไฝ็ฝฎใ—ใฆไธŠๆ–นใซ้–‹ๅฃใ—ใŸใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ•ใจใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ•ใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใซ้€ฃ็ตใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆจชๆ–นๅ‘๏ผ’ๅˆ—๏ผˆ๏ผ’ๆก๏ผ‰ใฎ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ—ใฆไธ‹ๆตๅดใซๅ‘ใ‘ใฆ็ทฉใ‚„ใ‹ใซๅ‚พๆ–œใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ใจใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ใฎไธ‹ๆตๅดใซ็ธฆๅ‘ใใซ้€ฃ็ตใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ฑใƒผใ‚นใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ—ใจใ€ใ‚ฑใƒผใ‚นใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ—ใฎๆœ€ไธ‹ๆต้ƒจใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝ็ญ‰ใฎๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ้›ปๆฐ—็š„ๆง‹ๆˆใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚’่กŒใ†ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€ใƒ›ใƒผใƒซใฎๅณถ่จญๅ‚™ใ‹ใ‚‰ไพ›็ตฆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ้€ๆฌก่ฃœ็ตฆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฟ…่ฆๅ€‹ๆ•ฐใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ—ใŒ้ฉๅฎœ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆ‰•ใ„ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎไธ‹็ซฏ้ƒจใซๅ†…่”ตใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏ๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰ใ‚’้€šใ˜ใฆๅ‰่จ˜ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘็ญ‰ใซไพ›็ตฆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A payout unit 652 is fixed to the back pack 651 with a screw so as to bypass the protective cover portion 654. The payout unit 652 is located at the uppermost part of the back pack 651 and is connected to the lower side of the tank 655 and the lower side of the tank 655. The tank rail 656 which is gently inclined, the case rail 657 vertically connected to the downstream side of the tank rail 656, and the most downstream portion of the case rail 657, and has a predetermined electrical configuration such as a dispensing motor 658 a A payout device 658 for paying out game balls. The game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished to the tank 655, and a required number of game balls are paid out by the payout device 658 as appropriate. The game balls paid out by the payout device 658 are supplied to the upper plate 201 and the like through a payout passage (not shown) built in the lower end portion of the back pack 651.

ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ใซใฏใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ใซๆŒฏๅ‹•ใ‚’ไป˜ๅŠ ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒใ‚คใƒ–ใƒฌใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€ไปฎใซใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ไป˜่ฟ‘ใง็ƒ่ฉฐใพใ‚ŠใŒ็”Ÿใ˜ใŸ้š›ใซใฏใ€ใƒใ‚คใƒ–ใƒฌใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ƒ่ฉฐใพใ‚Šใ‚’่งฃๆถˆใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใƒใ‚คใƒ–ใƒฌใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผใฏใ€ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆๅŒ–ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ใฎๆจชใธๅฎนๆ˜“ใซๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A vibrator 660 for applying vibration to the tank rail 656 is attached to the tank rail 656. Therefore, if a ball clogging occurs near the tank rail 656, the ball clogging can be eliminated by driving the vibrator 660. Since this vibrator 660 is unitized, it can be easily attached to the side of the tank rail 656.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ•ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ใฎๆง‹ๆˆใซใคใ„ใฆ่ฉณ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ•ใฏใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ใฎๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ใฏไธŠๆ–นใซ้–‹ๅฃใ—ใŸ้•ทๅฐบๆจ‹็Šถใ‚’ใชใ™ใƒฌใƒผใƒซๆœฌไฝ“๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ—ใ€ใƒฌใƒผใƒซๆœฌไฝ“๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅง‹็ซฏ้ƒจใซใฏไธ€ๆ–นๅดใซๅ††ๅผง็Šถใซๅ‚พๆ–œใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็ƒๅ—้ƒจ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ’ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ•ใ‹ใ‚‰่ฝไธ‹ใ—ใฆใใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏๅ††ๆป‘ใซใƒฌใƒผใƒซๆœฌไฝ“๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซๅ–ใ‚Š่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใƒฌใƒผใƒซๆœฌไฝ“๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซใฏ้•ทๆ‰‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๅปถใณใ‚‹ไป•ๅˆ‡ๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ“ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎไป•ๅˆ‡ๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ“ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒไบŒๆ‰‹ใซๅˆ†ๆตใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไป•ๅˆ‡ๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ“ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไป•ๅˆ‡ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ๏ผ’ๆกใฎ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็›ดๅพ„ใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚ๅƒ…ใ‹ใซๅน…ๅบƒใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไป•ๅˆ‡ๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ“ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไป•ๅˆ‡ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸๅ„็ƒ้€š่ทฏใฎๅบ•้ขใซใฏใ€ใใฎ้€š่ทฏใฎไธก็ซฏใซใฆไธ‹ๅดใซ้–‹ๅฃใ—ใŸ้–‹ๅฃ้ƒจ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ•ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Here, the configuration of the tank rail 656 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective view of the tank rail 656. The tank rail 656 has a rail body 661 having an elongated bowl shape that opens upward, and a ball receiving portion 662 that is formed to be inclined in an arc shape on one side is provided at the start end of the rail body 661. . By this ball receiving portion 662, the game ball dropped from the tank 655 is smoothly taken into the rail body 661. In addition, the rail body 661 is provided with a partition wall 663 extending in the longitudinal direction, and the game balls are divided into two hands by the partition wall 663. The two ball passages partitioned by the partition wall 663 are slightly wider than the diameter of the game ball. On the bottom surface of each spherical passage partitioned by the partition wall 663, an opening 665 is provided that opens downward at both ends of the passage.

ใพใŸใ€ใƒฌใƒผใƒซๆœฌไฝ“๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ใใฎไธ‹ๆตๅดใฎๅคฉไบ•้ƒจๅˆ†ใ‚’่ฆ†ใ†ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆๆ•ดๆตๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ—ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๆ•ดๆตๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ—ใฏใ€ไธ‹ๆตๅดใซใชใ‚‹ใปใฉใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ๅ†…ใฎ้€š่ทฏใฎ้ซ˜ใ•ใ‚’ๅˆถ้™ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ๅบ•้ขใซๆฌก็ฌฌใซ่ฟ‘ใฅใใ‚ˆใ†ใซๅ‚พๆ–œใ—ใฆ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆ•ดๆตๆฟใฎไธŠๆตๅดใซใฏใ€้ซ˜ใ็ฉใพใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๆตไธ‹ใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกไธŠๅดใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซใ ใ‘ๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ—ใฆๆตไธ‹ใ‚’ๅˆถ้™ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆตไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๆŒฏใ‚Šๅญ็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ๅฏๅ‹•ๅผใฎๆ•ดๆต้Œ˜๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰ใŒๅž‚ไธ‹ใ—ใฆ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ•๏ผ–ใฎไธŠๆต้ƒจใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ฉใพใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๆตใ‚Œ่พผใ‚“ใงใใฆใ‚‚ใ€ๆ•ดๆต้Œ˜ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆ•ดๅˆ—ใ—ใคใคๆตไธ‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, a rectifying plate 667 is disposed on the rail body 661 so as to cover the ceiling portion on the downstream side. The rectifying plate 667 is disposed so as to gradually approach the bottom surface so as to limit the height of the passage in the tank rail 656 toward the downstream side. Further, on the upstream side of the current plate, a movable rectifying weight that moves in a pendulum direction along the flow direction so as to limit the flow by contacting only the upper game ball of the game balls flowing down in a highly stacked state (Not shown) is provided to hang down. Even if the game balls flow from the upstream portion of the tank rail 356 in a stacked state, the game balls in the tank rail 656 flow down while being aligned by the rectifying weight.

ใชใŠใ€ใƒฌใƒผใƒซๆœฌไฝ“๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏใ€้ป’่‰ฒใฎๅฐŽ้›ปๆ€งใƒใƒชใ‚ซใƒผใƒœใƒใƒผใƒˆๆจน่„‚ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆˆๅฝขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใซๅฏพใ—ใ€ๆ•ดๆตๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ—ใฏ้€ๆ˜Žใฎใƒใƒชใ‚ซใƒผใƒœใƒใƒผใƒˆๆจน่„‚ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆˆๅฝขใ—ใฆ้€š่ทฏๅ†…้ƒจใ‚’่ฆ–่ชใ—ๆ˜“ใใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸๆ•ดๆตๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ—ใฏ็€่„ฑๅฏ่ƒฝใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒๆ•ดๆตๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ—ใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ™ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ–ๅ†…ใฎใƒกใƒณใƒ†ใƒŠใƒณใ‚นใŒๅฎนๆ˜“ใซๅฎŸๆ–ฝใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The rail body 661 is formed of a black conductive polycarbonate resin, whereas the rectifying plate 667 is formed of a transparent polycarbonate resin so that the inside of the passage can be easily seen. Further, the rectifying plate 667 is detachably provided, and maintenance in the tank rail 656 can be easily performed by removing the rectifying plate 667.

ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ“ๅŠใณๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ”ใซๆˆปใฃใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜ใธใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บๆŒ‡ไปคใฎไฟกๅทใ‚’ไธญ็ถ™ใ™ใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บไธญ็ถ™ๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใจใ€ๅค–้ƒจใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธป้›ปๆบใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Š่พผใ‚€ใŸใ‚ใฎ้›ปๆบใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ’ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้›ปๆบใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒๅŸบๆฟ๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ’ใซใฏใ€้›ปๅœงๅค‰ๆ›ๅ™จใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆไพ‹ใˆใฐไบคๆต๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผถใฎไธป้›ปๆบใŒไพ›็ตฆใ•ใ‚Œใ€้›ปๆบใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ’๏ฝใฎๅˆ‡ๆ›ฟๆ“ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้›ปๆบ๏ผฏ๏ผฎๅˆใฏ้›ปๆบ๏ผฏ๏ผฆ๏ผฆใจใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Returning to FIG. 33 and FIG. The payout unit 652 includes a payout relay board 681 that relays a payout command signal from the payout launch control device 611 to the payout device 658, and a power switch board 682 for taking in the main power from the outside. The power switch board 682 is supplied with, for example, an AC 24V main power via a voltage converter, and is turned on or off by a switching operation of the power switch 682a.

ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ•ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ้€š่ทฏใซ่‡ณใ‚‹ใพใงใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹้ƒจๆใฏใ€ไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‚‚ๅฐŽ้›ปๆ€งใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ๆจน่„‚ๆๆ–™๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐๅฐŽ้›ปๆ€งใƒใƒชใ‚ซใƒผใƒœใƒใƒผใƒˆๆจน่„‚๏ผ‰ใซใฆๆˆๅฝขใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎไธ€้ƒจใซใฆๆŽฅๅœฐ๏ผˆใ‚ขใƒผใ‚น๏ผ‰ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๅธฏ้›ปใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ใƒŽใ‚คใ‚บใฎ็™บ็”ŸใŒๆŠ‘ๅˆถใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The members that form the path of the game ball from the tank 655 to the payout path are all formed of a conductive resin material (for example, conductive polycarbonate resin) and grounded (grounded) at a part thereof. Yes. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the noise by charging of a game ball is suppressed.

ใพใŸใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ“ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใใฎๅณ็ซฏ้ƒจใซไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ•ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ•ใ‚’ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ˜๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซไธŠๆ–นใ‹ใ‚‰ๆŒฟ้€šใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจใซ็ท ็ตๅ…ทใจใ—ใฆไธŠไธ‹ไธ€ๅฏพใฎใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ–ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ไธŠ็ซฏ้ƒจใซไฟ‚ๆญขๅญ”๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ—ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ–ใ‚’ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎ่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซใฏใ‚่พผใ‚€ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ไฟ‚ๆญขๅญ”๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ—ใซๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ๅดใฎๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ‚’ไฟ‚ๆญขใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใ€่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฏๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซ้–‹้–‰ไธ่ƒฝใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ’ๅŠใณไฟ‚ๆญขๅญ”๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ—ใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒใ‚’ไฝฟ็”จใ—ใชใ„ใฎใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ“ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไฟ‚ๆญขๅญ”๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ—ใฎๅทฆ้šฃใซใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ฒฏ็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ๏ผ“๏ผ•๏ผ•ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใ‚’ๅผทๅ›บใซๅ›บๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ’ใฎๅ›บๅฎšๆ™‚ใซใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅทฆไธŠ้š…ใจๅณไธ‹้š…ใฎๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ“๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ‚‚่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใŒๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๆ”ฏๆŒๅญ”้ƒจ๏ผ•๏ผ“๏ผ˜ๅŠใณๆ”ฏ่ปธ๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ•ใŒๅ›ณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฎๆ”ฏ่ปธ้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ–ใซใ€่ขซ็ท ็ตๅญ”๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผๅŠใณใƒŠใ‚คใƒฉใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ–ใŒ็ท ็ต้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ—ใซใ€ๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ’ๅŠใณไฟ‚ๆญขๅญ”๏ผ–๏ผ˜๏ผ—ใŒไฟ‚ๆญข้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ˜ใซใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œ็›ธๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ›บๅฎšๅ…ท๏ผ•๏ผ”๏ผ“ใŒไฟ‚ๆญข้ƒจ๏ผญ๏ผ™ใซ็›ธๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, as shown in FIG. 33, the back pack 651 is provided with a pair of upper and lower support shafts 685 at the right end thereof, and these support shafts 685 are supported on the support holes 538 on the inner frame 13 side (see FIG. 23). The back pack unit 503 is supported so that it can be opened and closed with respect to the inner frame 13. In addition, the back pack 651 is provided with a pair of upper and lower nai latches 686 as fasteners at the left end portion, and is provided with a locking hole 687 at the upper end portion, and the nai latch 686 is connected to the fastening hole 540 ( The back pack unit 503 is fixed to the inner frame 13 so that it cannot be opened and closed by engaging with the fixing member 542 (see FIG. 23) on the inner frame 13 side in the locking hole 687. As shown in FIG. 33, a tank 355 for storing a game ball is provided on the left side of the locking hole 687, and this portion is not used for the fixing tool 542 and the locking hole 687. This is because it is firmly fixed. When the fixture 542 is fixed, the back pack unit 503 is also fixed to the inner frame 13 by the fixtures 541 and 543 (see FIG. 23) at the upper left corner and the lower right corner of the inner frame 13. The support hole portion 538 and the support shaft 685 correspond to the support shaft portion M6 in FIG. 21, the fastened hole 540 and the ny latch 686 correspond to the fastening portion M7, and the fixture 542 and the locking hole 687 correspond to the locking portion M8, respectively. . The fixing tool 543 corresponds to the locking portion M9.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๆ–ฝ้Œ ใจใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๆ–ฝ้Œ ใ‚’่กŒใ†ใŸใ‚ใฎๆ–ฝ้Œ ่ฃ…็ฝฎใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใฏใ€ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ—ใฏใ€ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‰้ขๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใฏๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๅ›ณ้ขใฎ่ค‡้›‘ๅŒ–ใ‚’้ฟใ‘ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒใ‚’็œ็•ฅใ—ใฆ็คบใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, a locking device for locking the inner frame 13 to the outer frame 12 and locking the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15 to the inner frame 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. 36 to 38. 36 is a front view of the locking unit 410, FIG. 37 is a front perspective view of the locking unit 410, and FIG. 38 is a rear perspective view of the locking unit 410. In order to avoid complication of the drawings, the coil spring is not shown in FIGS.

ๆ–ฝ้Œ ่ฃ…็ฝฎใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขใงใ‚ใฃใฆใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ๅณๅดใซ็ธฆ้•ทใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใจใ€ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใซๆ‘บๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซไฟ‚ๅˆใ—ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚„ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”็ญ‰ใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซ็ถญๆŒใ™ใ‚‹ไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“ใจใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝใจใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎไธ‹็šฟไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝใจใŒ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The locking device is engaged with a locking unit 410 that is vertically long on the back surface of the inner frame 13 and on the right side of the pachinko machine 10 when viewed from the front, and hook members 411 to 413 that are slidably provided on the locking unit 410. And an engaging portion that maintains the inner frame 13 and the front frame 14 in a closed state. As the engaging portion, the metal fitting 23 of the outer frame 12, the front frame flange portion 14a of the front frame 14, and the lower plate engaging portion 15a of the lower plate unit 15 are applicable.

ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆญฃ้ข่ฆ–ไธญๅคฎไธ‹้ƒจใซใฏใ€้ต็ฉด๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๆ–ฝ้Œ ใจๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๆ–ฝ้Œ ใจใฏใ€ใ“ใฎใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผใฎ้ต็ฉด๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใซๅฐ‚็”จใฎ้ตใ‚’ๅทฎใ—่พผใ‚“ใงๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎๆ“ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใซใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œ่งฃ้™คใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A cylinder lock 420 having a key hole 421 is provided at the lower center of the locking unit 410 when viewed from the front. The locking of the inner frame 13 and the locking of the front frame 14 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the key hole 421 of the cylinder lock 420 and performing a predetermined operation.

ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใฏใ€็ธฆ้•ทใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้‰คๅŸบไฝ“๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใจใ€้‰คๅŸบไฝ“๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซๆ‘บๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œใซไฟ‚ๅˆใ™ใ‚‹้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้‰คๅŸบไฝ“๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฏใ€่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎๅ–ไป˜ๅญ”ใŒ็ฉฟ่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ–ไป˜ๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใจใ€ๅ–ไป˜ๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซ็›ดไบคใ—ใฆ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“็ญ‰ใ‚’ๆ”ฏๆŒใ™ใ‚‹ๆ”ฏๆŒๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆ–ญ้ข็•ฅ๏ผฌๅญ—็Šถใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใงใ‚ใฃใฆ้–‹้–‰่ปธใ‹ใ‚‰้›ข้–“ใ—ใŸๅดใฎ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผˆ่ƒŒ้ข่ฆ–ๅทฆ็ซฏ้ƒจ๏ผ‰ใซ้‰คๅŸบไฝ“๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅ–ไป˜ๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚’ใƒใ‚ธใง็ท ใ‚ไป˜ใ‘ใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The locking unit 410 includes an eaves base 414 formed vertically and eaves members 411 to 413 that are slidably provided on the eaves base 414 and engage with the inner frame 13, the front frame 14, and the lower dish unit 15, respectively. I have. The eaves base 414 is formed in a substantially L-shaped cross section by an attachment plate 415 in which a plurality of attachment holes are formed, and a support plate 416 that is orthogonal to the attachment plate 415 and supports the eaves members 411 to 413 and the like. The locking unit 410 is fixed to the inner frame 13 by tightening a mounting plate 415 of the flange base 414 with a screw at an end portion (left end portion in rear view) on the back surface side of the inner frame 13 and away from the opening / closing axis.

้‰คๅŸบไฝ“๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅ–ไป˜ๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€ใใฎไธŠ้ƒจใจไธ‹้ƒจใซ็ธฆ้•ท็•ฅ็Ÿฉๅฝข็ŠถใฎๆŒฟๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆŒฟๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝใซใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆ™‚ใซๅ‰้ขๆž ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒ้€ฒๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The attachment plate 415 of the heel base 414 is provided with an insertion port 415a having a vertically long and substantially rectangular shape at the upper and lower portions thereof. When the front frame 14 is closed, the front end portion of the front frame flange portion 14a enters the insertion port 415a.

้‰คๅŸบไฝ“๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๆ”ฏๆŒๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ†…ๅดใซใฏใ€ๆ”ฏๆŒๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซๆฒฟใฃใฆ็ธฆ้•ทใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆฟ็Šถใฎๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใŒไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆ‘บๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้‰คๅŸบไฝ“๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎไธŠไธ‹๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„ใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹ๆ–นใซๅธธใซๅผ•ใฃๅผตใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๆ”ฏๆŒๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซๆ‘บๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผˆๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ‰๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใใฎๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒไธ‹ๆ–นใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸ้‰คๅฝขใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“ใซๅผ•ใฃๆŽ›ใ‹ใฃใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใŒไธญ็ซ‹ไฝ็ฝฎใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠๆ–นใธ็งปๅ‹•ใ—ใŸใจใใซใฎใฟใ€ๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใซไฟ‚ๅˆใ—ใฆไธŠๆ–นใซๆ‘บๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฏใ€ๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ‚’ไป˜ๅ‹ขใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒใฎๅผ•ใฃๅผตใ‚ŠๅŠ›ใจใปใผๅŒไธ€ใฎๅคงใใ•ใฎๅๅŠ›ใงไธ‹ๆ–นใธไป˜ๅ‹ขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A plate-like sliding rod 417 formed vertically along the supporting plate 416 is slidably arranged in the vertical direction inside the supporting plate 416 of the rod base 414. In addition, a hook member (an inner frame hook member) 411 that is slidably supported by the support plate 416 while being always pulled downward by a coil spring (not shown) is disposed at two upper and lower portions of the flange base 414. Yes. The inner frame hook member 411 is formed in a hook shape with a tip portion protruding downward, and is hooked on the receiving bracket 23 of the outer frame 12 to lock the inner frame 13. The inner frame collar member 411 engages with the sliding collar 417 and slides upward only when the sliding collar 417 moves upward from the neutral position. The sliding rod 417 is urged downward by a reaction force having substantially the same magnitude as the pulling force of the coil spring that urges the inner frame collar member 411.

ใ“ใฎไธŠไธ‹๏ผ’ใคใฎๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€็‹ฌ็ซ‹ใ—ใฆไธŠๆ–นใธ็งปๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใฃใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€้‡้‡‘ใชใฉใงๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ‚’็งปๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ่งฃ้Œ ใ•ใ›ใ‚ˆใ†ใจใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏไธกๆ–นใฎๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ‚’ไธŠๆ–นใซ็งปๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐใชใ‚‰ใชใ„ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใฎใฟใ‚’ไธŠๆ–นใธ็งปๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใฆใ‚‚ไป–ๆ–นใฎๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒๅค–ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ท๏ผ’๏ผ“ใซๅผ•ใฃๆŽ›ใ‹ใฃใŸใพใพใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ไธๆญฃใช่งฃ้Œ ๆ“ไฝœใŒๅ›ฐ้›ฃใจใชใฃใฆ้˜ฒ็Šฏๆ€งใŒ้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎไธŠๆ–นใธใฎๆ‘บๅ‹•ใซไผดใฃใฆไธŠๆ–นใธ็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฏใ€ใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผใซๅฏพใ—ใฆใฎๅฐ‚็”จ้ตใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๅณๅ›žใ‚Šใฎๆ“ไฝœใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ—ใฆไธŠๆ–นใธๆ‘บๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅฐ‚็”จ้ตใฎๆ“ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๆ–ฝ้Œ ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’่งฃ้™คใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The upper and lower two inner frame collar members 411 are independently movable upward. When the inner frame collar member 411 is moved and unlocked with a wire or the like, both inner frames are removed. The scissor member 411 must be moved upward. Even if only one of them is moved upward, the other inner frame flange member 411 remains hooked on the receiving bracket 23 of the outer frame 12. For this reason, an unauthorized unlocking operation becomes difficult and crime prevention is improved. Further, the inner frame collar member 411 moves upward as the sliding collar 417 slides upward. The sliding rod 417 slides upward in conjunction with the clockwise operation with the dedicated key with respect to the cylinder lock 420, and the locked state of the inner frame 13 can be released by operating the dedicated key. .

ใพใŸใ€้‰คๅŸบไฝ“๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎไธŠไธ‹๏ผ’ใ‚ซๆ‰€ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„ใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠๆ–นใซๅธธใซๅผ•ใฃๅผตใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๅ–ไป˜ๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŠใ‚ˆใณๆ”ฏๆŒๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซๆ‘บๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผˆๅ‰้ขๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ‰๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰้ขๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏใ€้‡‘ๅฑžๆฟใ‚’ๆ–ญ้ขใ‚ณๅญ—็ŠถใซๆŠ˜ใ‚Šๆ›ฒใ’ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ–ไป˜ๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•ๅดใฎ้ขใซใฏ็ธฆ้•ท็Ÿฉๅฝข็Šถใฎไฟ‚ๆญขๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏใ€ไฟ‚ๆญขๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝใŒๅ–ไป˜ๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆŒฟๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝใซ้‡ใชใ‚Šใคใคใ€ไธญ็ซ‹็Šถๆ…‹ใซใฆไฟ‚ๆญขๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝใฎไธ‹็ซฏใŒๆŒฟๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, at two upper and lower portions of the flange base 414, a flange member (front frame flange member) 412 supported slidably by the mounting plate 415 and the support plate 416 while being always pulled upward by a coil spring (not shown). It is arranged. The front frame flange member 412 is formed by bending a metal plate into a U-shaped cross section, and a vertically long rectangular locking port 412a is formed on the surface on the mounting plate 415 side. Further, the front frame flange member 412 has the locking port 412a overlapping the insertion port 415a formed in the mounting plate 415, and the lower end of the locking port 412a is positioned above the insertion port 415a in the neutral state. Has been placed.

ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆ™‚ใซใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝใŒๆŒฟๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝใซ้€ฒๅ…ฅใ—ใ€ไฟ‚ๆญขๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝๅ†…ใซใ‚‚้€ฒๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฟ‚ๆญขๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝใฎไธ‹็ซฏใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝๅ…ˆ็ซฏใฎ็ชๅ‡บ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ™ใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝใซๆŠผใ—ไธ‹ใ’ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆไธ‹ๆ–นใธๆ‘บๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰้ขๆž ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝๅ…ˆ็ซฏใฎ็ชๅ‡บ้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒไฟ‚ๆญขๅฃ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝๅ†…ใซๅฎŒๅ…จใซๅ…ฅใ‚Š่พผใ‚€ใจใ€ใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒใฎๅผ•ใฃๅผตใ‚ŠๅŠ›ใงๅ‰้ขๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏไธŠๆ˜‡ใ—ใฆๅ…ƒใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซๆˆปใ‚Šใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ฝใซๅผ•ใฃๆŽ›ใ‹ใฃใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พไธ่ƒฝใซไฟ‚ๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎไธ‹ๆ–นใธใฎๆ‘บๅ‹•ใซไผดใฃใฆไธ‹ๆ–นใธ็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฏใ€ใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผใซๅฏพใ—ใฆใฎๅฐ‚็”จ้ตใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๅทฆๅ›žใ‚Šใฎๆ“ไฝœใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ—ใฆไธ‹ๆ–นใธๆ‘บๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจๅŒๆง˜ใ€ๅฐ‚็”จ้ตใฎๆ“ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๆ–ฝ้Œ ็Šถๆ…‹ใŒ่งฃ้™คใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When the front frame 14 is closed, the front frame flange portion 14a enters the insertion port 415a and also enters the locking port 412a. The lower end of the locking port 412a is disposed at a position where it comes into contact with the protruding portion at the front end of the front frame flange portion 14a, and the front frame flange member 412 is pushed down by the front frame flange portion 14a and slides downward. When the protruding portion at the front end of the front frame flange portion 14a completely enters the locking port 412a, the front frame flange member 412 rises and returns to the original position by the pulling force of the coil spring, and is caught by the front frame flange portion 14a. The front frame 14 is locked so as not to be opened. Further, the front frame collar member 412 moves downward as the sliding collar 417 slides downward. The sliding rod 417 slides downward in conjunction with the counterclockwise operation with the dedicated key with respect to the cylinder lock 420, and, like the inner frame 13, the front frame 13 is locked by operating the dedicated key. Is released.

ใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผใจๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใจใฎ้€ฃๅ‹•ๆฉŸๆง‹ใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผใฎ้Œ ่ปธใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๅ‹•ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎๅˆ‡ๆฌ ๅ†…ใซ้€ฒๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผ’ใคใฎ็ช่ตทใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ซใƒ ๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ๏ฝใŒๅ–ใ‚Šไป˜ใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅฐ‚็”จ้ตใŒใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผใฎ้ต็ฉด๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใซๅทฎใ—่พผใพใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๅณๅ›žใ‚Š๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใฎๆ™‚่จˆๅ›žใ‚Šๆ–นๅ‘๏ผ‰ใซๅ›žๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€ใ‚ซใƒ ๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธ‹ๅดใฎ็ช่ตทใŒๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎๅˆ‡ๆฌ ๅ†…ใซ้€ฒๅ…ฅใ—ใฆไธŠๆ–นใซๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใ‚’ๆŠผใ—ไธŠใ’ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ๅฐ‚็”จ้ตใŒใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผใฎ้ต็ฉดใซๅทฎใ—่พผใพใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๅทฆๅ›žใ‚Š๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใฎๅๆ™‚่จˆๅ›žใ‚Šๆ–นๅ‘๏ผ‰ใซๅ›žๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€ใ‚ซใƒ ๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ๏ฝใฎไธŠๅดใฎ็ช่ตทใŒๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎๅˆ‡ๆฌ ๅ†…ใซ้€ฒๅ…ฅใ—ใฆไธ‹ๆ–นใซๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใ‚’ๆŠผใ—ไธ‹ใ’ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅฐ‚็”จ้ตใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅ˜ไธ€ใฎๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใ‚’ไธŠไธ‹ใซ่‡ชๅœจใซๆ‘บๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ†…ๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ‰้ขๆž ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ‚’ไฝœๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใฆๅ„้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’ๆฏŽใซๆ–ฝ้Œ ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ†…ๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹ๆ–ฝ้Œ ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’่งฃ้™คใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎๆ‘บๅ‹•ๆ†ใ‚’ใ‚ทใƒชใƒณใƒ€้Œ ใฎ้Œ ่ปธใซใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซๆฏ”ในใฆ้ƒจๅ“ๆง‹ๆˆใŒๅ˜็ด”ใซใชใ‚Šใ€่ฃฝ้€ ใ‚ณใ‚นใƒˆใ‚’ไฝŽๆธ›ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The interlocking mechanism between the cylinder lock 420 and the sliding rod 417 will be described. As shown in FIG. 38, the lock shaft of the cylinder lock 420 has two protrusions that enter the notch of the sliding rod 417 by the rotation operation. A cam plate 420a is attached. When the exclusive key is inserted clockwise into the key hole 421 of the cylinder lock 420 and rotates clockwise (the clockwise direction in FIG. 36), the lower protrusion of the cam plate 420a enters the notch of the sliding rod 417. The sliding rod 417 is pushed upward. On the other hand, when the dedicated key is turned counterclockwise (counterclockwise in FIG. 36) with the key inserted into the keyhole of the cylinder lock 420, the upper projection of the cam plate 420a enters the notch of the sliding rod 417. Then push down the sliding rod 417 downward. In this way, by sliding the single sliding rod 417 up and down freely by rotating the dedicated key, the inner frame collar member 411 and the front frame collar member 412 interlocked with the sliding rod 417 are moved. The locked state with respect to the inner frame 13 and the front frame 14 locked for each of the flange members 411 and 412 can be released by operating. Therefore, compared with the case where a plurality of sliding rods are respectively configured to be interlocked with the lock shaft of the cylinder lock, the component configuration is simplified, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

้‰คๅŸบไฝ“๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎไธ‹้ƒจใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„ใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠๆ–นใซๅธธใซๅผ•ใฃๅผตใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใงๆ”ฏๆŒๆฟ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใซๆ‘บๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผˆไธ‹็šฟ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ‰๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŒ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ไธ‹็šฟไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ™ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซไฟ‚ๅˆใ—ใฆไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚’ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซๆฒฟใฃใŸไธญๅคฎ้ƒจใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹้ƒจใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ‰้ขๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใ€ๆ›ดใซๅ…ˆ็ซฏ้ƒจใŒไธŠๆ–นใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸไธŠไธ‹๏ผ’ใคใฎ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใŒไธ‹็šฟไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝใซๅผ•ใฃๆŽ›ใ‹ใฃใฆไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎ้–‹ๆ”พใ‚’่ฆๅˆถใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A heel member (lower plate heel member) 413 that is slidably supported by the support plate 416 while being always pulled upward by a coil spring (not shown) is disposed below the heel base 414. The lower plate saddle member 413 is for engaging the lower plate engaging portion 15a (see FIG. 19) provided in the lower plate unit 15 to lock the lower plate unit 15, and is located in the center along the vertical direction. The upper and lower two flanges 413a, which protrude from the upper and lower portions to the front side and further protrude from the tip, are hooked by the lower plate engaging portion 15a to restrict the opening of the lower plate unit 15.

ไธ‹็šฟ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไธŠ็ซฏ้ƒจใซใฏใ€ๅ‰้ขๅดใซ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆŠ˜ใ‚Šๆ›ฒใ’ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๆŒ‡ๅ…ˆ็ญ‰ใงไธ‹็šฟ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’ไธ‹ๆ–นใซๆŠผไธ‹ใงใใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฏใ€ๅธธใซใฏๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซ่ฆ†ใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใฎใฟ้œฒๅ‡บใ—ใฆๆ“ไฝœๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย At the upper end of the lower plate ridge member 413, an operation portion 413b formed so as to protrude to the front side is provided, so that the lower plate ridge member 413 can be pushed downward with a fingertip or the like. ing. The operation unit 413b of the lower dish unit 15 is always disposed at a position covered by the front frame 14, and can be exposed and operated only when the front frame 14 is opened.

้–‰้Ž–็Šถๆ…‹ใฎไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใ€ใพใšใ€ๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใฆไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใ‚’ๆ“ไฝœๅฏ่ƒฝใซใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใ‚’ใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒใฎไป˜ๅ‹ขๅŠ›ใซๆŠ—ใ—ใฆๆŠผไธ‹ใ—ใ€ไธ‹็šฟ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’ไธ‹ๅดใธ็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ๅดใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ไธ‹็šฟไฟ‚ๅˆ้ƒจ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ฝใจไธ‹็šฟ็”จ้‰ค้ƒจๆ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ้‰ค้ƒจ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใจใฎไฟ‚ๅˆ็Šถๆ…‹ใŒ่งฃ้™คใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚’ๆ‰‹ๅ‰ใซๅผ•ใใ ใ‘ใง้–‹ๆ”พๅฏ่ƒฝใช่งฃ้Œ ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When opening the lower tray unit 13 in the closed state, first, the front frame 14 is opened so that the operation portion 413b of the lower tray unit 15 can be operated. After that, when the operation unit 413b is pressed against the urging force of the coil spring and the lower plate cage member 413 is moved downward, the lower plate engagement unit 15a provided on the lower plate unit 15 side and the lower plate cage member The engagement state of the 413 with the flange portion 413a is released, and the unlocking state can be achieved by simply pulling the lower plate unit 15 forward.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ™ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ๆœฌใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้›ปๆฐ—็š„ๆง‹ๆˆใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ“๏ผ™ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้›ปๆฐ—็š„ๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ–ใƒญใƒƒใ‚ฏๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ๆผ”็ฎ—่ฃ…็ฝฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹๏ผ‘ใƒใƒƒใƒ—ใƒžใ‚คใ‚ณใƒณใจใ—ใฆใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŒๆญ่ผ‰ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€่ฉฒ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ„็จฎใฎๅˆถๅพกใƒ—ใƒญใ‚ฐใƒฉใƒ ใ‚„ๅ›บๅฎšๅ€คใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’่จ˜ๆ†ถใ—ใŸ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ’ใจใ€ใใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ’ๅ†…ใซ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใƒ—ใƒญใ‚ฐใƒฉใƒ ใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใซ้š›ใ—ใฆๅ„็จฎใฎใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟ็ญ‰ใ‚’ไธ€ๆ™‚็š„ใซ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒกใƒขใƒชใงใ‚ใ‚‹๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใจใ€ใใฎใปใ‹ใ€ๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ›ž่ทฏใ‚„ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ›ž่ทฏใ€ใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟ้€ๅ—ไฟกๅ›ž่ทฏใชใฉใฎๅ„็จฎๅ›ž่ทฏใŒๅ†…่”ตใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 39 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. The main controller 561 is equipped with an MPU 701 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 701 includes a ROM 702 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 701 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 702 is executed. A certain RAM 703 and other various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are incorporated.

๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้›ปๆบใฎ้ฎๆ–ญๅพŒใซใŠใ„ใฆใ‚‚้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—้›ปๅœงใŒไพ›็ตฆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ไฟๆŒ๏ผˆใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ‰ใงใใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ๅ„็จฎใฎใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟ็ญ‰ใ‚’ไธ€ๆ™‚็š„ใซ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒกใƒขใƒชใ‚„ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใฎไป–ใซใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The RAM 703 is configured to hold (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 612 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off. The RAM 703 temporarily stores various data and the like. A backup area 703a is provided in addition to a memory and an area for the purpose.

ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใฏใ€ๅœ้›ปใชใฉใฎ็™บ็”Ÿใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้›ปๆบใŒ้ฎๆ–ญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚๏ผˆๅœ้›ป็™บ็”Ÿๆ™‚ใ‚’ๅซใ‚€ใ€‚ไปฅไธ‹ๅŒๆง˜๏ผ‰ใฎใ‚นใ‚ฟใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒใ‚คใƒณใ‚ฟใ‚„ใ€ๅ„ใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟใ€๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผฏ็ญ‰ใฎๅ€คใ‚’่จ˜ๆ†ถใ—ใฆใŠใใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅๆ™‚๏ผˆๅœ้›ป่งฃๆถˆใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ‚’ๅซใ‚€ใ€‚ไปฅไธ‹ๅŒๆง˜๏ผ‰ใซใฏใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใฎๆƒ…ๅ ฑใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใŒ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๅ‰ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซๅพฉๅธฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใธใฎๆ›ธใ่พผใฟใฏ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใซๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใซๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚ŒใŸๅ„ๅ€คใฎๅพฉๅธฐใฏ้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅๆ™‚ใฎใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ“ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซใŠใ„ใฆๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญ๏ผˆใƒŽใƒณใƒžใ‚นใ‚ซใƒ–ใƒซๅ‰ฒ่พผ็ซฏๅญ๏ผ‰ใซใฏใ€ๅœ้›ป็ญ‰ใฎ็™บ็”Ÿใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใซใ€ๅœ้›ป็›ฃ่ฆ–ๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใŒๅ…ฅๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใŒ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๅ…ฅๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅœ้›ปๆ™‚ๅ‡ฆ็†ใจใ—ใฆใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅณๅบงใซๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The backup area 703a stores values such as a stack pointer, each register, and I / O when the power is shut down (including when a power failure occurs, the same applies hereinafter) when the power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. When the power is turned on (including power-on due to power failure cancellation, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before power-off based on the information in the backup area 703a. Writing to the backup area 703a is executed when the power is shut off by the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 50), and restoration of each value written to the backup area 703a is executed in the main process (see FIG. 43) when the power is turned on. . Note that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 742 is input to the NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 701 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. Is input immediately, the NMI interrupt process as a power failure process is immediately executed.

ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ใ‚ขใƒ‰ใƒฌใ‚นใƒใ‚นๅŠใณใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใƒใ‚นใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒใ‚นใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ”ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆๅ…ฅๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ•ใŒๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ฅๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ“ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ€่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใ‚„ใ€ใใฎไป–ๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„ใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ็พคใชใฉใŒๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย An input / output port 705 is connected to the MPU 701 of the main controller 561 via a bus line 704 including an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 705 is connected to a RAM erasing switch circuit 743, a payout / emission control device 611, a display control device 505, and other switches not shown.

ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ณž็ƒใ‚„่ฒธๅ‡บ็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆผ”็ฎ—่ฃ…็ฝฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใƒ—ใƒญใ‚ฐใƒฉใƒ ใ‚„ๅ›บๅฎšๅ€คใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟ็ญ‰ใ‚’่จ˜ๆ†ถใ—ใŸ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใจใ€ใƒฏใƒผใ‚ฏใƒกใƒขใƒช็ญ‰ใจใ—ใฆไฝฟ็”จใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The payout launch control device 611 controls payout of prize balls and rental balls by a payout motor 658a. The MPU 711 as an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 712 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 711, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 713 that is used as a work memory or the like.

ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใจๅŒๆง˜ใซใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้›ปๆบใฎ้ฎๆ–ญๅพŒใซใŠใ„ใฆใ‚‚้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—้›ปๅœงใŒไพ›็ตฆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ไฟๆŒ๏ผˆใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ‰ใงใใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใจใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใจใ€็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใจใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใจใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใจใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใจใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใจใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใจใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ€ๆ›ดใซๅ„็จฎใฎใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟ็ญ‰ใ‚’ไธ€ๆ™‚็š„ใซ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒกใƒขใƒชใ‚„ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Like the RAM 703 of the main control device 561, the RAM 713 of the payout / release control device 611 is configured to hold (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 612 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off. Yes. The RAM 713 includes a backup area 713a, a ball exit opening flag 713b, a firing interval counter CHK, a firing excitation counter CHS, a ball feeding excitation counter COS, a firing number counter CHN, a ball feeding interval counter CTK, and a passage closure. A counter CSS is provided, and a memory and an area are provided for temporarily storing various data.

ใพใŸใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆ“ไฝœใซๅพ“ใฃใฆ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใŠใ‚ˆใณ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใŠใ‚ˆใณ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใฏใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšๆกไปถใŒๆ•ดใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซ้ง†ๅ‹•ใŒ่จฑๅฏใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซ่งฆใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆคœๅ‡บใ—ใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅœๆญขใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใŒๆ“ไฝœใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ„ใ“ใจใ‚’ๆกไปถใซใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•้‡ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใŒๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๆ“ไฝœ้‡ใซๅฟœใ˜ใŸๅผทใ•ใง้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใซ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็ƒๆŠœใๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ€‚ ย ย The payout launch control device 611 controls the launch of the ball launch unit 90 (the launch solenoid 92 and the electromagnet 104) in accordance with the operation of the operation handle 310 by the player. The launch solenoid 92 and the electromagnet 104 have predetermined conditions. Driving is allowed when it is in place. Specifically, it corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 310 on the condition that the touch sensor detects that the player is touching the operation handle 310 and the firing stop switch for stopping the firing is not operated. Then, the launch solenoid 92 is excited, and the game ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the operation amount of the operation handle 310. Further, the payout launch control device 611 performs ball removal control of the game ball sent to the ball launch unit 90.

ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใฏใ€ๅœ้›ปใชใฉใฎ็™บ็”Ÿใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้›ปๆบใŒ้ฎๆ–ญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใฎใ‚นใ‚ฟใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒใ‚คใƒณใ‚ฟใ‚„ใ€ๅ„ใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟใ€๏ผฉ๏ผ๏ผฏ็ญ‰ใฎๅ€คใ‚’่จ˜ๆ†ถใ—ใฆใŠใใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅๆ™‚ใซใฏใ€ใ“ใฎใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใฎๆƒ…ๅ ฑใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใŒ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๅ‰ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซๅพฉๅธฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใธใฎๆ›ธใ่พผใฟใฏ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใซๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใซๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚ŒใŸๅ„ๅ€คใฎๅพฉๅธฐใฏ้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅๆ™‚ใฎใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจๅŒๆง˜ใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใซใ‚‚ใ€ๅœ้›ป็ญ‰ใฎ็™บ็”Ÿใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใซๅœ้›ป็›ฃ่ฆ–ๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใŒๅ…ฅๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใŒ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใธๅ…ฅๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅœ้›ปๆ™‚ๅ‡ฆ็†ใจใ—ใฆใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅณๅบงใซๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The backup area 713a is an area for storing a stack pointer, each register, I / O, and the like when the power is cut off when the power is cut off due to a power failure or the like. Based on the information in the backup area 713a, the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power is shut off. Writing to the backup area 713a is executed when the power is shut off by the NMI interrupt process, and restoration of each value written to the backup area 713a is executed in the main process when the power is turned on. As with the MPU 701 of the main controller 561, the power failure signal SG1 is input to the NMI terminal of the MPU 711 from the power failure monitoring circuit 742 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 711, an NMI interrupt process as a power failure process is immediately executed.

็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฏใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ—ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใจใ‚’้€ฃ้€šใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใฎ้–‹้–‰็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’่จ˜ๆ†ถใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒณใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ—ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŒ้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒไธŠๆ˜‡ใ—ใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใŒใ‚ชใƒณใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใ‚‹ใจใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŒ้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฎใ‚ชใƒ•ใŒใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใฎใ‚ชใƒณใŒใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใฎ้–‰้Ž–ใŒ่งฃ้™คใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The ball outlet opening flag 713b is a flag for storing the open / closed state of the ball outlet 224a that connects the upper plate 201 and the introduction port 102b (see FIG. 7) of the ball launching unit 90. When the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is switched from OFF to ON, a ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is driven by a ball outlet opening / closing motor driving process (see S1306 in FIG. 57) described later, the opening / closing lid 252 is raised, and the ball outlet 224a is moved. The ball outlet opening flag 713b is turned on while being opened. On the other hand, when the touch sensor is switched from on to off, the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is driven to close the ball outlet 224a by the opening / closing lid 252, and the ball outlet opening flag 713b is turned off. For this reason, turning off the ball outlet opening flag 713b corresponds to a state in which the ball outlet 224a is closed by the opening / closing lid 252, and turning on the ball outlet opening flag 713b releases the closing of the ball outlet 224a by the opening / closing lid 252. Corresponds to the state.

็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚’่จˆๆ™‚ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฏใ€๏ผ‘ๅˆ†้–“ใซ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผๅ€‹ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใฏ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ–็ง’ใซ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใซใฏใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒณใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใงใ€Œ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผใ€ใฎๅ€คใŒใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไปฅๅพŒใ€๏ผ”ใƒŸใƒช็ง’๏ผˆไปฅไธ‹ใ€Œ๏ฝ๏ฝ“ใ€ใง่กจใ™๏ผ‰ๅ‘จๆœŸใง่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ•ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใฎไธญใง๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๆฏŽใซใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ใšใคๆธ›็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใซๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใ€ๅณใกใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒณใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใฆใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ–็ง’็ตŒ้Žใ—ใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใŒๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅพŒใซใฏใ€ๅ†ๅบฆใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใŒ็ขบ่ชใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ‚ชใƒณใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐๅ†ๅบฆใ€Œ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผใ€ใฎๅ€คใŒ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใซใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใซๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ–็ง’้–“้š”ใงๅฎšๆœŸ็š„ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒณใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใŸๅพŒใ€๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ–็ง’ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ—ใฆใ‹ใ‚‰็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใŒๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ใ‚ณใƒณใƒ‡ใƒณใ‚ตใซ้›ป่ทใ‚’่“„็ฉใ™ใ‚‹ๆ™‚้–“ใ‚’็ขบไฟใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใ‚ณใƒณใƒ‡ใƒณใ‚ตใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ้›ปๆตใ‚’็ŸญๆœŸ้–“ใซๅๅˆ†ใซๆตใ™ใŸใ‚ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ—ใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€้›ป่ทใฎ่“„็ฉๆ™‚้–“ใ‚’็ขบๅฎŸใซ็ขบไฟใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎไฝœๅ‹•ใฎๅฎ‰ๅฎšๅŒ–ใŒๅ›ณใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The firing interval counter CHK is a counter for measuring the firing interval of the game balls. The pachinko machine 10 is configured such that 100 game balls are fired per minute, and the game ball firing interval is set to 0.6 seconds. In the firing interval counter CHK, a value of โ€œ150โ€ is set at the timing when the touch sensor is switched from OFF to ON, and thereafter, a firing control process performed in a cycle of 4 milliseconds (hereinafter referred to as โ€œmsโ€) (FIG. 55). , S1002), โ€œ1โ€ is subtracted every 4 ms. The launch solenoid 92 is excited and the game ball is fired at the timing when the firing interval counter CHK is updated to โ€œ0โ€, that is, 0.6 seconds after the touch sensor is switched from off to on. After the game ball is fired, the state of the touch sensor is confirmed again, and if it is on, the value โ€œ150โ€ is set again in the firing interval counter CHK and is repeatedly updated to โ€œ0โ€, and the game ball is fired repeatedly. Is done. Thereby, a game ball can be periodically fired at intervals of 0.6 seconds. In addition, since the firing solenoid 92 is excited after 0.6 seconds have elapsed after the touch sensor is switched from OFF to ON, it is possible to secure a time for accumulating electric charge in the capacitor. This capacitor is connected to the firing solenoid 92 so that a current for launching the game ball can flow sufficiently in a short period of time, and the operation of the firing solenoid 92 is stabilized by ensuring the charge accumulation time. Is planned.

็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใŠใ‚ˆใณ้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ€้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณ้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ™ใ‚‹ๆ™‚้–“ใ‚’่จˆๆ™‚ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฏ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใฏ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผˆ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใซใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฏ้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใซใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ๅ ดๅˆใ€ใใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใพใŸใฏ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ใšใคๆธ›็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใซใชใ‚‹ใจๅ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใพใŸใฏ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒ้žๅŠฑ็ฃใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใซใฏใ€ๅ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใซๅฟ…่ฆใชๅŠฑ็ฃๆ™‚้–“ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใŸๅ€คใŒใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ•ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใฎไธญใงๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใฆใ€ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใŠใ‚ˆใณ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒ้ฉๅˆ‡ใซไฝœๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The firing excitation counter CHS, the ball feed excitation counter COS, and the passage closing counter CSS are counters for measuring time for exciting the firing solenoid 92, the electromagnet 104, and the passage opening / closing solenoid 262. The launch excitation counter CHS corresponds to the launch solenoid 92, the ball feed excitation counter COS corresponds to the electromagnet 104 of the ball launch unit 90 (ball feed mechanism 94), and the passage closing counter CSS corresponds to the passage opening / closing solenoid 262. When the value of each counter is greater than โ€œ0โ€, the solenoids 92 and 262 or the electromagnet 104 corresponding to the counter are excited, the counter value is decremented by โ€œ1โ€, and the counter value becomes โ€œ0โ€. Each solenoid 92, 262 or electromagnet 104 is de-energized. In each counter, a value corresponding to the excitation time required for each operation is written in a launch control process (FIG. 55, S1002) to be described later so that the solenoids 92 and 262 and the electromagnet 104 operate appropriately. It has become.

็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใŠใ‚ˆใณ็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฏใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผˆ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใฎๅ†…้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆฎ‹ใ™ใ“ใจใชใ็ƒๆŠœใใ‚’่กŒใ†ใŸใ‚ใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฏใ€้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ—ใฆ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใฎๅ†…้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ†ๅ›žๆ•ฐ๏ผˆๆฎ‹ๆ•ฐ๏ผ‰ใ‚’่จˆๆ•ฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅŸบๆœฌ็š„ใซใฏใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใ‚‹ใจใ€Œ๏ผ”ใ€ใฎๅ€คใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใฆ็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใŒๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆฏŽใซใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฎ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใฏ๏ผ‘ใšใคๆธ›็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฎ๏ผณใŒใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ใจใใซใฏ็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใŒ็ถ™็ถšใ—ใฆ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฎ๏ผณใŒใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ใฎใจใใซใฏ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใฎใฟใŒ็ถ™็ถšใ—ใฆ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผ“ๅ›žใฎ็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใจ๏ผ”ๅ›žใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจ็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฎ๏ผณใฏใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจใชใฃใฆ็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใŒๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใซใฏใ€ๆœ€ๅคง๏ผ’ๅ€‹ใฎ็ƒใŒ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใฎ้ƒจไฝใซๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎใ‚ชใƒ•ๅพŒใซ๏ผ“ๅ›žใฎ็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใจ๏ผ”ๅ›žใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ‚‰ใš็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใฎๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ„ใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใฏๆœ€ๅฐใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฏใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ„ใจใใซใฏใ€ๅ†…่”ตใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใŒๅทฆๅ›žใ‚Šใซไป˜ๅ‹ขใ•ใ‚ŒใฆๅˆๆœŸไฝ็ฝฎใซๆˆปใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ“ใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„ใงใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใฃใฆไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่จญๅฎšใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The number-of-fires counter CHN and the ball feed interval counter CTK are counters provided for removing a ball without leaving a game ball staying inside the ball launch unit 90 (ball feed mechanism 94). The firing number counter CHN excites the electromagnet 104 to send the game ball staying in the ball feed mechanism 94 onto the launch rail 93 and the launch solenoid 92 to excite the game ball on the launch rail 93. The number of times (the remaining number) of performing the launching operation is counted, and is basically โ€œ0โ€. In the present embodiment, a value of โ€œ4โ€ is written when the touch sensor is switched from on to off. Thereafter, each time the electromagnet 104 is excited to perform a ball feeding operation and the firing solenoid 92 is excited to perform a game ball firing operation, the value of the firing number counter CNS is decremented by one. When the firing number counter CNS is larger than โ€œ1โ€, the ball feeding operation and the firing operation are continuously performed. When the firing number counter CNS is โ€œ1โ€, only the firing operation is continuously performed. When three ball feeding operations and four firing operations are performed, the firing number counter CNS becomes โ€œ0โ€ and the ball feeding operation and the firing operation are stopped. Here, in the ball feeding mechanism 94 of the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, a maximum of two balls stay in the portion of the ball feeding mechanism 94 of the ball launching unit 90, and three times after the touch sensor is turned off. When the ball feeding operation and the four firing operations are performed, all the game balls in the ball feeding mechanism 94 are delivered onto the firing rail 93 and fired by the firing solenoid 92. Note that when the touch sensor is off, the player does not rotate the operation handle 310, and thus the launching force of the game ball is minimized. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when the operation handle 310 is not rotated, the operation handle 310 is urged counterclockwise by the built-in coil spring and returned to the initial position. Is set to be discharged into the lower plate 301 as a foul ball without reaching the game area.

็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฏใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใŸใจใใซ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผ“ๅ›žใฎ็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœๅŠใณ๏ผ”ๅ›žใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใฎๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’่จˆๆ™‚ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใซใฏใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒ็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใŒๅฟ…่ฆใจใชใฃใŸใจใใซใ€Œ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใ€ใฎๅ€คใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๅพŒใ€๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๆฏŽใซใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ใšใค็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ๆธ›็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจใชใ‚‹ใจ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใซๅ€คใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจใชใ‚‹ใจใใซใฏใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใซๅ€คใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใฆ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ€๏ผ‘ๅ›ž็›ฎใŠใ‚ˆใณ๏ผ’ๅ›ž็›ฎใฎ็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚ŒใŸใจใใซใฏใ€ๅ†ใณใ€Œ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใ€ใฎๅ€คใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใŒใ€Œ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใ€ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใซๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใพใงใซใฏ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜๏ฝ๏ฝ“ใซ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผใ‚’ไน—ใ˜ใŸ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’ใ‚’่ฆใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’้–“้š”ใง็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The ball feed interval counter CTK is a counter for measuring time intervals of three ball feed operations and four launch operations performed when the touch sensor is switched from on to off. In the ball feeding interval counter CTK, a value of โ€œ200โ€ is written when the ball feeding operation becomes necessary, and thereafter, โ€œ1โ€ is repeatedly subtracted by 1 every 4 ms. When the ball feed interval counter CTK becomes โ€œ0โ€, a value is written in the firing excitation counter CHS, and the launching operation of the game ball by the launch solenoid 92 is performed, and the game ball on the launch rail 93 is launched. When the ball feed interval counter CTK is โ€œ0โ€, a value is written in the ball feed excitation counter COS, the ball feed operation is performed by the electromagnet 104, and a game ball is sent onto the launch rail 93. In the ball feeding interval counter CTK, the value โ€œ200โ€ is written again when the launching operation is performed thereafter, and when the first and second ball feeding operations are performed. It takes 0.8 seconds, which is 0.8 ms multiplied by 100, until the ball feed interval counter CTK is updated from โ€œ200โ€ to โ€œ0โ€. Therefore, the ball feed operation and the launch operation are performed at intervals of 0.8 seconds. Done.

ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€ใ‚ขใƒ‰ใƒฌใ‚นใƒใ‚นๅŠใณใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใƒใ‚นใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒใ‚นใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆๅ…ฅๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ฅๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซใฏใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ“ใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ต๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰็ญ‰ใŒใใ‚Œใžใ‚ŒๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย An input / output port 715 is connected to the MPU 711 of the payout / release control device 611 via a bus line 714 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 715 includes a RAM erase switch circuit 743, a main controller 561, a passage opening / closing solenoid 262, a payout motor 658a, a firing solenoid 92, a ball feeding electromagnet 104, a ball outlet opening / closing motor 251, and a touch sensor for the operation handle 310. (Not shown) are connected to each other.

่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผˆ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผค๏ผ‰๏ผ˜๏ผ’ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆๆ™ฎ้€šๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใจใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผˆ๏ผฌ๏ผฃ๏ผค๏ผ‰๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆ็‰นๅˆฅๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใจใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใฏใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใจใ€๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผˆใƒ—ใƒญใ‚ฐใƒฉใƒ ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ‰๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ’ใจใ€ใƒฏใƒผใ‚ฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ“ใจใ€ใƒ“ใƒ‡ใ‚ช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ”ใจใ€ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ•ใจใ€็”ปๅƒใ‚ณใƒณใƒˆใƒญใƒผใƒฉ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ–ใจใ€ๅ…ฅๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ—ใจใ€๏ผ’ใคใฎๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ˜๏ผŒ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ™ใจใ€ใƒใ‚นใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ๏ผ—๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ—๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ฅๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ—ใฎๅ…ฅๅŠ›ๅดใซใฏไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡บๅŠ›ๅดใŒๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ…ฅๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ—ใฎๅ‡บๅŠ›ๅดใซใฏใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ€ใƒฏใƒผใ‚ฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ“ใ€็”ปๅƒใ‚ณใƒณใƒˆใƒญใƒผใƒฉ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ–ใŒๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใƒใ‚นใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ™ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใŒๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฎๅ‡บๅŠ›ๅดใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ’ใ‚„ใ€้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ใŒๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็”ปๅƒใ‚ณใƒณใƒˆใƒญใƒผใƒฉ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ–ใซใฏใƒใ‚นใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ๏ผ—๏ผ“๏ผ‘ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ™ใŒๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใใฎๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ™ใฎๅ‡บๅŠ›ๅดใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใŒๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The display control device 505 displays a variation display of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) on the second symbol display device (LED) 82 and a variation display of the first symbol (special symbol) on the first symbol display device (LCD) 81. It is something to control. The display control device 505 includes an MPU 721, a ROM (program ROM) 722, a work RAM 723, a video RAM 724, a character ROM 725, an image controller 726, an input port 727, two output ports 728 and 729, and a bus line. 730 and 731. The input side of the input port 727 is connected to the output side of the main controller 561, and the output side of the input port 727 is connected to the MPU 721, ROM 722, work RAM 723, image controller 726, and output port via the bus line 729. 728 is connected. A second symbol display device 82 and an audio lamp control device 562 are connected to the output side of the output port 728. An output port 729 is connected to the image controller 726 via a bus line 731, and the first symbol display device 81 is connected to the output side of the output port 729.

่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰้€ไฟกใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ็”จใฎใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ’ใฎ่กจ็คบๅ†…ๅฎนใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ’ใฏใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ„็จฎใฎๅˆถๅพกใƒ—ใƒญใ‚ฐใƒฉใƒ ใ‚„ๅ›บๅฎšๅ€คใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’่จ˜ๆ†ถใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒกใƒขใƒชใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใƒฏใƒผใ‚ฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฏใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๅ„็จฎใƒ—ใƒญใ‚ฐใƒฉใƒ ใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆ™‚ใซไฝฟ็”จใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒฏใƒผใ‚ฏใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚„ใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐใ‚’ไธ€ๆ™‚็š„ใซ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒกใƒขใƒชใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The MPU 721 of the display control device 505 controls the display contents of the first symbol display device 81 and the second symbol display device 82 based on the symbol display command transmitted from the main control device 561. The ROM 722 is a memory for storing various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 721, and the work RAM 723 is for temporarily storing work data and flags used when the MPU 721 executes various programs. Memory.

ใƒ“ใƒ‡ใ‚ช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่กจ็คบใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’่จ˜ๆ†ถใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒกใƒขใƒชใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใƒ“ใƒ‡ใ‚ช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎๅ†…ๅฎนใ‚’ๆ›ธใๆ›ฟใˆใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ็คบๅ†…ๅฎนใŒๅค‰ๆ›ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ•ใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใชใฉใฎใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’่จ˜ๆ†ถใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใƒกใƒขใƒชใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚็”ปๅƒใ‚ณใƒณใƒˆใƒญใƒผใƒฉ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฏใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ€ใƒ“ใƒ‡ใ‚ช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ”ใ€ๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ™ใฎใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œใฎใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ—ใฆใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใฎ่ชญใฟๆ›ธใใซไป‹ๅœจใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ใƒ“ใƒ‡ใ‚ช๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ”ใซ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่กจ็คบใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ใ€ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ’๏ผ•ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง่ชญใฟๅ‡บใ—ใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซ่กจ็คบใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The video RAM 724 is a memory for storing display data displayed on the first symbol display device 81, and the display content of the first symbol display device 81 is changed by rewriting the contents of the video RAM 724. The character ROM 725 is a memory for storing character data such as symbols displayed on the first symbol display device 81. The image controller 726 adjusts the timings of the MPU 721, the video RAM 724, and the output port 729 to intervene in reading and writing data, and reads display data stored in the video RAM 724 from the character ROM 725 at a predetermined timing. It is displayed on the symbol display device 81.

้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ„้ƒจใซ้›ปๆบใ‚’ไพ›็ตฆใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ้›ปๆบ้ƒจ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใจใ€ๅœ้›ป็ญ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใ‚’็›ฃ่ฆ–ใ™ใ‚‹ๅœ้›ป็›ฃ่ฆ–ๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ’ใจใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ“ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้›ปๆบ้ƒจ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„้›ปๆบ็ตŒ่ทฏใ‚’้€šใ˜ใฆใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‚„ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘็ญ‰ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๅ„ใ€…ใซๅฟ…่ฆใชๅ‹•ไฝœ้›ปๅœงใ‚’ไพ›็ตฆใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๆฆ‚่ฆใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€้›ปๆบ้ƒจ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๅค–้ƒจใ‚ˆใ‚Šไพ›็ตฆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ไบคๆต๏ผ’๏ผ”ใƒœใƒซใƒˆใฎ้›ปๅœงใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Š่พผใฟใ€ๅ„็จฎใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใ‚„ใ€ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใ€ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ็ญ‰ใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใƒœใƒซใƒˆใฎ้›ปๅœงใ€ใƒญใ‚ธใƒƒใ‚ฏ็”จใฎ๏ผ•ใƒœใƒซใƒˆใฎ้›ปๅœงใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—็”จใฎใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—้›ปๅœงใชใฉใ‚’็”Ÿๆˆใ—ใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใƒœใƒซใƒˆใฎ้›ปๅœงใ€๏ผ•ใƒœใƒซใƒˆใฎ้›ปๅœงๅŠใณใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—้›ปๅœงใ‚’ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‚„ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘็ญ‰ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆไพ›็ตฆใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The power supply device 612 includes a power supply unit 741 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 742 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure and the like, and a RAM erase switch circuit 743 having a RAM erase switch 623. ing. The power supply unit 741 supplies necessary operating voltages to the main control device 561, the payout / release control device 611, and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As its outline, the power supply unit 741 takes in an AC 24 volt voltage supplied from the outside, 12 volt voltage for driving various switches, solenoids, motors, etc., 5 volt voltage for logic, RAM A backup voltage or the like for backup is generated, and the 12 volt voltage, the 5 volt voltage, and the backup voltage are supplied to the main controller 561, the payout control device 611, and the like.

ๅœ้›ป็›ฃ่ฆ–ๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅœ้›ป็ญ‰ใฎ็™บ็”Ÿใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใซใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅŠใณๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅ„๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใธๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅ›ž่ทฏใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅœ้›ป็›ฃ่ฆ–ๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ’ใฏใ€้›ปๆบ้ƒจ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆœ€ๅคง้›ปๅœงใงใ‚ใ‚‹็›ดๆตๅฎ‰ๅฎš๏ผ’๏ผ”ใƒœใƒซใƒˆใฎ้›ปๅœงใ‚’็›ฃ่ฆ–ใ—ใ€ใ“ใฎ้›ปๅœงใŒ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใƒœใƒซใƒˆๆœชๆบ€ใซใชใฃใŸๅ ดๅˆใซๅœ้›ป๏ผˆ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญ๏ผ‰ใฎ็™บ็”Ÿใจๅˆคๆ–ญใ—ใฆใ€ๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใ‚’ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅŠใณๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใธๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡บๅŠ›ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅŠใณๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๅœ้›ปใฎ็™บ็”Ÿใ‚’่ช่ญ˜ใ—ใ€๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€้›ปๆบ้ƒจ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใฏใ€็›ดๆตๅฎ‰ๅฎš๏ผ’๏ผ”ใƒœใƒซใƒˆใฎ้›ปๅœงใŒ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใƒœใƒซใƒˆๆœชๆบ€ใซใชใฃใŸๅพŒใซใŠใ„ใฆใ‚‚ใ€๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใซๅ……ๅˆ†ใชๆ™‚้–“ใฎ้–“ใ€ๅˆถๅพก็ณปใฎ้ง†ๅ‹•้›ปๅœงใงใ‚ใ‚‹๏ผ•ใƒœใƒซใƒˆใฎ้›ปๅœงใฎๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ‚’ๆญฃๅธธๅ€คใซ็ถญๆŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅŠใณๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๆญฃๅธธใซๅฎŸ่กŒใ—ๅฎŒไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The power failure monitoring circuit 742 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 701 of the main control device 561 and the MPU 711 of the payout launch control device 611 when the power is shut down due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 742 monitors the voltage of DC stable 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 741, and determines that a power failure (power shutdown) occurs when this voltage is less than 22 volts. Power failure signal SG1 is output to main controller 561 and payout launch controller 611. Based on the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 561 and the payout launch controller 611 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. Note that the power supply unit 741 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is a drive voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing even after the voltage of 24 VDC is less than 22 volts. Is maintained at a normal value. Therefore, main controller 561 and payout launch controller 611 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process.

๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ“ใฏใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใŒๆŠผไธ‹ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅŠใณๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใธใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ›ž่ทฏใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅŠใณๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅๆ™‚ใซใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅ…ฅๅŠ›ใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใ€ใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œใฎใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝ๏ผŒ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใฎใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The RAM erase switch circuit 743 is a circuit that outputs a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main control device 561 and the payout / release control device 611 when the RAM erase switch 623 is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main controller 561 and the payout launch controller 611 clear the data in the respective backup areas 703a and 713a.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใจใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚’ๅ€‹ใ€…ใซ็คบใ™ๅ›ณ้ขใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅ›ณ้ขใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏใ€่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใฎ้ ˜ๅŸŸๅŒบๅˆ†่จญๅฎšใจๆœ‰ๅŠนใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ่จญๅฎšใจใ‚’ๆจกๅผ็š„ใซ็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏใ€ๅฎŸ้š›ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใ‚’ไพ‹็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Here, with reference to FIG. 40 and FIG. 41, the 1st symbol displayed on the 1st symbol display apparatus 81 and the display screen of the 1st symbol display apparatus 81 are demonstrated. FIG. 40 is a drawing individually showing the first symbol. FIG. 41 is a diagram for explaining the display screen of the first symbol display device 81, and FIG. 41 (a) is a diagram schematically showing the area division setting and the effective line setting of the display screen, FIG. 41B is a diagram illustrating an actual display screen.

็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฏใ€ใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ€Œ๏ผ™ใ€ใฎๆ•ฐๅญ—ใ‚’ไป˜ใ—ใŸ๏ผ‘๏ผ็จฎ้กžใฎไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจใ€ใ“ใฎไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฐใ•ใๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ่Šฑใณใ‚‰ๅฝข็Šถใฎ๏ผ‘็จฎ้กžใฎๅ‰ฏๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„ไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผˆ๏ฝ‰๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๆœจ็ฎฑใ‚ˆใ‚Šใชใ‚‹ๅพŒๆ–นๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎไธŠใซใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ€Œ๏ผ™ใ€ใฎๆ•ฐๅญ—ใ‚’ไป˜ใ—ใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎใ†ใกๅฅ‡ๆ•ฐ็•ชๅท๏ผˆ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผŒ๏ผ—๏ผŒ๏ผ™๏ผ‰ใ‚’ไป˜ใ—ใŸไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฏใ€ๆœจ็ฎฑใฎๅ‰้ขใปใผไธ€ๆฏใซๅคงใใชๆ•ฐๅญ—ใŒไป˜ๅŠ ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซๅฏพใ—ใ€ๅถๆ•ฐ็•ชๅท๏ผˆ๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผ”๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผŒ๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใ‚’ไป˜ใ—ใŸไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฏใ€ๆœจ็ฎฑใฎๅ‰้ขใปใผไธ€ๆฏใซใŠๅฎˆใ‚Šใ€้ขจๅ‘‚ๆ•ทใ€ใƒ˜ใƒซใƒกใƒƒใƒˆ็ญ‰ใฎใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟใ‚’ๆจกใ—ใŸไป˜ๅฑžๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒไป˜ๅŠ ใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ไป˜ๅฑžๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅณไธ‹ๅดใซๅถๆ•ฐใฎๆ•ฐๅญ—ใŒ็ท‘่‰ฒใงๅฐใ•ใใ€ไธ”ใคใ€ไป˜ๅฑžๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅ‰ๅดใซ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซไป˜ๅŠ ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The first symbol is composed of ten types of main symbols with numbers from โ€œ0โ€ to โ€œ9โ€ and one type of sub-pattern of petal shape formed smaller than this main symbol. As shown in FIG. 40 (a) to FIG. 40 (i), each main symbol is configured by attaching numbers โ€œ0โ€ to โ€œ9โ€ on a rear symbol made of a wooden box, of which an odd number ( The main symbols with 1,3,5,7,9) have a large number added to almost the front of the wooden box. On the other hand, the main symbols with even numbers (0, 2, 4, 6, 8) are attached to the front of the wooden box almost fully, and attached symbols imitating characters such as furoshiki and helmets, An even number is small in green on the lower right side of the attached symbol, and is added so as to be displayed on the front side of the attached symbol.

ใพใŸใ€่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ใŒใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ๅŒไธ€ใฎไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒๆƒใฃใŸๅ ดๅˆใซๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚ŠใŒ็™บ็”Ÿใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใ€ๅฅ‡ๆ•ฐ็•ชๅทใŒไป˜ๅŠ ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฏใ€Œ้ซ˜็ขบ็Ž‡ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ€ใซ็›ธๅฝ“ใ—ใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒ้ซ˜็ขบ็Ž‡ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒๆƒใฃใฆๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใจใชใ‚‹ใจใ€็‰นๅˆฅ้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใซ้ท็งปใ—ใฆ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใซใ‚ใŸใฃใฆๆ‰€ๅฎšๅ›žๆ•ฐ้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใ€ใ•ใ‚‰ใซใใฎๅพŒใ€้ซ˜็ขบ็Ž‡็Šถๆ…‹ใซ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ๅถๆ•ฐ็•ชๅทใŒไป˜ๅŠ ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฏใ€ŒไฝŽ็ขบ็Ž‡ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ€ใซ็›ธๅฝ“ใ—ใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒไฝŽ็ขบ็Ž‡ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒๆƒใฃใฆๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใจใชใ‚‹ใจใ€็‰นๅˆฅ้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใซ้ท็งปใ™ใ‚‹ใŒใ€ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ้ซ˜็ขบ็Ž‡็Šถๆ…‹ใซใฏ็งป่กŒใ—ใชใ„ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€้ซ˜็ขบ็Ž‡็Šถๆ…‹ใจใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ๅˆใ›ใŒไบˆใ‚ๅฎšใ‚ใŸ็ขบ็Ž‡ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ๅˆใ›ใจใชใฃใฆๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใซใชใ‚Šใ€ไป˜ๅŠ ไพกๅ€คใจใ—ใฆใใฎๅพŒใฎๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Š็ขบ็Ž‡ใŒใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใ€ใ„ใ‚ใ‚†ใ‚‹็ขบ็Ž‡ๅค‰ๅ‹•๏ผˆ็ขบๅค‰๏ผ‰ใฎๆ™‚ใ‚’ใ„ใ†ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้€šๅธธ็Šถๆ…‹๏ผˆไฝŽ็ขบ็Ž‡็Šถๆ…‹๏ผ‰ใจใฏใ€็ขบๅค‰ใงใชใ„ๆ™‚ใ‚’ใ„ใ„ใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Š็ขบ็Ž‡ใŒ้€šๅธธใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ€ๅณใกใ€็ขบๅค‰ใฎๆ™‚ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Š็ขบ็Ž‡ใŒไฝŽใ„็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ใ„ใ†ใ€‚ ย ย Moreover, although mentioned later for details, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, it is comprised so that a big hit may generate | occur | produce when the same main symbol is prepared. In this case, the main symbol to which the odd number is added corresponds to a โ€œhigh probability symbolโ€, and when the high probability symbols all come together and the jackpot is reached, the special winning state 65a is released a predetermined number of times over a predetermined time period. After that, it shifts to a high probability state. On the other hand, the main symbol to which an even number is added corresponds to a โ€œlow probability symbolโ€, and when the low probability symbols all come together to win a big game, it shifts to a special gaming state, but in such a case, it does not shift to a high probability state. . Here, the high probability state is a state in which the combination of the first symbol becomes a jackpot as a combination of the probability variation symbols determined in advance, and the subsequent jackpot probability is increased as added value, that is, a so-called probability variation (probability change). Say. In addition, the normal state (low probability state) means a time when the probability of hitting is not probable, and a state where the jackpot probability is a normal state, that is, a state where the probability of jackpot is lower than that during the probability change.

ๆฌกใซใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใฏใ€ๅคงใใใฏไธŠไธ‹ใซ๏ผ’ๅˆ†ๅ‰ฒใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไธ‹ๅดใฎ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ“ใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚’ๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใ™ใ‚‹ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝใ€ใใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใฎไธŠๅดใฎ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ“ใŒไบˆๅ‘Šๆผ”ๅ‡บใ‚„ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟใ‚’่กจ็คบใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ฏ่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ“ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the display screen of the first symbol display device 81 will be described. As shown in FIG. 41 (a), the display screen of the first symbol display device 81 is roughly divided into two vertically, and the lower 2/3 is the main display area Dm in which the first symbol is variably displayed. The upper third is a sub display area Ds for displaying a notice effect and a character.

ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ€ๅทฆใƒปไธญใƒปๅณใฎ๏ผ“ใคใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผบ๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผบ๏ผ“ใŒ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผบ๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒ่ฆๅฎšใฎ้ †ๅบใง่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ๅ„ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผบ๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€ๆ•ฐๅญ—ใฎๆ˜‡้ †ใพใŸใฏ้™้ †ใซไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒ้…ๅˆ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ๅ„ไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ้–“ใซๅ‰ฏๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒ๏ผ‘ใคใšใค้…ๅˆ—ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๅ„ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—ใซใฏใ€๏ผ‘๏ผๅ€‹ใฎไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจ๏ผ‘๏ผๅ€‹ใฎๅ‰ฏๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ่จˆ๏ผ’๏ผๅ€‹ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅ„ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผบ๏ผ“ๆฏŽใซๅ‘จๆœŸๆ€งใ‚’ใ‚‚ใฃใฆไธŠใ‹ใ‚‰ไธ‹ใธใจใ‚นใ‚ฏใƒญใƒผใƒซใ—ใฆๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚็‰นใซใ€ๅทฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๆ•ฐๅญ—ใŒ้™้ †ใซ็พใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้…ๅˆ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ’ๅŠใณๅณๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ“ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๆ•ฐๅญ—ใŒๆ˜‡้ †ใซ็พใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้…ๅˆ—ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the main display area Dm, three symbol rows Z1, Z2, and Z3 of left, middle, and right are displayed. In each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, the above-described first symbols are displayed in a prescribed order. That is, in each symbol row Z1 to Z3, main symbols are arranged in ascending or descending numerical order, and one sub symbol is arranged between each main symbol. For this reason, a total of 20 first symbols of 10 main symbols and 10 sub-designs are set in each symbol row, and scrolls from top to bottom with periodicity for each symbol row Z1 to Z3. The display is changed. In particular, the main symbol numbers are arranged in descending order in the left symbol row Z1, and the main symbol numbers are arranged in ascending order in the middle symbol row Z2 and the right symbol row Z3.

ใพใŸใ€ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ€ๅ„ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผบ๏ผ“ๆฏŽใซไธŠใƒปไธญใƒปไธ‹ใฎ๏ผ“ๆฎตใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€๏ผ“ๆฎตร—๏ผ“ๅˆ—ใฎ่จˆ๏ผ™ๅ€‹ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎไธป่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝใซใฏใ€๏ผ•ใคใฎๆœ‰ๅŠนใƒฉใ‚คใƒณใ€ๅณใกไธŠใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ๏ผฌ๏ผ‘ใ€ไธญใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ๏ผฌ๏ผ’ใ€ไธ‹ใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ๏ผฌ๏ผ“ใ€ๅณไธŠใŒใ‚Šใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ๏ผฌ๏ผ”ใ€ๅทฆไธŠใŒใ‚Šใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ๏ผฌ๏ผ•ใŒ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€ๆฏŽๅ›žใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ใซ้š›ใ—ใฆใ€ๅทฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘โ†’ๅณๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ“โ†’ไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ’ใฎ้ †ใซๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใŒๅœๆญขใ—ใ€ใใฎๅœๆญขๆ™‚ใซใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใฎๆœ‰ๅŠนใƒฉใ‚คใƒณไธŠใซๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ๅˆใ›๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ๅŒไธ€ใฎไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ๅˆใ›๏ผ‰ใงๆƒใˆใฐๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใจใ—ใฆๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ‹•็”ปใŒ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the main display area Dm, the first symbols are displayed in the upper, middle, and lower three rows for each symbol row Z1 to Z3. Accordingly, the first symbol display device 81 displays a total of nine first symbols of 3 rows ร— 3 columns. In the main display area Dm, five effective lines, that is, an upper line L1, a middle line L2, a lower line L3, a right rising line L4, and a left rising line L5 are set. In each game, the variable display stops in the order of the left symbol row Z1 โ†’ the right symbol row Z3 โ†’ the middle symbol row Z2, and the combination of jackpot symbols on any active line at the time of the stop (in this embodiment, A jackpot video is displayed as a jackpot if the same combination of main symbols) is arranged.

ๅ‰ฏ่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ“ใฏใ€ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚ไธŠๆ–นใซๆจช้•ทใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ•ใ‚‰ใซๅทฆๅณๆ–นๅ‘ใซ๏ผ“ใคใฎไบˆๅ‘Š้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ“๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผค๏ฝ“๏ผ“ใซ็ญ‰ๅŒบๅˆ†ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅทฆๅณใฎไบˆๅ‘Š้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ“๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผค๏ฝ“๏ผ“ใฏใ€ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใง้›ปๆฐ—็š„ใซ้–‹้–‰ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ไธก้–‹ใๅผใฎไธ้€ๆ˜Žใชๆ‰‰ใง้€šๅธธ่ฆ†ใ‚ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๆ™‚ใจใ—ใฆใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใŒๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใฆๆ‰‰ใŒๆ‰‹ๅ‰ๅดใซ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ่ฆ–่ชๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใ‚‹่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธญๅคฎใฎไบˆๅ‘Š้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ“๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๆ‰‰ใง่ฆ†ใ„้š ใ•ใ‚Œใšใซๅธธใซ่ฆ–่ชใงใใ‚‹่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The sub display area Ds is horizontally long above the main display area Dm, and is further equally divided into three notice areas Ds1 to Ds3 in the left-right direction. Here, the left and right notice areas Ds1, Ds3 are normally covered with a double-open opaque door that is electrically opened and closed by a solenoid, and sometimes the solenoid is excited and the door is opened to the front side. The display area is visible to the player. The center notice area Ds2 is a display area that is always visible without being covered by the door.

ๅฎŸ้š›ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใงใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ไธป่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจๅ‰ฏๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจใŒๅˆ่จˆ๏ผ™ๅ€‹่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰ฏ่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ“ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ๅทฆๅณใฎๆ‰‰ใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใฃใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅทฆๅณใฎไบˆๅ‘Š้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ“๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผค๏ฝ“๏ผ“ใŒ่ฆ†ใ„้š ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใŒ่ฆ–่ชใงใใชใ„็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใฎ้€”ไธญใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅทฆๅณใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ใพใŸใฏไธกๆ–นใฎๆ‰‰ใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅทฆๅณใฎไบˆๅ‘Š้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ“๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผค๏ฝ“๏ผ“ใซๅ‹•็”ปใŒ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ€้€šๅธธใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใธ้ท็งปใ—ๆ˜“ใ„็Šถๆ…‹ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ็คบๅ”†ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธญๅคฎใฎไบˆๅ‘Š้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ“๏ผ’ใงใฏใ€้€šๅธธใฏใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟ๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใƒใƒใƒžใ‚ญใ‚’ไป˜ใ‘ใŸๅฐ‘ๅนด๏ผ‰ใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’ใ—ใ€ๆ™‚ใจใ—ใฆๆ‰€ๅฎšๅ‹•ไฝœใจใฏๅˆฅใฎ็‰นๅˆฅใชๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’ใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ€ๅˆฅใฎใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟใŒ็พๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็ญ‰ใ—ใฆไบˆๅ‘Šๆผ”ๅ‡บใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใฏใ€ๅŽŸๅ‰‡ใจใ—ใฆไธŠไธ‹ใฎ่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผŒ๏ผค๏ฝ“ใซๅŒบๅˆ†ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใŒใ€ๅ„่กจ็คบ้ ˜ๅŸŸ๏ผค๏ฝ๏ผŒ๏ผค๏ฝ“ใ‚’่ทจใ„ใงใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚„ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟ็ญ‰ใ‚’่กจ็คบใ—ใฆ่กจ็คบๆผ”ๅ‡บใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the actual display screen, as shown in FIG. 41 (b), a total of nine main symbols and sub-designs of the first symbol are displayed in the main display area Dm. In the sub display area Ds, the left and right doors are closed, and the left and right notice areas Ds1, Ds3 are covered and the display screen cannot be visually recognized. If either one of the left and right doors or both doors are opened during the variable display, a video is displayed in the left and right notice areas Ds1 and Ds3, and it is easy for the player to change to a big hit than usual. It is suggested. In the center notice area Ds2, a predetermined character (a boy with a bee in this embodiment) usually performs a predetermined action and sometimes performs a special action different from the predetermined action or another character appears. The announcement effect is performed by putting out. The display screen of the first symbol display device 81 is basically divided into upper and lower display areas Dm, Ds, but displays the first symbol, characters, etc. larger across the display areas Dm, Ds. A display effect can be performed.

ๆฌกใซใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ใฎๅฆ‚ใๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€ใซ้š›ใ—ๅ„็จฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๆƒ…ๅ ฑใ‚’็”จใ„ใฆใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚ŠๆŠฝ้ธใ‚„็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบใฎ่จญๅฎšใชใฉใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใจใ—ใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ’ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚ŠใฎๆŠฝ้ธใซไฝฟ็”จใ™ใ‚‹ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใจใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ้ธๆŠžใซไฝฟ็”จใ™ใ‚‹ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ใจใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใŒๅค–ใ‚Œๅค‰ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹้š›ใฎใƒชใƒผใƒๆŠฝ้ธใซไฝฟ็”จใ™ใ‚‹ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใจใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใฎๅˆๆœŸๅ€ค่จญๅฎšใซไฝฟ็”จใ™ใ‚‹ไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใจใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณ้ธๆŠžใซไฝฟ็”จใ™ใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใจใ€ๅทฆๅˆ—ใ€ไธญๅˆ—ๅŠใณๅณๅˆ—ใฎๅ„ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ่จญๅฎšใซไฝฟ็”จใ™ใ‚‹ๅทฆใƒปไธญใƒปๅณใฎๅ„ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใจใ‚’็”จใ„ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ’ใฎๆŠฝ้ธใซใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ”ใŒ็”จใ„ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 configured as described above will be described. In the present embodiment, the MPU 701 in the main control device 561 uses various counter information during the game to perform jackpot lottery, setting the symbol display of the first symbol display device 81, and the like. Specifically, As shown in FIG. 42, when the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the jackpot lottery, the jackpot symbol counter C2 used for selecting the jackpot symbol of the first symbol display device 81, and the first symbol display device 81 fluctuate and change. Reach random number counter C3 used for reach lottery, random number initial value counter CINI used for initial value setting of jackpot random number counter C1, variation type counters CS1, CS2 used for variation pattern selection of the first symbol display device 81, , Left, middle and right out symbol counters CL, CM, CR used to set each out symbol in the left, middle and right columns It is set to be there. The second symbol random number counter C4 is used for the lottery of the second symbol display device 82.

ใ“ใฎใ†ใกใ€ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผฃ๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใฎ้ƒฝๅบฆๅ‰ๅ›žๅ€คใซ๏ผ‘ใŒๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆœ€ๅคงๅ€คใซ้”ใ—ใŸๅพŒ๏ผใซๆˆปใ‚‹ใƒซใƒผใƒ—ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฏใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ๏ผฒใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟ๏ผˆใƒชใƒ•ใƒฌใƒƒใ‚ทใƒฅใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟ๏ผ‰ใ‚’็”จใ„ใฆใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟๅ€คใŒๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€็ตๆžœ็š„ใซๆ•ฐๅ€คใŒใƒฉใƒณใƒ€ใƒ ใซๅค‰ๅŒ–ใ™ใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใฏ็Ÿญๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใงๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ€คใŒ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๆ‰€ๅฎš้ ˜ๅŸŸใซ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ็”จใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซ้ฉๅฎœๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใซใฏใ€๏ผ‘ใคใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใจ๏ผ”ใคใฎไฟ็•™ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผˆไฟ็•™็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใ€œ็ฌฌ๏ผ”ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ‰ใจใ‹ใ‚‰ใชใ‚‹ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ใฎๅ„ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใซๅˆใ‚ใ›ใฆใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ๅŠใณใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฎๅ„ๅ€คใŒใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Among these, the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS1, and CS2 are loop counters that each add 1 to the previous value and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Further, the out symbol counters CL, CM, CR are configured such that the register values are added using the R register (refresh register) in the MPU 701, and as a result, the numerical values change randomly. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 703. The RAM 703 is provided with a holding ball storage area including one execution area and four holding areas (holding first to fourth areas). The values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot symbol counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in accordance with the winning timing of the game ball.

ๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใซใคใ„ใฆ่ฉณใ—ใใฏใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผใ€œ๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผ–ใฎ็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใง้ †ใซ๏ผ‘ใšใคๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆใคใพใ‚Š๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸๅพŒ๏ผใซๆˆปใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็‰นใซๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใŒ๏ผ‘ๅ‘จใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใ€ใใฎๆ™‚็‚นใฎไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๅ€คใŒๅฝ“่ฉฒๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใฎๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใจใ—ใฆ่ชญใฟ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฏใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใจๅŒไธ€็ฏ„ๅ›ฒใงๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒซใƒผใƒ—ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใจใ—ใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œ๏ผˆๅ€ค๏ผ๏ผใ€œ๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๆฏŽใซ๏ผ‘ๅ›žๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎๆฎ‹ไฝ™ๆ™‚้–“ๅ†…ใง็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใฏๅฎšๆœŸ็š„ใซ๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๆฏŽใซ๏ผ‘ๅ›ž๏ผ‰ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใซๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใจใชใ‚‹ไนฑๆ•ฐใฎๅ€คใฎๆ•ฐใฏใ€ไฝŽ็ขบ็Ž‡ๆ™‚ใจ้ซ˜็ขบ็Ž‡ๆ™‚ใจใง๏ผ’็จฎ้กž่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ไฝŽ็ขบ็Ž‡ๆ™‚ใซๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใจใชใ‚‹ไนฑๆ•ฐใฎๅ€คใฎๆ•ฐใฏ๏ผ’ใงใ€ใใฎๅ€คใฏใ€Œ๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ผ—๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผ“ใ€ใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€้ซ˜็ขบ็Ž‡ๆ™‚ใซๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใจใชใ‚‹ไนฑๆ•ฐใฎๅ€คใฎๆ•ฐใฏ๏ผ‘๏ผใงใ€ใใฎๅ€คใฏใ€Œ๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผŒ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ‘๏ผ™๏ผ™๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ™๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ผ—๏ผŒ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ”๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ€ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย For details of each counter, the jackpot random number counter C1 is configured so that, for example, 1 is sequentially added within a range of 0 to 676, and after reaching the maximum value (that is, 676), it returns to 0. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the jackpot random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 676), and is updated once every timer interruption and within the remaining time of normal processing. Will be updated repeatedly. The jackpot random number counter C1 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in the present embodiment), and stored in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 703 at the timing when the game ball wins the first entrance 64. The number of random number values that are jackpots is set at low probability and high probability, and the number of random numbers that are jackpots at low probability is 2, and the values are โ€œ337,673โ€. There are 10 random numbers that are big hits at high probability, and the values are โ€œ67, 131, 199, 269, 337, 401, 463, 523, 601, 661โ€.

ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใฎ้š›ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅœๆญขๆ™‚ใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซใŠใ„ใฆๆœ‰ๅŠนใƒฉใ‚คใƒณใŒ๏ผ•ใƒฉใ‚คใƒณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€็‰นๅฎšๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใŒ๏ผ‘๏ผ้€šใ‚Š่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€๏ผ•๏ผๅ€‹๏ผˆ๏ผใ€œ๏ผ”๏ผ™๏ผ‰ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใŒ็”จๆ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ใฏใ€๏ผใ€œ๏ผ”๏ผ™ใฎ็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใง้ †ใซ๏ผ‘ใšใคๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆใคใพใ‚Š๏ผ”๏ผ™๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸๅพŒ๏ผใซๆˆปใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ใฏๅฎšๆœŸ็š„ใซ๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๆฏŽใซ๏ผ‘ๅ›ž๏ผ‰ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใซๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The jackpot symbol counter C2 determines the symbol at the time of the fluctuation stop of the first symbol display device 81 at the time of the jackpot, and in the present embodiment, the first symbol display device 81 has five effective lines, Since ten specific symbols (main symbols) are set, 50 counter values (0 to 49) are prepared. In other words, the jackpot symbol counter C2 is configured so that one by one is added in order within the range of 0 to 49, and after reaching the maximum value (that is, 49), it returns to 0. The jackpot symbol counter C2 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in this embodiment), and stored in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 703 at the timing when the game ball wins the first entrance 64.

ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฏใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใฎ็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใง้ †ใซ๏ผ‘ใšใคๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆใคใพใ‚Š๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸๅพŒ๏ผใซๆˆปใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”Ÿใ—ใŸๅพŒๆœ€็ต‚ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅ‰ๅพŒใซ๏ผ‘ใคใ ใ‘ใšใ‚Œใฆๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€Œๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒใ€ใจใ€ๅŒใ˜ใใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”Ÿใ—ใŸๅพŒๆœ€็ต‚ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅ‰ๅพŒไปฅๅค–ใงๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€Œๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒใ€ใจใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”Ÿใ—ใชใ„ใ€ŒๅฎŒๅ…จๅค–ใ‚Œใ€ใจใ‚’ๆŠฝ้ธใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ‘ใฏๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒใซ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ—ใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฏๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒใซ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ—ใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใฏๅฎŒๅ…จๅค–ใ‚Œใซ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒใฎๆŠฝ้ธใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎๆŠฝ้ธ็ขบ็Ž‡ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚„ๅค‰ๅ‹•้–‹ๅง‹ๆ™‚ใฎไฝœๅ‹•ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ•ฐ็ญ‰ใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆๅ„ใ€…ๅ€‹ๅˆฅใซ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฏๅฎšๆœŸ็š„ใซ๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๆฏŽใซ๏ผ‘ๅ›ž๏ผ‰ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใซๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย For example, the reach random number counter C3 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 238, for example, and reaches a maximum value (that is, 238) and then returns to 0. In the present embodiment, the reach random number counter C3 causes the last stop symbol to stop after the reach has occurred by shifting the last stop symbol by one before and after the reach symbol. Similarly, after the reach has occurred, the final stop symbol is the reach symbol. โ€œReach other than front / rear offโ€ that stops other than before and after, and โ€œcompletely outโ€ that does not occur reach will be drawn. For example, the reach random number counter C3 = 0, 1 corresponds to the front / rear out of reach, the reach random number counter C3 = 2-21 corresponds to the reach other than the front / rear out, and the reach random number counter C3 = 22-238 corresponds to the complete out. The reach lottery may be set individually according to the state of the lottery probability of the first symbol display device 81, the number of suspended balls at the start of change, and the like. The reach random number counter C3 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in this embodiment), and stored in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 703 at the timing when the game ball wins the first entrance 64.

๏ผ’ใคใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎใ†ใกใ€ไธ€ๆ–นใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผใ€œ๏ผ‘๏ผ™๏ผ˜ใฎ็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใง้ †ใซ๏ผ‘ใšใคๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆใคใพใ‚Š๏ผ‘๏ผ™๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸๅพŒ๏ผใซๆˆปใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ไป–ๆ–นใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฏใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผใฎ็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใง้ †ใซ๏ผ‘ใšใคๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆใคใพใ‚Š๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸๅพŒ๏ผใซๆˆปใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไปฅไธ‹ใฎ่ชฌๆ˜Žใงใฏใ€๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใ‚’ใ€Œ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใ€ใ€๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใ‚’ใ€Œ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใ€ใจใ‚‚ใ„ใ†ใ€‚ ย ย Of the two variation type counters CS1 and CS2, one variation type counter CS1 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 198, for example, and reaches a maximum value (that is, 198) and then returns to 0. On the other hand, the other variation type counter CS2 is, for example, incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 240, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 240). In the following description, CS1 is also referred to as โ€œfirst variation type counterโ€, and CS2 is also referred to as โ€œsecond variation type counterโ€.

็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใ„ใ‚ใ‚†ใ‚‹ใƒŽใƒผใƒžใƒซใƒชใƒผใƒใ€ใ‚นใƒผใƒ‘ใƒผใƒชใƒผใƒใ€ใƒ—ใƒฌใƒŸใ‚ขใƒ ใƒชใƒผใƒ็ญ‰ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎใƒชใƒผใƒ็จฎๅˆฅใ‚„ใใฎไป–ๅคงใพใ‹ใชๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ…‹ๆง˜ใŒๆฑบๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”ŸๅพŒใซๆœ€็ต‚ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใŒๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใฎ็ตŒ้Žๆ™‚้–“๏ผˆ่จ€ใ„ๆ›ใˆใ‚Œใฐใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๆ•ฐ๏ผ‰ใชใฉใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ดฐใ‹ใชๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ…‹ๆง˜ใŒๆฑบๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใ‚’็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใงใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใฎๅคš็จฎๅคšๆง˜ๅŒ–ใ‚’ๅฎนๆ˜“ใซๅฎŸ็พใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใ ใ‘ใงๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ…‹ๆง˜ใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใจๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใงๅŒใ˜ใๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ…‹ๆง˜ใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚‚ๅฏ่ƒฝใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฏใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒ๏ผ‘ๅ›žๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆฏŽใซ๏ผ‘ๅ›žๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ๅ†…ใฎๆฎ‹ไฝ™ๆ™‚้–“ๅ†…ใงใ‚‚็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•้–‹ๅง‹ๆ™‚ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณๆฑบๅฎšใซ้š›ใ—ใฆๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กๅ€คใŒๅ–ๅพ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The first variation type counter CS1 determines the reach type of the first symbol such as so-called normal reach, super reach, premium reach, and other rough symbol variation modes, and the second variation type counter CS2 determines the final stop symbol ( In the present embodiment, a more detailed symbol variation mode such as an elapsed time (in other words, the number of variation symbols) until the middle symbol) stops is determined. Therefore, a variety of variation patterns can be easily realized by combining these variation type counters CS1 and CS2. It is also possible to determine the symbol variation mode only by the first variation type counter CS1, or to determine the symbol variation mode similarly by combining the first variation type counter CS1 and the stop symbol. The variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are updated once every time a normal process to be described later is executed once, and are repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the buffer values of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are acquired when the variation pattern is determined when the first symbol display device 81 starts the variation of the first symbol.

ๅทฆใƒปไธญใƒปๅณใฎๅ„ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฏใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚ŠๆŠฝ้ธใŒๅค–ใ‚ŒใจใชใฃใŸๆ™‚ใซๅทฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใ€ไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ’ใ€ๅณๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ“ใฎๅค–ใ‚Œๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ„ๅˆ—ใฎๅ„ๆฎตใซใฏไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅŠใณๅ‰ฏๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅˆใ‚ใ›ใฆ๏ผ’๏ผใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‹ใŒ่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‹ใ‚‰ใ€ๅ„ใ€…ใซ๏ผ’๏ผๅ€‹๏ผˆ๏ผใ€œ๏ผ‘๏ผ™๏ผ‰ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใŒ็”จๆ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅทฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—ใฎไธŠใƒปไธญใƒปไธ‹ๆฎตใฎๅ„ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒๆฑบๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผญใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—ใฎไธŠใƒปไธญใƒปไธ‹ๆฎตใฎๅ„ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒๆฑบๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅณๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—ใฎไธŠใƒปไธญใƒปไธ‹ๆฎตใฎๅ„ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒๆฑบๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The left, middle and right off symbol counters CL, CM and CR are used to determine the stop symbol of the left symbol row Z1, the middle symbol row Z2 and the right symbol row Z3 when the big hit lottery is missed. There are 20 first symbols in total, including the main symbol and the sub symbol, in each row of each column, so 20 counter values (0 to 19) are prepared for each. The left, upper, middle, and lower symbols are determined by the out symbol counter CL, the upper, middle, and lower symbols are determined by the out symbol counter CM, and the right symbol column is determined by the out symbol counter CR. The top, middle and bottom symbols are determined.

ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๅ†…่”ตใฎ๏ผฒใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟใฎๆ•ฐๅ€คใ‚’็”จใ„ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๅ€คใ‚’ใƒฉใƒณใƒ€ใƒ ใซๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ๅ„ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๆ™‚ใซใฏใ€ๅ‰ๅ›žๅ€คใซ๏ผฒใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟใฎไธ‹ไฝ๏ผ“ใƒ“ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๅ€คใŒๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๅŠ ็ฎ—็ตๆžœใŒๆœ€ๅคงๅ€คใ‚’่ถ…ใˆใŸๅ ดๅˆใซ๏ผ’๏ผๆธ›็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚ŒใฆไปŠๅ›žๅ€คใŒๆฑบๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ„ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฏๆ›ดๆ–ฐๆ™‚ๆœŸใŒ้‡ใชใ‚‰ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ๅ†…ใงๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใ‚Œใ‚‰ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใŒใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใ€ๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กๅŠใณๅฎŒๅ…จๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใฎไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‹ใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•้–‹ๅง‹ๆ™‚ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณๆฑบๅฎšใซ้š›ใ—ใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฎๅ€คใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใ€ๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กๅŠใณๅฎŒๅ…จๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใฎไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‹ใฎใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กๅ€คใŒๅ–ๅพ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the present embodiment, the values of the counters CL, CM, and CR are randomly updated by using the numerical value of the R register built in the MPU 701. That is, when each outlier symbol counter CL, CM, CR is updated, the value of the lower 3 bits of the R register is added to the previous value, and when the addition result exceeds the maximum value, 20 is subtracted to determine the current value. The Each outlier symbol counter CL, CM, CR is updated within the normal processing so that the update times do not overlap, and the combination of these outlier symbol counters CL, CM, CR is the reach of the RAM 703 front / rear symbol symbol buffer, reach other than front / rear out It is stored in either the symbol buffer or the completely off symbol buffer. Then, when determining the variation pattern at the time of starting the variation of the first symbol, the buffer value of any one of the front and rear outreach symbol buffer, the reach symbol buffer other than front and rear outlier, and the completely out symbol symbol buffer is acquired according to the value of the reach random number counter C3. The

ใชใŠใ€ๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใฎๅคงใใ•ใ‚„็ฏ„ๅ›ฒใฏไธ€ไพ‹ใซใ™ใŽใšไปปๆ„ใซๅค‰ๆ›ดใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฝ†ใ—ใ€ไธ่ฆๅ‰‡ๆ€งใ‚’้‡่ฆ–ใ™ใ‚Œใฐใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๅคงใใ•ใฏไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‚‚็•ฐใชใ‚‹็ด ๆ•ฐใจใ—ใ€ใ„ใ‹ใชใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใ‚‚ๅŒๆœŸใ—ใชใ„ๆ•ฐๅ€คใจใ—ใฆใŠใใฎใŒๆœ›ใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, the magnitude | size and range of each counter are only examples, and can be changed arbitrarily. However, if importance is attached to irregularity, it is desirable that the jackpot random number counter C1, the reach random number counter C3, and the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are all different prime numbers and are not synchronized in any case.

็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ”ใฏใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผใฎ็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใง้ †ใซ๏ผ‘ใšใคๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆใคใพใ‚Š๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸๅพŒ๏ผใซๆˆปใ‚‹ใƒซใƒผใƒ—ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใจใ—ใฆๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ”ใฏๅฎšๆœŸ็š„ใซ๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๆฏŽใซ๏ผ‘ๅ›ž๏ผ‰ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅทฆๅณไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‹ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผˆใ‚นใƒซใƒผใ‚ฒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ‰๏ผ–๏ผ—ใ‚’้€š้Žใ—ใŸใ“ใจใŒๆคœ็Ÿฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆ™‚ใซๅ–ๅพ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅฝ“้ธใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใชใ‚‹ไนฑๆ•ฐใฎๅ€คใฎๆ•ฐใฏ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ™ใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใใฎ็ฏ„ๅ›ฒใฏใ€Œ๏ผ•ใ€œ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ“ใ€ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The second symbol random number counter C4 is configured as a loop counter that is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 250, for example, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 250). The second symbol random number counter C4 is periodically updated (once every timer interruption in the present embodiment), and it is detected that the game ball has passed through either the left or right second entrance (through gate) 67. Get when it is done. The number of random number values to be won is 149, and the range is โ€œ5 to 153โ€.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ“ใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผใฎใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใจใ—ใฆใฏๅคงๅˆฅใ—ใฆใ€้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใซไผดใ„่ตทๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใจใ€ๅฎšๆœŸ็š„ใซ๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏ๏ผ’๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๅ‘จๆœŸใง๏ผ‰่ตทๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใจใ€๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใธใฎๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใฎๅ…ฅๅŠ›ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ตทๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใจใŒใ‚ใ‚Šใ€่ชฌๆ˜ŽใฎไพฟๅฎœไธŠใ€ใฏใ˜ใ‚ใซใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใจ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใจใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ—ใ€ใใฎๅพŒใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, each control process executed by the MPU 701 in the main controller 561 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 43 to 50. The processing of the MPU 701 is roughly divided into a main processing that is started when the power is turned on, a timer interrupt processing that is started periodically (in this embodiment, at a cycle of 2 ms), and a power failure signal SG1 to the NMI terminal. There is an NMI interrupt process activated by input. For convenience of explanation, the timer interrupt process and the NMI interrupt process will be described first, and then the main process will be described.

ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ˜ใฏใ€ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผ’๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๆฏŽใซๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€ใพใšๅ„็จฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใฎ่ชญใฟ่พผใฟๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅ„็จฎใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผˆไฝ†ใ—ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใ‚’้™คใ๏ผ‰ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’่ชญใฟ่พผใ‚€ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅฎšใ—ใฆๆคœๅ‡บๆƒ…ๅ ฑ๏ผˆๅ…ฅ่ณžๆคœ็Ÿฅๆƒ…ๅ ฑ๏ผ‰ใ‚’ไฟๅญ˜ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆฌกใซใ€ไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใ‚’๏ผ‘ๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ใใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใŒๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏ๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸ้š›๏ผใซใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€ไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ€คใ‚’ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚ก้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๆ ผ็ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing the timer interrupt process. The timer interrupt process is executed by the MPU 701 of the main controller 561 every 2 ms, for example. In the timer interruption process, first, reading process of various winning switches is executed (S601). That is, the state of various switches (excluding the RAM erase switch 623) connected to the main controller 561 is read, and the state of the switch is determined and the detection information (winning detection information) is stored. Next, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated (S602). Specifically, the random number initial value counter CINI is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value (676 in this embodiment). Then, the update value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 703.

ๆ›ดใซใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ๅŠใณใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ๅŠใณใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใ‚’ใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œ๏ผ‘ๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ใใ‚Œใ‚‰ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใŒๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œใ€๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผ–๏ผŒ๏ผ”๏ผ™๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸ้š›ใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œ๏ผใซใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€ๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ€คใ‚’ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚ก้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๆ ผ็ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใธใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใซไผดใ†ๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€‚ ย ย Further, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot symbol counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 are updated (S603). Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot symbol counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 are each incremented by 1 and their counter values reach the maximum values (in the present embodiment, 676, 49 and 238, respectively). Each time it is cleared to 0. Then, the updated values of the counters C1 to C3 are stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 703. After that, a start winning process is performed in accordance with winning in the first entrance 64 (S604).

ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ™ใฎใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ใ“ใฎๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใšใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใซๅ…ฅ่ณž๏ผˆๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณž๏ผ‰ใ—ใŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ไฝœๅ‹•ๅฃใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎๆคœๅ‡บๆƒ…ๅ ฑใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅˆคๅˆฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใซๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใŸใจๅˆคๅˆฅใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎไฝœๅ‹•ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ•ฐ๏ผฎใŒไธŠ้™ๅ€ค๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ๆœชๆบ€ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใธใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใŒใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ไธ”ใคไฝœๅ‹•ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ•ฐ๏ผฎ๏ผœ๏ผ”ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ไฝœๅ‹•ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ•ฐ๏ผฎใ‚’๏ผ‘ๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ›ดใซใ€ๅ‰่จ˜ใ‚นใƒ†ใƒƒใƒ—๏ผณ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ“ใงๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ—ใŸๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ๅŠใณใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฎๅ„ๅ€คใ‚’ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใฎ็ฉบใไฟ็•™ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใฎใ†ใกๆœ€ๅˆใฎใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ ผ็ดใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใธใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใŒใชใ„ใ‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๆˆ–ใ„ใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใธใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžใŒใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ไฝœๅ‹•ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ•ฐ๏ผฎ๏ผœ๏ผ”ใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ๅŠใณ๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎๅ„ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ใ‚นใ‚ญใƒƒใƒ—ใ—ใฆใ€ๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎ็ต‚ไบ†ๅพŒใฏใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฏๆœฌใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ไธ€ๆ—ฆ็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The start winning process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. First, it is determined from the detection information of the operation port switch 524 whether or not the game ball has won (start winning) at the first entrance 64 (S701). If it is determined that the game ball has won the first entrance 64 (S701: Yes), is the number N of pending action balls of the first symbol display device 81 less than the upper limit (4 in this embodiment)? It is determined whether or not (S702). If there is a winning at the first entrance 64 and the number N of activated balls is less than 4 (S702: Yes), the number N of activated balls is incremented by 1 (S703), and further updated in step S603. The values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot symbol counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored in the first area among the empty reserved areas in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 703 (S704). On the other hand, there is no winning at the first entrance 64 (S701: No), or even if there is a winning at the first entrance 64, if the number N of operational reserves is not less than 4 (S702: No). , S703 and S704 are skipped, and the start winning process is terminated. After the start winning process is completed, the MPU 701 once ends the timer interrupt process.

ใชใŠใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใซๅ…ฅ่ณž๏ผˆๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณž๏ผ‰ใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใ€ใใ‚Œใซไผดใ„็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใŒ้–‹ๅง‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใชใ‚‹ใŒใ€ๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅพŒใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใŒๅค‰ๅ‹•ใ—ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅœๆญขใซ่‡ณใ‚‹ใพใงใซใฏๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผ•็ง’๏ผ‰ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ—ใฆใ„ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐใชใ‚‰ใชใ„ใจใ„ใ†ๅˆถ็ด„ใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ“ใงใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€ๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžใŒ็ขบ่ชใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใ€ๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใฎๆ ผ็ดๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใฎๅพŒใซใ€ๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅพŒใฎ็ตŒ้Žๆ™‚้–“ใ‚’่จˆใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžใ‚’ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏ๏ผ’๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๅ‘จๆœŸใงๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผ•็ง’ใฎ็ตŒ้Žๆ™‚้–“ใ‚’่จˆๆธฌใ™ใ‚‹ใซใฏใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžใซๆ•ฐๅ€คใ€Œ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผใ€ใ‚’ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใ—ใ€ๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎ้ƒฝๅบฆใ€ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ€คใ‚’๏ผ‘ใšใคๆธ›็ฎ—ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ€คใฏใ€ใใฎๆ™‚ใ€…ใฎๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฎๅ€คใจๅ…ฑใซใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œ็ฎก็†ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณ่จญๅฎšใซ้š›ใ—ใฆใฏใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ€คใŒๅ‚็…งใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆฎ‹ใ‚Šๆ™‚้–“ใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆ๏ผˆๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“็ตŒ้ŽๅพŒใซๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใŒๅœๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†๏ผ‰ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใŒ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, when the game ball wins the first entrance 64 (start winning), the first symbol display device 81 starts the variable display of the first symbol, but after the start winning, There is a restriction that a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) must elapse before the symbol changes and the symbol stops. Therefore, in the start winning process, when a start winning is confirmed, a timer for measuring the elapsed time after the start winning is set after each counter value storing process (S704). Specifically, since the start winning process is executed at a cycle of 2 ms, for example, in order to measure an elapsed time of 5 seconds, a numerical value โ€œ2500โ€ is set in the timer, and the timer value is incremented by 1 for each start winning process. Subtract. This timer value is stored and managed in the reserved ball storage area of the RAM 703 together with the values of the respective counters C1 to C3. In setting the first symbol variation pattern, which will be described later, the timer value is referred to, and a variation pattern is set according to the remaining time (so that the symbol variation is stopped after a predetermined time has elapsed).

ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผใฏใ€๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏใ€ๅœ้›ปใฎ็™บ็”Ÿ็ญ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใซใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใฎไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใŒ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใซ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ๅœ้›ปใฎ็™บ็”Ÿ็ญ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้›ปๆบใŒ้ฎๆ–ญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใŒๅœ้›ป็›ฃ่ฆ–ๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใซๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฏๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใฎๅˆถๅพกใ‚’ไธญๆ–ญใ—ใฆ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’้–‹ๅง‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎใƒ—ใƒญใ‚ฐใƒฉใƒ ใฏใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผฏ๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ’ใซ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใŒๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅพŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใฏใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅฎŸ่กŒๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้›ปๆบ้ƒจ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰้›ปๆบไพ›็ตฆใŒใชใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ๅ†…ใซ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing the NMI interrupt process. The NMI interrupt process is executed by the MPU 701 of the main controller 561 when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. By this NMI interrupt processing, the state of the main controller 561 at the time of power shut-off is stored in the backup area 703a of the RAM 703. That is, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 742 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 701 in the main controller 561, and the MPU 701 interrupts the control being executed. NMI interrupt processing is started. The NMI interrupt processing program of FIG. 50 is stored in the ROM 702 of the main controller 561. For a predetermined time after the power failure signal SG1 is output, power is supplied from the power supply unit 741 so that the processing of the main controller 561 can be executed, and the NMI interrupt processing is executed within the predetermined time.

๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€ใพใšใ€ไฝฟ็”จใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟใ‚’๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใซ้€€้ฟใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€ใ‚นใ‚ฟใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒใ‚คใƒณใ‚ฟใฎๅ€คใ‚’ๅŒใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใซ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆƒ…ๅ ฑใ‚’ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใซ่จญๅฎšใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€้›ปๆบใŒ้ฎๆ–ญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ“ใจใ‚’็คบใ™้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญ้€š็Ÿฅใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใ‚’ไป–ใฎๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้€ไฟกใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€‚๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใ‚’็ฎ—ๅ‡บใ—ใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใซไฟๅญ˜ใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€‚๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใฏใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎไฝœๆฅญ้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚ขใƒ‰ใƒฌใ‚นใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒใ‚งใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ตใƒ ๅ€คใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใฏใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎใ‚ขใ‚ฏใ‚ปใ‚นใ‚’็ฆๆญขใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€้›ปๆบใŒๅฎŒๅ…จใซ้ฎๆ–ญใ—ใฆๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅฎŸ่กŒใงใใชใใชใ‚‹ใพใง็„ก้™ใƒซใƒผใƒ—ใ‚’็ถ™็ถšใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the NMI interrupt processing, first, the used register is saved in the backup area 703a of the RAM 703 (S801), and the value of the stack pointer is stored in the backup area 703a (S802). Further, the occurrence information of the power shutdown is set in the backup area 703a (S803), and a power shutdown notification command indicating that the power is shut off is transmitted to another control device (S804). A RAM determination value is calculated and stored in the backup area 703a (S805). The RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 703. Thereafter, access to the RAM 703 is prohibited (S806), and the infinite loop is continued until the power supply is completely shut down and the processing cannot be executed.

ใชใŠใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใงใ‚‚ๅŒๆง˜ใซๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ๅœ้›ปใฎ็™บ็”Ÿ็ญ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใŒ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใซ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใŒๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅพŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใฏใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅฎŸ่กŒๅฏ่ƒฝใจใชใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้›ปๆบ้ƒจ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰้›ปๆบไพ›็ตฆใŒใชใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใ‚‚ๅŒๆง˜ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ๅœ้›ปใฎ็™บ็”Ÿ็ญ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ้›ปๆบใŒ้ฎๆ–ญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅœ้›ปไฟกๅท๏ผณ๏ผง๏ผ‘ใŒๅœ้›ป็›ฃ่ฆ–ๅ›ž่ทฏ๏ผ—๏ผ”๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉ็ซฏๅญใซๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใฎๅˆถๅพกใ‚’ไธญๆ–ญใ—ใฆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผใฎ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’้–‹ๅง‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅ†…ๅฎนใฏใ‚นใƒ†ใƒƒใƒ—๏ผณ๏ผ˜๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญ้€š็Ÿฅใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใฎ้€ไฟกใ‚’่กŒใชใ‚ใชใ„็‚นใ‚’้™คใไธŠ่จ˜่ชฌๆ˜ŽใจๅŒๆง˜ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The above NMI interrupt process is executed in the same manner in the payout / release control device 611. With this NMI interrupt process, the state of the payout / release control device 611 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like is stored in the backup area 713a of the RAM 713. Is remembered. Similarly, the power supply unit 741 supplies power so that the process of the payout / discharge control device 611 can be executed for a predetermined time after the power failure signal SG1 is output. That is, when the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 742 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 711 in the payout launch control device 611, and the MPU 711 interrupts the control being executed. Then, the NMI interrupt process of FIG. 50 is started. The contents are the same as described above, except that the power-off notification command is not transmitted in step S804.

ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ“ใฏใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏ้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅๆ™‚ใฎใƒชใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ตทๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€ใพใšใ€้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใซไผดใ†ๅˆๆœŸ่จญๅฎšๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ใ‚นใ‚ฟใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒใ‚คใƒณใ‚ฟใซไบˆใ‚ๆฑบใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸๆ‰€ๅฎšๅ€คใ‚’่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ใ‚ตใƒ–ๅดใฎๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผˆ้Ÿณๅฃฐใƒฉใƒณใƒ—ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘็ญ‰๏ผ‰ใŒๅ‹•ไฝœๅฏ่ƒฝใช็Šถๆ…‹ใซใชใ‚‹ใฎใ‚’ๅพ…ใคใŸใ‚ใซใ€ใ‚ฆใ‚งใ‚คใƒˆๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผ‘็ง’็จ‹ๅบฆ๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆฌกใ„ใงใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆๆ‰•ๅ‡บ่จฑๅฏใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใ‚’้€ไฟกใ—ใŸๅพŒ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎใ‚ขใ‚ฏใ‚ปใ‚นใ‚’่จฑๅฏใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€‚ ย ย FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing a main process executed by the MPU 701 in the main controller 561. This main process is started by a reset at power-on. In the main process, first, an initial setting process associated with power-on is executed (S101). Specifically, in order to set a predetermined value in the stack pointer and wait for the sub-side control devices (sound lamp control device 562, payout launch control device 611, etc.) to become operable. , Wait processing (for example, about 1 second) is executed. Next, after a payout permission command is transmitted to the payout launch control device 611 (S102), access to the RAM 703 is permitted (S103).

ใใฎๅพŒใฏใ€้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซ่จญใ‘ใŸ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€ใ‚ชใƒณใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ข๏ผˆๆถˆๅŽป๏ผ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ในใใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ›ดใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใซ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆƒ…ๅ ฑใŒ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใฏ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ„ใฎใงใ€ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใซใ‚‚ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใซ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆƒ…ๅ ฑใŒ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใ‚’็ฎ—ๅ‡บใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€็ฎ—ๅ‡บใ—ใŸ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๅณใก็ฎ—ๅ‡บใ—ใŸ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใŒ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใซไฟๅญ˜ใ—ใŸ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใจไธ€่‡ดใ—ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใฏ็ ดๅฃŠใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใ‚‚ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸ้€šใ‚Šใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใฏใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎไฝœๆฅญ้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚ขใƒ‰ใƒฌใ‚นใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒใ‚งใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ตใƒ ๅ€คใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใซไปฃใˆใฆใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ญใƒผใƒฏใƒผใƒ‰ใŒๆญฃใ—ใไฟๅญ˜ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใฎๆœ‰ๅŠนๆ€งใ‚’ๅˆคๆ–ญใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the RAM erase switch 623 provided in the power supply device 612 is turned on (S104). If it is turned on (S104: Yes), processing is performed to clear (erase) the backup data. The process proceeds to S114. On the other hand, if the RAM erasure switch 623 is not turned on (S104: No), it is further determined whether or not the information on occurrence of power interruption is stored in the backup area 703a of the RAM 703 (S105). (S105: No), since backup data is not stored, in this case as well, the process proceeds to S114. If the occurrence information of power shutdown is stored in the backup area 703a (S105: Yes), the RAM judgment value is calculated (S106), and the calculated RAM judgment value is not normal (S107: No), that is, calculated. If the RAM determination value does not match the RAM determination value stored when the power is shut off, the backed up data has been destroyed. In such a case as well, the process proceeds to S114. As described above, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 703. Instead of the RAM determination value, the validity of the backup may be determined based on whether or not the keyword written in a predetermined area of the RAM 703 is correctly stored.

ไธŠ่ฟฐใ—ใŸใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๆœฌใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใงใฏใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐใƒ›ใƒผใƒซใฎๅ–ถๆฅญ้–‹ๅง‹ๆ™‚ใชใฉใ€้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅๆ™‚ใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ๅˆๆœŸๅŒ–ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใ‚’ๆŠผใ—ใชใŒใ‚‰้›ปๆบใŒๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใŒๆŠผใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚Œใฐใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎๅˆๆœŸๅŒ–ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ€œ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใซ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆƒ…ๅ ฑใŒ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ„ๅ ดๅˆใ‚„ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€ค๏ผˆใƒใ‚งใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ตใƒ ๅ€ค็ญ‰๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใฎ็•ฐๅธธใŒ็ขบ่ชใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใ‚‚ๅŒๆง˜ใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅˆๆœŸๅŒ–ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ€œ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใซ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎๅˆๆœŸๅŒ–ๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎไฝฟ็”จ้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’๏ผใซใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚’่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใ‚’่จฑๅฏใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใซ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, when RAM data is initialized when the power is turned on, for example, at the start of business in a hall, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch 623. Therefore, if the RAM erase switch 623 is pressed, the process proceeds to the RAM initialization process (S114 to S116). Similarly, when the information on occurrence of power shutdown is not set or when a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM determination value (checksum value or the like), the process proceeds to initialization processing (S114 to S116) of the RAM 703 in the same manner. That is, in the RAM initialization process from S114, the used area of the RAM 703 is cleared to 0 (S114), and the initial value of the RAM 703 is set (S115). Thereafter, the interruption is permitted (S116), and the process proceeds to normal processing described later.

ไธ€ๆ–นใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚‰ใš๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆƒ…ๅ ฑใŒ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Š๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ›ดใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€ค๏ผˆใƒใ‚งใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ตใƒ ๅ€ค็ญ‰๏ผ‰ใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ˜ใธ็งป่กŒใ—ใฆๅพฉ้›ปๆ™‚ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๅพฉๆ—งๆ™‚ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ๅพฉ้›ปๆ™‚ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใฎใ‚นใ‚ฟใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒใ‚คใƒณใ‚ฟใ‚’ๅพฉๅธฐใ•ใ›๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆƒ…ๅ ฑใ‚’ใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ™๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆฌกใซใ€ใ‚ตใƒ–ๅดใฎๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎใ‚’้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็Šถๆ…‹ใซๅพฉๅธฐใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅพฉ้›ปๆ™‚ใฎใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใ‚’้€ไฟกใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‰ใ€ไฝฟ็”จใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟใ‚’๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“๏ฝใ‹ใ‚‰ๅพฉๅธฐใ•ใ›ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€้›ปๆบๆ–ญๅ‰ใซๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใŒ่จฑๅฏ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใ‚ใฃใŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’็ขบ่ชใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใŒ่จฑๅฏ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใ‚’่จฑๅฏใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€ไธ€ๆ–นใ€้›ปๆบๆ–ญๆ™‚ใซๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใŒ็ฆๆญข็Šถๆ…‹ใซใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใ‚’็ฆๆญขใ—ใŸใพใพใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๅ‰ใฎ็•ชๅœฐใธๆˆปใ™ใ€‚ ย ย On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 623 is not turned on (S104: No), the occurrence information of power shutdown is stored (S105: Yes), and the RAM judgment value (checksum value etc.) is normal ( (S107: Yes), the process proceeds to S108, and a process at the time of power recovery (a process at the time of power-off restoration) is executed. That is, in the power recovery process, the stack pointer at the time of power interruption is restored (S108), and the information on occurrence of power interruption is cleared (S109). Next, a power-return command for returning the sub-side control device to the gaming state at the time of power-off is transmitted (S110), and the used register is returned from the backup area 703a of the RAM 703 (S111). Further, it is confirmed whether or not the interrupt is permitted before the power is turned off (S112). If the interrupt is permitted (S112: Yes), the interrupt is permitted (S113), while the interrupt is prohibited when the power is turned off. If it is in the state (S112: No), the processing is returned to the address before the power is shut off while the interruption is prohibited.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ”ใฎใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏ้ŠๆŠ€ใฎไธป่ฆใชๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๆฆ‚่ฆใจใ—ใฆใ€๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๅ‘จๆœŸใฎๅฎšๆœŸๅ‡ฆ็†ใจใ—ใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ—ใฎๅ„ๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๆฎ‹ไฝ™ๆ™‚้–“ใง๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ™๏ผŒ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, normal processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In this normal process, the main process of the game is executed. As an outline, each process of S201 to S207 is executed as a periodic process with a period of 4 ms, and the counter update process of S209 and S210 is executed in the remaining time.

้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ใพใšใ€ๅ‰ๅ›žใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใงๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰็ญ‰ใฎๅ‡บๅŠ›ใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ใ‚ตใƒ–ๅดใฎๅ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎใซ้€ไฟกใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ๅ…ฅ่ณžๆคœ็Ÿฅๆƒ…ๅ ฑใฎๆœ‰็„กใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—ใ€ๅ…ฅ่ณžๆคœ็Ÿฅๆƒ…ๅ ฑใŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฐๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ็ฒๅพ—้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๆ•ฐใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹่ณž็ƒๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใ‚’้€ไฟกใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใซ้š›ใ—ใฆๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใ€็ขบๅฎšใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰็ญ‰ใ‚’่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใซ้€ไฟกใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•้–‹ๅง‹ๅพŒใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰โ†’ๅทฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใฎๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰โ†’ไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ’ใฎๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰โ†’ๅณๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ“ใฎๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใฎ้ †ใง้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎ้ƒฝๅบฆ๏ผ‘ใคใšใค๏ผˆๅณใกใ€๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๆฏŽใซ๏ผ‘ใคใšใค๏ผ‰ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใŒ้€ไฟกใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ™‚้–“็ต‚ไบ†ใฎใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง็ขบๅฎšใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใŒ้€ไฟกใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the normal processing, first, output data such as a command updated in the previous processing is transmitted to each control device on the sub side (S201). Specifically, the presence / absence of winning detection information is determined, and if there is winning detection information, a winning ball payout command corresponding to the number of acquired game balls is transmitted to the payout launch control device 611. Further, a stop symbol command, a variation pattern command, a confirmation command, and the like are transmitted to the display control device 505 when the first symbol display device 81 displays the variation of the first symbol. In addition, after the start of the first symbol variation, each time normal processing is performed in the following order: variation pattern command โ†’ stop symbol command for left symbol column Z1 โ†’ stop symbol command for middle symbol column Z2 โ†’ stop symbol command for right symbol column Z3 The commands are transmitted one by one (that is, one every 4 ms), and the confirmation command is transmitted at the end of the fluctuation time.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๅ„ๅ€คใ‚’ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใ‚’๏ผ‘ๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ใใ‚Œใ‚‰ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใŒๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏ๏ผ‘๏ผ™๏ผ˜๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸ้š›ใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œ๏ผใซใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ€คใ‚’ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚ก้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๆ ผ็ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ๅทฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใ€ไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ’ๅŠใณๅณๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ“ใฎๅ„ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€‚ ย ย Next, each value of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 is updated (S202). Specifically, the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are incremented by 1, and are cleared to 0 when the counter values reach the maximum values (198 and 240 in this embodiment). Then, the update values of the variation type counters CS 1 and CS 2 are stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 703. Further, the outlier counters CL, CM, and CR of the left symbol row Z1, the middle symbol row Z2, and the right symbol row Z3 are updated by the off symbol counter updating process (S203).

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ•ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใšใ€ๅทฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใฎๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๆ™‚ๆœŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ›ดๆ–ฐๆ™‚ๆœŸใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅทฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใฎๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌใ‚’ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆฌกใซใ€ๅทฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๆ™‚ๆœŸใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ’ใฎๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผญใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๆ™‚ๆœŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ›ดๆ–ฐๆ™‚ๆœŸใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ’ใฎๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผญใ‚’ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ’ใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๆ™‚ๆœŸใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๅณๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ“ใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๆ™‚ๆœŸใชใฎใงใ€ๅณๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ“ใฎๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใ‚’ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€‚ ย ย Here, with reference to FIG. 45, the off symbol counter update process will be described. First, it is determined whether or not it is the update time of the out symbol counter CL of the left symbol row Z1 (S301), and if it is the update time (S301: Yes), the out symbol counter CL of the left symbol row Z1 is updated (S303). . Next, if it is not the update time of the left symbol row Z1 (S301: No), it is determined whether it is the update time of the out symbol counter CM of the middle symbol row Z2 (S302), and if it is the update time (S302: Yes). ), The outlier symbol counter CM of the middle symbol row Z2 is updated (S304). Furthermore, if it is not the update time of the middle symbol row Z2 (S302: No), the update symbol counter CR of the right symbol row Z3 is updated because it is the update time of the right symbol row Z3 (S305).

ไธŠ่จ˜๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ“ใ€œ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎๅ„ๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใงใฏใ€ๅ‰ๅ›žใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใซ๏ผฒใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟใฎไธ‹ไฝ๏ผ“ใƒ“ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๅ€คใ‚’ๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใใฎๅŠ ็ฎ—็ตๆžœใŒๆœ€ๅคงๅ€คใ‚’่ถ…ใˆใŸๅ ดๅˆใซ๏ผ’๏ผใ‚’ๆธ›็ฎ—ใ—ใ€ใใฎๆผ”็ฎ—็ตๆžœใ‚’ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎไปŠๅ›žๅ€คใจใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธŠ่จ˜๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€ๅทฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ‘ใ€ไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ’ๅŠใณๅณๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅˆ—๏ผบ๏ผ“ใฎๅ„ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใŒ๏ผ‘ๅ›žใฎ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใง๏ผ‘ใคใšใค้ †ใซๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๆ™‚ๆœŸใŒ้‡ใชใ‚‹ใ“ใจใฏใชใ„ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผ“ๅ›žๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ๆฏŽใซๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ๏ผ‘ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆๅˆ†ใŒๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In updating outlier symbol counters CL, CM, and CR in each of the processes of S303 to S305, the value of the lower 3 bits of the R register is added to the previous counter value, and 20 is added when the addition result exceeds the maximum value. Subtraction is performed, and the result of the calculation is taken as the current value of the symbol counter CL, CM, CR. According to the update process of CL, CM, CR, the outlier counters CL, CM, CR of the left symbol row Z1, the middle symbol row Z2, and the right symbol row Z3 are sequentially updated one by one in one normal process. Therefore, the update times of the counter values do not overlap. Thus, every time the normal process is executed three times, the set symbol counters CL, CM, and CR are updated for one set.

ใใฎๅพŒใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ—ใŸๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใŒๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎใพใพๆœฌๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผ‰ใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ›ดใซใใ‚ŒใŒๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๆ™‚ใฎๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใ‚’๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซๆ ผ็ดใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ™๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใŒๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๆ™‚ใฎๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใ‚’๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซๆ ผ็ดใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใŒๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใงใชใ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ไธ”ใคใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใงใ‚‚ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใฏใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ไปฅๅค–ใฎๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใซใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€ใใฎๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใ‚’๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅฎŒๅ…จๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซๆ ผ็ดใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ ย ย Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the combination of the updated off symbol counters CL, CM, and CR is a jackpot symbol combination (S306). If the symbol combination is a jackpot symbol combination (S306: Yes), this process is performed as it is. finish. If it is not a jackpot symbol combination (S306: No), it is determined whether or not it is a reach symbol combination (S307). If it is a reach symbol combination (S307: Yes), then it is a back-and-forth outreach. It is determined whether or not there is (S308). If it is a combination of front and rear detach reach (S308: Yes), the combination of the detachment symbol counters CL, CM and CR at that time is stored in the front and rear detach reach symbol buffer of the RAM 703 (S309). If the detachment symbol counters CL, CM, CR are a combination of reach other than front / rear detachment (S308: No), the combination of the detachment symbol counters CL, CM, CR at that time is stored in the reach symbol buffer other than front / rear detachment in the RAM 703 (S310). ). If the combination of outlier symbol counters CL, CM, CR is not a combination of jackpot symbol (S306: No) and not a combination of reach symbols (S307: No), the combination of outlier symbol counters CL, CM, CR is a reach symbol. In such a case, the combination of the off symbol counters CL, CM, CR is stored in the complete off symbol buffer of the RAM 703 (S311).

ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใฎ็ต‚ไบ†ๅพŒใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ”ใฎ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใธๆˆปใฃใฆใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ—ไฟกใ—ใŸ่ณž็ƒ่จˆๆ•ฐไฟกๅทใ‚„ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็•ฐๅธธไฟกๅทใ‚’่ชญใฟ่พผใฟ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใ‚’่กŒใ†ใŸใ‚ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅˆคๅฎšใ‚„็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใฎ่จญๅฎšใชใฉใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎ่ฉณ็ดฐใฏๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ–ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย After completion of the off symbol counter CL, CM, CR update process (S203), the process returns to the normal process of FIG. 44, and reads the prize ball count signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout launch control device 611 (S204). A first symbol variation process for performing variation display of the first symbol by the one symbol display device 81 is executed (S205). By this first symbol variation process, jackpot determination, setting of a variation pattern of the first symbol, and the like are performed. Details of the first symbol variation process will be described later with reference to FIG.

็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎ็ต‚ไบ†ๅพŒใฏใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Š็Šถๆ…‹ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใŠใ„ใฆๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ“๏ผ’ใฎ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผˆๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๅฃ๏ผ‰๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พๅˆใฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๅฃ้–‹้–‰ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Š็Šถๆ…‹ใฎใƒฉใ‚ฆใƒณใƒ‰ๆฏŽใซ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใ€็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใฎๆœ€ๅคง้–‹ๆ”พๆ™‚้–“ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ—ใŸใ‹ใ€ๅˆใฏ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่ฆๅฎšๆ•ฐๅ…ฅ่ณžใ—ใŸใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‹ใฎๆกไปถใŒๆˆ็ซ‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใจ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใจใใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็‰นๅฎš้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’้€š้Žใ—ใŸใ“ใจใ‚’ๆกไปถใซ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ฝใฎ้€ฃ็ถš้–‹ๆ”พใ‚’่จฑๅฎนใ—ใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚’ๆ‰€ๅฎšใƒฉใ‚ฆใƒณใƒ‰ๆ•ฐ็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย After the end of the first symbol variation process, a large opening opening / closing process for opening or closing the specific winning opening (large opening) 65a of the variable winning device 32 is executed in the case of the big win state (S206). That is, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for each round of the big hit state, and it is determined whether the maximum opening time of the specific winning opening 65a has passed or whether a predetermined number of game balls have been won in the specific winning opening 65a. When any of these conditions is satisfied, the specific winning opening 65a is closed. At this time, the specific winning opening 65a is allowed to be continuously opened on condition that the game ball has passed the specific area, and this is repeatedly executed for a predetermined number of rounds.

ๆฌกใซใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€Œโ—‹ใ€ๅˆใฏใ€Œร—ใ€ใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใฎ่กจ็คบๅˆถๅพกใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผ‰ใ€‚็ฐกๅ˜ใซ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผˆใ‚นใƒซใƒผใ‚ฒใƒผใƒˆ๏ผ‰๏ผ–๏ผ—ใ‚’้€š้Žใ—ใŸใ“ใจใ‚’ๆกไปถใซใ€ใใฎ้€š้Žใ—ใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ”ใฎๅ€คใŒๅ–ๅพ—ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ’ใฎ่กจ็คบ้ƒจ๏ผ˜๏ผ“ใซใฆ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใŒๅฎŸๆ–ฝใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ”ใฎๅ€คใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๆŠฝ้ธใŒๅฎŸๆ–ฝใ•ใ‚Œใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Š็Šถๆ…‹ใซใชใ‚‹ใจใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ…ฅ็ƒๅฃ๏ผ–๏ผ”ใซไป˜้šใ™ใ‚‹้›ปๅ‹•ๅฝน็‰ฉใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๅ›ณ็คบใฏ็œ็•ฅใ—ใŸใŒใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ”ใ‚‚ใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ๅŠใณใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใจๅŒๆง˜ใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ˜ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, display control of the second symbol (for example, symbol โ€œโ—ฏโ€ or โ€œxโ€) by the second symbol display device 82 is executed (S207). Briefly, on the condition that the game ball has passed through the second entrance (through gate) 67, the value of the second symbol random number counter C4 is acquired at the timing of passing and the second symbol display device 82. In the display unit 83, the second symbol variation display is performed. Then, the lottery of the second symbol is performed based on the value of the second symbol random number counter C4, and when the second symbol is hit, the electric accessory attached to the first entrance 64 is released for a predetermined time. Although not shown, the second symbol random number counter C4 is also updated by the timer interruption process shown in FIG. 48, like the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot symbol counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3.

ใใฎๅพŒใฏใ€ๆฌกใฎ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใซ่‡ณใฃใŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ€ๅณใกๅ‰ๅ›žใฎ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎ้–‹ๅง‹ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏ๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ—ใŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ—ขใซๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธ็งป่กŒใ—ใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ไปฅ้™ใฎๅ„ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the execution timing of the next normal process has been reached, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (4 ms in the present embodiment) has elapsed since the start of the previous normal process (S208). If (S208: Yes), the process proceeds to S201, and the processes after S201 described above are repeatedly executed.

ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ๅ‰ๅ›žใฎ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎ้–‹ๅง‹ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆœชใ ๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ—ใฆใ„ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใซ่‡ณใ‚‹ใพใงใฎใ€ๅณใกๆฌกใฎ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใซ่‡ณใ‚‹ใพใงใฎๆฎ‹ไฝ™ๆ™‚้–“ๅ†…ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉๅŠใณๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ‚’็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ™๏ผŒ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใพใšใ€ไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ™๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใ‚’๏ผ‘ๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ใใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใŒๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏ๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸ้š›๏ผใซใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€ไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ€คใ‚’ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚ก้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๆ ผ็ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆฌกใซใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใ‚’๏ผ‘ๅŠ ็ฎ—ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ใใ‚Œใ‚‰ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใŒๆœ€ๅคงๅ€ค๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏ๏ผ‘๏ผ™๏ผ˜๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใŸ้š›ใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œ๏ผใซใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ€คใ‚’ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚ก้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๆ ผ็ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย On the other hand, if the predetermined time has not yet elapsed since the start of the previous normal process (S208: No), the random number initial is within the remaining time until the predetermined time is reached, that is, until the next normal process is executed. The value counter CINI and the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are repeatedly updated (S209, S210). First, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated (S209). Specifically, the random number initial value counter CINI is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value (676 in this embodiment). Then, the update value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 703. Next, the fluctuation type counters CS1 and CS2 are updated (S210). Specifically, the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are incremented by 1, and are cleared to 0 when the counter values reach the maximum values (198 and 240 in this embodiment). Then, the update values of the variation type counters CS 1 and CS 2 are stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 703.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ€œ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ—ใฎๅ„ๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆ™‚้–“ใฏ้ŠๆŠ€ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆๅค‰ๅŒ–ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€ๆฌกใฎ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใซ่‡ณใ‚‹ใพใงใฎๆฎ‹ไฝ™ๆ™‚้–“ใฏไธ€ๅฎšใงใชใๅค‰ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ•…ใซใ€ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹ๆฎ‹ไฝ™ๆ™‚้–“ใ‚’ไฝฟ็”จใ—ใฆไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ‚’็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ไนฑๆ•ฐๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฉ๏ผฎ๏ผฉ๏ผˆๅณใกใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใฎๅˆๆœŸๅ€ค๏ผ‰ใ‚’ใƒฉใƒณใƒ€ใƒ ใซๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ๅŒๆง˜ใซๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใซใคใ„ใฆใ‚‚ใƒฉใƒณใƒ€ใƒ ใซๆ›ดๆ–ฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Here, since the execution time of each process of S201-S207 changes according to the state of the game, the remaining time until the next normal process execution timing is not constant and varies. Therefore, it is possible to update the random number initial value counter CINI (that is, the initial value of the big hit random number counter C1) at random by repeatedly executing the update of the random number initial value counter CINI using the remaining time. The variation type counters CS1 and CS2 can also be updated at random.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ–ๅŠใณๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ—ใฎใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€ใพใšใ€ไปŠ็พๅœจๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไธญใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไธญใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใฎ้š›ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใง่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€ใฎๆœ€ไธญใจๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ต‚ไบ†ๅพŒใฎๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใฎๆœ€ไธญใจใŒๅซใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅˆคๅˆฅใฎ็ตๆžœใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไธญใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎใพใพๆœฌๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the first symbol variation process (S205) will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. In the first symbol variation process, first, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is currently being hit (S401). The jackpot includes a jackpot game displayed on the first symbol display device 81 in the case of a jackpot and a predetermined time after the jackpot game ends. As a result of the determination, if it is a big hit (S401: Yes), this processing is terminated as it is.

ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไธญใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบไธญใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบไธญใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎไฝœๅ‹•ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ•ฐ๏ผฎใŒ๏ผใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚ๅคงใใ„ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€‚ไฝœๅ‹•ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ•ฐ๏ผฎใŒ๏ผใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎใพใพๆœฌๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฝœๅ‹•ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ•ฐ๏ผฎ๏ผž๏ผใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ไฝœๅ‹•ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ•ฐ๏ผฎใ‚’๏ผ‘ๆธ›็ฎ—ใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ใ‚ทใƒ•ใƒˆๅ‡ฆ็†ใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚ทใƒ•ใƒˆๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏใ€ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใฎไฟ็•™็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใ€œ็ฌฌ๏ผ”ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขๅดใซ้ †ใซใ‚ทใƒ•ใƒˆใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ€ไฟ็•™็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขโ†’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใ€ไฟ็•™็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขโ†’ไฟ็•™็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใ€ไฟ็•™็ฌฌ๏ผ“ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขโ†’ไฟ็•™็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใ€ไฟ็•™็ฌฌ๏ผ”ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขโ†’ไฟ็•™็ฌฌ๏ผ“ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใจใ„ใฃใŸๅ…ทๅˆใซๅ„ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขๅ†…ใฎใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใŒใ‚ทใƒ•ใƒˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚ทใƒ•ใƒˆๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎๅพŒใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•้–‹ๅง‹ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•้–‹ๅง‹ๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใคใ„ใฆใฏๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ—ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย If it is not a big hit (S401: No), it is determined whether or not the first symbol display device 81 is displaying the variation of the first symbol (S402), and if the first symbol is not being varied (S402: No), it is determined whether or not the number N of actuated balls of the first symbol display device 81 is greater than 0 (S403). If the number N of active balls is 0 (S403: No), this process is terminated as it is. If the number of the operation holding balls N> 0 (S403: Yes), the operation holding ball number N is decremented by 1 (S404), and the data stored in the holding ball storage area is shifted (S405). This data shift process is a process for sequentially shifting the data stored in the reserved first to fourth areas of the reserved ball storage area to the execution area side. The reserved first area โ†’ the execution area, the reserved second area โ†’ The data in each area is shifted such as the first hold area, the third hold area โ†’ the second hold area, the fourth hold area โ†’ the third hold area. After the data shift process, the first symbol variation start process is executed (S406). The variation start process will be described later with reference to FIG.

๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบไธญใงใ‚ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ™‚้–“ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ—ใŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผ‰ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ™‚้–“ใฏใใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆๆฑบใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ™‚้–“ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใ€๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ˜ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚’ใ‚นใ‚ญใƒƒใƒ—ใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ™‚้–“ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ™ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎ็ขบๅฎšใฎใŸใ‚ใซ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹็ขบๅฎšใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใ‚’่จญๅฎšใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใ€ๆœฌๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the process of S402, when the variation of the first symbol is being displayed (S402: Yes), it is determined whether or not the variation time has elapsed (S407). The variation time of the first symbol is determined according to the variation pattern of the first symbol, and the execution of the process of S408 is skipped until the variation time has elapsed (S407: No). On the other hand, if the fluctuation time of the first symbol elapses (S407: Yes), the confirmation command set for the confirmation of the stop symbol is set (S408), and this process is terminated.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ—ใฎใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•้–‹ๅง‹ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅค‰ๅ‹•้–‹ๅง‹ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใงใฏใ€ใพใšใ€ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ€คใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใฏๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๅ€คใจใใฎๆ™‚ใ€…ใฎใƒขใƒผใƒ‰ใจใฎ้–ขไฟ‚ใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆๅˆคๅˆฅใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸ้€šใ‚Š้€šๅธธใฎไฝŽ็ขบ็Ž‡ๆ™‚ใซใฏๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ‘ใฎๆ•ฐๅ€ค๏ผใ€œ๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผ–ใฎใ†ใกใ€Œ๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ผ—๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผ“ใ€ใŒๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ€คใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€้ซ˜็ขบ็Ž‡ๆ™‚ใซใฏใ€Œ๏ผ–๏ผ—๏ผŒ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ‘๏ผ™๏ผ™๏ผŒ๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ™๏ผŒ๏ผ“๏ผ“๏ผ—๏ผŒ๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ”๏ผ–๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ€ใŒๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ€คใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the variation start process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the variation start process (S406), first, it is determined whether or not a big hit is made based on the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the execution area of the reserved ball storage area (S501). Whether or not the jackpot is determined is based on the relationship between the jackpot random number counter value and the mode at that time. As described above, โ€œ337,673โ€ is a winning value among the numerical values 0 to 676 of the jackpot random number counter C1 at the normal low probability, and โ€œ67, 131, 199, 269, 337, 401, 463, 523โ€ at the high probability. "601, 661" is the winning value.

ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใจๅˆคๅˆฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ใฎๅ€คใซๅฏพๅฟœใ™ใ‚‹ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ€ๅณใกๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚’ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ใฎๅ€คใจๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจใฎๅฏพๅฟœ้–ขไฟ‚ใ‚’่กจใ™ๅ›ณ็คบใ—ใชใ„ใƒ†ใƒผใƒ–ใƒซใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆๆฑ‚ใ‚ใ€ใใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚’ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใซ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใจใใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ’ใฎๆ•ฐๅ€ค๏ผใ€œ๏ผ”๏ผ™ใฏใ€ๅ…จ๏ผ•ใคใฎๆœ‰ๅŠนใƒฉใ‚คใƒณไธŠใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹๏ผ•๏ผ้€šใ‚Šใฎๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‹ใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใซใฏ๏ผ•๏ผ้€šใ‚Šใฎๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‹ใŒ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ใฎๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎใ†ใกใ€ไบˆใ‚ๅฎšใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸ็‰นๅฎšๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ๅฅ‡ๆ•ฐ็•ชๅทใฎไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใงๆƒใฃใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใฏไปฅๅพŒ็ขบๅค‰็Šถๆ…‹ใซ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใŒใ€็‰นๅฎšๅ›ณๆŸ„ใงใชใ„ๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ๅถๆ•ฐ็•ชๅทใฎไธปๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใงๆƒใฃใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ็ขบๅค‰็Šถๆ…‹ใซ็งป่กŒใ—ใชใ„ใ€‚ ย ย When it is determined that the game is a big hit (S501: Yes), the symbol corresponding to the value of the jackpot symbol counter C2 stored in the execution area of the reserved ball storage area, that is, the jackpot symbol is the value of the jackpot symbol counter C2 and the symbol. The symbol is obtained based on a table (not shown) representing the corresponding relationship, and the symbol is set as a stop symbol command (S502). At this time, the numbers 0 to 49 of the jackpot symbol counter C2 correspond to any of the 50 jackpot symbols on all five active lines, and any one of the 50 jackpot symbols is set in the stop symbol command. Is done. Among these jackpot symbols, when a predetermined specific symbol (in this embodiment, an odd-numbered main symbol) is arranged, the process proceeds to a probabilistic state, but a symbol that is not a specific symbol (in this embodiment, an even number) When the numbers are aligned with the main symbols), the state does not shift to the probability variation state.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๅ›ณๆŸ„ใงๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ—ใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚’ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใซ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใจใใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ็”จใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๅ€คใ‚’็ขบ่ชใ—ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ€คใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆใƒŽใƒผใƒžใƒซใƒชใƒผใƒใ€ใ‚นใƒผใƒ‘ใƒผใƒชใƒผใƒใ€ใƒ—ใƒฌใƒŸใ‚ขใƒ ใƒชใƒผใƒ็ญ‰ใฎใƒชใƒผใƒ็จฎๅˆฅใ‚„ใใฎไป–ๅคงใพใ‹ใชๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ…‹ๆง˜ใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๅ€คใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”ŸๅพŒใซๆœ€็ต‚ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผบ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใŒๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใฎ็ตŒ้Žๆ™‚้–“๏ผˆ่จ€ใ„ๆ›ใˆใ‚Œใฐใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๆ•ฐ๏ผ‰็ญ‰ใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ดฐใ‹ใชๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ…‹ๆง˜ใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใฎๆ•ฐๅ€คใจใƒชใƒผใƒใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใจใฎ้–ขไฟ‚ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๆ•ฐๅ€คใจๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ๆ™‚้–“ใจใฎ้–ขไฟ‚ใฏใ€ใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œใซใƒ†ใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ็ญ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไบˆใ‚่ฆๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไฝ†ใ—ใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๅ€คใ‚’ไฝฟใ‚ใšใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ€คใ ใ‘ใ‚’็”จใ„ใฆ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚‚ๅฏ่ƒฝใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ€คใ ใ‘ใงใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅˆใฏไธกๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎไธกๅ€คใงใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ‹ใฏใ€ใใฎ้ƒฝๅบฆใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ€คใ‚„้ŠๆŠ€ๆกไปถใชใฉใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆ้ฉๅฎœๆฑบใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใฏใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒ่กจ็คบใ€ๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒ่กจ็คบใ€ๅฎŒๅ…จๅค–ใ‚Œ่กจ็คบใ‚’่กŒใชใ†ๅ ดๅˆใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใฎ่จญๅฎšใงใ‚‚ๅŒๆง˜ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the variation pattern of the first symbol until it stops at the jackpot symbol is determined, and the variation pattern is set in the variation pattern command (S503). At this time, the values of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 stored in the counter buffer of the RAM 703 are checked, and the reach type such as normal reach, super reach, premium reach, and other rough types are determined based on the value of the first variation type counter CS1. And the elapsed time until the final stop symbol (in this embodiment, middle symbol Z2) stops after occurrence of reach based on the value of the second variation type counter CS2 (in other words, the number of variable symbols) ) Etc. to determine a finer pattern variation mode. The relationship between the numerical value of the first variation type counter CS1 and the reach pattern and the relationship between the numerical value of the second variation type counter CS2 and the stop symbol time are respectively defined in advance by a table or the like. However, the variation pattern can be set using only the value of the first variation type counter CS1 without using the value of the second variation type counter CS2. Whether to set the pattern or to set the pattern with both values of both variation type counters CS1 and CS2 is appropriately determined according to the value of the first variation type counter CS1 and the game conditions each time. The same applies to the setting of the fluctuation pattern in the case of performing front / rear out of reach display, reach display other than front / rear out, and complete out of display described later.

๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใงๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใงใฏใชใ„ใจๅˆคๅˆฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ไฟ็•™็ƒๆ ผ็ดใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฎๅ€คใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”Ÿใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”Ÿใฎๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅŒใ˜ใใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฎๅ€คใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒไนฑๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผ“ใฎๅ€คใฏ๏ผใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใฎไฝ•ใ‚Œใ‹ใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใใฎใ†ใกใ€Œ๏ผ๏ผŒ๏ผ‘ใ€ใŒๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒใซ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ—ใ€ใ€Œ๏ผ’ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ€ใŒๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒใซ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ—ใ€ใ€Œ๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ€œ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ˜ใ€ใŒใƒชใƒผใƒใชใ—๏ผˆๅฎŒๅ…จๅค–ใ‚Œ๏ผ‰ใซ่ฉฒๅฝ“ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย If it is determined in step S501 that the game is not a big hit (S501: No), it is determined whether or not a reach has occurred based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the execution area of the reserved ball storage area ( If a reach has occurred (S504: Yes), it is also determined whether or not the front / rear reach has been reached based on the value of the reach random number counter C3 (S505). In the present embodiment, the value of the reach random number counter C3 is any one of 0 to 238, of which โ€œ0, 1โ€ corresponds to the out-of-front reach and โ€œ2-21โ€ corresponds to the reach other than the back-and-forth out- โ€œ22 to 238โ€ corresponds to no reach (complete detachment).

ๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”Ÿใฎๅ ดๅˆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅทฆใƒปไธญใƒปๅณใฎๅ„ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๅ„ๅ€คใ‚’ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใซ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œใƒชใƒผใƒ่กจ็คบใฎใŸใ‚ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ—ใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚’ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใซ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใจใใ€๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใจๅŒๆง˜ใซใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ็”จใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๅ€คใ‚’็ขบ่ชใ—ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ€คใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆใƒŽใƒผใƒžใƒซใƒชใƒผใƒใ€ใ‚นใƒผใƒ‘ใƒผใƒชใƒผใƒใ€ใƒ—ใƒฌใƒŸใ‚ขใƒ ใƒชใƒผใƒ็ญ‰ใฎใƒชใƒผใƒ็จฎๅˆฅใ‚„ใใฎไป–ๅคงใพใ‹ใชๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ…‹ๆง˜ใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๅ€คใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”ŸๅพŒใซๆœ€็ต‚ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏไธญๅ›ณๆŸ„๏ผ‰ใŒๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใฎ็ตŒ้Žๆ™‚้–“๏ผˆ่จ€ใ„ๆ›ใˆใ‚Œใฐใ€ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๆ•ฐ๏ผ‰ใชใฉใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ดฐใ‹ใชๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๆ…‹ๆง˜ใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When front / rear out of reach has occurred (S505: Yes), the left, middle, and right out of symbol counters CL, CM, CR stored in the front / rear out of reach design buffer of the RAM 703 are set as stop symbol commands ( S506). In addition, a fluctuation pattern for front / rear out of reach display is determined, and the fluctuation pattern is set as a fluctuation pattern command (S507). At this time, similarly to the processing of S503, the values of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 stored in the counter buffer of the RAM 703 are checked, and the normal reach, super reach, and premium reach are determined based on the value of the first variation type counter CS1. The reach type (such as the middle symbol in the present embodiment) is stopped after the occurrence of the reach based on the value of the second variation type counter CS2 In other words, a more detailed symbol variation mode such as the number of variation symbols) is determined.

ๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”Ÿใฎๅ ดๅˆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅทฆใƒปไธญใƒปๅณใฎๅ„ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๅ„ๅ€คใ‚’ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใซ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅ‰ๅพŒๅค–ใ‚Œไปฅๅค–ใƒชใƒผใƒ่กจ็คบใฎใŸใ‚ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ—ใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚’ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใซ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ™๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใจใใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ็”จใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๅ€คใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใŒๆฑบๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใจๅŒๆง˜ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When a reach other than front / rear out is generated (S505: No), each value of left, middle and right out of symbol counters CL, CM, CR stored in the reach symbol buffer other than front / rear out of RAM 703 is set as a stop symbol command. (S508). Further, a variation pattern for reach display other than front / rear deviation is determined, and the variation pattern is set in a variation pattern command (S509). At this time, the variation pattern is determined based on the values of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 stored in the counter buffer of the RAM 703, as in the process of S503.

ๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šใงใชใใƒชใƒผใƒใงใ‚‚ใชใ„ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผŒ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅฎŒๅ…จๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅทฆใƒปไธญใƒปๅณใฎๅ„ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฌ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผญ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผฒใฎๅ„ๅ€คใ‚’ๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใซ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๅฎŒๅ…จๅค–ใ‚Œ่กจ็คบใฎใŸใ‚ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚’ๆฑบๅฎšใ—ใ€ๅฝ“่ฉฒๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚’ๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใซ่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใจใใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ็”จใƒใƒƒใƒ•ใ‚กใซๆ ผ็ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•็จฎๅˆฅใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผ’ใฎๅ€คใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใŒๆฑบๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใฏ๏ผณ๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใจๅŒๆง˜ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธŠ่จ˜ใฎ้€šใ‚Šๅคงๅฝ“ใŸใ‚Šๆ™‚ใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒ็™บ็”Ÿๆ™‚ใ€ใƒชใƒผใƒ้ž็™บ็”Ÿๆ™‚ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใงๅœๆญขๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ๅŠใณๅค‰ๅ‹•ใƒ‘ใ‚ฟใƒผใƒณใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใฎ่จญๅฎšใŒๅฎŒไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใจใ€ๆœฌๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย If neither big hit nor reach (S501: No, S504: No), the left, middle, and right out symbol counters CL, CM, and CR stored in the complete out symbol buffer of the RAM 703 are stopped. The symbol command is set (S510). Also, a variation pattern for complete out-of-range display is determined, and the variation pattern is set as a variation pattern command (S511). At this time, the variation pattern is determined based on the values of the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 stored in the counter buffer of the RAM 703, as in the process of S503. As described above, when the setting of the stop symbol command and the variation pattern command is completed in any of the big hit, the reach occurrence, and the non-reach occurrence, this processing is ended.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใŠใ‚ˆใณ็™บๅฐ„ใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏ้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅๆ™‚ใฎใƒชใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ตทๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, with reference to FIG. 51, the payout and launch control executed by the MPU 711 in the payout launch control device 611 will be described. FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing a main process of the payout / discharge control device 611, and this main process is activated by a reset at power-on.

ใพใšใ€้›ปๆบๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใซไผดใ†ๅˆๆœŸ่จญๅฎšๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€ใ‚นใ‚ฟใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒใ‚คใƒณใ‚ฟใซไบˆใ‚ๆฑบใ‚ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸๆ‰€ๅฎšๅ€คใ‚’่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€ๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใƒขใƒผใƒ‰ใ‚’่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆฌกใซใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰้€ไฟกใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ่จฑๅฏใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใฎๅ—ไฟกใ‚’ๅพ…ๆฉŸใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใใ—ใฆใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ่จฑๅฏใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใ‚’ๅ—ไฟกใ™ใ‚‹ใจ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใ‚ขใ‚ฏใ‚ปใ‚นใ‚’่จฑๅฏใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅค–้ƒจๅ‰ฒ่พผใƒ™ใ‚ฏใ‚ฟใฎ่จญๅฎšใ‚’่กŒใ†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€‚ ย ย First, initial setting processing accompanying power-on is executed (S901). Specifically, a predetermined value determined in advance is set in the stack pointer, and an interrupt mode is set. Next, it waits for reception of the payout permission command transmitted from the main controller 561 (S902: No). When a payout permission command is received (S902: Yes), RAM access is permitted (S903), and an external interrupt vector is set (S904).

ใใฎๅพŒใฏใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใซ้–ขใ—ใฆใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€้›ปๆบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใซ่จญใ‘ใŸ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใŒๆŠผใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€ใ‚ชใƒณใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใ‚’ใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ข๏ผˆๆถˆๅŽป๏ผ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ในใใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ›ดใซ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใซ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆƒ…ๅ ฑใŒ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใฏ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ„ใฎใงใ€ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใซใ‚‚ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใซ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆƒ…ๅ ฑใŒ่จ˜ๆ†ถใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใ‚’็ฎ—ๅ‡บใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผ‰ใ€็ฎ—ๅ‡บใ—ใŸ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๅณใก็ฎ—ๅ‡บใ—ใŸ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใŒ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใซไฟๅญ˜ใ—ใŸ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใจไธ€่‡ดใ—ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐใ€ใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟใฏ็ ดๅฃŠใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ใ‹ใ‹ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใ‚‚ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸ้€šใ‚Šใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใฏใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไฝœๆฅญ้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚ขใƒ‰ใƒฌใ‚นใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒใ‚งใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ตใƒ ๅ€คใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€คใซไปฃใˆใฆใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎใ‚จใƒชใ‚ขใซๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ญใƒผใƒฏใƒผใƒ‰ใŒๆญฃใ—ใไฟๅญ˜ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใฎๆœ‰ๅŠนๆ€งใ‚’ๅˆคๆ–ญใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย Thereafter, data backup processing is executed for the RAM 713 in the MPU 711. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the RAM erase switch 623 provided in the power supply device 612 is pressed (S905). If it is turned on (S905: Yes), the backup data is cleared (erased). The process proceeds to S915. On the other hand, if the RAM erasure switch 623 is not turned on (S905: No), it is further determined whether or not the power interruption occurrence information is stored in the backup area 713a of the RAM 713 (S906). (S906: No), since the backup data is not stored, in this case as well, the process proceeds to S915. If the occurrence information of power shutdown is stored in the backup area 713a (S906: Yes), the RAM judgment value is calculated (S907), and the calculated RAM judgment value is not normal (S908: No), that is, calculated. If the RAM determination value does not match the RAM determination value stored when the power is shut off, the backed up data has been destroyed. In such a case as well, the process proceeds to S915. As described above, the RAM determination value is a checksum value at a work area address of the RAM 713, for example. Instead of the RAM determination value, the validity of the backup may be determined based on whether or not the keyword written in a predetermined area of the RAM 713 is correctly stored.

๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎ๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญใฎๅˆๆœŸๅŒ–ๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎไฝฟ็”จ้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’๏ผใซใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎๅˆๆœŸๅ€คใ‚’่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅ€คใฏใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ๅ‘จ่พบใƒ‡ใƒใ‚คใ‚นใฎๅˆๆœŸ่จญๅฎšใ‚’่กŒใ†ใจๅ…ฑใซ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ—๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใ‚’่จฑๅฏใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใ€ๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใซ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the RAM initialization process from S915, the used area of the RAM 713 is cleared to 0 (S915), and the initial value of the RAM 713 is set (S916). By the processing of S916, the values of the counters CHK, CHN, and CTK are set to โ€œ0โ€. Thereafter, the MPU 711 peripheral device is initialized (S917), an interrupt is permitted (S918), and the process proceeds to a payout launch control process described later.

ไธ€ๆ–นใ€๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๆถˆๅŽปใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ“ใŒๆŠผใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚‰ใš๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆƒ…ๅ ฑใŒ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Š๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ไธ”ใค๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญๅˆคๅฎšๅ€ค๏ผˆใƒใ‚งใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ตใƒ ๅ€ค็ญ‰๏ผ‰ใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅพฉ้›ปๆ™‚ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๅพฉๆ—งๆ™‚ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๆ™‚ใฎใ‚นใ‚ฟใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒใ‚คใƒณใ‚ฟใ‚’ๅพฉๅธฐใ•ใ›๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ™๏ผ‰ใ€้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญใฎ็™บ็”Ÿๆƒ…ๅ ฑใ‚’ใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผต๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ๅ‘จ่พบใƒ‡ใƒใ‚คใ‚นใฎๅˆๆœŸ่จญๅฎšใ‚’่กŒใ„๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€ไฝฟ็”จใƒฌใ‚ธใ‚นใ‚ฟใ‚’๏ผฒ๏ผก๏ผญ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎใƒใƒƒใ‚ฏใ‚ขใƒƒใƒ—ใ‚จใƒชใ‚ข๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝใ‹ใ‚‰ๅพฉๅธฐใ•ใ›ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€้›ปๆบๆ–ญๅ‰ใซๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใŒ่จฑๅฏ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใ‚ใฃใŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’็ขบ่ชใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใŒ่จฑๅฏ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใ‚’่จฑๅฏใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€ไธ€ๆ–นใ€้›ปๆบๆ–ญๆ™‚ใซๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใŒ็ฆๆญข็Šถๆ…‹ใซใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‰ฒ่พผใฟใ‚’็ฆๆญขใ—ใŸใพใพใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’้›ปๆบ้ฎๆ–ญๅ‰ใฎ็•ชๅœฐใธๆˆปใ™ใ€‚ ย ย On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 623 has not been pressed (S905: No), the occurrence information of the power shutdown has been set (S906: Yes), and the RAM judgment value (checksum value etc.) is normal ( S908: Yes), processing at power recovery (processing at power-off restoration) is executed. That is, the stack pointer at the time of power shutdown is restored (S909), and the information on occurrence of power shutdown is cleared (S910). Further, the MPU 711 peripheral device is initialized (S911), and the used register is restored from the backup area 713a of the RAM 713 (S912). Further, it is confirmed whether or not the interrupt is permitted before the power is turned off (S913). If the interrupt is permitted (S913: Yes), the interrupt is permitted (S914), while the interrupt is prohibited when the power is turned off. If it is in a state (S913: No), the processing is returned to the address before the power is shut off while the interruption is prohibited.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใซ็ถšใ„ใฆๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€ใพใšใ€ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ•๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎใ‚ณใƒžใƒณใƒ‰ใ‚’ๅ–ๅพ—ใ—ใ€่ณž็ƒใฎ็ท่ณž็ƒๅ€‹ๆ•ฐใ‚’่จ˜ๆ†ถใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆฌกใซใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใจๅ›žๅ‹•้‡ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ—ใ€ๅฟ…่ฆใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚„้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่กŒใ†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใซใคใ„ใฆใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ•ไปฅ้™ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. This payout launch control process is executed following the main process of the payout launch control device 611. In the payout launch control process, first, a command from the main control device 561 is acquired, and the total number of prize balls is stored (S1001). Next, the touch control of the operation handle and the state of the rotation amount are detected, and a firing control process for exciting the firing solenoid 92, the electromagnet 104 and the like is performed as necessary (S1002). The firing control process (S1002) will be described later with reference to FIG.

ๆฌกใ„ใงใ€็Šถๆ…‹ๅพฉๅธฐใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ‚’ใƒใ‚งใƒƒใ‚ฏใ—ใŸ็ตๆžœใ€็Šถๆ…‹ๅพฉๅธฐๅ‹•ไฝœ้–‹ๅง‹ใจๅˆคๅฎšใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใซ็Šถๆ…‹ๅพฉๅธฐๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€ไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใฎๅค‰ๅŒ–ใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆไธ‹็šฟๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณ็Šถๆ…‹ๅˆใฏไธ‹็šฟๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณ่งฃ้™ค็Šถๆ…‹ใฎ่จญๅฎšใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ไธ‹็šฟๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใฎๆคœๅ‡บไฟกๅทใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—ใ€ไธ‹็šฟๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใซใชใฃใŸๆ™‚ใซใ€ไธ‹็šฟๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณ็Šถๆ…‹ใฎ่จญๅฎšใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ—ใ€ไธ‹็šฟๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใงใชใใชใฃใŸๆ™‚ใซใ€ไธ‹็šฟๆบ€ใ‚ฟใƒณ่งฃ้™ค็Šถๆ…‹ใฎ่จญๅฎšใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ็ƒใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใฎๅค‰ๅŒ–ใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ็ƒ็„กใ—็Šถๆ…‹ๅˆใฏใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ็ƒ็„กใ—่งฃ้™ค็Šถๆ…‹ใฎ่จญๅฎšใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ็ƒ็„กใ—ใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใฎๆคœๅ‡บไฟกๅทใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ็ƒ็„กใ—็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—ใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ็ƒ็„กใ—ใซใชใฃใŸๆ™‚ใซใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ็ƒ็„กใ—็Šถๆ…‹ใฎ่จญๅฎšใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ—ใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ็ƒ็„กใ—ใงใชใใชใฃใŸๆ™‚ใซใ€ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏ็ƒ็„กใ—่งฃ้™ค็Šถๆ…‹ใฎ่จญๅฎšใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ ฑ็Ÿฅใ™ใ‚‹็Šถๆ…‹ใฎๆœ‰็„กใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—ใ€ๅ ฑ็Ÿฅใ™ใ‚‹็Šถๆ…‹ใŒๆœ‰ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซ่จญใ‘ใŸ๏ผ—ใ‚ปใ‚ฐใƒกใƒณใƒˆ๏ผฌ๏ผฅ๏ผคใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ ฑ็Ÿฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€‚ ย ย Next, as a result of checking the state return switch 621, when it is determined that the state return operation starts, the state return operation is executed (S1003). Thereafter, the setting of the lower plate full state or the lower plate full state is executed according to the change in the state of the lower plate 301 (S1004). That is, when the lower pan 301 is detected based on the detection signal of the lower pan full switch, the lower pan full state is set when the lower pan is full, and when the lower pan full is not reached. , Set the lower pan full release state. Also, the setting of the tank ball absence state or the tank ball absence release state is executed according to the change of the tank ball state (S1005). In other words, the tank ball no switch state is determined based on the detection signal of the tank ball no switch, and when there is no tank ball, the setting of the tank ball no state is executed. Perform configuration. Thereafter, the presence / absence of the state to be notified is determined, and if there is a state to be notified, the 7-segment LED provided in the payout launch control device 611 is notified (S1006).

ๆฌกใซใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ—ใ€œ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ™ใฎๅ„ๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€่ณž็ƒๆ‰•ๅ‡บใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅณใกใ€่ณž็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บไธๅฏ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใชใไธ”ใค๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใง่จ˜ๆ†ถใ—ใŸ็ท่ณž็ƒๅ€‹ๆ•ฐใŒ๏ผใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผŒ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซ็คบใ™่ณž็ƒๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’้–‹ๅง‹ใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ™๏ผ‰ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€่ณž็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บไธๅฏ็Šถๆ…‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใพใŸใฏ็ท่ณž็ƒๅ€‹ๆ•ฐใŒ๏ผใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ˜๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€่ฒธ็ƒๆ‰•ๅ‡บใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€่ณž็ƒๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, a prize ball payout process is executed by each process of S1007 to S1009. That is, if the prize ball is not paid out and the total number of prize balls stored in the process of S1001 is not 0 (S1007: No, S1008: No), the prize ball control process shown in FIG. 53 is started (S1009). . On the other hand, if the prize ball cannot be paid out (S1007: Yes) or if the total number of prize balls is 0 (S1008: Yes), the process proceeds to the lending and payout process. The prize ball control process will be described later.

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผใ€œ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎ่ฒธ็ƒๆ‰•ๅ‡บใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€่ฒธ็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บไธๅฏ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใชใไธ”ใคใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใ‹ใ‚‰ใฎ่ฒธ็ƒๆ‰•ๅ‡บ่ฆๆฑ‚ใ‚’ๅ—ไฟกใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผŒ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ”ใซ็คบใ™่ฒธ็ƒๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’้–‹ๅง‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€่ฒธ็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บไธๅฏ็Šถๆ…‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใพใŸใฏ่ฒธ็ƒๆ‰•ๅ‡บ่ฆๆฑ‚ใ‚’ๅ—ไฟกใ—ใฆใ„ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๅพŒ็ถšใฎ็ƒๆŠœใๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€่ฒธ็ƒๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏๅพŒ่ฟฐใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the rental ball payout processing of S1010 to S1012, if the ball payout is not possible and the ball payout request from the card unit is received (S1010: No, S1011: Yes), the ball rental shown in FIG. Control processing is started. On the other hand, if the rental ball cannot be dispensed (S1010: Yes) or if a rental ball dispensing request has not been received (S1011: No), the subsequent ball removal process is executed (S1013). The ball rental control process will be described later.

็ƒๆŠœใๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใงใฏใ€็Šถๆ…‹ๅพฉๅธฐใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒ๏ผ–๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ‚’ใƒใ‚งใƒƒใ‚ฏใ—ใฆ็ƒๆŠœใไธๅฏ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใชใ„ใ“ใจใ€ๅŠใณ็ƒๆŠœใๅ‹•ไฝœ้–‹ๅง‹ใงใชใ„ใ“ใจใ‚’ๆกไปถใซใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ›็ƒๆŠœใๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ถšใ„ใฆใ€็ƒ่ฉฐใพใ‚Š็Šถๆ…‹ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’ๆกไปถใซใƒใ‚คใƒ–ใƒฌใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ–๏ผใฎๅˆถๅพก๏ผˆใƒใ‚คใƒ–ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟๅˆถๅพก๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๆฌกใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใซ่‡ณใฃใŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ€ๅณใกๅ‰ๅ›žใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†้–‹ๅง‹ใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“๏ผˆๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใงใฏ๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ—ใŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ™ใ‚‹ใพใง๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ™ใ€‚ๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ใŒ็ตŒ้Žใ™ใ‚‹ใจ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธ็งป่กŒใ—ใ€ๅ‰่ฟฐใ—ใŸ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ‘ไปฅ้™ใฎๅ„ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the ball removal process (S1013), the state return switch 621 is checked to execute the ball removal process by driving the dispensing motor 658a on the condition that the ball removal disabled state is not set and the ball removal operation is not started. Subsequently, the control of vibrator 660 (vibrating motor control) is executed on the condition that the ball is clogged (S1014). Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the execution timing of the next payout / release control process has been reached, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (4 ms in the present embodiment) has elapsed since the start of the previous processing of S1001 (S1015). The process of S1015 is repeated until elapses. When the predetermined time has elapsed (S1015: Yes), the process proceeds to S1001, and the processes after S1001 described above are repeatedly executed.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ“ใซ็คบใ™่ณž็ƒๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚่ณž็ƒๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€ใพใšใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใ‚’ๆญฃๆ–นๅ‘ๅ›ž่ปข้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใฆ่ณž็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใฎๅ›ž่ปขใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ‹ใ‚’ๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅ›ž่ปขใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎๆคœๅ‡บ็ตๆžœใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€ๆญฃๅธธใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใฆใƒชใƒˆใƒฉใ‚คๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใฎๅœๆญขๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใซๆˆปใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the prize ball control process shown in FIG. 53 will be described. In the winning ball control process, firstly, the payout motor 658a is driven to rotate in the forward direction, and the winning ball is paid out (S1101). Whether the rotation of the payout motor 658a is normal is determined based on the detection result of the payout rotation sensor (S1102). If not normal (S1102: No), the payout motor 658a is driven to execute a retry process and the payout motor 658a. The stop process is executed (S1103), and then the process returns to the payout launch control process of FIG.

ใพใŸใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใฎๅ›ž่ปขใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใŒๆญฃๅธธใซ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใฎๆคœๅ‡บ็ตๆžœใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅˆคๅˆฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใฆใƒชใƒˆใƒฉใ‚คๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใฎๅœๆญขๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใซๆˆปใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย If the rotation of the payout motor 658a is normal (S1102: Yes), it is determined from the detection result of the payout count switch whether or not the game ball is normally counted (S1104). If the game ball count is not normal (S1104: No), the payout motor 658a is driven to execute a retry process, and the payout motor 658a is stopped (S1105). Return to.

ๆ›ดใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆๆ•ฐใŒ็ท่ณž็ƒๅ€‹ๆ•ฐใซ้”ใ—ใฆๆ‰•ๅ‡บใŒๅฎŒไบ†ใ—ใŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใŒๅฎŒไบ†ใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใฎๅœๆญขๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใซๆˆปใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใŒๅฎŒไบ†ใ—ใฆใ„ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎใพใพใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใซๆˆปใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, if the game ball count is normal (S1104: Yes), it is determined whether or not the game ball count by the payout count switch has reached the total number of prize balls and the payout is completed (S1106). If completed (S1106: Yes), a stop process of the payout motor 658a is executed (S1107), and then the process returns to the payout launch control process of FIG. On the other hand, if the payout has not been completed (S1106: No), the process returns to the payout launch control process of FIG.

ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ”ใซ็คบใ™่ฒธ็ƒๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚่ฒธ็ƒๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€ใพใšใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใ‚’้€†ๆ–นๅ‘ๅ›ž่ปข้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใฆ่ฒธ็ƒใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใฎๅ›ž่ปขใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ‹ใ‚’ๆ‰•ๅ‡บๅ›ž่ปขใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎๆคœๅ‡บ็ตๆžœใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€ๆญฃๅธธใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใฆใƒชใƒˆใƒฉใ‚คๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใฎๅœๆญขๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใซๆˆปใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The lending control process shown in FIG. 54 will be described. In the ball lending control process, firstly, the payout motor 658a is driven to rotate in the reverse direction to pay out a lending ball (S1201). Whether the rotation of the payout motor 658a is normal is determined based on the detection result of the payout rotation sensor (S1202). If not normal (S1202: No), the payout motor 658a is driven to execute a retry process and the payout motor 658a. The stop process is executed (S1203), and then the process returns to the payout / discharge control process of FIG.

ใพใŸใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใฎๅ›ž่ปขใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใŒๆญฃๅธธใซ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใฎๆคœๅ‡บ็ตๆžœใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅˆคๅˆฅใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใฆใƒชใƒˆใƒฉใ‚คๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใฎๅœๆญขๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใซๆˆปใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย If the rotation of the payout motor 658a is normal (S1202: Yes), it is determined from the detection result of the payout count switch whether or not the game ball is normally counted (S1204). If the game ball count is not normal (S1204: No), the payout motor 658a is driven to execute a retry process and the payout motor 658a is stopped (S1205). Return to.

ๆ›ดใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใŒๆญฃๅธธใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใƒˆๆ•ฐใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ่ฒธ็ƒๅ€‹ๆ•ฐ๏ผˆ๏ผ’๏ผ•ๅ€‹๏ผ‰ใซ้”ใ—ใฆๆ‰•ๅ‡บใŒๅฎŒไบ†ใ—ใŸใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๅˆฅใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใŒๅฎŒไบ†ใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ–๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ฝใฎๅœๆญขๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๅพŒใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใซๆˆปใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บใŒๅฎŒไบ†ใ—ใฆใ„ใชใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎใพใพใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใซๆˆปใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, if the game ball count is normal (S1204: Yes), it is determined whether or not the game ball count by the payout count switch has reached a predetermined number (25) and the payout is completed ( If payout has been completed (S1206: Yes), stop processing of the payout motor 658a is executed (S1207), and then the payout launch control process of FIG. 52 is returned. On the other hand, if the payout has not been completed (S1206: No), the process returns to the payout launch control process of FIG.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ•ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎไธญใงๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ•ใฏ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใฎใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใงใฏใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, with reference to FIG. 55, the launch control process (S1002) executed in the payout launch control process will be described. FIG. 55 is a flowchart of the launch control process (S1002). In the firing control process (S1002), the operations of the firing solenoid 92, the ball feeding electromagnet 104, and the ball exit opening / closing motor 251 are controlled based on the state of the operation handle 310.

ใพใš็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ใ‹็ขบ่ชใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€ใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใใชใ„๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๅณใกใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’็ขบ่ชใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใซใ€Œ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผใ€ใ‚’ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ–็ง’ๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย First, it is confirmed whether or not the value of the firing interval counter CHK is larger than โ€œ0โ€ (S1301), and is not larger than โ€œ0โ€ (S1301: No), that is, if it is โ€œ0โ€, is the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 turned on? It is confirmed whether or not (S1302). If the touch sensor is on (S1302), โ€œ150โ€ is set to the firing interval counter CHK (S1303), and the firing solenoid 92 is excited after 0.6 seconds so that the game ball is fired.

ใพใŸใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใจใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใจใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅ„ๅ€คใ‚’ใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใซใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€‚ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ…จใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎๅˆถๅพกใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€ๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใซไบˆใ‚ๅฎšใ‚ใŸๅ€คใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใฆ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซ้€ใ‚Šๅ‡บใ™้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใซใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใ‚’็ชๅ‡บใ•ใ›ใฆ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹้–‰้Ž–ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใ‚‰ใฎๅ‹•ไฝœไธญใซใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใจใชใ‚‹ใจใใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๅ†ๅบฆ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’้–‹ๅง‹ใ—ใ‚ˆใ†ใจๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‚’ๆกใฃใŸใจๆƒณๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใฆ้€šๅธธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ้–‹ๅง‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๅ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎ๏ผŒ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใ‚’ใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ฏใƒชใ‚ขใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, each value of the ball feeding interval counter CTK, the firing number counter CHN, and the passage closing counter CSS is set to โ€œ0โ€ (S1304). In the pachinko machine 10, control for discharging all the game balls in the ball launching unit 90 is performed at the timing when the player stops the game, and in this case, the counters CTK, CHN, and CSS are controlled. A predetermined value is written to send out a game ball in the ball launch unit 90 onto the launch rail 93, a launch operation to launch the game ball on the launch rail 93, and a shot game ball to be a foul ball. The ball stopper 261 is protruded to close the launch passage T1, and the game ball in the ball launch unit 90 is discharged. When the touch sensor is turned on during these operations, it is assumed that the player has grasped the operation handle 310 to start the game again. Therefore, the operation of discharging the game ball is stopped and the normal operation of launching the game ball is performed. The counters CTK, CHN, and CSS are cleared to โ€œ0โ€ so that is started.

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ๅพŒใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ€้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŠใ‚ˆใณ้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎๅŠฑ็ฃ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ๅŠฑ็ฃๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่กŒใ„๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ›ดใซ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎ้ง†ๅ‹•ใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ‚’่กŒใฃใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย After the processing of S1304, solenoid excitation processing for controlling the excitation state of the firing solenoid 92, the electromagnet 104 and the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is performed (S1305), and further, processing for controlling the driving of the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 (ball outlet opening / closing motor driving processing). , S1306) to finish the firing control process (S1002).

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ–ใŠใ‚ˆใณๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ—ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ๅŠฑ็ฃๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใจ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใจใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ–ใฏใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ๅŠฑ็ฃๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใฎใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ—ใฏ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใฎใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Here, the solenoid excitation process (S1305) and the ball outlet opening / closing motor drive process (S1306) will be described with reference to FIGS. 56 is a flowchart of the solenoid excitation process (S1305), and FIG. 57 is a flowchart of the ball outlet opening / closing motor drive process (S1306).

ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ๅŠฑ็ฃๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใงใฏใ€ใพใšใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๆ–ญใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€ใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใ‚’ใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ๆธ›็ฎ—ใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’้žๅŠฑ็ฃใซใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ๆœŸ้–“ไธญใซ้™ใฃใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎๅŠฑ็ฃ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็ถ™็ถšใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ๅŠฑ็ฃๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใฏใ€๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๆฏŽใซ๏ผ‘ๅ›žใšใค่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใฎ๏ผ‘ใคใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใซๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ€คใซ๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ใ‚’ไน—ใ˜ใŸๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ๅˆ†ใ ใ‘็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the solenoid excitation process (S1305), first, it is determined whether or not the value of the firing excitation counter CHS is larger than โ€œ0โ€ (S1401). If it is larger than โ€œ0โ€ (S1401: Yes), the firing solenoid 92 is excited. (S1402), "1" is subtracted from the value of the firing excitation counter CHS (S1403), and the process proceeds to S1411. On the other hand, if the value of the firing excitation counter CHS is โ€œ0โ€ in the process of S1401 (S1401: No), the firing solenoid 92 is de-energized (S1404), and the process proceeds to S1411. The excitation state of the firing solenoid 92 can be continued only during the period when the value of the firing excitation counter CHS is larger than โ€œ0โ€ by the processing of S1401 to S1404. Further, since the solenoid excitation process (S1305) is one of the firing control processes (S1002) performed once every 4 ms, the firing solenoid for a predetermined time obtained by multiplying the value written in the firing excitation counter CHS by 4 ms. 92 can be excited to control the launch of the game ball.

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๆ–ญใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€ใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใ‚’ใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ๆธ›็ฎ—ใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใ‚’้žๅŠฑ็ฃใซใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ๆœŸ้–“ไธญใซ้™ใฃใฆ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎๅŠฑ็ฃ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็ถ™็ถšใ—ใ€ใพใŸใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใซๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ€คใซ๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ใ‚’ไน—ใ˜ใŸๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ๅˆ†ใ ใ‘็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the process of S1411, it is determined whether or not the value of the ball feed excitation counter COS is greater than โ€œ0โ€ (S1411). If it is greater than โ€œ0โ€ (S1411: Yes), the ball feed electromagnet 104 is set to the excited state. (S1412), โ€œ1โ€ is subtracted from the value of the ball feed excitation counter COS (S1413), and the process proceeds to S1421. On the other hand, if the value of the ball feed excitation counter COS is โ€œ0โ€ in the process of S1411 (S1411: No), the ball feed electromagnet 104 is de-energized (S1414), and the process proceeds to S1421. The excitation state of the electromagnet 104 is continued only during the period when the value of the ball feed excitation counter COS is larger than โ€œ0โ€ by the processing of S1411 to S1414, and the value written in the ball feed excitation counter COS is multiplied by 4 ms. It is possible to perform control for exciting the ball-feeding electromagnet 104 for the time and sending the game ball onto the firing rail 93.

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใฏใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๆ–ญใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€ใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใ‚’็ชๅ‡บใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใ‚’ใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ๆธ›็ฎ—ใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ๅŠฑ็ฃๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆ้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ‚’้žๅŠฑ็ฃใซใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ๅŠฑ็ฃๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ๆœŸ้–“ไธญใซ้™ใฃใฆ้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฎๅŠฑ็ฃ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็ถ™็ถšใ—ใ€ใพใŸใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใซๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ€คใซ๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ใ‚’ไน—ใ˜ใŸๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ๅˆ†ใ ใ‘้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the process of S1421, it is determined whether or not the value of the passage closing counter CSS is greater than โ€œ0โ€ (S1421). If it is greater than โ€œ0โ€ (S1421: Yes), the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is set in an excited state (S1422). Then, the ball stopper 261 (see FIG. 5A) is protruded to close the firing passage T1. Further, โ€œ1โ€ is subtracted from the value of the passage closing counter CSS (S1423), and the solenoid excitation process (S1305) is terminated. On the other hand, if the value of the passage closing counter CSS is โ€œ0โ€ in the processing of S1421 (S1421: No), the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is de-energized (S1424), and the solenoid excitation processing (S1305) is terminated. The excitation state of the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is continued only during a period when the value of the passage closing counter CSS is larger than โ€œ0โ€ by the processing of S1421 to S1424, and the value written to the passage closing counter CSS is multiplied by 4 ms. Control can be performed to excite the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 for the amount of time to close the firing passage T1.

็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใงใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ—ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ใพใšใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๆ–ญใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€‚็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็ขบ่ชใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๅณๅ›žใ‚Šใซๅ›ž่ปขใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้ง†ๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใ€ๆ›ดใซใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใ‚’ใ‚ชใƒณใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€ๆœฌๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ“ใŠใ‚ˆใณ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ใ‚นใ‚ญใƒƒใƒ—ใ—ใฆๆœฌๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ”ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒณใจใชใฃใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใธๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ใใฎๅพŒใซใฏใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็ถ™็ถšใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the ball outlet opening / closing motor driving process (S1306), as shown in FIG. 57, first, it is determined whether or not the ball outlet opening flag 713b is on (S1501). If the ball outlet opening flag 713b is off (S1501: No), the state of the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is confirmed (S1502). If the touch sensor is on (S1502: Yes), the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is turned off. Driven to rotate clockwise (S1503), the ball outlet 224a is opened, and further, the ball outlet open flag 713b is turned on (S1504), and this processing (S1306) is terminated. If the touch sensor is off in the process of S1502 (S1502: No), the process of S1503 and S1504 is skipped and the process (S1306) is terminated. By the processing from S1502 to S1504, the opening / closing lid 252 is driven by the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 to open the ball outlet 224a at the timing when the touch sensor is turned from OFF to ON, and the game ball is inserted into the inlet 102b of the ball launch unit 90 Thereafter, the game ball can be continuously fired by the operation of the ball launch unit 90.

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใŒใ‚ชใƒณใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็ขบ่ชใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๅทฆๅ›žใ‚Šใซๅ›ž่ปขใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้ง†ๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใ‚’ไธ‹้™ใ•ใ›ใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใ€ๆ›ดใซใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹ๆ”พใƒ•ใƒฉใ‚ฐ๏ผ—๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ฝ‚ใ‚’ใ‚ชใƒ•ใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ—๏ผ‰ใ€ๆœฌๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ–ใŠใ‚ˆใณ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ—ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ใ‚นใ‚ญใƒƒใƒ—ใ—ใฆๆœฌๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ•ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ๏ผ—ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใจใชใฃใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใฆไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใจใ‚’้ฎๆ–ญใ—ใฆ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the process of S1501, if the ball exit opening flag 713b is on (S1501: Yes), the state of the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is confirmed (S1505), and if the touch sensor is off (S1505: No), the ball The outlet opening / closing motor 251 is driven to rotate counterclockwise (S1506), the opening / closing lid 252 is lowered to close the bulb outlet 224a, and the bulb outlet opening flag 713b is turned off (S1507). Exit. If the touch sensor is turned on in the processing of S1505 (S1505: Yes), the processing of S1506 and S1507 is skipped and this processing is terminated. By the processing from S1505 to S1507, the ball outlet 224a is closed at the timing when the touch sensor is turned off, and the upper plate 201 and the introduction port 102b of the ball launching unit 90 are shut off to play the game to the ball launching unit 90. The introduction of the sphere can be stopped.

ใ“ใฎใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ชใƒณใ‚ชใƒ•ใฎไฟกๅทใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŒ้ง†ๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใ‚’้›ปๆฐ—็š„ใซๅ‹•ไฝœใ•ใ›ใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย As described above, the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is driven based on the on / off signal output from the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 by the ball outlet opening / closing motor driving process (S1306). Therefore, the ball outlet 224a can be opened and closed by electrically operating the opening / closing lid 252 in response to the player's launch operation.

ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ•ใซๆˆปใฃใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ใจๅˆคๆ–ญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅ€คใ‚’ใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ๆธ›็ฎ—ใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๆธ›็ฎ—ๅพŒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ใ‹็ขบ่ชใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€‚๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใฆ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ใจๅˆคๆ–ญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•ใธ็งป่กŒใ—ใฆใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ๅŠฑ็ฃๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใจ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใจใ‚’่กŒใ„ใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ‚’็ต‚ไบ†ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Returning to FIG. If it is determined in the processing of S1301 that the value of the firing interval counter CHK is larger than โ€œ0โ€ (S1301: Yes), the value of the firing interval counter CHK is decremented by โ€œ1โ€ (S1311), and the firing interval counter after the subtraction is performed. It is confirmed whether the value of CHK is larger than โ€œ0โ€ (S1312). If it is determined in step S1312 that the value of the firing interval counter CHK is greater than โ€œ0โ€ (S1312: Yes), the process proceeds to step S1305, where solenoid excitation processing (S1305) and ball exit opening / closing motor drive processing are performed. (S1306) is performed, and the firing control process (S1002) is terminated.

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใใชใ„ใ€ๅณใกใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจๅˆคๆ–ญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใซใ€Œ๏ผ’๏ผ•ใ€ใ‚’ๆ›ธใ่พผใฟ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ‘็ง’้–“ๅŠฑ็ฃใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใซใ€Œ๏ผ•๏ผใ€ใ‚’ๆ›ธใ่พผใฟ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ—ใฆ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆฌกใซ็™บๅฐ„ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใธ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจใชใ‚‹ใฎใฏใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใฆใ€Œ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผใ€ใฎๅ€คใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผๅ›ž็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใŒ๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๆฏŽใซ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ‡ฆ็†ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ–็ง’็ตŒ้Žใ—ใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the process of S1312, when it is determined that the value of the firing interval counter CHK is not larger than โ€œ0โ€, that is, โ€œ0โ€ (S1312: No), โ€œ25โ€ is written to the firing excitation counter CHS (S1313). A game ball is fired by exciting the firing solenoid 92 for 0.1 second. Further, โ€œ50โ€ is written in the ball feed excitation counter COS (S1314), the ball feed excitation counter COS is excited, and the ball to be fired next by the ball feed mechanism 94 is sent onto the launch rail 93. The value of the firing interval counter CHK becomes โ€œ0โ€ at the timing when the process of S1311 is repeated 150 times after the value of โ€œ150โ€ is written in the process of S1303, and the firing control process (S1002). Is a process performed every 4 ms, the launch operation is performed at the timing when 0.6 seconds have elapsed since the execution of the process of S1303.

ใใฎๅพŒใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใฆใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๅˆคๆ–ญใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€ใ‚ชใƒณใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’็ถ™็ถšไธญใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๅพŒใซๅ†ใณๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใซใฆ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใจใชใฃใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ“ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใซๅ†ๅบฆใ€Œ๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผใ€ใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใฆ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ–็ง’ๅพŒใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไปฅ้™ใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใจใชใ‚‹ใพใง้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ็ถ™็ถšใ—ใฆ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Thereafter, whether or not the touch sensor is turned on is determined in the process of S1315 (S1315). If the touch sensor is turned on (S1315: Yes), the player is continuing the game, and the process proceeds to S1305. When the touch sensor is on, the value of the firing interval counter CHS is โ€œ0โ€ (S1301: No) and the touch sensor is on (S1302: Yes) in the launch control process (S1002) executed again after 4 ms. In step S1303, โ€œ150โ€ is written again in the launch counter CHS and the game ball is fired 0.6 seconds later. Thereafter, the game ball is fired until the touch sensor is turned off. Done.

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰‹ใ‚’้›ขใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใซใ€Œ๏ผ”ใ€ใ‚’ใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใซใฏใ€Œ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ€ใ‚’ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใซใฏใ€Œ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใ€ใ‚’ใใ‚Œใžใ‚Œๆ›ธใ่พผใ‚“ใง๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ–๏ผŒ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ—๏ผŒ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the process of S1315, if the touch sensor is off (S1315: No), the player has released the operation handle 310 and stopped the game. In this case, โ€œ4โ€ is written in the firing number counter CHN, โ€œ1000โ€ is written in the passage closing counter CSS, and โ€œ200โ€ is written in the ball feed interval counter CTK (S 1316, S 1317, S 1328). The process proceeds to S1305.

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅ€คใ‚’็ขบ่ชใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใใชใ„ใ€ๅณใกใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใงใ‚ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ’ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’ใ‚นใ‚ญใƒƒใƒ—ใ—ใฆใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซ่งฆใ‚Œใฆใชใ้ŠๆŠ€ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ„็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฏใ‚ชใƒ•ใ€็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผซใจ็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใจใฏๅ…ฑใซใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจใชใฃใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ’ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฎ้ †ใซๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚ŒใŸๅพŒใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•ใŠใ‚ˆใณ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆตใ‚Œใงใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒ็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the process of S1302, if the touch sensor is off (S1302: No), the value of the firing number counter CHN is confirmed (S1321), and if the value is not greater than โ€œ0โ€, that is, โ€œ0โ€ (S1321). : No), the process from S1322 to S1328 is skipped, and the process proceeds to S1305. In a state where the player does not touch the operation handle 310 and the game is not being performed, the touch sensor is off, and the firing interval counter CHK and the firing number counter CHN are both โ€œ0โ€, and S1301, S1302, and S1321. After the processing is performed in this order, the processing is repeated in the flow in which the processing of S1305 and S1306 is performed.

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ใจๅˆคๆ–ญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„ใ‹็ขบ่ชใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใ€‚็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Šใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅ€คใ‚’ใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ๆธ›็ฎ—ใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ‰ใ€ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ„้–“ใฏใ€๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ๆฏŽใซ็นฐใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ“ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจใชใ‚‹ใจ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผณใซใ€Œ๏ผ’๏ผ•ใ€ใ‚’ๆ›ธใ่พผใฟ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆใ‹ใ‚‰็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅ€คใ‚’ใ€Œ๏ผ‘ใ€ๆธ›็ฎ—ใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใ€‚ ย ย If it is determined in the processing of S1321 that the value of the firing number counter CHN is larger than โ€œ0โ€ (S1321: Yes), it is confirmed whether the value of the ball feeding interval counter CTK is larger than โ€œ0โ€ (S1322). If the value of the ball feed interval counter CTK is larger than โ€œ0โ€ (S1322: Yes), the value of the ball feed counter CTK is decremented by โ€œ1โ€ (S1323), and the process proceeds to S1305. While the value of the ball feed interval counter CTK is larger than โ€œ0โ€, the processing of S1323 is repeated every 4 ms, and when the value of the ball feed interval counter CTK becomes โ€œ0โ€ (S1322: No), the firing excitation counter โ€œ25โ€ is written in the CHS (S1324), and the firing solenoid 92 is caused to perform a game ball firing operation, and then the value of the firing number counter CHN is decremented by โ€œ1โ€ (S1325).

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ•ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ๅพŒใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅ€คใ‚’ๅ†ๅบฆ็ขบ่ชใ—๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใ€ใใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคงใใ‘ใ‚Œใฐ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผน๏ฝ…๏ฝ“๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใซใ€Œ๏ผ•๏ผใ€ใ‚’ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ—๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใ‚’๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ’็ง’้–“ๅŠฑ็ฃใ—ใฆ็ƒ้€ใ‚Šๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใ€ๆ›ดใซใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใซใ€Œ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผใ€ใ‚’ใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใ—ใฆ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ˜๏ผ‰ใ€๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’ๅพŒใซๅ†ใณ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ—ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ’็ง’้–“ๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ใ€ใใฎๅพŒ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ–็ง’้–“้žๅŠฑ็ฃใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใŒใ‚ใฃใฆใ€ๅ†ๅบฆ็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ’็ง’้–“ๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใฎ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใŒ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’ใ‚’๏ผ‘ๅ‘จๆœŸใจใ—ใฆไธŠไธ‹ใซๆบๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซ้ †ๆฌก้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ผ‰ใŒ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’ๅพŒใซๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’้–“้š”ใง็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย After the processing of S1325, the value of the firing number counter CHN is confirmed again (S1326). If the value is larger than โ€œ0โ€ (S1326: Yes), โ€œ50โ€ is set to the ball feed excitation counter COS (S1327). Then, the ball feeding electromagnet 104 is excited for 0.2 seconds so that the ball feeding operation is performed, and โ€œ200โ€ is set to the ball feeding interval counter CTK (S1328), and after 0.8 seconds, S1324 is again performed. To be executed. The ball-feeding electromagnet 104 is excited for 0.2 seconds by the processing of S1327, and then there is a non-excitation state for 0.6 seconds, and the ball-feeding electromagnet 104 is excited again for 0.2 seconds. Become. For this reason, a delivery operation is performed in which the delivery member 105 of the ball feed mechanism 94 swings up and down with one cycle of 0.8 seconds, and the game balls in the ball launch unit 90 are sequentially delivered onto the launch rail 93. In addition, by the process of S1328, the process of exciting the firing solenoid 92 to fire the game ball (S1324) is executed after 0.8 seconds, whereby the game balls are fired at intervals of 0.8 seconds. .

๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ–ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใŠใ„ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจๅˆคๆ–ญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผš๏ผฎ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๅŠฑ็ฃใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผฏ๏ผณใจ็ƒ้€ใ‚Š้–“้š”ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผด๏ผซใฎๅ„ๅ€คใ‚’ใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจใ—ใŸใพใพใงๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•ใธ็งป่กŒใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใซใฏใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€Œ๏ผ”ใ€ใฎๅ€คใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ•ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š๏ผ”ๅ›žใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚ŒใŸๅพŒใ€ๅณใกใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใŒ๏ผ”ๅ›žๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใฆ๏ผ”ๅ›žใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจ็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใฎๅ€คใŒใ€Œ๏ผใ€ใจใชใฃใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ—ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใฏ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใšใ€ใใฎๅพŒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€ๅ‡บใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใชใใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใฏใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ•ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š๏ผ”ๅ›žใฎๆ›ดๆ–ฐใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ†ใกใฎ๏ผ”ๅ›ž็›ฎใซใฏ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใชใใชใ‚Šใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒ๏ผ“ๅ›žๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใฆ๏ผ“ๅ›žใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย If it is determined that the value of the firing number counter CHN is โ€œ0โ€ in the process of S1326 (S1326: No), the process is performed with the values of the ball feed excitation counter COS and the ball feed interval counter CTK being โ€œ0โ€. Migrate to Since the value โ€œ4โ€ is written to the firing number counter CHN by the process of S1316, after the update is performed four times by the process of S1325, that is, the firing solenoid 92 is excited four times and fired four times. When the operation is performed, the value of the number-of-fires counter CHN becomes โ€œ0โ€, and the processing of S1327 is not performed, and thereafter, the game ball is not sent onto the firing rail 93. For this reason, the game ball delivery operation is not performed for the fourth time out of the four updates performed by the processing of S1325, and the ball feeding electromagnet 104 is excited three times to perform the three delivery operations. Is called.

ๆฌกใซใ€ไธŠ่ฟฐใ—ใŸ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใŸใจใใซ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใ‚‹ใจใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŒใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎใ‚ชใƒ•ใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ถšใ‘ใฆใฏๆตๅ…ฅใ—ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใ‚Šใ€ใ‚‚ใจใ‚‚ใจ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅ†…ใซ้€ฒๅ…ฅใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ ใ‘ใŒ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผˆๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผดใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ๅ†…ใซๆปž็•™ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the discharge of the game ball in the ball launch unit 90 performed when the touch sensor is switched from on to off by the above-described launch control process (S1002) will be described. When the touch sensor is switched from on to off, the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 is closed by the opening / closing lid 252 in conjunction with the turning off of the touch sensor by the ball outlet opening / closing motor driving process (S1306). For this reason, the game ball does not continuously flow into the introduction port 102b of the ball launch unit 90, and only the game ball that originally entered the ball launch unit 90 is the ball launch unit 90 (the retention portion T, FIG. ) See)).

ใพใŸใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅ›žๆ•ฐใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผจ๏ผฎใซใฏใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€Œ๏ผ”ใ€ใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎ็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒ๏ผ“ๅ›žๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ๅ†…ใธ้€ฒๅ…ฅใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ๏ผ“ๅ›žใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’้–“้š”ใง่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ€ใพใŸใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใŒ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’้–“้š”ใง๏ผ”ๅ›žๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใฆ๏ผ”ๅ›žใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใฏ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใจๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใจใฎ้–“ใฎๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผดใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ๏ผ’็ƒใ ใ‘ๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใชใฃใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚Š็”จใฎ้›ป็ฃ็Ÿณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ”ใŒ๏ผ“ๅ›žๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ๅ…จใฆใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’็ต‚ใˆใฆๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰‹ใ‚’้›ขใ—ใŸๅพŒใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅ†…ใฎๅ…จใฆใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, โ€œ4โ€ is written in the firing number counter CHN by the process of S1316, whereby the electromagnet 104 for ball feeding of the ball launching unit 90 is excited three times by the processes of S1321 to S1328, and the ball launching unit 90 The game ball that has entered into the introduction port 102b is sent out three times at intervals of 0.8 seconds, and the firing solenoid 92 is excited four times at intervals of 0.8 seconds, resulting in four firing operations. Is done. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, only two game balls stay in the stay portion T between the delivery member 105 and the introduction port 102b in the ball launch unit 90, and three ball feeding electromagnets 104 are provided. When excited once, all game balls are delivered onto the firing rail 93 and fired by the firing solenoid 92. Therefore, after the player finishes the game and releases his hand from the operation handle 310, all the game balls in the ball launch unit 90 are fired by the launch solenoid 92.

ใพใŸใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใŸใจใใซใฏใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใซใฏใ€Œ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ€ใฎๅ€คใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้€š่ทฏ้–‰้Ž–ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟ๏ผฃ๏ผณ๏ผณใซใ€Œ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ€ใฎๅ€คใŒๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ๅŠฑ็ฃๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใฏใ€Œ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผใ€ใซ๏ผ”๏ฝ๏ฝ“ใ‚’ไน—ใ˜ใŸ๏ผ”็ง’้–“ๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใŒๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใฏ๏ผ’ๆœฌใฎใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’้–“ใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ‰้€ฒไฝ็ฝฎ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๅ‘ใ‹ใ†้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€ฒ่กŒใŒ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซ้˜ปๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใฃใฆใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใซใชใฃใŸๅพŒใ€๏ผ”็ง’ไปฅๅ†…ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใฃใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฏใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎใ‚ชใƒ•ๅพŒใซ๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’้–“้š”ใง๏ผ”ๅ›žๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’็ต‚ใˆใฆๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰‹ใ‚’้›ขใ—ใŸๅพŒใ€๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’ใซ๏ผ”ใ‚’ไน—ใ˜ใŸ๏ผ“๏ผŽ๏ผ’็ง’ใซใ‚ใŸใฃใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎใ‚ชใƒ•ๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏๅ…จใฆ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซ้€ฒ่กŒใŒ้˜ปๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When the touch sensor is switched from on to off, a value of โ€œ1000โ€ is written to the passage closing counter CSS by the processing of S1317. When the value โ€œ1000โ€ is written in the passage closing counter CSS, the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is excited for 4 seconds by multiplying โ€œ1000โ€ by 4 ms by the solenoid excitation processing (S1305). When the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 is energized, the ball stopper 261 is disposed at the forward position protruding between the two rails 61 and 62 (see FIG. 5B), and the progress of the game ball toward the game area is prevented by the ball stopper. It is blocked by H.261 and becomes a foul ball and is discharged via the foul ball passage T2. For this reason, after the touch sensor is turned off from on, the game balls launched within 4 seconds are discharged as foul balls. Since the firing solenoid 92 is excited four times at intervals of 0.8 seconds after the touch sensor is turned off, after the player finishes the game and releases his hand from the operation handle 310, 3 is multiplied by 4 for 0.8 seconds. The firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 is performed for 2 seconds. Therefore, all the game balls fired by the firing solenoid 92 after the touch sensor is turned off are prevented from being advanced by the ball stopper 261, and are discharged through the foul ball passage T2.

ใ“ใฎใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰‹ใŒ้›ขใ‚Œใฆใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใ‚‹ใจๅ…จใฆใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใฃใฆไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰‹ใ‚’้›ขใ—ใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๆจชใฎ็ƒๆŠœใใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’ๆŠผไธ‹ๆ“ไฝœใ—ใฆไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŠœใๅ–ใ‚‹ใจใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใงใ‚ใฃใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๆ‰“ใก่พผใ‚“ใงใ„ใชใ„ๆœชไฝฟ็”จใฎใ‚‚ใฎใ‚’ๅ…จใฆๆŠœใๅ–ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Thus, the game balls in the ball launching unit 90 are all discharged into the lower plate 301 as foul balls when the hand is released from the operation handle 310 and the touch sensor is switched from on to off. Accordingly, when the player releases his / her hand from the operation handle 310 and depresses the ball removal button 216 beside the upper plate 201 to extract the game ball in the upper plate 201, the game ball stays in the pachinko machine 10 and is played. All unused items that have not been driven into the area can be extracted.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซไธŠใซ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใซๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใพใพใจใชใฃใŸใ‚Šใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹้ƒจใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใŒใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ใ“ใฎ็จฎใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใ‚’่ฃฝ้€ ใ—ใŸๅพŒใฎๅ‡บ่ทๆคœๆŸปๆ™‚ใซ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใฎ็ขบ่ชใ‚’่กŒใ†ใจใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ็ƒๆŠœใๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ใ—ใฆใ‚‚็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซไธŠใ‚„็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใฃใฆใ—ใพใ†ใ“ใจใŒใ‚ใฃใŸใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใงใฏๅบ—ๅใ‚„็ณปๅˆ—ๅใชใฉใ‚’ไป˜ใ—ใŸ็‹ฌ่‡ชใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ไฝฟ็”จใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใซใใฎใพใพๆŒใก่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจ็•ฐ็จฎใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆททๅœจใ—ใฆๅฅฝใพใ—ใใชใ„ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใธใฎๆฌ้€ไธญใซ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใ“ใผใ‚Œ่ฝใกใ‚‹ใจใ€ไฝœๆฅญ่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ธใ‚€ๅฑ้™บๆ€งใ‚‚็”Ÿใ˜ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใซใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใŒๆ–ฐๅ“ใงๆŒใก่พผใพใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใฎๅบ—ๅ“กใฏใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ…ฅใฃใฆใ„ใชใ„ใ“ใจใ‚’ๅ‰ๆใซใ—ใฆไฝœๆฅญใ‚’่กŒใ†ใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใจๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใฎ้–‹้–‰ๆ™‚ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ‘๏ผ—ใจ้ŠๆŠ€็›ค๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใจใฎ้–“ใซๆŒŸใพใฃใฆใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใŒๅ‰ฒใ‚Œใฆใ—ใพใ†ใ“ใจใ‚‚ใ‚ใฃใŸใ€‚ ย ย Here, conventionally, there is a pachinko machine in which the game ball sent out on the launch rail is left at the launch position or the game ball stays in the ball feed mechanism part, and after manufacturing this kind of pachinko machine When the launching operation is confirmed during the shipping inspection, a game ball may remain on the launching rail or in the ball launching unit even if the ball removing operation of the upper plate 201 is performed. The game hall uses its own game balls with store names, series names, etc. If the game balls left on the launch rail 93 are brought into the game hall as they are, it is not preferable because different types of game balls are mixed. . In addition, if a game ball on the launch rail spills during transportation to the game hall, there is a risk that an operator steps on the game ball. Furthermore, in the state that the pachinko machine has been brought into the game hall as a new product, the store clerk at the game hall will perform work on the assumption that no game ball is in the pachinko machine, so if there is a game ball left, When the frame 14 is opened and closed, the game ball may be sandwiched between the glass unit 17 and the game board 16 to break the glass.

ๆœฌๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใก็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผดใซ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใงใ‚ใฃใฆๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ„็Šถๆ…‹ใซใฆ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’่ฆใ›ใšใซๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผดใซ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใฏใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผˆ้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผด๏ผ‰ๅ†…ใซๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใช๏ผ’็ƒใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคšใ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅฟ…่ฆใจใ—ใชใ„ใง็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใ‚„็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใฎ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆฎ‹ใ™ใ“ใจใชใ็ฐกๅ˜ใซ็ƒๆŠœใๆ“ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€็ƒๆŠœใๆ“ไฝœๅพŒใซใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใ‚„็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ็”Ÿใ˜ๅพ—ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใธใฎ็•ฐ็จฎใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆตๅ…ฅใ‚„ๆฌ้€ไธญ็ญ‰ใฎๅฑ้™บๆ€งใ‚’็ฐกๅ˜ใ‹ใค็ขบๅฎŸใซๅ›ž้ฟใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย According to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, among the game balls thrown into the upper plate 201, the game balls sent to the staying portion T of the opening / closing member 102 via the ball outlet 224 a are sent by the payout launch control device 611. The delivery operation of the delivery member 105 and the firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 are performed and fired by the firing solenoid 92 and discharged as a foul ball through the foul ball passage T2. The payout launch control device 611 performs the sending operation of the sending member 105 and the firing solenoid 92 in a state where the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is off and the firing operation is not performed on the operation handle 310 by the launch control process (S1002). Since the launching operation is performed, the game ball sent to the staying portion T without requiring a launch operation by the player is discharged to the lower plate 301 from the foul ball path T2. Further, the delivery operation of the delivery member 105 and the firing operation of the launch solenoid 92 are performed more than two game balls that can stay in the ball launch unit 90 (the stay portion T of the opening / closing member 102). Therefore, it is possible to easily perform the ball removal operation without leaving the game ball at the launch position on the ball feed mechanism 94 or the launch rail 93 without requiring the player's launch operation by the payout launch control device 611. Accordingly, it is possible to easily and surely avoid the danger of inflow or transportation of different kinds of game balls to the game arcade that may occur when game balls are left on the launch rail 93 or in the ball launch unit 90 after the ball removal operation. Can do.

ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใ‚‹ใจใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใฎใงใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บใจใ‚’้€ฃๅ‹•ใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใฆใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€ๅฟ…ใš็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ™ใ‚‹๏ผˆ่พžใ‚ใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใฎใงใ€ใ“ใฎใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎ็ญ‰ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ‚‰ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ‹ใ‚‰็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ขบๅฎŸใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅฟ…ใšใ—ใ‚‚ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎใ‚ชใƒณใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๅฟ…่ฆใฏใชใใ€ๅฏๅค‰ๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ™จใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆคœๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœ้‡ใŒๆ‰€ๅฎš้‡ไปฅไธ‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅœๆญขใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็ญ‰ใ€ๅˆฅใฎๆ–นๆณ•ใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, when the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 that detects execution of the game ball firing operation is switched from on to off, the payout firing control device 611 performs the delivery operation of the delivery member 105 and the firing operation of the firing solenoid 92. Thus, the control for discharging the game ball is performed, so that the player's launch operation and the discharge of the game ball sent to the launch position can be linked. When the player stops the game and moves from the pachinko machine 10, the firing operation is always stopped (quits), so that the gaming machine is discharged at this timing so that no game ball remains at the firing position. The game ball can be returned more reliably to the player moving from. Here, it is not always necessary to detect the player's firing operation based on the on / off state of the touch sensor, and the firing operation is stopped when the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 310 detected by the variable resistor is equal to or less than a predetermined amount. Another method may be used, such as detecting.

ๆ›ดใซใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใฎใจใใซใฏ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒๆœชๅฎŸ่กŒ๏ผˆใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•๏ผ‰ใฎใจใใซใฏ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใธใฏๆตๅ…ฅใ—ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœŸ้–“ไธญใซใฏใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใจใชใ‚‹ไธ€ๆ–นใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒๆœชๅฎŸ่กŒใฎๆœŸ้–“ไธญใซใฏใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใจใชใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’้–‹ๅง‹ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใฏใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผใฎๅฐŽๅ…ฅๅฃ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใธใฏๆตๅ…ฅใ—ใชใ„็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’่กŒใ†ใŸใ‚ใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ—ใŸๅพŒใ€ๅ…จใ้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใชใ„ใงๅˆฅใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซ็งปๅ‹•ใ—ใŸใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ๅ ดใ‹ใ‚‰ๅ€Ÿใ‚ŠใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใ€็ƒๆŠœใใฎใŸใ‚ใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๆจชใฎ็ƒๆŠœใใƒœใ‚ฟใƒณ๏ผ’๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใ‚’ๆŠผไธ‹ๆ“ไฝœใ—ใฆ้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใ‚’ๅ‹•ไฝœใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใจใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ๏ผ‘็ƒๆฎ‹ใ‚‰ใšไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใธๆตไธ‹ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใฏใ€ๆŠ•ๅ…ฅใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใก้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธ็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็ฐกๅ˜ใ‹ใค็ขบๅฎŸใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€็„ก้ง„ใช้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆถˆ่ฒปใ‚’ๆŠ‘ใˆใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, the payout launch control device 611 opens and closes the bulb outlet 224a when the touch sensor is on, and closes the bulb outlet 224a when the launch operation is not performed (touch sensor is off). The game ball is prevented from flowing into the introduction port 102b of the ball launch unit 90. While the touch sensor is turned on during the execution period of the firing operation on the operation handle 310, the touch sensor is turned off during the period when the firing operation is not executed. Therefore, before the player starts the game, the opening / closing lid is opened. 252 closes the ball outlet 224a and the game ball does not flow into the introduction port 102b of the ball launching unit 90. For this reason, after a player puts a game ball into the upper plate 201 in order to play a game, the player moves to another pachinko machine 10 without playing any game, or stops the game and borrows it from the game hall To return the ball, if the closing plate 234 is operated by depressing the ball removal button 216 beside the upper plate 201 to remove the ball, the game ball thrown into the upper plate 201 flows down to the lower plate 301 without remaining one ball. To do. Therefore, it is possible to easily and surely return the game balls before being launched to the game area among the inserted game balls to the player, and it is possible to suppress unnecessary consumption of the game balls.

ๆ›ดใซใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใจใชใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใฆไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใจใ‚’้€ฃ้€šใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚’่จฑๅฎนใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€ๆ–นใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒ•ใงใ‚ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅœๆญขไธญใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใ‚’้ฎๆ–ญใ—ใฆ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚Œใšใซ๏ผ’ๅ€‹ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ ใ‘ใŒ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ๅดใธๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚Šใ€ใใฎๅพŒใฎ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ๅดใธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆตๅ…ฅใ‚’่ฆๅˆถใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ๅดใซไบˆใ‚ๆปž็•™ใ—ใŸ๏ผ’ๅ€‹ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŠใ‚ˆใณ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใซๅพ…ๆฉŸใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซๅฏพ่ฑกใ‚’็ตžใฃใฆ็ƒๆŠœใใ‚’ๅฎŸ่กŒใ™ใ‚Œใฐ้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผˆๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผด๏ผ‰ๅ†…ใŠใ‚ˆใณ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŠœใๅ–ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ…ฅใฃใฆใ„ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซ็ถ™็ถšใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ๅดใซๅฐŽๅ…ฅใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซๆฏ”่ผƒใ—ใฆๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅˆถๅพกใ‚’็ฐกๆ˜“ใซใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, during the execution of the launch operation in which the touch sensor of the operation handle 310 is turned on, the game ball passage is opened and the upper plate 201 and the ball feed mechanism 94 are communicated to allow the game ball to be launched. On the other hand, while the launch operation with the touch sensor off is stopped, the path of the game ball is blocked and the game balls are not introduced into the ball feed mechanism 94, but only two game balls are introduced to the ball feed mechanism 94 side. Thus, the inflow of the game ball to the ball feeding mechanism 94 can be restricted. Therefore, if the ball removal is executed by focusing on two game balls that have been retained in advance on the ball feed mechanism 94 side and game balls that have been waiting at the launch position, the inside of the opening / closing member 102 (the stay portion T) and the launch rail 93 will be described. Game balls can be extracted. Therefore, the control of the payout / release control device 611 can be simplified as compared with the case where the game ball is continuously introduced to the ball feeding mechanism 94 side when the game ball is in the upper plate 201.

ใพใŸใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใจ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใจใ‚’้€ฃ้€šใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใ‚’้ฎๆ–ญใ™ใ‚‹้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฏใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ™ใ‚‹้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกๆœ€ใ‚‚ไธ‹ๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซๅฏพๅ‘ใ—ใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใŒ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใคใค้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใŒไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใจใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠๆตๅดใฎๅ…จใฆใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚Šไธ‹็šฟ๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ‘ใซๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใŸๅพŒใซไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ็ƒๆŠœใๆ“ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ†ใจใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใ‚‚ๅ…จใฆๆŠœใๅ–ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ๅพ“ใฃใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€ใ‚’็ต‚ใˆใŸ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใฏใ€็ƒๆŠœใๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ใ™ใ‚‹ใ ใ‘ใงๆœช็™บๅฐ„ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’๏ผ‘็ƒๆฎ‹ใ‚‰ใšๅ…จใฆ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€็ฐกๅ˜ใ‹ใค็ขบๅฎŸใช้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ่ฟ”ๅดใ‚’ๅฎŸ็พใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The open / close lid 252 that blocks the path of the game ball that communicates the upper plate 201 and the ball feeding mechanism 94 is the most downstream side of the game balls supported by the closing plate 234 that closes the discharge port 201a of the upper plate 201. It is arranged to face the game ball located at the position. Therefore, when the passage of the game ball is closed by the opening / closing lid 252 and the closing plate 234 opens the discharge port 201a of the upper plate 201, all the game balls upstream from the opening / closing lid 252 are placed in the lower plate from the discharge port 201a. It is discharged to 301. Therefore, if the ball removal operation of the upper plate 201 is performed after stopping the firing operation, all the game balls in the upper plate 201 can be extracted. Therefore, the player who has finished the game can return all of the unreleased game balls by simply performing the ball removal operation, and can easily and reliably return the game balls.

ใพใŸใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใ‚ชใƒณใ‹ใ‚‰ใ‚ชใƒ•ใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใ‚‹ใจ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š๏ผ“ๅ›žใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ๏ผ”ๅ›žใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ€‚้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผดๅ†…ใซๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใช้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ๏ผ’ๅ€‹ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ”ใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใ‚ˆใ‚ŠไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ๅ†…ใซๆปž็•™ใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ…จใฆ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎๅดใธ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎๅดใธ้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใจไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝใจใ‚’้›ข้–“ใ—ใŸไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ—ใฆ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใฎไธŠๆตๅดใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹่จญ่จˆใƒฌใ‚คใ‚ขใ‚ฆใƒˆใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ใ€็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹๏ผ™๏ผ”ใ‚„็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใฎ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆฎ‹ใ™ใ“ใจใชใ็ƒๆŠœใใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใฏใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ๅ†…ใซๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใชๅ€‹ๆ•ฐไปฅไธŠใจใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๅฅฝใพใ—ใใ€้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ๅ†…ใซ๏ผ“ๅ€‹ไปฅไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใใฎๅ€‹ๆ•ฐไปฅไธŠใจใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๅฅฝใพใ—ใ„ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ๅ†…ใซๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใช้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๆ•ฐใ‚ˆใ‚Š๏ผ‘ๅ›žใงใ‚‚ๅคšใ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใ€่ฃฝ้€ ไธŠใฎใฐใ‚‰ใคใใŒ็”Ÿใ˜ใฆใ‚‚็ขบๅฎŸใซๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผดๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ…จใฆ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใฎใงๅฅฝ้ฉใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, when the touch sensor is switched from on to off, the payout launch control device 611 performs control for launching the game ball by performing three delivery operations and four launch operations by the launch control process (S1002). Since there are two game balls that can stay in the stay portion T of the opening / closing member 102, the closing plate 234 for discharging the game balls on the upper plate 201 is opened, and the game balls on the upper plate 201 are removed from the discharge port 201a. In the discharged state, all the game balls staying in the opening / closing member 102 can be sent to the launch position side by the launch control process (S1002), and the game balls sent to the launch position side pass through the foul ball passage T2. It is discharged via. Therefore, even if the design layout is such that the game ball stays on the upstream side of the ball feed mechanism 94 by disposing the ball feed mechanism 94 and the discharge port 201a of the upper plate 201 apart from each other, The ball can be removed without leaving a game ball at the launch position on 93. In addition, it is preferable that at least the number of game balls that can be accumulated and opened in the opening / closing member 102 be equal to or more than the number of game balls that are accumulated in the opening / closing member 102. It is preferable that In addition, when the number of game balls that can stay in the opening / closing member 102 is increased as much as once, even if there is a manufacturing variation, all the game balls in the stay portion T can be reliably sent out. Therefore, it is preferable.

ใพใŸใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใฎ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœŸ้–“ไธญใซใฏ้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใŒๅ‰้€ฒไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๅ‘ใ‹ใ†้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€ฒ่กŒใŒ็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใซ้˜ปๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็ขบๅฎŸใซใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใซใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, the ball stopper 261 is disposed at the forward position by the passage opening / closing solenoid 262 during the execution period of the firing operation by the processing of S1321 to S1328 of the firing control processing (S1002) by the control of the payout launch control device 611. The progress of the game ball toward the game area via the passage T1 is blocked by the ball stopper 261, and the jump amount of the game ball is adjusted to be a foul ball. Therefore, it is possible to reliably return the game ball that is launched by the control by the launch control process (S1002) to the player as a foul ball.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€ๅฟ…ใšใ—ใ‚‚็ƒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณ้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ไธฆใณใซ้€š่ทฏ้–‹้–‰ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ’๏ผ–๏ผ’ใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅ„ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’่จญใ‘ใ‚‹ๅฟ…่ฆใฏใชใ„ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใ‚’ๅœๆญขใ—ใŸใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐใง๏ผ“ๅ›žใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ๏ผ”ๅ›žใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใ€๏ผ”ๅ›žใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆฅใฎๆ‰‹ๆฎตใ‚’่จญใ‘ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅˆๆœŸไฝ็ฝฎใซใŠใ„ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใฏๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใ€ๅณใกใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ไธŠใงใ‚ใฃใฆใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใจ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใฎ้–“๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎๅŒบ้–“๏ผฌ๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใจใชใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซๅ†…่”ตใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅฏๅค‰ๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ™จใฎๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ€คใŒ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใŒ่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰‹ใ‚’้›ขใ™ใจๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใŒๅˆๆœŸไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๅ‘ใ‹ใ†้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฏใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒๆœ€ๅฐใจใชใ‚‹ๅˆๆœŸไฝ็ฝฎๅดใธไป˜ๅ‹ขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใฎๆง‹้€ ใ‚’ๅˆฉ็”จใ—ใฆไฝŽใ‚ณใ‚นใƒˆใงใ€็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Here, it is not always necessary to provide the respective processes of the ball stopper 261, the passage opening / closing solenoid 262, and the dispensing discharge control device 611 that drives the passage opening / closing solenoid 262. When the player stops the launching operation and performs 3 delivery operations and 4 launch operations to discharge the game ball as a foul ball, the game ball fired by the 4 launch operations is a foul. Another means for adjusting the firing force of the firing solenoid 92 so as to form a sphere may be provided. For example, in the initial position of the operating handle 310, the jump amount of the game ball exceeds the branching position with the foul ball passage, but does not reach the game area, that is, the jump amount of the game ball is on the launch passage T1 and the foul The resistance of the variable resistor built in the operation handle 310 is set so as to be between the branch position with the ball passage T2 and the game area (section L1 in FIG. 5A), and the firing force of the firing solenoid 92 is set. May be adjusted. When the player releases his / her hand from the operation handle 310, the operation handle 310 is placed at the initial position, and the game ball that goes to the game area via the launch passage T1 becomes a foul ball that does not reach the game area. Since the operation handle 310 is biased toward the initial position where the flying amount of the game ball is minimized, the operation handle 310 can be used to play the game ball in the ball launching unit 90 at low cost using the conventional structure. Can be returned to the person.

ใพใŸใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใฎไธญใซใ‚ฝใƒ•ใƒˆใ‚ฆใ‚งใ‚ขๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่จญใ‘ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›๏ผˆๅ…ทไฝ“็š„ใซใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎๅŠฑ็ฃ้›ปๆต๏ผ‰ใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใฏๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใจใชใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใซๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใงๅˆถๅพกใ™ใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใจใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎใง็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใจใชใ‚‹ไฝ็ฝฎใซๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใŒ้…็ฝฎ๏ผˆๅˆใฏๅ›บๅฎš็ญ‰๏ผ‰ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใฆใ‚‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰‹ใ‚’้›ขใ—ใŸๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ็ขบๅฎŸใซใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใซใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, a control for adjusting the firing force of the firing solenoid 92 by software control may be provided in the firing control process (S1002), and the firing force of the firing solenoid 92 (specifically, the exciting current of the firing solenoid 92) A control device (for example, a payout launch control device 611) may be used to control the firing force so that the jumping amount of the game ball exceeds the branching position with the foul ball path but does not reach the game area. . By controlling the firing force with the control device, even if the operation handle 310 is disposed (or fixed) at a position where the firing force reaches the game area, the player is fired after releasing the hand from the operation handle 310. The game ball can be reliably made into a foul ball and returned to the player.

ใพใŸใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้€šๅธธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใงใ‚ใ‚‹๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ–็ง’ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้•ทใ„๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ˜็ง’ใฎๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใงใฏใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ๅ†…ใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใซใ€ๆฌกใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅŒๅฃซใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใ€็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆˆปใฃใฆใใ‚‹็ญ‰ใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใฎ่จญๅฎšใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใซใ€ๆฌกใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅŒๅฃซใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’ๆœช็„ถใซ้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In the launch control process (S1002), the game balls are discharged at a time interval of 0.8 seconds, which is longer than 0.6 seconds, which is a normal game ball launch interval during execution of the launch operation by the player. The firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 is performed. This is because the next game ball is launched and the game balls collide with each other before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage T2 at the launch interval during the launch operation, and the game ball returns to the launch rail 93. This is to prevent the game ball from being left in the launch passage T1. By setting this time interval, before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage T2, the next game ball is launched and the game balls collide with each other, so that the game ball remains in the launch passage T1. Can be prevented.

ใ“ใ“ใงใ€็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใซใŠใ„ใฆใฏใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ˜ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใŒๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้–“้š”ใ€ๅณใกใ€็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅŠฑ็ฃใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”๏ผ‰ใ‚’่จญๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใŒใ€ใ“ใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใฏใ€ๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใใฎ็›ดๅ‰ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใง่ก็ชใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“๏ผ‰ไธŠใซๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ™ใ‚‹ๅฟ…่ฆใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ’๏ผ”ใฎๅ‡ฆ็†ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใจใใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใซๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใฎๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้•ทใ่จญๅฎšใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ—ใ€ๅˆใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใซๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ๆฌกใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ใจใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใซๅˆฐ้”ใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใซใฏๅ‰ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใซๆตๅ…ฅใ—ๅพ—ใ‚‹ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใซ่จญๅฎšใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย Here, in the launch control process (S1002), an interval at which the process of S1324 is executed by the process of S1328, that is, a time interval (launch interval) at which the launching solenoid 92 is excited to fire the game ball is set. This firing interval needs to prevent a game ball that has been fired later from colliding with a game ball that has been fired immediately before in the launch path and leaving the game ball on the launch path T1 (the launch rail 93). There is. For this reason, the discharge interval of the game ball when discharging the game ball by the processing of S1324 may be set longer than the time interval from when the game ball is launched until it flows into the foul ball passage T2, or Even after the game ball is fired and before it flows into the foul ball passage T2, it is fired before the next game ball reaches the branch position between the launch passage T1 and the foul ball passage T2. The time interval at which the game ball can flow into the foul ball passage T2 may be set.

ใชใŠใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ใจใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใจใฎ้…็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็Ÿญใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”๏ผˆไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€๏ผ๏ผŽ๏ผ”็ง’๏ผ‰ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆใ‚‚ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅŒๅฃซใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใชใ„ใ“ใจใŒใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚’็Ÿญใใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒๅฅฝใพใ—ใใ€ใ“ใ‚Œใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ‚’ใ‚นใƒ ใƒผใ‚นใซ่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้€šๅธธใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใจๅŒไธ€ใฎๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใใ€ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใซใฏ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใŒไธ€ๅฎšใจใชใ‚‹ใŸใ‚็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซ็„ก็†ใช่ฒ ๆ‹…ใ‚’ใ‹ใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใชใใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใจใ—ใฆใฎไฟก้ ผๆ€งใ‚’้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย It should be noted that depending on the arrangement position of the launch passage T1 and the foul ball passage T2, the launch solenoid 92 is separated by a time interval (for example, 0.4 seconds) shorter than the launch interval of the game balls during the launch operation by the player. Even if the launching operation is performed, the game balls may not collide with each other. In this case, it is preferable to shorten the firing interval, so that the game ball can be discharged smoothly. Further, the firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 may be performed at the same time interval as the regular game ball firing interval during execution of the launching operation by the player. In this case, the operation of the firing solenoid 92 is constant. Therefore, it is possible to improve the reliability of the pachinko machine 10 without imposing an excessive burden on the launch solenoid 92.

ใพใŸใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ไธŠใซใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใ‚’้€š้Žใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใƒ•ใ‚ฉใƒˆใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใ‚’่จญใ‘ใฆใ€ใใฎใƒ•ใ‚ฉใƒˆใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใ‚’ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซๆŽฅ็ถšใ—ใ€ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ไธŠใฎใƒ•ใ‚ฉใƒˆใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’ๅฅ‘ๆฉŸใจใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆๆฌกใฎ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ใƒ•ใ‚ฉใƒˆใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใฎๆคœๅ‡บๆ™‚ๆœŸใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใธๅ…ฅใฃใŸๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผ™๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’ใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใฎๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใซใฐใ‚‰ใคใใŒใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใง้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅŒๅฃซใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘ๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็ขบๅฎŸใซ้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใ‚’้€š้Žใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใฎใฏใƒ•ใ‚ฉใƒˆใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใซ้™ใ‚‰ใšใ€ๆฉŸๆขฐ็š„ใซๅฏๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ๅฏๅ‹•็‰‡ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใƒžใ‚คใ‚ฏใƒญใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใ‚„ใ€็ฃๆฐ—ใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ต็ญ‰ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใฎใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย Further, a photo sensor for detecting a game ball passing through the foul ball passage T2 is provided on the foul ball passage T2, and the photo sensor is connected to the payout discharge control device 611. The payout discharge control device 611 is connected to the foul ball passage T2. When the upper photo sensor detects a foul ball, the firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 may be performed to cause the next firing. The payout launch control device 611 performs the firing operation of the firing solenoid 92 based on the detection timing of the foul ball by the photosensor, so that the game ball is fired by the firing solenoid 92 after the game ball enters the foul ball passage T2. Can be made. Therefore, even if the time interval until the game balls flow into the foul ball passage T2 varies, it is possible to reliably prevent the game balls from colliding with each other in the launch passage T1 and remaining in the launch passage T1. can do. Note that the game ball passing through the foul ball passage is not limited to the photo sensor, but may be any one of a micro switch having a movable piece that is mechanically movable, a magnetic sensor, and the like.

ๆฌกใซใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ˜ใ‚’ๅ‚็…งใ—ใฆใ€ไธŠ่ฟฐใ—ใŸๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใจใฏ็•ฐใชใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใซๅฏพใ—ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœไธญใซ้™ใฃใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆง‹ๆˆใŒ็•ฐใชใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผ‘๏ผใงใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใฎใ‚ชใƒณใ‚ชใƒ•ใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้›ปๆฐ—็š„ใซ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’ใ‚’ๅ‹•ไฝœใ•ใ›ใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใฎ้–‹้–‰ใ‚’่กŒใฃใŸใ€‚ใ“ใ‚Œใซๅฏพใ—ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผใจใ—ใฆๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซ้€ฃ็ตใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆฉŸๆง‹ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๅ‹•ไฝœใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไปฅไธ‹ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใฎ่ชฌๆ˜Žใซใ‚ใŸใ‚Šใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใจๅŒไธ€ใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ใซใฏๅŒไธ€ใฎ็ฌฆๅทใ‚’ไป˜ใ—ใฆใใฎ่ชฌๆ˜Žใฏ็œ็•ฅใ—ใ€็•ฐใชใ‚‹้ƒจๅˆ†ใฎใฟใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, a second embodiment different from the above-described embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. The pachinko machine in the second embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in the configuration of a second opening / closing unit for opening the ball outlet 224a only during a game ball launching operation. . In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the second opening / closing unit 250 electrically opens and closes the ball outlet 224a by electrically operating the opening / closing lid 252 by the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 that is interlocked with the on / off of the touch sensor of the operation handle 310. went. On the other hand, the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment is configured such that the opening / closing lid 911 is interlocked with the rotation operation of the operation handle 310 by a mechanism connected to the operation handle 310 as the second opening / closing unit 910. Hereinafter, in the description of the second embodiment, the same parts as those in the first embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted, and only different parts will be described.

ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใŒๆœชๆ“ไฝœใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ผˆ๏ฝƒ๏ผ‰ใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใŒๅ›žๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย FIG. 58A is a rear view of the front frame 901 and the lower pan unit 902 of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment, and FIG. 58B is a view of the second opening / closing unit 910 in a state where the operation handle 310 is not operated. FIG. 58C is a diagram showing the state of the second opening / closing unit 910 in a state where the operation handle 310 is rotated.

ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎ่ฃ้ขๅดใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœไธญใซ้™ใฃใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผใฏใ€ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผใฎ้ฎ่”ฝๆฟ๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ’ใซ้‡ใชใฃใฆ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใ‚’้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆๆˆๆจน่„‚่ฃฝใฎ่–„ๆฟใงๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใจใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎไธ‹็ซฏใซไธ€็ซฏใŒ้€ฃ็ตใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใจใ€ใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎไป–็ซฏใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใจใ€ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’ไธ€ๆ–นๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎๅทฆๅด๏ผ‰ใซไป˜ๅ‹ขใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใจใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ‘ๅ‚็…ง๏ผ‰ใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใฆๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใจๅ…ฑใซๅ›žๅ‹•ใ—ใฆใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‚’ๆŠผๅœงๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซใฏใ€็•ฅๆญฃๆ–นๅฝขใซ้–‹ๅฃๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้–‹ๅฃ็ฉด๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ฝใŒ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚ŒใฆใŠใ‚Šใ€้–‹ๅฃ็ฉด๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ฝใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใซ้‡ใชใฃใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย A second opening / closing unit 910 for opening the ball outlet 224a is provided on the back side of the lower dish unit 902 only during a game ball launching operation. As shown in FIG. 58A, the second opening / closing unit 910 includes an opening / closing lid 911 formed of a synthetic resin thin plate that overlaps the shielding plate 232 of the first opening / closing unit 230 and opens and closes the ball outlet 224a. A cable 912 having one end connected to the lower end of 911, a cap 913 provided at the other end of the cable 912, a coil spring 914 for biasing the cap 913 to one side (left side in FIG. 58A), and an operation handle. The connecting plate 915 is configured to be fixed to 310 (see FIG. 1), rotate together with the operation handle 310, and press the cap 913. The opening / closing lid 911 is provided with an opening hole 911a formed in a substantially square shape. When the opening hole 911a is disposed so as to overlap the ball outlet 224a, the ball outlet 224a is opened.

ใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฏใ€็ญ’็Šถใฎใ‚ขใ‚ฆใ‚ฟใƒผ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝๅ†…ใซใ€ไธก็ซฏ้ƒจใŒๅฑˆๆ›ฒใ—ใชใ„้‡‘ๅฑžๆฃ’ใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€ไธญ้–“้ƒจๅˆ†ใŒๅฑˆๆ›ฒๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚คใƒณใƒŠใƒผ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใŒๆŒฟ้€šใ•ใ‚ŒใŸใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ขใ‚ฆใ‚ฟใƒผ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝใฏใ€ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๆฟ้‡‘๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใซใƒใ‚ธ๏ผˆๅ›ณ็คบใ›ใš๏ผ‰ใงๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใ‚ขใ‚ฆใ‚ฟใƒผ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝใซๅฏพใ—ใฆใ‚คใƒณใƒŠใƒผ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใŒๅฏๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ๏ผ’ใฎๆฟ้‡‘๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใซๅฏพใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎ้ƒจไฝใŒไธŠๆ–นใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใ€ๆ›ดใซใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใซใฆๆ–ญ้ขใ‚ณใฎๅญ—ๅฝขใซๆŠ˜ใ‚Š่ฟ”ใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใ‚’ๆ”ฏๆŒใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ๆฟ้‡‘๏ผ™๏ผ’๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅทฆๅณไธกๅดใŒๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚ŒใฆไธŠไธ‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใซใ‚นใƒฉใ‚คใƒ‰็งปๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใจใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The cable 912 is formed by inserting an inner 912b, which is formed of a metal rod whose both ends are not bent and a middle portion thereof is bendable, into a cylindrical outer 912a. The outer 912a is fixed to a sheet metal 921 of the lower plate unit 902 with a screw (not shown), and the inner 912b is movably supported with respect to the outer 912a. The sheet metal 921 of the lower dish unit 902 is formed by projecting the part of the opening / closing lid 911 upward with respect to that in the first embodiment, and further folding back and opening the opening / closing lid 911 into a U-shaped cross section on both the left and right sides. The left and right sides of the lid 911 are supported. The open / close lid 911 is supported on both left and right sides by a sheet metal 921 and is slidable in the vertical direction.

ๆฌกใซใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใซใคใ„ใฆ่ชฌๆ˜Žใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซ่งฆใ‚Œใฆใ„ใชใ„ใจใใซใฏใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซๅ†…่”ตใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฏๅˆๆœŸไฝ็ฝฎใซไป˜ๅ‹ขใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใจใใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซๅ›บๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’ๅด๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฎๅณๅด๏ผ‰ใซๆŠผๅœงใ•ใ‚Œใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผใฎใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใŒๅœง็ธฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒใŒๅœง็ธฎใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅˆ†ใ ใ‘ใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎใ‚คใƒณใƒŠใƒผ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝ‚ใฏใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ๅดใซๆŠผใ—ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚Šใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒไธŠๆ˜‡ใ—ใŸไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒไธŠๆ˜‡ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใใซใฏใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎ้–‹ๅฃ็ฉด๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ฝใŒ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใฎไธŠๅดใซใšใ‚Œใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้–‰้Ž–ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Next, the operation of the second opening / closing unit 910 will be described. When the player is not touching the operation handle 310, the operation handle 310 is biased to the initial position by a coil spring built in the operation handle 310. At this time, the cap 913 of the second opening / closing unit 910 is pressed toward the cable 912 (on the right side in FIG. 58B) by the connecting plate 915 fixed to the operation handle 310, and the coil spring 914 of the second opening / closing unit 910 is compressed. The The inner portion 912b of the cable 912 is pushed to the opening / closing lid 911 side by the amount corresponding to the compression of the coil spring, and is disposed at a position where the opening / closing lid 911 is raised. When the opening / closing lid 911 is disposed at the raised position, the opening hole 911a of the opening / closing lid 911 is displaced to the upper side of the bulb outlet 224a, and the bulb outlet 224a is closed by the opening / closing lid 911.

้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใจใใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใ‚’ๅณๅ›žใ‚Šใซๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚‚ๅŒๆ–นๅ‘๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ˜๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฎๅทฆๅ›žใ‚Š๏ผ‰ใซๅ›žๅ‹•ใ—ใ€้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‹ใ‚‰้›ข้–“ใ™ใ‚‹ๆ–นๅ‘ใธ็งปๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฏใ‚ณใ‚คใƒซใƒใƒ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ”ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ๅดใธๆŠผใ—ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ€ใใฎๆŠผใ—ๅ‡บใ—ๅ‹•ไฝœใซไผดใฃใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒไธ‹้™ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผˆ้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•๏ผ‰ใŒๆ›ดใซๅ›žๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€ใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใฎใ‚ขใ‚ฆใ‚ฟใƒผ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’๏ฝใซ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒๅฝ“ๆŽฅใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒๆœ€ใ‚‚ไธ‹้™ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚Šใ€ใใฎๅพŒใฏใ€ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใ‹ใ‚‰้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใŒ้›ข้–“ใ—ใฆ้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใฎใฟใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๅ‹•ไฝœใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ€‚้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒๆœ€ใ‚‚ไธ‹้™ใ—ใŸไธ‹้™ไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใจ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฎ้–‹ๅฃ็ฉด๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ฝใจใŒไธ€่‡ดใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใจใชใ‚Šใ€็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย When the player fires a game ball, the player rotates the operation handle 310 clockwise. In conjunction with the rotation of the operation handle 310, the connecting plate 915 is also rotated in the same direction (counterclockwise in FIG. 58B), and the connecting plate 915 is moved away from the cap 913. The cap 913 is pushed out to the connecting plate 915 side by the coil spring 914, and the opening / closing lid 911 is lowered along with the pushing operation. When the operation handle 310 (connecting plate 915) is further rotated, the open / close lid 911 comes into contact with the outer 912a of the cable 912 so that the open / close lid 911 is lowered most. Thereafter, the connecting plate 915 is separated from the cap 913. Only the connecting plate 915 is interlocked with the turning operation of the operation handle 310. When the opening / closing lid 911 is disposed at the lowest lowered position, the ball outlet 224a and the opening hole 911a of the opening / closing lid 911 coincide with each other, and the ball outlet 224a is opened.

ใ“ใฎใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใฏใ€ใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ€ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŠใ‚ˆใณ้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚’ไป‹ใ—ใฆๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๅ‹•ไฝœใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใจ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†๏ผˆๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ•ใ€๏ผณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“๏ผ๏ผ–๏ผ‰ใจใŒไธ่ฆใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ใคใพใ‚Šใ€้ง†ๅ‹•ๆบใจใชใ‚‹่ฃ…็ฝฎใ‚„ใใฎ่ฃ…็ฝฎใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใฎๅˆถๅพกใŒไธ่ฆใจใชใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฎๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’ๅ˜็ด”ใซใ—ใฆไฝŽใ‚ณใ‚นใƒˆใงๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใ‚’่ฃฝ้€ ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใชใŠใ€ๅฟ…ใšใ—ใ‚‚ใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ‚„้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใ‚’็”จใ„ใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ‚’้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹ๆง‹ๆˆใซ้™ๅฎšใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใฏใชใใ€ใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ‚’็”จใ„ใšใซใƒชใƒณใ‚ฏๆฉŸๆง‹ใ‚„ใ‚ซใƒ ใ‚’ไฝฟ็”จใ™ใ‚‹็ญ‰ใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ‚’้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆฅใฎๆง‹้€ ใ‚’็”จใ„ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย As described above, the opening / closing lid 911 is configured to be interlocked with the turning operation of the operation handle 310 via the cable 912, the cap 913 and the connecting plate 915. Therefore, the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 and the ball outlet opening / closing motor driving process (S1306 in FIG. 55) for controlling the operation of the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 in the first embodiment are not required. That is, since it is not necessary to control the drive source device and the operation of the device, it is possible to manufacture a pachinko machine having an open / close lid 911 that interlocks with the operation handle 310 at a low cost by simplifying the configuration of the pachinko machine. . The opening / closing lid 911 is not necessarily limited to the configuration in which the cable 912 or the connecting plate 915 is used, and the opening / closing lid is operated by a player's turning operation such as using a link mechanism or a cam without using the cable 912. Another structure for opening and closing 911 may be used.

ไปฅไธŠใ€ไธ€ๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใซๅŸบใฅใๆœฌ็™บๆ˜Žใ‚’่ชฌๆ˜Žใ—ใŸใŒใ€ๆœฌ็™บๆ˜ŽใฏไธŠ่จ˜ๅฝขๆ…‹ใซไฝ•ใ‚‰้™ๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใฏใชใใ€ๆœฌ็™บๆ˜Žใฎ่ถฃๆ—จใ‚’้€ธ่„ฑใ—ใชใ„็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใง็จฎใ€…ใฎๅค‰ๅฝขๆ”น่‰ฏใŒๅฏ่ƒฝใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใฏๅฎนๆ˜“ใซๆŽจๅฏŸใงใใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The present invention has been described above based on one embodiment. However, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications and improvements can be easily made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Can be inferred.

ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซ็คบใ™ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ€ๅ‹•็š„่กจ็คบใฎไธ€็จฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใฏใ€็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ˜๏ผ‘ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขไธŠใง่ญ˜ๅˆฅๆƒ…ๅ ฑใจใ—ใฆใฎๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚’็ธฆๆ–นๅ‘ใซใ‚นใ‚ฏใƒญใƒผใƒซใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใซ้™ๅฎšใ•ใ‚Œใšใ€ๆจชๆ–นๅ‘ใ‚ใ‚‹ใ„ใฏ๏ผฌๅญ—ๅฝข็ญ‰ใฎๆ‰€ๅฎš็ตŒ่ทฏใซๆฒฟใฃใฆๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚’็งปๅ‹•่กจ็คบใ—ใฆ่กŒใ†ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€่ญ˜ๅˆฅๆƒ…ๅ ฑใฎๅ‹•็š„่กจ็คบใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใฎๅค‰ๅ‹•่กจ็คบใซ้™ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใฏใชใใ€ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€๏ผ‘ๅˆใฏ่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟใ‚’ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจๅ…ฑใซใ€่‹ฅใ—ใใฏใ€ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจใฏๅˆฅใซๅคš็จฎๅคšๆง˜ใซๅ‹•ไฝœ่กจ็คบใพใŸใฏๅค‰ๅŒ–่กจ็คบใ•ใ›ใฆ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆผ”ๅ‡บ่กจ็คบใชใฉใ‚‚ๅซใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎๅ ดๅˆใ€๏ผ‘ๅˆใฏ่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎใ‚ญใƒฃใƒฉใ‚ฏใ‚ฟใŒใ€ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจๅ…ฑใซๆˆ–ใ„ใฏๅ›ณๆŸ„ใจใฏๅˆฅใซใ€่ญ˜ๅˆฅๆƒ…ๅ ฑใจใ—ใฆ็”จใ„ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย For example, as shown in the above-described embodiment, the variable display, which is a kind of dynamic display, is not limited to the one in which the symbol as identification information is scrolled in the vertical direction on the display screen of the first symbol display device 81. It may be performed by moving and displaying a symbol along a predetermined route such as a direction or an L shape. In addition, the dynamic display of identification information is not limited to the display of variable symbols. For example, one or a plurality of characters may be displayed in various manners along with or separately from the symbols. The effect display etc. which are displayed are also included. In this case, one or a plurality of characters are used as identification information together with the symbols or separately from the symbols.

ๆœฌ็™บๆ˜Žใ‚’ไธŠ่จ˜ๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใจใฏ็•ฐใชใ‚‹ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒ—ใฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ็ญ‰ใซๅฎŸๆ–ฝใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ไพ‹ใˆใฐใ€๏ผถใ‚พใƒผใƒณ็ญ‰ใฎ็‰นๅˆฅ้ ˜ๅŸŸใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎใ‚’ๆœ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ„ใ‚ใ‚†ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ’็จฎใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใชใฉใซๅฎŸๆ–ฝใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ๆ›ดใซใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸไปฅๅค–ใซใ‚‚ใ€ใ‚ขใƒฌใƒ‘ใƒใ€้›€็ƒใชใฉไป–ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใจใ—ใฆๅฎŸๆ–ฝใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ—ใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย You may implement this invention in the pachinko machine etc. of a type different from the said embodiment. For example, the present invention may be applied to a so-called second type pachinko gaming machine having a winning device having a special area such as a V zone. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, the game machine may be implemented as another game machine such as an alepacchi or a sparrow ball.

ไปฅไธ‹ใซๆœฌ็™บๆ˜Žใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใŠใ‚ˆใณๅค‰ๅฝขไพ‹ใ‚’็คบใ™ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ฒฏ็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎๆ“ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ƒๆŠœใใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ƒๅ—้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใจใ€ใใฎ็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’๏ผ‘็ƒใšใคๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใธ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใ€ใใฎ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ใใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่‡ช้‡ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆตไธ‹ใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใ€ใใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใจใ‚’็น‹ใ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใจใ€ใใฎ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅˆ†ๅฒใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใŸ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆๅดใซๅฐŽๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใจใ€ใใฎ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใจใฏๅˆฅใฎๅดใซๅˆ†ๅฒใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใจใ€ใใฎ่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎๆ“ไฝœใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใจๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใฎ้–“ใซๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚๏ผ‘ไปฅไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใชๆปž็•™้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๆปž็•™้ƒจๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใฆๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใจๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใ‚’้€ฃ้€šใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใ‚’้ฎๆ–ญใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅ‰่จ˜้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกๆœ€ใ‚‚ไธ‹ๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซๅฏพๅ‘ใ—ใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜ๆ“ไฝœๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœ‰็„กใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ใใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆคœๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœ‰็„กใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆๅ‰่จ˜้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆ้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใ‹ใ‚‰้žๅฎŸ่กŒใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใŸใ“ใจใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใซๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ๅ‰่จ˜ๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใช้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ•ฐๅˆ†ไปฅไธŠๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ใใฎ้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใ€‚ ย ย The gaming machine and modified examples of the present invention are shown below. A ball receiving member that forms a ball receiving portion that stores the game balls and is removed by the player's operation, and a sending member that sends the game balls stored in the ball receiving member one by one to a predetermined launch position A launching means for launching the game ball sent out by the delivery member, an operation means for performing a launching operation for launching the game ball by the launching means, and a game ball launched by driving the launching means A game area in which a game is played by flowing down due to its own weight, a launch path connecting the game area and the launch position, and a game ball among the game balls that are branched from the launch path and launched by the launch means In a gaming machine comprising a foul ball passage for discharging a game ball that does not reach the area as a foul ball, a ball outlet that leads the game ball stored in the ball receiving portion of the ball receiving plate member to the delivery member side, and A storage ball outlet that discharges a game ball that is branched and formed on a side different from the ball outlet and that is stored in the ball receiving portion of the ball tray member, and that corresponds to the player's operation. A closing member that opens and closes, a staying portion forming member that forms a staying portion in which at least one game ball can stay between the ball outlet and the delivery member, and the ball outlet is closed to close the ball receiving member. A blocking member that blocks a path of a game ball that communicates between the ball receiving portion and the delivery member, and that is disposed to face the game ball located on the most downstream side among the game balls supported by the closing member. Firing operation detection means for detecting whether or not a firing operation is performed on the operation means, and a blocking member driving means for driving the blocking member in response to whether or not the firing operation is detected by the firing operation detection means, The firing operation is detected by the firing operation detecting means. When it is detected that the game has been switched from non-execution to a non-execution, the game ball is fired by causing the delivery operation of the delivery member and the firing operation of the launch means to be performed for at least several minutes of the game ball that can stay in the stay portion Non-input launching means for performing control, and jump amount adjusting means for adjusting the jump amount of the game ball so that the game ball launched by the control of the non-input launch means does not reach the game area A gaming machine 1 characterized by the following.

ใชใŠใ€่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใŠใ‚ˆใณ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ใฎๅบ•้ขใŠใ‚ˆใณๅด้ขใซๅ›ฒใ‚ใ‚ŒใŸ้ƒจไฝใŒไพ‹็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใจใ—ใฆใฏไธŠ่จ˜ๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใจ่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏ๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ‘๏ผ‰ใŒไพ‹็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ™‚ใฎๆ‰“ใกๅ‡บใ—ๅŠ›๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›๏ผ‰ใŒๅผฑใใฆๆˆปใ‚Š็ƒ้˜ฒๆญข้ƒจๆใŒไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใฎๅ…ฅๅฃใซๅˆฐ้”ใ›ใšใซ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซๅดใธๆˆปใฃใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹้€š่ทฏใ‚’ใ„ใ„ใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้€š่ทฏๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆ๏ผ“๏ผ–ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ใจ่ช˜ๅฐŽใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผŒ๏ผ–๏ผ’ใจใฎ้–“ใฎ้š™้–“ใจไธ‹็šฟๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ“๏ผ–๏ฝใจใ‚’็น‹ใ้€š่ทฏ๏ผˆใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ๏ผด๏ผ’๏ผ‰ใŒไพ‹็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆปž็•™้ƒจๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆใจใ—ใฆใฏไธŠ่จ˜ๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใŒไพ‹็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ€ๆปž็•™้ƒจใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ€๏ผ’ๅ€‹ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฌใƒผใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ“ไธŠใธใฎ้€ๅ‡บใ‚’ๅพ…ๆฉŸใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใง้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ•ใฎไธŠๆตๅดใซๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ๆปž็•™้ƒจ๏ผดใŒไพ‹็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The gaming machine according to claim 1 and the ball receiving portion of the ball receiving tray member in the gaming machine 1 are exemplified by the portion surrounded by the bottom surface and the side surface of the upper plate 201 in the above embodiment, and the launch passage is described above. The path of the game ball (the launch path T1) formed by the launch rail 93 and the guide rails 61 and 62 in the form is illustrated. Further, the foul ball passage is a passage that discharges a game ball that has returned to the launch rail side without reaching the entrance of the game area where the return ball prevention member is located because the launch force (launch force) at the time of launch is weak, A path (foul ball path T2) formed by the path forming member 36 in the above embodiment and connecting the gap between the firing rail 93 and the guide rails 61 and 62 and the lower dish discharge port 36a is exemplified. Further, the staying portion forming member is exemplified by the opening / closing member 102 in the above embodiment, and the staying portion is formed by the opening / closing member 102 in the above embodiment, and two game balls wait for delivery onto the firing rail 93. An example of the staying portion T is shown in FIG.

ใพใŸใ€่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใŠใ‚ˆใณ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญๅˆใฏ้žๅฎŸ่กŒ๏ผˆๅœๆญขไธญ๏ผ‰ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ไธ€ๆ–นใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซ้™ใฃใฆไฟกๅทใ‚’ๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ—๏ผˆๅณใกไฟกๅทๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ‚’ใ‚ชใƒณใ—๏ผ‰ใ€ไป–ๆ–นใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใงใ‚ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซไฟกๅทใ‚’ๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ—ใชใ„๏ผˆๅณใกไฟกๅทๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ‚’ใ‚ชใƒ•ใ™ใ‚‹๏ผ‰ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใจ้žๅฎŸ่กŒใจใฎใใ‚Œใžใ‚ŒใซใŠใ„ใฆ้›ปๅœงๅ€คใ‚„่ค‡ๆ•ฐใฎๅ…ฅๅŠ›็ซฏๅญใซๅ…ฅๅŠ›ใ™ใ‚‹ไฟกๅทใฎ็ต„ใฟๅˆใ‚ใ›ใŒ็•ฐใชใ‚‹็ญ‰ใฎๅˆฅใ€…ใฎไฟกๅทใ‚’ๅ‡บๅŠ›ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ใ“ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœ้ƒจใซๆŽฅ่งฆใ—ใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ‹ๅฆใ‹ใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ฟใƒƒใƒใ‚ปใƒณใ‚ตใ‚„ใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใจใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใฎๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใฎๆ“ไฝœ้‡ใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ๅฏๅค‰ๆŠตๆŠ—ๅ™จ็ญ‰ใŒไพ‹็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย Further, the gaming machine according to claim 1 and the launching operation detecting means in the gaming machine 1 output a signal only when the launching operation is in execution or non-execution (stopped) state ( That is, the signal output may be turned on), and in the other state, the signal may not be output (that is, the signal output may be turned off). It is also possible to output different signals such as different combinations of signals input to the input terminals. As the firing operation detection means, a touch sensor that detects whether or not the operation unit that performs the firing operation is touched, or a variable that detects the operation amount of the rotation operation of the operation handle that adjusts the firing force as the firing operation. Examples include resistors.

ใพใŸใ€่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใŠใ‚ˆใณ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆ้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€ไธŠ่จ˜็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ‘ใŠใ‚ˆใณๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใ€ไธฆใณใซใ€ไธŠ่จ˜็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผใจ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใจใ‚’้€ฃ็ตใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ฑใƒผใƒ–ใƒซ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ’ใ€ใ‚ญใƒฃใƒƒใƒ—๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใŠใ‚ˆใณ้€ฃ็ตๆฟ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ•ใงๆง‹ๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆฉŸๆง‹ใŒไพ‹็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ—ใฆใฏใ€ไธŠ่จ˜ๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผ–๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ใŒไพ‹็คบใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, the gaming machine according to claim 1 and the blocking member driving means in the gaming machine 1 include the ball outlet opening / closing motor 251 and the payout launch control device 611 in the first embodiment, and the operation in the second embodiment. A mechanism including a cable 912, a cap 913, and a connecting plate 915 that connect the handle 310 and the opening / closing lid 911 is illustrated. As the non-input emission means, the payout emission control device 611 in the above embodiment is exemplified.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏไธŠใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅ‰่จ˜ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใจๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใฎ้–“ใซ็ชๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ‰้€ฒไฝ็ฝฎใจๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใ‹ใ‚‰ๅค–ใ‚ŒใŸๅพŒ้€€ไฝ็ฝฎใจใ‚’็งปๅ‹•ๅฏ่ƒฝใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ƒจๆใจใ€ใใฎใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ƒจๆใซ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅŠ›ใ‚’ไป˜ไธŽใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ใใฎใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ—ใฆๅ‰่จ˜้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœŸ้–“ไธญใซใฏๅ‰่จ˜ใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ƒจๆใ‚’ๅ‰่จ˜ๅ‰้€ฒไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘ๅˆถๅพกๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ’ใ€‚ ย ย In the gaming machine 1, the jump amount adjusting means includes a forward position protruding on the launch path between the branch position of the foul ball path and the game area and a retracted position deviating from the launch path. A stopper member movably disposed, a stopper driving means for applying a driving force to the stopper member, and the stopper member during the period of execution of the firing operation by the non-input firing means by controlling the stopper driving means A gaming machine 2 comprising stopper control means for disposing at a forward position.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ’ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€ใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘ๅˆถๅพกๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ€้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœŸ้–“ไธญใซใฏใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ƒจๆใŒๅ‰้€ฒไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๅ‘ใ‹ใ†้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€ฒ่กŒใŒใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ƒจๆใซ้˜ปๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒ่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็ขบๅฎŸใซใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใซใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย According to the gaming machine 2, the stopper member is disposed at the forward position by the stopper driving means during the execution period of the firing operation by the non-input firing means by the control of the stopper control means. The progress of the game ball toward is prevented by the stopper member, and the jump amount of the game ball is adjusted. Therefore, the game ball fired by the control of the non-input launching means can be surely made a foul ball and returned to the player.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒๅ‰่จ˜ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใฎๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใฏๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใจใชใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใซๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ“ใ€‚ ย ย In the gaming machine 1, the jump amount adjusting means sets the launch force of the launch means to a launch force that falls within a range where the jump amount of the game ball exceeds the branch position with the foul ball passage but does not reach the game area. A gaming machine 3 that is to be adjusted.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ“ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใฏๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใจใชใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใซ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใŒ่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏไธŠใซใ‚ใ–ใ‚ใ–ใ‚นใƒˆใƒƒใƒ‘้ƒจๆ็ญ‰ใฎ้šœๅฎณ็‰ฉใŒ็ชๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซๆฏ”ในใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซๅฟ…่ฆใชๆง‹ๆˆ้ƒจๅ“ใ‚’็ฐก็•ฅๅŒ–ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ไฝŽใ‚ณใ‚นใƒˆใง้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใซใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย According to the gaming machine 3, the launch force adjusting means adjusts the launch force of the launch means to the launch force that is the jump amount of the game ball that does not reach the game area although it exceeds the branch position with the foul ball passage. For this reason, it is possible to simplify the components necessary to prevent the game ball from reaching the game area, as compared to a case where an obstacle such as a stopper member protrudes on the launch path. . Therefore, it is possible to return the game ball that is launched by the control of the non-input launch means at low cost to the player as a foul ball.

ใชใŠใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ“ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใซๅ›žๅ‹•ๆ“ไฝœใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒๆœ€ๅฐใจใชใ‚‹ๅˆๆœŸไฝ็ฝฎใซไป˜ๅ‹ขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใฏๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใจใชใ‚‹ใ‚ˆใ†ใซๅˆๆœŸไฝ็ฝฎใŒ่จญๅฎšใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใŒๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใ‹ใ‚‰ๆ‰‹ใ‚’้›ขใ™ใจๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใŒๅˆๆœŸไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใ‚’็ตŒ็”ฑใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธๅ‘ใ‹ใ†้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฏ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„ใงใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใชใ‚‹ใ€‚ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใฎๅˆๆœŸไฝ็ฝฎใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒ่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚ไธ€่ˆฌใซๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒๆœ€ๅฐใจใชใ‚‹ๅˆๆœŸไฝ็ฝฎๅดใธไป˜ๅ‹ขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๅพ“ๆฅใฎๆง‹้€ ใ‚’ๅˆฉ็”จใ—ใฆ้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใ‚’ๆง‹ๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€ไฝŽใ‚ณใ‚นใƒˆใงใ€้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็ขบๅฎŸใซใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใซใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซ่ฟ”ๅดใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The jump amount adjusting means in the gaming machine 3 is an operation handle that is turned by the player to adjust the jump amount of the game ball and is biased to an initial position where the jump amount of the game ball is minimized. In this case, the operation handle may have an initial position so that the amount of game ball jumping exceeds the branching position with the foul ball path but does not reach the game area. When the player releases his / her hand from the operation handle, the operation handle is placed at the initial position, and the game ball going to the game area via the launch path does not reach the game area but becomes a foul ball. The flying amount of the game ball is adjusted by the initial position of the operation handle. In general, since the operation handle is biased toward the initial position where the amount of game ball jump is minimized, the jump amount adjusting means can be configured using a conventional structure. The game ball launched by the control of the input launching means can be surely made into a foul ball and returned to the player.

ใพใŸใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ—ใฆใฎใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ใ‚„ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ็ญ‰ใซๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้›ปๆตใ‚„ๅŠฑ็ฃใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒŸใƒณใ‚ฐ็ญ‰ใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใŒ่ชฟๆ•ดใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ“ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’ๅˆถๅพกใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใฏๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใจใชใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใซใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๆ‰‹ๆฎตใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚่‰ฏใ„ใ€‚ ย ย Further, when the firing force of the game ball is adjusted by controlling the current excited at the solenoid or the motor as the launching means or the timing of excitation, the jump amount adjusting means in the gaming machine 3 is the launching means. However, it is also possible to use a launch control means for controlling the above-mentioned operation so as to make the launch force within the range in which the jump amount of the game ball exceeds the branch position with the foul ball path but does not reach the game area.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ“ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้•ทใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใใฎ็›ดๅ‰ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใง่ก็ชใ—ใชใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ”ใ€‚ ย ย In any one of the gaming machines 1 to 3, the non-input launching unit is configured to launch a game ball that is fired immediately before the non-input launching unit at a time interval longer than a launch interval of game balls during execution of a launch operation by a player. The gaming machine 4 is characterized in that the launching operation of the launching means is performed at a time interval in which the game ball does not collide in the launch path.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ”ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้•ทใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใใฎ็›ดๅ‰ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใง่ก็ชใ—ใชใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆ้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใŒ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใงใฏใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใซๆฌกใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅŒๅฃซใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ„ใ†ๆง‹้€ ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใงใ‚ใฃใฆใ‚‚ใ€้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใธ้ †ๆฌกๆตๅ…ฅใ•ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใซใ€ๆฌกใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅŒๅฃซใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’ๆœช็„ถใซ้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย According to the gaming machine 4, a game ball that is fired later at a time interval longer than a game ball firing interval during execution of a launch operation by a player does not collide with a game ball fired immediately before in the launch path. The non-input emission means causes the emission means to perform the emission operation at intervals of time. For this reason, at the launch interval during the launch operation, the next game ball is launched before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage, the game balls collide with each other, and the game ball remains in the launch passage. Even in a gaming machine, it is possible to sequentially flow gaming balls into the foul ball passage by controlling the non-input launching means. Therefore, before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage, it is possible to prevent the next game ball from being fired and the game balls colliding with each other and leaving the game ball in the launch passage.

ใชใŠใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ”ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใ€ŒๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใใฎ็›ดๅ‰ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใง่ก็ชใ—ใชใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ€ใจใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใซๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใฎๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใฏใ‚‚ใกใ‚ใ‚“ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ‹ใ‚‰ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใซๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใงใ‚ใฃใฆๆฌกใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใจใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใซๅˆฐ้”ใ™ใ‚‹ใพใงใซใฏใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใซๆตๅ…ฅใ—ๅพ—ใ‚‹ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’ใ‚‚ๅซใ‚€ใ€‚ ย ย In addition, in the gaming machine 4, โ€œthe time interval in which the game ball launched later does not collide with the game ball launched immediately before in the launch passageโ€ refers to the time from when the game ball is launched until it flows into the foul ball passage. In addition to the time interval, before the game ball is fired and before it flows into the foul ball passage, the next shot game ball reaches the branch position between the launch passage and the foul ball passage. It also includes the time intervals that can flow.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ“ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็Ÿญใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ•ใ€‚ ย ย In any one of the gaming machines 1 to 3, the non-input launching unit causes the launching unit to perform the firing operation at a time interval shorter than the launching interval of the game ball during the launching operation by the player. A gaming machine 5 characterized by that.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ•ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็Ÿญใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ‚’ใ‚นใƒ ใƒผใ‚นใซ่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย According to the gaming machine 5, since the launching operation of the launching means is performed at a time interval shorter than the launch interval of the game balls during execution of the launch operation by the player, the game balls can be discharged smoothly. .

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ“ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใจๅŒไธ€ใฎๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ–ใ€‚ ย ย In any one of the gaming machines 1 to 3, the non-input launching means causes the launching means to perform the firing operation at the same time interval as the launching interval of the game balls during execution of the launching operation by the player. A gaming machine 6 characterized by being.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ–ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใจๅŒไธ€ใฎๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใŒไธ€ๅฎšใจใชใ‚‹ใŸใ‚็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซ็„ก็†ใช่ฒ ๆ‹…ใ‚’ใ‹ใ‘ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใชใใ€้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฎไฟก้ ผๆ€งใ‚’้ซ˜ใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย According to the gaming machine 6, since the firing operation of the launching unit is performed at the same time interval as the game ball launching interval during the execution of the launching operation by the player, since the operation of the launching unit becomes constant, the launching unit The reliability of the gaming machine can be improved without imposing an excessive burden on the game machine.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ“ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏไธŠใซ่จญใ‘ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใฆๅ‰่จ˜ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใ‚’้€š้Žใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€๏ผ‘ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅพŒใซๅ‰่จ˜ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅ‰่จ˜ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใ‚’้€š้Žใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใซๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆฌกใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ—ใ€‚ ย ย In any one of the gaming machines 1 to 3, the game machine includes a foul ball detection unit that is provided on the foul ball passage and detects a game ball that passes through the foul ball passage, and the non-input launching unit includes one game ball 8. A gaming machine according to claim 7, wherein when the game ball passing through the foul ball passage is detected by the foul ball detection means after the launch, the launch means causes the next game ball to be launched.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ—ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใฎๆคœๅ‡บๆ™‚ๆœŸใซๅŸบใฅใ„ใฆ้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใŒ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€ๅ…ˆใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ—ใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใธๅ…ฅใฃใฆใ‹ใ‚‰็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆๆฌกใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ‚ˆใฃใฆใ€ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆตๅ…ฅใ™ใ‚‹ๅ‰ใซใ€ๆฌกใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒๅŒๅฃซใŒ่ก็ชใ—ใฆใ€็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆฎ‹ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใจใ„ใ†ไธๅ…ทๅˆใ‚’้˜ฒๆญขใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย According to the gaming machine 7, the non-input launching means causes the launching means to launch based on the detection time of the foul ball by the foul ball detecting means, so that the previously launched game ball is fired after entering the foul ball passage. The next game ball can be fired by the means. Therefore, before the game ball flows into the foul ball passage, it is possible to prevent a problem that the next game ball is launched and the game balls collide with each other and the game ball remains in the launch passage.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ—ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ๅ‰่จ˜ๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ๆœ€ๅคงๆ•ฐใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคšใๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ˜ใ€‚ ย ย In any one of the gaming machines 1 to 7, the non-input launching means fires a game ball by causing at least the sending operation of the sending member and the firing operation of the launching means to exceed the maximum number of staying in the staying portion. A gaming machine 8 characterized by performing control to be performed.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ˜ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Œใฐใ€้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€ๆŽ’ๅ‡บ้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ฌฌ๏ผ’็Šถๆ…‹ใŒๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅ ดๅˆใซๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ๆœ€ๅคงๆ•ฐใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคšใ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใฎใงใ€่จญ่จˆไธŠใ‚ˆใ‚Šใ‚‚ๅคšใใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆปž็•™ใ—ใฆใ‚‚ใ‚ˆใ‚Š็ขบๅฎŸใซๆปž็•™้ƒจๅ†…ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ…จใฆ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ใ“ใฎใŸใ‚ใ€ๆปž็•™้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹้ƒจๆ่‡ชไฝ“ใ‚„ใใฎ้…็ฝฎไฝ็ฝฎ็ญ‰ใฎ็ฒพๅบฆใ‚’ไฝŽใๆŠ‘ใˆใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€ๅ‡บใซๅฝฑ้Ÿฟใ™ใ‚‹ๅฏธๆณ•็ฒพๅบฆใ‚„ๆๆ–™ใฎๅˆถ้™ใ‚’็ทฉๅ’Œใ—ใฆไฝŽใ‚ณใ‚นใƒˆใง้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ‚’่ฃฝ้€ ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใŒใงใใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย According to the gaming machine 8, when the second state is formed by the discharge driving means, the non-input firing means performs at least the delivery operation of the delivery member and the firing operation of the launch means more than the maximum number staying in the staying portion. Therefore, even if more game balls stay than designed, all the game balls in the staying portion can be sent out more reliably. For this reason, it is possible to reduce the accuracy of the member itself forming the staying portion and its arrangement position, etc., and to manufacture the gaming machine at low cost by relaxing the dimensional accuracy and material restrictions that affect the delivery of the game ball. Can do.

้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ˜ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€ๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฏใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ™ใ€‚ไธญใงใ‚‚ใ€ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใฎๅŸบๆœฌๆง‹ๆˆใจใ—ใฆใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใ€ใใฎๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใฎๆ“ไฝœใซๅฟœใ˜ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใธ็™บๅฐ„ใ—ใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸๅ†…ใฎๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸไฝœๅ‹•ๅฃใซๅ…ฅ่ณž๏ผˆๅˆใฏไฝœๅ‹•ๅฃใ‚’้€š้Ž๏ผ‰ใ™ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’ๅฟ…่ฆๆกไปถใจใ—ใฆใ€่กจ็คบ่ฃ…็ฝฎใซใŠใ„ใฆๅ‹•็š„่กจ็คบใ•ใ‚Œใฆใ„ใ‚‹่ญ˜ๅˆฅๆƒ…ๅ ฑใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšๆ™‚้–“ๅพŒใซ็ขบๅฎšๅœๆญขใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใŒๆŒ™ใ’ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ใพใŸใ€ๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ไพกๅ€คใŒไป˜ไธŽใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ™‚ใซใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸๅ†…ใฎๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎไฝ็ฝฎใซ้…่จญใ•ใ‚ŒใŸๅฏๅค‰ๅ…ฅ่ณž่ฃ…็ฝฎ๏ผˆ็‰นๅฎšๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฃ๏ผ‰ใŒๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎๆ…‹ๆง˜ใง้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚Œใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅฏ่ƒฝใจใ—ใ€ใใฎๅ…ฅ่ณžๅ€‹ๆ•ฐใซๅฟœใ˜ใŸๆœ‰ไพกไพกๅ€ค๏ผˆๆ™ฏๅ“็ƒใฎใฟใชใ‚‰ใšใ€็ฃๆฐ—ใ‚ซใƒผใƒ‰ใธๆ›ธใ่พผใพใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒ‡ใƒผใ‚ฟ็ญ‰ใ‚‚ๅซใ‚€๏ผ‰ใŒไป˜ไธŽใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใŒๆŒ™ใ’ใ‚‰ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ€‚ ย ย The gaming machine 9 according to any one of the gaming machines 1 to 8, wherein the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Above all, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and according to the operation of the operation handle, a game ball is launched to a predetermined game area, and the game ball is arranged at a predetermined position in the game area As a necessary condition for winning a prize at the mouth (or passing through the operating mouth), the identification information dynamically displayed on the display device is confirmed and stopped after a predetermined time. Further, when a predetermined game value is given, a variable winning device (specific winning port) arranged at a predetermined position in the game area is opened in a predetermined manner so that a game ball can be won, and the number of winning To which a valuable value (including data written on a magnetic card as well as a prize ball) is given.

ไธ€ๅฎŸๆ–ฝใฎๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a front view of the pachinko machine in one embodiment. ๅ‰้ขๆž ใจไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใจใŒ้–‹ๆ”พใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a perspective view of the pachinko machine in the state where a front frame and a lower plate unit were opened. ้ŠๆŠ€็›คใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a front view of a game board. ๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏๅค–ๆž ใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏๅค–ๆž ใฎๅ—ใ‘้‡‘ๅ…ทๅ‘จ่พบใ‚’ๆ‹กๅคงใ—ใฆ็คบใ—ใŸๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚(A) is the perspective view of an outer frame, (b) is the perspective view which expanded and showed the metal fitting periphery of the outer frame. ๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏๅ‰้ขๆž ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใ‚ปใƒƒใƒˆใ‚’ๅ–ใ‚Šๅค–ใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎ๏ผถ๏ฝ‚โˆ’๏ผถ๏ฝ‚็ทšใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚(A) is a front view of the pachinko machine in a state where the front frame and the lower plate set are removed, and (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line Vb-Vb in FIG. ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a front view of a ball launch unit. ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a perspective view of a ball launch unit. ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a disassembled perspective view of a ball launch unit. ้–‹้–‰้ƒจๆใ‚’้–‹ๆ”พใ—ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a perspective view of the ball launch unit in a state where the opening and closing member is opened. ็ƒ้€ใ‚ŠๆฉŸๆง‹ใฎๅ†…้ƒจๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a perspective view of the ball launch unit showing the internal configuration of the ball feed mechanism. ๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏๅ‰้ขๆž ใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ‘๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฎ๏ผฒโˆ’๏ผฒ็ทšใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚(A) is a rear view of a front frame, (b) is sectional drawing in the RR line of Fig.11 (a). ็ƒ็™บๅฐ„ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใธ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ไธŠ็šฟใฎๅ‡บๅฃ้ƒจใ‚’ๆ–ญ้ข่ฆ–ใ—ใฆ็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the figure which looked at the exit part of the top plate which sends out a game ball to a ball | bowl launch unit, and showed it in cross section. ใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a front view of a glass unit. ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ๏ผณ๏ฝโˆ’๏ผณ๏ฝ็ทšใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is sectional drawing in the Sa-Sa line of FIG. ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ๏ผณ๏ฝ‚โˆ’๏ผณ๏ฝ‚็ทšใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is sectional drawing in the Sb-Sb line | wire of FIG. ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ“ใฎ๏ผณ๏ฝƒโˆ’๏ผณ๏ฝƒ็ทšใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ๆ–ญ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is sectional drawing in the Sc-Sc line | wire of FIG. ๅ›ณ๏ผ‘๏ผ–ใฎ็Ÿขๅฐ๏ผถๆ–นๅ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใŸใ‚ฌใƒฉใ‚นใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎ้ƒจๅˆ†ๆ‹กๅคงๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the elements on larger scale of the glass unit seen from the arrow V direction of FIG. ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a front view of a lower plate unit. ๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผˆ๏ฝ„๏ผ‰ใฏใ€ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใซ้€ฃๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚ซใƒ ใจๅ›žๅ‹•้‡ๆคœๅ‡บใ‚นใ‚คใƒƒใƒใจใฎๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’ไพ‹็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใ‚‹ใ€‚(A) It is a rear view of a lower plate unit, and (b) to (d) are intended to illustrate the operation of the cam interlocked with the operation handle and the rotation amount detection switch. ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ่ƒŒ้ขใฎๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใจ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’ๆจกๅผ็š„ใซ็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the figure which showed typically the structure of the control board unit and back pack unit of a pachinko machine back. ๅ†…ๆž ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็›คใ‚’็ต„ใฟไป˜ใ‘ใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็คบใ™่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a rear view which shows the state which assembled | attached the game board to the inner frame. ๅ†…ๆž ใ‚’ๅพŒๆ–นใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ฆ‹ใŸๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the perspective view which looked at the inner frame from back. ้ŠๆŠ€็›คใ‚’ๅพŒๆ–นใ‚ˆใ‚Š่ฆ‹ใŸๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the perspective view which looked at the game board from back. ๆ”ฏๆŒ้‡‘ๅ…ทใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a perspective view of a support metal fitting. ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’็คบใ™ๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a front view which shows the structure of a 1st control board unit. ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a perspective view of a 1st control board unit. ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a disassembled perspective view of a 1st control board unit. ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใ‚’่ฃ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใŸๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the 1st control board unit from the back. ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a front view of a 2nd control board unit. ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a perspective view of a 2nd control board unit. ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ๅˆถๅพกๅŸบๆฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a disassembled perspective view of a 2nd control board unit. ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฎ่ƒŒ้ขใ‹ใ‚‰่ฆ‹ใŸ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a rear view of the back pack unit seen from the back of the pachinko machine. ่ฃใƒ‘ใƒƒใ‚ฏใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a disassembled perspective view of a back pack unit. ใ‚ฟใƒณใ‚ฏใƒฌใƒผใƒซใฎๅˆ†่งฃๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a disassembled perspective view of a tank rail. ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๆญฃ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a front view of a locking unit. ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎๅ‰้ขๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a front perspective view of a locking unit. ๆ–ฝ้Œ ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๆ–œ่ฆ–ๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is a back perspective view of a locking unit. ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฎ้›ปๆฐ—็š„ๆง‹ๆˆใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ–ใƒญใƒƒใ‚ฏๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the block diagram which showed the electrical structure of the pachinko machine. ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚’ๅ€‹ใ€…ใซ็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the figure which showed the 1st design individually. ๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏใ€่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใฎ้ ˜ๅŸŸๅŒบๅˆ†่จญๅฎšใจๆœ‰ๅŠนใƒฉใ‚คใƒณ่จญๅฎšใจใ‚’ๆจกๅผ็š„ใซ็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏใ€ๅฎŸ้š›ใฎ่กจ็คบ็”ป้ขใ‚’ไพ‹็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚(A) is the figure which showed typically the area division setting and effective line setting of the display screen, (b) is the figure which illustrated the actual display screen. ๅ„็จฎใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟใฎๆฆ‚่ฆใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the figure which showed the outline | summary of various counters. ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the main process performed by MPU in a main controller. ไธปๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the normal process performed by MPU in a main controller. ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ”ใฎ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎไธญใงๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅค–ใ‚Œๅ›ณๆŸ„ใ‚ซใ‚ฆใƒณใ‚ฟๆ›ดๆ–ฐๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing a missed symbol counter update process executed in the normal process of FIG. 44. FIG. ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ”ใฎ้€šๅธธๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎไธญใงๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the 1st symbol fluctuation | variation process performed in the normal process of FIG. ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ–ใฎ็ฌฌ๏ผ‘ๅ›ณๆŸ„ๅค‰ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎไธญใงๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅค‰ๅ‹•้–‹ๅง‹ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the fluctuation | variation start process performed in the 1st symbol fluctuation | variation process of FIG. ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the timer interruption process. ๅ›ณ๏ผ”๏ผ˜ใฎใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒžๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎไธญใงๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๅง‹ๅ‹•ๅ…ฅ่ณžๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the start winning process performed in the timer interruption process of FIG. ๏ผฎ๏ผญ๏ผฉๅ‰ฒ่พผๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed NMI interruption processing. ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใƒกใ‚คใƒณๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the main process performed by MPU in a payout discharge control apparatus. ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the payout discharge control process performed by MPU in a payout discharge control apparatus. ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่ณž็ƒๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the prize-ball control process performed by MPU in a payout discharge control apparatus. ๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพก่ฃ…็ฝฎๅ†…ใฎ๏ผญ๏ผฐ๏ผตใซใ‚ˆใ‚ŠๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹่ฒธ็ƒๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the lending control process performed by MPU in a payout discharge control apparatus. ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ’ใฎๆ‰•ๅ‡บ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎไธญใงๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the discharge control process performed in the payout discharge control process of FIG. ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ•ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎไธญใงๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰ๅŠฑ็ฃๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the solenoid excitation process performed in the discharge control process of FIG. ๅ›ณ๏ผ•๏ผ•ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅˆถๅพกๅ‡ฆ็†ใฎไธญใงๅฎŸ่กŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ้–‹้–‰ใƒขใƒผใ‚ฟ้ง†ๅ‹•ๅ‡ฆ็†ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸใƒ•ใƒญใƒผใƒใƒฃใƒผใƒˆใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚It is the flowchart which showed the ball | bowl exit opening / closing motor drive process performed in the discharge control process of FIG. ๏ผˆ๏ฝ๏ผ‰ใฏ็ฌฌ๏ผ’ใฎๅฎŸๆ–ฝๅฝขๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸใฎๅ‰้ขๆž ใŠใ‚ˆใณไธ‹็šฟใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎ่ƒŒ้ขๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€๏ผˆ๏ฝ‚๏ผ‰ใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใŒๆœชๆ“ไฝœใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚Šใ€๏ผˆ๏ฝƒ๏ผ‰ใฏๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซใŒๅ›žๅ‹•ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ็Šถๆ…‹ใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹็ฌฌ๏ผ’้–‹้–‰ใƒฆใƒ‹ใƒƒใƒˆใฎ็Šถๆ…‹ใ‚’็คบใ—ใŸๅ›ณใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ€‚(A) is a rear view of the front frame and lower plate unit of the pachinko machine in the second embodiment, (b) is a diagram showing the state of the second opening and closing unit in a state in which the operation handle is not operated, (C) is the figure which showed the state of the 2nd opening / closing unit in the state in which the operation handle was rotated.

็ฌฆๅทใฎ่ชฌๆ˜ŽExplanation of symbols

๏ผ‘๏ผ ใƒ‘ใƒใƒณใ‚ณๆฉŸ๏ผˆ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸ๏ผ‰
๏ผ™๏ผ’ ็™บๅฐ„ใ‚ฝใƒฌใƒŽใ‚คใƒ‰๏ผˆ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎต๏ผ‰
๏ผ‘๏ผ๏ผ• ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆ
๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘ ไธŠ็šฟ๏ผˆ็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‰
๏ผ’๏ผ๏ผ‘๏ฝ ไธŠ็šฟใฎๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผˆ่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃ๏ผ‰
๏ผ’๏ผ’๏ผ”๏ฝ ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃ
๏ผ’๏ผ“๏ผ” ้–‰้Ž–ๆฟ๏ผˆ้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆ๏ผ‰
๏ผ’๏ผ•๏ผ’๏ผŒ๏ผ™๏ผ‘๏ผ‘ ้–‹้–‰่“‹๏ผˆ้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆ๏ผ‰
๏ผ“๏ผ‘๏ผ ๆ“ไฝœใƒใƒณใƒ‰ใƒซ๏ผˆๆ“ไฝœๆ‰‹ๆฎต๏ผ‰
๏ผด ๆปž็•™้ƒจ
๏ผด๏ผ‘ ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏ
๏ผด๏ผ’ ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏ
10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
92 firing solenoid (launching means)
105 Delivery member 201 Upper plate (ball tray member)
201a Top plate outlet (pickup outlet)
224a Ball outlet 234 Closure plate (closure member)
252,911 Open / close lid (blocking member)
310 Operation handle (operation means)
T staying part T1 firing passage T2 foul ball passage

Claims (4)

้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’่ฒฏ็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ใจๅ…ฑใซ้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎๆ“ไฝœใซใ‚ˆใฃใฆ็ƒๆŠœใใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹็ƒๅ—้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใจใ€ใใฎ็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’๏ผ‘็ƒใšใคๆ‰€ๅฎšใฎ็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใธ้€ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใ€ใใฎ้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้€ๅ‡บใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ใใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ใŸใ‚ใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹ๆ“ไฝœๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€ๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ—ใฆ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒ่‡ช้‡ใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆตไธ‹ใ—ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€ใŒ่กŒใ‚ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจใ€ใใฎ้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใจๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ไฝ็ฝฎใจใ‚’็น‹ใ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใจใ€ใใฎ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅˆ†ๅฒใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒใจใ—ใฆๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใŸ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใซใŠใ„ใฆใ€
ๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆๅดใซๅฐŽๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใจใ€
ใใฎ็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใจใฏๅˆฅใฎๅดใซๅˆ†ๅฒใ—ใฆๅฝขๆˆใ•ใ‚Œๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใซ่ฒฏ็•™ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’ๆŽ’ๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใจใ€
ใใฎ่ฒฏ็ƒๆŽ’ๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใฎๆ“ไฝœใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆ้–‹้–‰ใ™ใ‚‹้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆใจใ€
ๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใจๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใฎ้–“ใซๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚๏ผ‘ไปฅไธŠใฎ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใชๆปž็•™้ƒจใ‚’ๅฝขๆˆใ™ใ‚‹ๆปž็•™้ƒจๅฝขๆˆ้ƒจๆใจใ€
ๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ‡บๅฃใ‚’้–‰้Ž–ใ—ใฆๅ‰่จ˜็ƒๅ—็šฟ้ƒจๆใฎ็ƒๅ—้ƒจใจๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใจใ‚’้€ฃ้€šใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้€š่ทฏใ‚’้ฎๆ–ญใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅ‰่จ˜้–‰้Ž–้ƒจๆใซๆ”ฏๆŒใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎใ†ใกๆœ€ใ‚‚ไธ‹ๆตๅดใซไฝ็ฝฎใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซๅฏพๅ‘ใ—ใฆ้…็ฝฎใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใจใ€
ๅ‰่จ˜ๆ“ไฝœๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซๅฏพใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœ‰็„กใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ™ใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€
ใใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Šๆคœๅ‡บใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒๆœ‰็„กใซๅฏพๅฟœใ—ใฆๅ‰่จ˜้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆใ‚’้ง†ๅ‹•ใ™ใ‚‹้ฎๆ–ญ้ƒจๆ้ง†ๅ‹•ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€
ๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœๆคœๅ‡บๆ‰‹ๆฎตใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใŒๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใ‹ใ‚‰้žๅฎŸ่กŒใซๅˆ‡ใ‚Šๆ›ฟใ‚ใฃใŸใ“ใจใ‚’ๆคœๅ‡บใ—ใŸๅ ดๅˆใซๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ๅ‰่จ˜ๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ๅฏ่ƒฝใช้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎๆ•ฐๅˆ†ไปฅไธŠๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ€
ใใฎ้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎๅˆถๅพกใซใ‚ˆใ‚Š็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚Œใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„ใ‚ˆใ†ใซ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใจใ‚’ๅ‚™ใˆใฆใ„ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ€‚
A ball receiving member that forms a ball receiving portion that stores the game balls and is removed by the player's operation, and a sending member that sends the game balls stored in the ball receiving member one by one to a predetermined launch position A launching means for launching the game ball sent out by the delivery member, an operation means for performing a launching operation for launching the game ball by the launching means, and a game ball launched by driving the launching means A game area in which a game is played by flowing down due to its own weight, a launch path connecting the game area and the launch position, and a game ball among the game balls that are branched from the launch path and launched by the launch means In a gaming machine equipped with a foul ball passage that discharges game balls that do not reach the area as foul balls,
A ball outlet for deriving the game balls stored in the ball receiving portion of the ball receiving member to the delivery member side;
A storage ball discharge port for discharging the game ball that is formed to be branched to a side different from the ball outlet and is stored in the ball receiving portion of the ball receiving member;
A closing member that opens and closes the storage outlet in response to the player's operation;
A staying part forming member that forms a staying part in which at least one or more game balls can stay between the ball outlet and the delivery member;
The ball outlet is closed to block the path of the game ball that communicates the ball receiving portion of the ball tray member and the delivery member, and is located on the most downstream side of the game balls supported by the closure member. A blocking member disposed opposite to the game ball to be played,
Firing operation detecting means for detecting whether or not a firing operation is performed on the operation means;
A blocking member driving means for driving the blocking member in response to the execution or non-execution of the firing operation detected by the firing operation detecting means;
When the firing operation detecting means detects that the firing operation has been switched from being executed to not being executed, at least the number of game balls that can stay in the staying portion is more than the number of delivery operations of the delivery member and the firing operation of the firing means And non-input launching means for controlling the launching of the game ball.
A game machine comprising jump amount adjusting means for adjusting a jump amount of a game ball so that a game ball launched by control of the non-input launch means does not reach the game area.
ๅ‰่จ˜้ฃ›ใณ้‡่ชฟๆ•ดๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ้ฃ›ใณ้‡ใŒๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏไธŠใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅ‰่จ˜ใƒ•ใ‚กใƒผใƒซ็ƒ้€š่ทฏใจใฎๅˆ†ๅฒไฝ็ฝฎใ‚’่ถŠใˆใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใฎๅ‰่จ˜้ŠๆŠ€้ ˜ๅŸŸใซใฏๅฑŠใ‹ใชใ„็ฏ„ๅ›ฒๅ†…ใจใชใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใซๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅŠ›ใ‚’่ชฟๆ•ดใ™ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ€‚The jumping amount adjusting means is configured to release the launching means to a launching force that is within a range in which a jumping amount of a game ball is above the launch path and exceeds a branch position with the foul ball path but does not reach the game area. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the power is adjusted. ๅ‰่จ˜้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€้ŠๆŠ€่€…ใซใ‚ˆใ‚‹็™บๅฐ„ๆ“ไฝœใฎๅฎŸ่กŒไธญใซใŠใ‘ใ‚‹้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใฎ็™บๅฐ„้–“้š”ใ‚ˆใ‚Š้•ทใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใงใ‚ใฃใฆๅพŒใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใŒใใฎ็›ดๅ‰ใซ็™บๅฐ„ใ•ใ‚ŒใŸ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใซ็™บๅฐ„้€š่ทฏๅ†…ใง่ก็ชใ—ใชใ„ๆ™‚้–“้–“้š”ใ‚’้š”ใฆใฆๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใ‚‹ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘ใพใŸใฏ๏ผ’ใซ่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ€‚The non-input firing means is a time interval longer than the launch interval of the game balls during execution of the launch operation by the player, and the later-launched game ball does not collide with the previously launched game ball in the launch path. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the launching means is caused to perform a firing operation at a time interval. ๅ‰่จ˜้žๅ…ฅๅŠ›็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฏใ€ๅฐ‘ใชใใจใ‚‚ๅ‰่จ˜ๆปž็•™้ƒจใซๆปž็•™ใ™ใ‚‹ๆœ€ๅคงๆ•ฐใ‚ˆใ‚Šๅคšใๅ‰่จ˜้€ๅ‡บ้ƒจๆใฎ้€ๅ‡บๅ‹•ไฝœใจๅ‰่จ˜็™บๅฐ„ๆ‰‹ๆฎตใฎ็™บๅฐ„ๅ‹•ไฝœใจใ‚’่กŒใ‚ใ›ใฆ้ŠๆŠ€็ƒใ‚’็™บๅฐ„ใ™ใ‚‹ๅˆถๅพกใ‚’่กŒใ†ใ‚‚ใฎใงใ‚ใ‚‹ใ“ใจใ‚’็‰นๅพดใจใ™ใ‚‹่ซ‹ๆฑ‚้ …๏ผ‘ใ‹ใ‚‰๏ผ“ใฎใ„ใšใ‚Œใ‹ใซ่จ˜่ผ‰ใฎ้ŠๆŠ€ๆฉŸใ€‚The non-input launching means performs control to launch a game ball by causing the delivery operation of the delivery member and the launching operation of the launching means to be performed at least more than the maximum number staying in the staying portion. A gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
JP2004034841A 2004-02-12 2004-02-12 Game machine Expired - Fee Related JP4517663B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004034841A JP4517663B2 (en) 2004-02-12 2004-02-12 Game machine

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004034841A JP4517663B2 (en) 2004-02-12 2004-02-12 Game machine

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2005224342A JP2005224342A (en) 2005-08-25
JP2005224342A5 true JP2005224342A5 (en) 2007-03-22
JP4517663B2 JP4517663B2 (en) 2010-08-04

Family

ID=34999510

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2004034841A Expired - Fee Related JP4517663B2 (en) 2004-02-12 2004-02-12 Game machine

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4517663B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5890959B2 (en) * 2011-02-17 2016-03-22 ไบฌๆฅฝ็”ฃๆฅญ๏ผŽๆ ชๅผไผš็คพ Pachinko gaming machine and game department thereof

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS59105181U (en) * 1982-12-28 1984-07-14 ๆ ชๅผไผš็คพใ€€ใ‚ฝใƒ•ใ‚คใ‚ข Pachinko machine supply tray ball extraction device
JPH0527978Y2 (en) * 1987-05-28 1993-07-16
JPH07136318A (en) * 1993-11-16 1995-05-30 Ace Denken:Kk Pachinko ball discharger
JP2001314572A (en) * 2000-05-08 2001-11-13 Kyoraku Sangyo Ball extractor of remaining game ball in pachinko game machine
JP2002035247A (en) * 2000-07-28 2002-02-05 Heiwa Corp Game machine
JP3893557B2 (en) * 2001-03-29 2007-03-14 ใ‚ฟใ‚คใƒจใƒผใ‚จใƒฌใƒƒใ‚ฏๆ ชๅผไผš็คพ Game machine

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2006204830A (en) Game machine
JP2006204830A5 (en)
JP4655679B2 (en) Game machine
JP4952806B2 (en) Game machine
JP2011078836A (en) Game machine
JP4736409B2 (en) Game machine
JP2005224343A (en) Game machine
JP2005224343A5 (en)
JP4952805B2 (en) Game machine
JP4483291B2 (en) Game machine
JP4517663B2 (en) Game machine
JP2006026321A (en) Game machine
JP4701711B2 (en) Game machine
JP2016154980A (en) Game machine
JP2006149883A5 (en)
JP4483292B2 (en) Game machine
JP2005192629A5 (en)
JP4609005B2 (en) Game machine
JP2005224342A5 (en)
JP2006025860A (en) Game machine
JP5078221B2 (en) Game machine
JP2014230957A (en) Game machine
JP5268221B2 (en) Game machine
JP2006025860A5 (en)
JP2006116057A (en) Game machine